The URL can be used to link to this page

R2006-051 04-24-06 RESOLUTION NO. R2006-51 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AWARDING A BID FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE WAGON WHEEL WATER, DRAINAGE AND PAVING IMPROVEMENT PROJECT. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City opened bids for construction services associated with the Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage and Paving Improvement Project, and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Calco Contracting Ltd., in the amount of $1,600,982.10. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for construction services associated with the Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage and Paving Improvement Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 24th day of April, AD., 2006. d~ J)w/ TOM REID MAYOR ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: ()~ h.~~ DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY Kv KIRST KOSMOSHI,INC. -IA Civil/Consulting Engineers IL 2630 Fountainview,Ste.318;Hou.,Tx.77057 April 6,2006 City of Pearland KKI Project No.: m0001-010-300 Projects Department KKI Letter No.: m0001-010-006 3519 Liberty Drive, 3rd Fl. Vendor No.: 4747 Pearland,Texas 77581 CoP P.O.No.: 042669 Attn.: Mr. Joseph S. Wertz,Jr. Projects Director Re.: Wagon Wheel Water,Drainage, &Paving Improvements Recommendation of Award of Construction Contract Gentlemen, Kirst Kosmoski,Inc. (KKI)has tabulated and reviewed eight(8)bids received for the referenced project on Wednesday,April 5,2006 at 10:00 AM,in the offices of the City of Pearland. Although minor clerical errors were found in the extended amounts on several of the bid proposals,they had no affect on the order of the bids. We have also researched the bonds submitted with the three lowest bids and all appear to be valid. Based on this information,KKI respectfully recommends award of this construction contract to Calco Contracting,Ltd. of Houston,Texas in the corrected amount of$1,600,982.10. A copy of the corrected bid proposal form along with summary and detailed bid tabulations are attached for your use. The corrected amounts for the previously mentioned errors on all bid proposals are shaded gray on the detailed tabulation. If you have any questions or need more information,please call me at 832-242-7200 or 832-465-0784. Sincerely, Eddie Kirst,P.E. Principal attch. LEK/lek P:\m0001-CoP\010-wgnwhl-wd&p\admin\letters\006-CoP wertz_Rec of Award_04-06-06.doc CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL (date) Bid of AL--C-D C OOTRAC s Lit;; an individual proprietorship/a core ration organizeAland existing under the laws of the State of Texas/a partnership consisting of eNere..fi L b' f�T,c)e L A L-LC , for the furnishing of: Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, and Paving Improvements City of Pearland, Texas Bid No.: B2006-039 (Submitted in Duplicate) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland,Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bid, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to do all the Work and furnish all necessary superintendence,labor,machinery,necessary equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may to complete all the Work included under the Contract for the construction of the Wagon Wheel, Water,Drainage, and Paving Improvements as shown on the Plans with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Technical Specifications prepared by the Engineer,Eddie Kirst, P.E.,Kirst Kosmoski, Inc., 2630 Fountain View Suite 318, Houston, TX 77057, under the City of Pearland's inspection, for the Unit Prices set forth in this Bid Proposal which bears our(the Bidder's) signature for identification. The Bidder binds himself upon acceptance of his Bid to execute a contract and furnish Performance Bond and Payment Bond each in the amount of one hundred percent(100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the specified forms, for performing and completing the said Work within the Contract Time. The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence Work within ten(10) days after the date of written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within two hundred fifty six(256) calendar days and completed and ready for Final Payment within two hundred seventy(270) calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed. Time for completion shall begin on the date established by Notice to Proceed. Wagon Wheel 00300- 1 of 4 CITY OFPEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Item Spec. 1 No. No. Bid Item Description Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount Bid BASE BID ITEMS ..MOVE-IN&START-UP 1. 1505 Mobilization(Including Performance&Payment Bonds) LS 1 3 ooa ^°. 3�aoa,•�o. 2. 1555 Traffic Control-Devices LS 1 d/obC•eats, 4 �00 3. 1555 Traffic Control-Flagmen T • 1 • LS 1 4. 1560 Filter Fabric Fence LF 1,412 00 5. 1565 Inlet Protection Barrier /� � /�/�' Ea 7 /ICI..4A 3ZL- _o 6: 1561 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier LF 1,368 G A /778 9-(2- 7. 2200 Right-of-Way Preparation"Half Width" Sta 190.5 29 If., 2 a T 2. • WATER LINE -� 8 lq` Y O 4"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation,Valves, 8. 2510 Fittings,Bedding,Backfill,and Testing),Complete in LF 146 oe Place PS �(i O. 'Z. 6"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation,Valves, 9. 2510 Fittings,Bedding,Backfill,and Testing),Complete in LF 1,274 be .14 c.c.s.`• Place /7.-, ., 8"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation,Valves, 10. 2510 Fittings,Bedding,Backfill,and Testing),Complete in LF 10,720Pace G z(. O 8"C-900 PVC Waterline in Augered Hole ZZ�1 Z a. 11. 2510 g (Including LF 60 Valves,Fittings,&Testing),Complete in Place Lf„: oo 2 70a. - 12. 2540 8"x 6"Tapping Sleeve&Valve(Including Installation and Testing),Complete in Place 1 d,6-6`e l'2,06. 13. 2540 16"x 8"Tapping Sleeve&Valve(Including Installation and Testing),Complete in Place Ea 1 `Y/90r0'") g?00,ea 14. 2515 Connection to Existing Waterline(Including Valves, Fittings,&Testing),Complete in Place Ea 7 „5-d6. °� ,3s'U4. 15. 2520 Service Connection(Including Valves,Fittings,Meters, Backfill,and Testing),Complete in Place Ea 177 IT 6 1,116.by Fire H drant `3r9d 16. 2514 Y (Including Gate Valves and Thrust Blocks), Complete in Place Ea 26 10 6 •Oo (44 0e% 60 17. 1570 Trench Safety System LF 12,140 . ?O .g'y9 8.c 31'; tz(p. 443- STORM SEWER 1820 Remove&Reuse or Dispose Existing Culvert Pipe,All Sizes LF 3,841 S 00 II Z �e® 19. 2630 18"x11"C 506-Reinforced Concrete Arch Pipe, 1 Complete In Place LF 1,436 4 6.` g` ache! 20. 2630 PBace 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In 1,006 t�Q ►, 21. 2630 24"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In LF �/(/, Y�f Z 1 11 0^ Place LF 2,247 Z` em C 1,//4I Pitt ie 22. 2630 30"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In Place LF 842. / /_ , 12-' s:r4-7L,Ue 23. 2630 36"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In LF 234 `G��1.�0 oC Z Z z3 er Place _ ` 24. 2630 36"Aluminized Corrugated Steel Pipe,Complete In Place LF 34 • 25. 2630 42"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In LF 335 W `,Place /Z 0 416 Zoe. 26. 2630 `Y 48"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In LF 621 / 3 po se 8a3 cre Place Wagon Wheel 00300-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Item Spec. No. No. Bid Item Description Unit Quantity 27. 2630 ,Complete In Unit Price Amount Bid 66"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Comae Pipe, LF • 188 ZZ�o �o YZ y oe 28. 2630 3'x 3'C 789-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In t ��' Place LF 104 /4 7. 0` /7� 34 n. rp 29 2630 4'x 3'C 789-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In f! Place LF 182 17r, u—Precast Storm Sewer Manhole,All Depths,Complete in 31l ` �� 1 30. 2542 Ea 13 �/ �� Place / . 31. 2631 Type"A"Precast Concrete Inlet,All Depths,Complete in / 3 I( Z as. Ea 3 t l 4 q a C 3('l/2 32. 3300 5"Reinforced Concrete Slope Paving w/2'Toe Wall, ' Complete In Place SY 276 ca t I ess / 71 4(ty`U, 33. 5500 Galvanized Outfall Rack,Complete In Place LS 1 //'l ^ 34. 3315 Interlocking Concrete Block,Complete In Place !p �a �(�aa. �� p SY 28 35. 2371 Broken Concrete Rip-Rap,Complete In Placezo s .SIQ Glb. SY 89 yLt 0 3 738."36. 2316 Roadside Ditch Regrading LF 10,614 —4 °.a 3 Z d tr • 37. Attch A In Place Rehab 30"Storm Sewer s f T LF 202 //Se Ga 3 9r 3 f e•°�38. Attch A In Place Rehab 36"Storm Sewer LF 402 CA ?VI y 0'e+ / 39. 1570 Trench Safety System 3S x LF 1,664 . 76 «lo q.8� PAVING 7(7( 93 t,1e 40 2744 Single Course Pavement Resurfacing(Edge to Edge of y Existing Paving) SY 31,474 G /2 _ /,Q 9 S VS) LLI Full Depth Repair of Rutted/Soft/Damaged Areas As t0 41. 2980 Directed By Engineer Prior to Resurfacign(+/-15%of SY 4,730 Total SY) 36. 4 a !ti t,7 3 S.1g 42 2741 1 1/2"Type"D"HMAC Driveway Repair(R-o-W to Edge of Paving) SY 3,410 fs- 8® SN? 8Z8te4 V 43. 2751 6 Concrete Driveway Repair P � (R-o-W to Edge of Paving) SY 665 Gravel&Grass DrivewayRepair 7 7• a '� -- 7t 44. 2316 P (R-o-W W to Edge of ,•p Paving) SY 500 Z C. �� _ - 1 0) 7 Lit q �z t,,dter4. ,�(,-,)i h`1� SUBTOTAL BASE BID ITEMSd f S72 - ° EXTRA ITEMS - -- L�,?Z Zp2,10 45. 2921 Hydro-Mulch Seeding 46. 2318 Hand Excavation Around Obstructions Ac 8 2 q�*eo- 738f?.as CY 50 // 4"L C'47• 2318 Extra Bank Sand for Water Lines /d 0 0% CY 50 T- 4^ 3.ro. tr 48. 2252 Extra Cement Stabilized Sand for Culverts CY 50 Go L0• locra . `^ 49. 1500 Right-of--Way Restoration(Tree/Shrub Replacement, Sta. 190.5 Mailboxes,etc.) 'Ls- /de. /9/o sa._ _ _ SUBTOTAL EXTRA ITEMS Je' 7 GRAND TOT.ag 4 dog 979. �0 %lonnigZ • lC/ S7 Wagon Wheel 00300-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL It is agreed that the Contract Price may be increased or decreased to cover work added or deleted by order of the Engineer, in accordance with the provisions of Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. The undersigned agrees that the amounts in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety(90) days following date of Bid Opening. It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder within ten(10) days of the Notice of Award fails to enter into the Contract or fails to furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond in the amount of one hundred percent(100%) of the Contract Price for all parts of the Work, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security submitted with his Bid Proposal, as provided in Section 00200 -Instructions to Bidders. The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Price. Addendum No.J Date 3—3 0-Q 6 Addendum No. Date Addendum No._ Date Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date - Addendum No. Date Film.Name: e--/1 ex) 7-12q C`f L j Signed: L-0/60 6, y-6.&z (9-6O L PM ja,Pa L 67 L L Address: gO0C1 8e.'kc.0 Lio ��} 1'(��P Sao e� 1 �7 5-7 Phone No: g f e- ATTEST: -40)11 . (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation) Date: 1-4' 5 Q 6r) gna e • -Date END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00300-4 of 4 SUMMARY BID TABULATION Wagon Wheel Subdivision ' �� < Water,Drainage,&Paving Improvements City of Pearland BID NO.:2006-039 BID DATE:April 5,2006 BID #OF ADDENDA RANK CONTRACTOR BOND RECEWED GRAND TOTAL 1. Calco Contracting,Ltd. * 1 $ 1,600,982.10 2. Hassell Construction Co.,Inc. * 1 $ 1,728,812.50 3. Reddico Construction Co.,Inc. * 1 $ 1,885,906.10 4. Pace Services,L.P. * 1 $ 1,970,153.80 5. Metro City Construction,L.P. * 1 $ 2,026,889.58 6. Ramos Industries,Inc. * 1 $ 2,061,242.50 7. Cravens Partners,Ltd. * 1 $ 2,187,229.10 8. Huff&Mitchell,Inc. * 1 $ 2,232,428.50 Originated:4/5/2006 Form:03/2005 Page 1 of 1 Printed:4/6/2006 " BID TABULATION 4 Wagon Wheel Subdivision Calco Contracting,Ltd. Hassell Construction Co.,Inc. Reddico Construction Co.,Inc. • ._n � Water,Drainage,&Paving Improvements 8000 Berwyn Dr. 12211 Duncan Rd. 10083 FM 1484 Ci i City of Pearland Houston,Tx.77037 Houston,Tx.77066 ti . Conroe,Tx.77303 „. s BID NO.:B2006-039 281-448-2620 281-893-2570 936-441-9500 ";'��7'"' BID DATE:April 5,2006 ITEM SPEC. BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID NO. SECTION BASE BID ITEMS MOVE-IN&START-UP 1. Mobilization(Including Performance&Payment LS 1 $ 35,000.00 $ 35,000.00 $ 90,000.00 $ 90,000.00 $ 124,300.00 $ 124,300.00 2. Traffic Control-Devices LS 1 $ 4,000.00 $ 4,000.00 $ 23,000.00 $ 23,000.00 $ 9,600.00 $ 9,600.00_ 3. Traffic Control-Flagmen LS 1 $ 4,000.00 $ 4,000.00 $ 20,000.00 $ 20,000.00 $ 32,200.00 $ •32,200.00 4. Filter Fabric Fence LF 1,412 $ 1.00 $ 1,412.00 $ 0.85 $ 1,200.20 $ 1.10 _$ 1,553.20 5. Inlet Protection Barrier Ea 7 $ 46.00 $ 322.00 $ 55.00 $ 385.00 $ 45.00 $ 315.00 6. Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier LF 1,368 $ 1.30 $ 1,778.40 $ 1.15 $ 1,573.20 $ 1.30 $ 1,778.40 7. Right-of-Way Preparation"Half Width" Sta 190.5 $ 44.00 $ 8,382.00 $ 160.00 $ 30,480.00 $ 140.00 $ 26,670.00 SUBTOTAL MOVE-IN&START-UP: $ 54,894.40 $ 166,638.40 $ 196,416.60 WATER LINE 8. 4"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation, LF 146 $ 15.00 $ 2,190.00 $ 13.00 $ 1,898.00 $ 15.00 $ 2,190.00 9. 6"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation, LF 1,274 $ 17.00 $ 21,658.00 $ 15.00 $ 19,110.00 $ 18.70 $ 23,823.80 10. 8"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation, LF 10,720 $ 21.00 $ 225,120.00 $ 19.00 $ 203,680.00 $ 23.60 $ 252,992.00 11. 8"C-900 PVC Waterline in Augered Hole(Including LF 60 $ 45.00 $ 2,700.00 $ 44.00 $ 2,640.00 $ 51.00 $ 3,060.00 12. 8"x 6"Tapping Sleve&Valve(Including Installation Ea 1 $ 2,700.00 $ 2,700.00 $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 $ 2,850.00 $ 2,850.00 13. 16"x 8"Tapping Sleve&Valve(Including Ea 1 $ 4,900.00 $ 4,900.00 $ 6,200.00 $ 6,200.00 $ 6,950.00 $ 6,950.00 14. Connection to Existing Waterline(Including Valves, Ea 7 $ 500.00 $ 3,500.00 $ 700.00 $ 4,900.00 $ 350.00 $ 2,450.00 15. Service Connection(Including Valves,Fittings, Ea 177 $ 380.00 $ 67,260.00 $ 650.00 $ 115,050.00 $ 635.00 $ 112,395.00 16. Fire Hydrant(Including Gate Valves and Thrust Ea 26 $ 2,100.00 $ 54,600.00 $ 2,040.00 $ 53,040.00 $ 2,300.00 $ 59,800.00 17. Trench Safety System LF 12,140 $ 0.70 $ 8,498.00 $ 0.25 $ 3,035.00 $ 0.10 $ 1,214.00 SUBTOTAL WATER LINE: $ 393,126.00 $ 412,053.00 $ 467,724.80 STORM SEWER 18. Remove&Reuse or Dispose Existing Culvert Pipe, LF 3,841 $ 5.00 $ 19,205.00 $ 16.00 $ 61,456.00 $ 5.30 $ 20,357.30 19. 18"x11"C 506-Reinforced Concrete Arch Pipe, LF 1,436 $ 60.00 $ 86,160.00 $ 50.00 $ 71,800.00 $ 57.60 $ 82,713.60 20. 18"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 1,006 $ 44.00 $ 44,264.00 $ 35.00 $ 35,210.00 $ 50.40 $ 50,702.40 21. 24"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 2,247 $ 52.00 $ 116,844.00 $ 43.00 $ 96,621.00 $ 59.35 $ 133,359.45 22. 30"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 842 $ 66.00 $ 55,572.00 $ 55.00 $ 46,310.00 $ 72.60 $ 61,129.20 23. 36"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 234 $ 95.00 $ 22,230.00 $ 79.00 $ 18,486.00 $ 74.20 $ 17,362.80 24. 36"Aluminized Corrugated Steel Pipe,Complete In LF 34 $ 82.00 $ 2,788.00 $ 49.00 $ 1,666.00 $ 74.00 $ 2,516.00 25. 42"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 335 $ 120.00 $ 40,200.00 $ 107.00 $ 35,845.00 $ 93.90 $ 31,456.50 26. 48"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 621 $ 143.00 $ 88,803.00 $ 130.00 '$,:''A '-80,730.00' $ 112.25 $ 69,707.25 27. 66"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 188 $ 226.00 $ 42,488.00 $ 200.00 $ 37,600.00 $ 181.00 $ 34,028.00 28. 3'x 3'C 789-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In LF 104 $ 167.00 $ 17,368.00 $ 150.00 $ 15,600.00 $ 135.00 $ 14,040.00 29. 4'x 3'C 789-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In LF 182 $ 175.00 $ 31,850.00 $ 160.00 $ 29,120.00 $ 138.00 $ 25,116.00 30. Precast Storm Sewer Manhole,All Depths,Complete Ea 13 $ 2,400.00 $ 31,200.00 $ 2,200.00 $ 28,600.00 $ 2,700.00 $ 35,100.00 31. Type"A"Precast Concrete Inlet,All Depths, Ea 3 $ 1,164.00 $ 3,492.00 $ 975.00 $ 2,925.00 $ 950.00 $ 2,850.00 32. 5"Reinforced Concrete Slope Paving w/2'Toe Wall, SY 276 $ 64.00 $ 17,664.00 $ 58.00 $ 16,008.00 $ 47.60 $ 13,137.60 33. Galvanized Outfall Rack,Complete In Place LS 1 $ 1,600.00 $ 1,600.00 $ 4,200.00 $ 4,200.00 $ 4,800.00 $ 4,800.00 34. Interlocking Concrete Block,Complete In Place SY 28 $ 200.00 $ 5,600.00 $ 50.00 $ 1,400.00 $ 90.00 $ 2,520.00 35. Broken Concrete Rip-Rap,Complete In Place SY 89 $ 42.00 $ 3,738.00 $ 48.00 $ 4,272.00 $ 49.00 $ 4,361.00_ 36. Roadside Ditch Regrading LF 10,614 $ 3.00 $ 31,842.00 $ 5.00 $ 53,070.00 $ 5.30 $ 56,254.20 37. In Place Rehab 30"Storm Sewer LF 202 $ 195.00 $ 39,390.00 $ 265.00 $ 53,530.00 $ 261.50 $ 52,823.00 38. In Place Rehab 36"Storm Sewer LF 402 $ 235.00 $ 94,470.00 $ 265.00 $ 106,530.00 $ 267.25 $ 107,434.50 39. Trench Safety System LF 1,664 $ 0.70 $ 1,164.80 $ 0.40 $ 665.60 $ 0.25 $ 416.00 SUBTOTAL STORM SEWER: $ 797,932.80 $ 801,644.60 $ 822,184.80 Form:03/2005 Originated:4/5/2006 Page 1 of 5 Printed:4/6/2006 BID TABULATION th �.qi., Wagon Wheel Subdivision Calco Contracting,Ltd. Hassell Construction Co.,Inc. Reddico Construction Co.,Inc. _ier �} . Water,Drainage,&Paving Improvements 8000 Berwyn Dr. 12211 Duncan Rd. 10083 FM 1484 rig 6� City of Pearland Houston,Tx.77037 Houston,Tx.77066 Conroe,Tx.77303 BID NO.:B2006-039 281-448-2620 281-893-2570 936-441-9500 BID DATE:April 5,2006 ITEM SPEC. BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID NO. SECTION PAVING 40. Chip Seal Pavement Resurfacing(Edge to Edge of SY 31,474 $ 2.10 $ 66,095.40 $ 2.00 $ 62,948.00 $ 2.10 $ 66,095.40 41. Full Depth Repair of Rutted/Soft/Damaged Areas As SY 4,730 $ 30.60 $ 144,738.00 $ 32.00 $ 151,360.00 $ 41.30 $ 195,349.00 42. 1 1/2"Type"D"HMAC Driveway Repair(R-o-W to SY 3,410 $ 15.80 $ 53,878.00 $ 20.00 $ 68,200.00 $ 17.50 $ 59,675.00 43. 6"Concrete Driveway Repair(R-o-W to Edge of SY 665 $ 77.50 $ 51,537.50 $ 34.00 $ 22,610.00 $ 46.50 $ 30,922.50 44. Gravel&Grass Driveway Repair(R-o-W to Edge of SY 500 $ 20.00 $ 10,000.00 $ 18.00 $ 9,000.00 $ 16.30 $ 8,150.00 SUBTOTAL PAVING: $ 326,248.90 $ 314,118.00 $ 360,191.90_ Subtotal Base Bid Items: $ 1,572,202.10 $ 1,694,454.00 $ 1,846,518.10 EXTRA ITEMS _ 45. Hydro-Mulch Seeding Ac 8.2 $ 900.00 $ 7,380.00 $ 1,400.00 $ 11,480.00 $ 1,400.00 $ 11,480.00 46. Hand Excavation Around Obstructions CY 50 $ 20.00 $ 1,000.00 $ 36.00 $ 1,800.00 $ 12.00 $ 600.00 47. Extra Bank Sand for Water Lines CY 50 $ 7.00 $ 350.00 $ 22.00 $ 1,100.00 $ 9.00 $ 450.00 48. Extra Cement Stabilized Sand for Culverts CY 50 $ 20.00 $ 1,000.00 $ 30.00 $ 1,500.00 $ 19.00 $ 950.00 49. Right-of-Way Restoration(Tree/Shrub Replacement, Sta. 190.5 $ 100.00 $ 19,050.00 $ 97.00 $ 18,478.50 $ 136.00 $ 25,908.00 Subtotal Extra Items: $ 28,780.00 $ 34,358.50 $ 39,388.00 GRAND TOTAL: I I $ 1,600,982.10 I $ 1,728,812.50 $ 1,885,906.10 Form:03I2005 Page 2 of 8 Originated:4/5/2006 9 Printed:4/6/2006 • BID TABULATION <�� Wagon Wheel Subdivision Pace Services,L.P. Metro City Construction,L.P. Ramos Industries,Inc. . ,, t�'Lr E 6{,: H Water,Drainage,&Paving Improvements 14226 Huffmeister Rd. P.O.Box 890271 3636 Pasadena Blvd. .r ONS City of Pearland Cypress,Tx.77429 Houston,Tx.77289 Pasadena,Tx.77503 ^ - BID NO.:B2006-039 BID DATE:April 5,2006 281-256-2201 713-943-0090 713-475-1422 ITEM SPEC. BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID NO. SECTION BASE BID ITEMS MOVE-IN&START-UP 1. Mobilization(Including Performance&Payment LS 1 $ 85,000.00 $ 85,000.00 $ 51,713.20 $ 51,713.20 $ 150,000.00 $ 150,000.00 2. Traffic Control-Devices LS 1 $ 35,000.00 $ 35,000.00 $ 13,091.90 $ 13,091.90 $ 23,000.00 $ 23,000.00 3. Traffic Control-Flagmen LS 1 $ 27,000.00 $ 27,000.00 $ 26,183.90 $ 26,183.90 $ 11,500.00 $ 11,500.00 4. Filter Fabric Fence LF 1,412 $ 1.00 $ 1,412.00 $ 1.00 $ 1,412.00 $ 2.00 $ 2,824.00 5. Inlet Protection Barrier Ea 7 $ 25.00 $ 175.00 $ 65.50 $ 458.50 $ 150.00 $ 1,050.00 6. Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier LF 1,368 $ 1.40 $ 1,915.20 $ 1.70 $ 2,325.60 $ 2.50 $ 3,420.00 7. Right-of-Way Preparation"Half Width" Sta 190.5 $ 87.00 $ 16,573.50 $ 40.00 $ 7,620.00 $ 200.00 $ 38,100.00 SUBTOTAL MOVE-IN&START-UP: $ 167,075.70 $ 102,805.10 $ 229,894.00 WATER LINE 8. 4"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation, LF 146 $ 14.50 $ 2,117.00 $ 38.40 $ 5,606.40 $ 17.00 $ 2,482.00 9. 6"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation, LF 1,274 $ 16.40 $ 20,893.60 $ 32.20 $ 41,022.80 $ 21.00 $ 26,754.00 10. 8"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation, LF 10,720 $ 20.50 $ 219,760.00 $ 40.60 $ 435,232.00 $ 26.00 $ 278,720.00 11. 8"C-900 PVC Waterline in Augered Hole(Including LF 60 $ 140.00 $ 8,400:00 $ 53.00 $ 3,180.00 $ 66.00 $ 3,960.00 12. 8"x 6"Tapping Sieve&Valve(Including Installation Ea 1 $ 3,200.00 $ 3,200.00 $ 3,116.50 $ 3,116.50 $ 2,400.00 $ 2,400.00 13. 16"x 8"Tapping Sleve&Valve(Including Ea 1 $ 5,700.00 $ 5,700.00 $ 5,041.30 $ 5,041.30 $ 7,500.00 $ 7,500.00 14. Connection to Existing Waterline(Including Valves, Ea 7 $ 150.00 $ 1,050.00 $ 783.20 $ 5,482.40 $ 700.00 $ 4,900.00 15. Service Connection(Including Valves,Fittings, Ea 177 $ 650.00 $ 115,050.00 $ 459.20 $ 81,278.40 $ 400.00 $ 70,800.00 16. Fire Hydrant(Including Gate Valves and Thrust Ea 26 $ 2,050.00 $ 53,300.00 $ 2,675.90 $ 69,573.40 $ 2,500.00 $ 65,000.00 17. Trench Safety System LF 12,140 $ 0.10 $ 1,214.00 $ 0.10 $ 1,214.00 $ 1.00 $ 12,140.00 SUBTOTAL WATER LINE: $ 430,684.60 $ 650,747.20 $ 474,656.00 STORM SEWER 18. Remove&Reuse or Dispose Existing Culvert Pipe, LF 3,841 $ 50.00 $ 192,050.00 $ 1.80 $ 6,913.80 $ 30.00 $ 115,230.00 19. 18"xl1"C 506-Reinforced Concrete Arch Pipe, LF 1,436 $ 50.00 $ 71,800.00 $ 62.90 $ 90,324.40 $ 50.00 $ 71,800.00 20. 18"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 1,006 $ 42.00 $ 42,252.00 $ 58.30 $ 58,649.80 $ 50.00 $ 50,300.00 21. 24"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 2,247 $ 51.80 $ 116,394.60 $ 71.30 $ 160,211.10 $ 62.00 $ 139,314.00 22. 30"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 842 $ 63.50 $ 53,467.00 $ 87.50 $ 73,675.00 $ 75.00 $ 63,150.00 23. 36"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 234 $ 89.10 ,1$ 20,849.40' $ 124.60 $ 29,156.40 $ 98.00 $ 22,932.00 24. 36"Aluminized Corrugated Steel Pipe,Complete In LF 34 $ 82.00 $ 2,788.00 $ 61.30 $ 2,084.20 $ 64.00 $ 2,176.00 25. 42"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 335 $ 112.80 $ 37,788.00 $ 146.60 $ 49,111.00 $ 122.00 $ 40,870.00 26. 48"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 621 $ 133.00 $ 82,593.00 $ 168.80 $ 104,824.80 $ 143.00 $ 88,803.00 27. 66"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 188 $ 215.50 $ 40,514.00 $ 305.00 $ 57,340.00 $ 215.00 $ 40,420.00 28. 3'x 3'C 789-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In LF 104 $ 148.20 $ 15,412.80 $ 179.50 $ 18,668.00 $ 142.00 $ 14,768.00 29. 4'x 3'C 789-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In LF 182 $ 157.20 $ 28,610.40 $ 175.50 $ 31,941.00 $ 150.00 $ 27,300.00 30. Precast Storm Sewer Manhole,All Depths,Complete Ea 13 $ 2,500.00 $ 32,500.00 $ 2,921.10 $ 37,974.30 $ 2,400.00 $ 31,200.00 31. Type"A"Precast Concrete Inlet,All Depths, Ea 3 $ 1,400.00 $ 4,200.00 $ 993.10 $ 2,979.30 $ 1,300.00 $ 3,900.00 32. 5"Reinforced Concrete Slope Paving w/2'Toe Wall, SY 276 $ 49.00 $ 13,524.00 $ 12.70 $ 3,505.20 $ 50.00 $ 13,800.00 33. Galvanized Outfall Rack,Complete In Place LS 1 $ 6,500.00 $ 6,500.00 $ 2,250.80 $ 2,250.80 $ 4,600.00 $ 4,600.00 34. Interlocking Concrete Block,Complete In Place SY 28 $ 65.00 $ 1,820.00 $ 53.60 $ 1,500.80 $ 60.00 $ 1,680.00 35. Broken Concrete Rip-Rap,Complete In Place SY 89 $ 40.00 $ 3,560.00 $ 37.00 $ 3,293.00 $ 38.00 $ 3,382.00 36. Roadside Ditch Regrading LF 10,614 $ 5.00 $ 53,070.00 $ 2.00 $ 21,228.00 $ 5.00 $ 53,070.00 37. In Place Rehab 30"Storm Sewer LF 202 $ 200.00 $ 40,400.00 $ 376.82 f$ . 76;11T64 $ 230.00 $ 46,460.00 38. In Place Rehab 36"Storm Sewer LF 402 $ 200.00 $ 80,400.00 $ 189.35 l$ <'76 F18 70` $ 250.00 $ 100,500.00 39. Trench Safety System LF 1,664 $ 0.10 $ 166.40 $ 0.10 $ 166.40 $ 1.00 $ 1,664.00 SUBTOTAL STORM SEWER: $ 940,659.60 $ 908,033.64 $ 937,319.00 Originated:4/5/2008 Form:03/2005 Page 3 of 8 Printed:4/6/2006 • BID TABULATION ��/�� Wagon Wheel Subdivision Pace Services,L.P. Metro City Construction,L.P. Ramos Industries,Inc. r,Ie�,l.eo�ef- `h Water,Drainage,&Paving Improvements 14226 Huffmeister Rd. P.O.Box 890271 3636 Pasadena Blvd. Li Mal City of Pearland Cypress,Tx.77429 Houston,Tx.77289 Pasadena,Tx.77503 BID NO.:B2006-039 281-256-2201 713-943-0090 713-475-1422 BID DATE:April 5,2006 ITEM SPEC. BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID NO. SECTION PAVING 40. Chip Seal Pavement Resurfacing(Edge to Edge of SY 31,474 $ 2.35 $ 73,963.90 $ 2.70 $ 84,979.80 $ 4.00 $ 125,896.00 41. Full Depth Repair of Rutted/Soft/Damaged Areas As SY _ 4,730_ $ 45.50 $ 215,215.00 $ 44.50 $ 210,485.00 $ 34.00 $ 160,820.00 42. 1 1/2"Type"D"HMAC Driveway Repair(R-o-W to SY _ 3,410 $ 14.00 $ 47,740.00 $ 11.50 $ 39,215.00 $ 14.00 $ 47,740.00 43. 6"Concrete Driveway Repair(R-o-W to Edge of SY 665 $ 50.00 $ 33,250.00 $ 6.50 $ 4,322.50 $ 40.00 $ 26,600.00 44. Gravel&Grass Driveway Repair(R-o-W to Edge of SY 500 $ 37.00 $ 18,500.00 $ 3.90 $ 1,950.00 $ 20.00 $ 10,000.00 SUBTOTAL PAVING: $ 388,668.90 $ 340,952.30 $ 371,056.00 Subtotal Base Bid Items: '$ 1,927,088.80 :'$`_ 2,002,538.24 $ 2,012,925.00 EXTRA ITEMS 45. Hydro-Mulch Seeding Ac 8.2 $ 1,450.00 $ 11,890.00 $ 1,308.70 $ 10,731.34 $ 1,400.00 $ 11,480.00 46. Hand Excavation Around Obstructions CY 50 $ 20.00 $ 1,000.00 $ 75.00 $ 3,750.00 $ 12.00 $ 600.00 47. Extra Bank Sand for Water Lines CY 50 $ 7.00 $ 350.00 $ 20.00 $ 1,000.00 $ 23.00 $ 1,150.00 48. Extra Cement Stabilized Sand for Culverts , CY 50 $ 25.00 $ 1,250.00 $ 25.00 $ 1,250.00 $ 35.00 $ 1,750.00 49. Right-of-Way Restoration(Tree/Shrub Replacement, Sta. 190.5 $ 150.00 $ 28,575.00 $ 40.00 $ 7,620.00 $ 175.00 $ 33,337.50 Subtotal Extra Items: $ 43,065.00 $ 24,351.34 $ 48,317.50 GRAND TOTAL: I $" 1,970,153;80 I I $ 2,026,889.58 I $ 2,061,242.50 Originated:4/5/2006 Form:03/2005 Page 4 of 8 Printed:4/6/2006 BID TABULATION 0 '/.�, Wagon Wheel Subdivision - Cravens Partners,Ltd. Huff&Mitchell,Inc. (0,,nanT_J .d'� Water,Drainage,&Paving Improvements 7700 San Felipe 16410 Huffmeister Rd. ��w�►Vl� City of Pearland Houston,Tx.77063 Cypress,Tx.77429 BID NO.:B2006-039 713-300-1530 281-304-9100 4i4i.•_nrSl BID DATE:April 5,2006 ITEM SPEC. BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID NO. SECTION BASE BID ITEMS MOVE-IN&START-UP 1. Mobilization(Including Performance&Payment LS 1 $ 50,000.00 $ 50,000.00 $ 269,000.00 $ 269,000.00 2. Traffic Control-Devices LS 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 3. Traffic Control-Flagmen LS 1 $ 35,000.00 $ 35,000.00., $ 40,000.00 $ 40,000.00 4. Filter Fabric Fence LF 1,412 $ 1.50 $ 2,118.00 $ 1.00 $ 1,412.00 5. Inlet Protection Barrier Ea 7 $ 100.00 $ 700.00 $ 100.00 $ 700.00 6. Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier LF 1,368 $ 2.00 $ 2,736.00 . $ 1.00 $ 1,368.00 7. Right-of-Way Preparation"Half Width" Sta 190.5 $ 150.00 $ 28,575.00 $ 100.00 $ 19,050.00 SUBTOTAL MOVE-IN&START-UP: $ 129,129.00 $ 341,530.00 WATER LINE 8. 4"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation, LF 146 $ 25.00 $ 3,650.00_ $ 25.00 $ 3,650.00 9. 6"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation, LF 1,274 $ 27.00 $ 34,398.00 $ 30.00 $ 38,220.00 10. 8"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation, LF 10,720 $ 36.00 $ 385,920.00_ $ 35.00 $ 375,200.00 11. 8"C-900 PVC Waterline in Augered Hole(Including LF 60 $ 106.50 $ 6,390.00 $ 1,000.00 $ 60,000.00 12. 8"x 6"Tapping Sleve&Valve(Including Installation Ea 1 $ 3,000.00 $ 3,000.00 $ 3,000.00 $ 3,000.00 13. 16"x 8"Tapping Sleve&Valve(Including Ea 1 $ 8,500.00 $ 8,500.00 $ 7,500.00 $ 7,500.00 14. Connection to Existing Waterline(Including Valves, Ea 7 $ 250.00 $ 1,750.00 $ 750.00 $ 5,250.00 15. Service Connection(Including Valves,Fittings, Ea 177 $ 575.00 $ 101,775.00 $ 360.00 $ 63,720.00 16. Fire Hydrant(Including Gate Valves and Thrust Ea 26 $ 2,600.00 $ 67,600.00 $ 2,000.00 $ 52,000.00 17. Trench Safety System LF 12,140 $ 0.10 $ 1,214.00_ $ 1.00 $ 12,140.00 SUBTOTAL WATER LINE: $ 614,197.00 $ 620,680.00 STORM SEWER 18. Remove&Reuse or Dispose Existing Culvert Pipe, LF 3,841 $ 19.50 $ 74,899.50 $ 2.00 $ 7,682.00 19. 18"x11"C 506-Reinforced Concrete Arch Pipe, LF 1,436 $ 74.50 $ 106,982.00 $ 65.00 $ 93,340.00 20. 18"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 1,006 $ 57.50 $ 57,845.00 $ 55.00 $ 55,330.00 21. 24"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 2,247 $ 65.50 $ 147,178.50 $ 65.00 $ 146,055.00 22. 30"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete.Pipe, LF 842 $ 79.00 $ 66,518.00 $ 90.00 $ 75,780.00 23. 36"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 234 $ 103.00 $ 24,102.00 $ 100.00 $ 23,400.00 24. 36"Aluminized Corrugated Steel Pipe,Complete In LF 34 $ 100.00 $ 3,400.00 $ 135.00 $ 4,590.00 25. 42"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 335 $ 186.00 $ 62,310.00 $ 140.00 $ 46,900.00 26. 48"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 621 $ 209.00 $ 129,789.00 $ 150.00 $ 93,150.00 27. 66"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 188 $ 252.00 $ 47,376.00 $ 200.00 $ 37,600.00 28. 3'x 3'C 789-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In LF 104 $ 176.00 $ 18,304.00 $ 180.00 $ 18,720.00 29. 4'x 3'C 789-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In LF 182 $ 186.00 $ 33,852.00 $ 200.00 $ 36,400.00 30. Precast Storm Sewer Manhole,All Depths,Complete Ea 13 $ 2,350.00 $ 30,550.00, $ 2,500.00 $ 32,500.00 31. Type"A"Precast Concrete Inlet,All Depths, Ea 3 $ 850.00 $ 2,550.00 $ 1,000.00 $ 3,000.00 32. 5"Reinforced Concrete Slope Paving w/2'Toe Wall, SY 276 $ 65.00 $ 17,940.00 $ 75.00 $ 20,700.00 33. Galvanized Outfall Rack,Complete In Place LS 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 34. Interlocking Concrete Block,Complete In Place SY 28 $ 55.00 $ 1,540.00 $ 50.00 $ 1,400.00 35. Broken Concrete Rip-Rap,Complete In Place SY 89 $ 45.00 $ 4,005.00_ $ 35.00 $ 3,115.00 36. Roadside Ditch Regrading LF 10,614 $ 6.50 $ 68,991.00_ $ 6.00 $ 63,684.00 37. In Place Rehab 30"Storm Sewer LF 202 $ 235.00 $ 47,470.00 $ 150.00 $ 30,300.00 38. In Place Rehab 36"Storm Sewer LF 402 $ 252.00 $ 101,304.00_ $ 150.00 $ 60,300.00 39. Trench Safety System LF 1,664 $ 0.10 $ 166.40 $ 1.00 $ 1,664.00 SUBTOTAL STORM SEWER: $ 1,057,072.40 $ 858,110.00 Originated:4/5/2006 Form:03/2005 Page 5 of 8 Printed:4/6/2006 " • BID TABULATION i;'„.O5+ �.,?�� Wagon Wheel Subdivision Cravens Partners,Ltd. Huff&Mitchell,Inc. ae17.M,,, Water,Drainage,&Paving Improvements 7700 San Felipe 16410 Huffmeister Rd. towns City of Pearland Houston,Tx.77063 Cypress,Tx.77429 BID NO.:B2006-039 713-300-1530 281-304-9100 rJ,04 l' BID DATE:April 5,2006 ITEM SPEC. BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT NO. SECTION QTY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID PAVING 40. Chip Seal Pavement Resurfacing(Edge to Edge of SY 31,474 $ 2.30 $ 72,390.20 $ 2.75 $ 86,553.50 41. Full Depth Repair of Rutted/Soft/Damaged Areas As SY 4,730 $ 35.50 $ 167,915.00 $ 45.00 $ 212,850.00 42. 1 1/2"Type"D"HMAC Driveway Repair(R-o-W to SY 3,410 $ 14.15 $ 48,251.50_ $ 15.00 $ 51,150.00 43. 6"Concrete Driveway Repair(R-o-W to Edge of SY 665 $ 90.60 $ 60,249.00 $ 50.00 $ 33,250.00 44. Gravel&Grass Driveway Repair(R-o-W to Edge of SY 500 $ 9.45 $ 4,725.00 $ 20.00 $ 10,000.00 SUBTOTAL PAVING: $ 353,530.70 $ 393,803.50 Subtotal Base Bid Items: $ ' 2,153,919.10 $ 2,214,123.50 EXTRA ITEMS 45. Hydro-Mulch Seeding Ac 8.2 $ 1,250.00 $ 10,250.00 $ 1,500.00 $ 12,300.00 46. Hand Excavation Around Obstructions CY 50 $ 35.00 $ 1,750.00 $ 50.00 $ 2,500.00 47. Extra Bank Sand for Water Lines CY 50 $ 20.00 $ 1,000.00 $ 10.00 $ 500.00 48. Extra Cement Stabilized Sand for Culverts CY 50 $ 25.00 $ 1,250.00 I $ 22.00 $ 1,100.00 49. Right-of-Way Restoration(Tree/Shrub Replacement, _ Sta. _ 190.5 $ 100.00 $ 19,050.00 $ 10.00 $ 1,905.00 Subtotal Extra Items: $ 33,300.00 $ 18,305.00 GRAND TOTAL: $ 2,187,229.10 $ 2,232,428.50 • Originated:4/5/2006 Form:03/2005 Page 6 of 8 Printed:4/6/2006 BID TABULATION t��'.' Wagon Wheel Subdivision , 11 ,,_tegasTp (��[,� City of Pearland' Water,Drainage,&Paving Improvements ' AVERAGE OF 3 LOW BIDDERS AVERAGE OF ALL BIDDERS ENGINEER'S OPINION OF COST BID NO.:B2006-039 4P..,icf,!5 BID DATE:April 5,2006 ITEM SPEC. BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT NO. SECTION BASE BID ITEMS MOVE-IN&START-UP I. Mobilization(Including Performance&Payment LS 1 $ 83,100.00 $ 83,100.00 $ 106,876.65 $ 106,876.65 $ 63,001.00 $ 63,001.00 2. Traffic Control-Devices LS 1 $ 12,200.00 $ 12,200.00 $ 15,961.49 $ 15,961.49 $ 15,750.00 $ 15,750.00 3. Traffic Control-Flagmen LS 1 $ 18,733.33 $ 18,733.33 $ 24,485.49 $ 24,485.49 $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00 4. Filter Fabric Fence LF 1,412 $ 0.98 $ 1,388.47 $ 1.18 $ 1,667.93 $ 1.00 $ 1,412.00 5. Inlet Protection Barrier Ea 7 $ 48.67 $ 340.67 $ 73.31 $ 513.19 $ 100.00 $ 700.00_ 6. Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier LF 1,368 $ 1.25 $ 1,710.00 $ 1.54 $ 2,111.85 $ 2.00 $ 2,736.00 7. Right-of-Way Preparation"Half Width" Sta 190.5 $ 114.67 $ 21,844.00 $ 115.13 $ 21,931.31 $ 50.00 $ 9,525.00_ SUBTOTAL MOVE-IN&START-UP: $ 139,316.47 $ 173,547.90 $ 108,124.00 WATER LINE 8. 4"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation, LF 146 $ 14.33 $ 2,092.67 $ 20.36 $ 2,972.93 $ 10.00 $ 1,460.00 9. 6"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation, LF 1,274 $ 16.90 $ 21,530.60 $ 22.16 $ 28,235.03 $ 15.00 $ 19,110.00 10. 8"C-900 PVC Waterline(Including Excavation, LF 10,720 $ 21.20 $ 227,264.00 $ 27.71 $ 297,078.00 $ 20.00 $ 214,400.00 11. 8"C-900 PVC Waterline in Augered Hole(Including LF 60 $ 46.67 $ 2,800.00 $ 188.19 $ 11,291.25 $ 50.00 $ 3,000.00 12. 8"x 6"Tapping Sieve&Valve(Including Installation Ea 1 $ 2,683.33 $ 2,683.33 $ 2,845.81 $ 2,845.81 $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 13. 16"x 8"Tapping Sleve&Valve(Including Ea 1 $ 6,016.67 $ 6,016.67 $ 6,536.41 $ 6,536.41 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 14. Connection to Existing Waterline(Including Valves, Ea 7 $ 516.67 $ 3,616.67 $ 522.90 $ 3,660.30 $ 500.00 $ 3,500.00 15. Service Connection(Including Valves,Fittings, Ea 177 $ 555.00 $ 98,235.00 $ 513.65 $ 90,916.05 $ 350.00 $ 61,950.00 16. Fire Hydrant(Including Gate Valves and Thrust Ea 26 $ 2,146.67 $ 55,813.33 $ 2,283.24 $ 59,364.18 $ 2,500.00 $ 65,000.00 17. Trench Safety System LF 12,140 $ 0.35 $ 4,249.00 $ 0.42 $ 5,083.63 $ 1.00 $ 12,140.00 SUBTOTAL WATER LINE: $ 424,301.27 $ 507,983.58 $ 388,060.00 STORM SEWER 18. Remove&Reuse or Dispose Existing Culvert Pipe, LF 3,841 $ 8.77 $ 33,672.77 $ 16.20 $ 62,224.20 $ 6.00 $ 23,046.00 19. 18"xl l"C 506-Reinforced Concrete Arch Pipe, LF 1,436 $ 55.87 $ 80,224.53 $ 58.75 $ 84,365.00 $ 55.25 $ 79,339.00 20. 18"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 1,006 $ 43.13 $ 43,392.13 $ 49.03 $ 49,319.15 $ 38.85 $ 39,083.10 21. 24"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 2,247 $ 51.45 $ 115,608.15 $ 58.74 $ 131,997.21 $ 50.48 $ 113,428.56 22. 30"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 842 $ 64.53 $ 54,337.07 $ 73.58 $ 61,950.15 $ 69.90 $ 58,855.80 23. 36"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 234 $ 82.73 $ 19,359.60 $ 95.36 $ 22,314.83 $ 106.05 $ 24,815.70 24. 36"Aluminized Corrugated Steel Pipe,Complete In LF 34 $ 68.33 $ 2,323.33 $ 80.91 $ 2,751.03 $ 106.05 $ 3,605.70 25. 42"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 335 $ 106.97 $ 35,833.83 $ 128.54 $ 43,060.06 $ 138.53 $ 46,407.55 26. 48"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 621 $ 128.42 $ 79,746.75 $ 148.63 $ 92,300.01 $ 165.90 $ 103,023.90 27. 66"C 76,CL.III-Reinforced Conrete Pipe, LF 188 $ 202.33 $ 38,038.67 $ 224.31 $ 42,170.75 $ 299.33 $ 56,274.04 28. 3'x 3'C 789-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In LF 104 $ 150.67 $ 15,669.33 $ 159.71 $ 16,610.10 $ 235.05 $ 24,445.20 29. 4'x 3'C 789-Reinforced Conrete Pipe,Complete In LF 182 $ 157.67 $ 28,695.33 $ 167.71 $ 30,523.68 $ 248.55 $ 45,236.10 30. Precast Storm Sewer Manhole,All Depths,Complete Ea 13 $ 2,433.33 $ 31,633.33 $ 2,496.39 $ 32,453.04 $ 2,500.00 $ 32,500.00 31. Type"A"Precast Concrete Inlet,All Depths, Ea 3 $ 1,029.67 $ 3,089.00 $ 1,079.01 $ 3,237.04 $ 1,000.00 $ 3,000.00 32. 5"Reinforced Concrete Slope Paving w/2'Toe Wall, SY 276 $ 56.53 $ 15,603.20 $ 52.66 $ 14,534.85 $ 25.00 $ 6,900.00 33. Galvanized Outfall Rack,Complete In Place LS 1 $ 3,533.33 $ 3,533.33 $ 4,556.35 $ 4,556.35 $ 7,500.00 $ 7,500.00 34. Interlocking Concrete Block,Complete In Place SY 28 $ 113.33 $ 3,173.33 $ 77.95 $ 2,182.60 $ 54.00 $ 1,512.00 35. Broken Concrete Rip-Rap,Complete In Place SY 89 $ 46.33 $ 4,123.67 $ 41.75 $ 3,715.75 $ 15.00 $ 1,335.00 36. Roadside Ditch Regrading LF 10,614 $ 4.43 $ 47,055.40 $ 4.73 $ 50,151.15 $ 1.50 $ 15,921.00 37. In Place Rehab 30"Storm Sewer LF 202 $ 240.50 $ 48,581.00 $ 239.17 $ 48,311.33 $ 200.00 $ 40,400.00 38. In Place Rehab 36"Storm Sewer LF 402 $ 255.75 $ 102,811.50 $ 226.08 $ 90,882.15 $ 200.00 $ 80,400.00. 39. Trench Safety System LF 1,664 $ 0.45 $ 748.80 $ 0.46 $ 759.20 $ 1.50 $ 2,496.00 SUBTOTAL STORM SEWER: $ 807,254.07 $ 890,369.61 $ 809,524.65 Originated:4/5/2006 Form*03/2005 Page 7 of 8 Printed:4/6/2006 ° BID TABULATION � . 4r Wagon Wheel Subdivision ,_ta:" ` , Water,Drainage,&Paving Improvements g g P AVERAGE OF 3 LOW BIDDERS AVERAGE OF ALL BIDDERS ENGINEER'S OPINION OF COST it ffinx � City of Pearland c BID NO.:B2006-039 r,,_. ' BID DATE:April 5,2006 ITEM SPEC. BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT NO. SECTION PAVING - 40. Chip Seal Pavement Resurfacing(Edge to Edge of SY 31,474 $ 2.07 $ 65,046.27 $ 2.54_ $ 79,865.28 $ 5.00 $ 157,370.00 41. Full Depth Repair of Rutted/Soft/Damaged Areas As_ SY 4,730 $ 34.63 $ 163,815.67 $ 38.55 $ 182,341.50 $ 30.00 $ 141,900.00 42. 1 1/2"Type"D"HMAC Driveway Repair(R-o-W to SY 3,410 $ 17.77 $ 60,584.33 $ 15.24 $ 51,981.19 $ 7.50 $ 25,575.00 43. 6"Concrete Driveway Repair(R-o-W to Edge of SY 665 $ 52.67 $ 35,023.33 $ 49.39 $ 32,842.69 $ 30.00 $ 19,950.00 44. Gravel&Grass Driveway Repair(R-o-W to Edge of SY 500 $ 18.10 $ 9,050.00 $ 18.08 $ 9,040.63 $ 4.00 $ 2,000.00 SUBTOTAL PAVING: $ 333,519.60 $ 356,071.28 $ 346,795.00 Subtotal Base Bid Items: $ 1,704,391.40 $ 1,927,972.36 $ 1,652,503.65 EXTRA ITEMS 45. Hydro-Mulch Seeding Ac 8.2 $ 1,233.33 $ 10,113.33 $ 1,326.09 $ 10,873.92 $ 2,000.00 $ 16,400.00 46. Hand Excavation Around Obstructions CY 50 $ 22.67 $ 1,133.33 _$ 32.50 $ 1,625.00 $ 20.00 $ 1,000.00 47. Extra Bank Sand for Water Lines CY 50 $ 12.67 $ 633.33 $ 14.75 $ 737.50 $ 15.00 $ 750.00 48. Extra Cement Stabilized Sand for Culverts _ CY 50 $ 23.00 $ 1,150.00 $ 25.13 $ 1,256.25 $ 25.00 $ 1,250.00 49. Right-of-Way Restoration(Tree/Shrub Replacement, Sta. 190.5 $ 111.00 $ 21,145.50 $ 101.00 $ 19,240.50 $ 50.00 $ 9,525.00 Subtotal Extra Items: $ 34,175.50 $ 33,733.17 $ 28,925.00 GRAND TOTAL: I $ 1,738,566.90 I $ 1,961,705.52 I $ 1,681,428.65 • 8 of 8 Originated:g 4/6/2006 Form:03/2005 Page Printed:4/6/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Section 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § Bond No. 61BCSDQ23 21 COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That CALCO CONTRACTING, LTD. of the City of HOUSTON , County of HARRIS ) , and State of Texas, as principal; and HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY authorized under the laws of the State`of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City'of Pearland (Owner), in the penal sum of OO E MII ION,1 SSIIx HUNDRED THOUSAND, NINE HUNDRED SEVENTY- for/ (51,600,979.60) = the payment whereof,the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, N - administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the 24th day of April ,200 6 ,to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Wagon Wheel Water,Drainage, and Paving Improvements City of Pearland,Texas Bid No.: B2006-039 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements,in and by..said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed,.and.according.;to the true intent and meaning of said Contract Documents and Plans and Technical Specifications hereto annexed, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in,'f ill_:force:and effect, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this Bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this Bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the Plans and Technical Specifications accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder. Wagon Wheel 00610-1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 28thday of April, 2006 Principal: Surety: CALCO CONTRACTING, LTD. HARTFORD FIRE!NSDRANCE COMPANY By. By: b:C'0,f1 ZZ (- Jo Ann Parker #1238909 Attorney-in-Fact Title: �eto'2--K-SAC- �P��Tt�7Q12 , itle: Address: Address: P.O. Box 10156 P.O. Box 4611 Houston, Texas 77210-4611 Houston, Texas 77206 281/448-2620 Tele hone: 281/874-9600 Telephone: p 281/448-9237 Fax: 281/877-3990 Fax: The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: Jo Ann Parker #1238909 I IOUSTOUN,WOODARD, EASON,GENTLE, TOMFORDE,AND ANDERSON,INC. • dba Insurance Alliance 1 ilb Yorktown,Suite 200 Houston,Texas 77056-4114 TDI License#1381 FEIN#760362043 END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00610-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND Section 00611 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS § Bond No. 61BCSDQ2321 COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That CALCO CONTRACTING, LTD. of the City of HOUSTON , . •� \ County of HARRIS , and State ofTexas;.as principal, and HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bondsppNNg Iforrincipalspg are held and firmly bound unto Ci of Pearland (Owner), In the penal sum of NINEMAI6tl10;X HUNDRED THOU AND, NINF,$ IUI RED7SEHNT___ for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents: • WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the...- 24th day of April , 200 6,to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Wagon Wheel Water,Drainage, and Paving Improvements City of Pearland,Texas Bid No.: B2006-039 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; vrc. . , _ • PROVIDED,HOWEVER,that this Bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of,Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this,bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent:as:ifit.were copied.at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the Plans and Technical Specifications accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder. Wagon Wheel 00611 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 28th day of April, 2006 Principal: Surety: CALCO CONTRACTING, LTD. HARTFORD FIRE INSU CE COMPANY By: � By: Lo G✓J �.��c (z AzS�fZ Jo Ann Parker #1238909 Title: QSen5e ..A1., fk2-no e itle: Attorney-in-Fact t2 Address: Address: P.O. Box 10156 P.O. Box 4611 Houston, Texas 77206 Houston, Texas 77210-4611 281/448-2620 Telephone: 281/874-9600 Telephone: Fax: 281/448-9237 Fax: 281/877-3990 The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: Jo Ann Parker #1238909 HOUSTOUN,WOODARD, EASON, GEN ILE, TOMFORDE,AND ANDERSON, INC. dba Insuwence Affiance 1776 Yorktown,Suite 200 Houston,Texas 77056-4114 TDI License#1381 FEIN#760362043 END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00611 -2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND Section 00612 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § Bond No. 61BCSDQ2321 COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That CALCO CONTRACTING, LTD. of the City of HOUSTON, . -County of HARRIS � and State of Texas; as principal; and HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY authorized under the laws of the State'ofTexas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto Citt of Pearland (Owner),- ONE MIL ION, SIX HUNDRED THOUSAND, NINE HUN RED SEVEN - far �� in the penal sum of N NF. AND tin/�00 ($1 . 600.9 7 60) the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents: . WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the 24th day of April , 2006 ,to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Wagon Wheel Water,Drainage, and Paving Improvements City of Pearland,Texas Bid No.: B2006-039 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,that if the said Principal shall faithfully correct all such Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the one-year period from the date of acceptance of Work as evidenced by the Owner's Certificate of Acceptance of the Work, then this obligation shall be void;otherwise to remain in full force and effect; "PROVIDED,HOWEVER, that this Bond is executed pursuant tothe provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities oii'tius-'Bbnd shall ledetermined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein." Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the Plans and Technical Specifications accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder. Wagon Wheel 00612- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 28th day of April, 2006 Principal: Surety: CALCO CONTRACTING, L . HARTFORD FIRE INS CE COMPANY B (11 �L —, B. - e y /�✓ i Lp Q,' ..-- z%,E-(. ._ Jo Ann Parker #1238909 Attorney-in-Fact -Title: Qn-e_6v.itYLAL el47,0e__.0 Title: Address: Address: P.O. Box 10156 P.O. Box 4611 a Houston, Texas 77206 Houston, Texas 77210-4611 Telephone: 281/448-2620 Telephone: 281/874-9600 281/448-9237 281/877-3990 Fax: Fax: The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: - Jo Ann Parker #1238909 :� HOUSTOUN,WOODARD, EASON, rENTi F, TOMFORDE,AND ANDERSON, INC. dba Insurance Alliance • 1776 Yorktown,Suite 200 Houston,Texas 77056-4114 • TDI License#1381 FEIN#760362043 END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00612-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR SURFACE CORRECTION BOND Section 00613 ONE-YEAR SURFACE CORRECTION BOND STATE OF TEXAS § Bond No. 61BCSDQ2321 COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That CALCO CONTRACTING;` LTD- of the City of HOUSTON County of HARRIS , and State`',of Texas, as principal, and HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY authorized under the laws of the State of-Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals are held and firmly bound unt City of Pearland(Owner), — in the penal sum of SIXTY-FOUR THOUSAND, THIRTY-NINE AND' 18/1.00 ---($64;-039.18)-=-, the total being equal to four percent (4%) of the total Contract Price, for the payment whereof;theme` said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors,_.1 and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: - - WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the 24th day of April , 200 6 ,to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Wagon Wheel Water,Drainage, and Paving Improvements City of Pearland,Texas Bid No.: B2006-039 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,that if the said Principal shall repair, replace,restore, and correct surface work.associated with.construction operations located within the City of Pearland rights-of way determined;not in accordance with the Contract Documents or City of Pearland standard requirements dsooyered'withini one year from the date of acceptance of Work as evidenced by the Owner''s.'Cefaffeatee:bf Acceptance of the Work,then this obligation shall become null and void, and shall be of no:further force-and effect; otherwise,the same is to remain in full force and effect. Notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered when actually received or, if earlier, on the third day following deposit in a United States Postal Service post office or receptacle,with proper postage affixed (certified mail, return receipt requested), addressed to the respective other party at the address prescribed in the Contract Documents, or at such other address as the receiving party may hereafter prescribe by written notice to the sending party. Wagon Wheel 00613- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR SURFACE CORRECTION BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 28th day of April, 2006 Principal: Surety: CALCO CONTRACTING, LTD. HARTFORD FIRE NESURANCE COMPANY By: Z/ By Jo Ann Parker. #1238909 - Attorney-in-Fact -Title: �e A9eQ� Address: Address: P.O. Box 10156 P.O. Box 4611 Houston, Texas 77206 Houston, Texas 77210-4611 281/448-2620 Telephone: 281/874-9600 Telephone: p 281/448-9237 Fax: 281/877-3990 Fax: The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: • Jr_• Ann Parker #1238909 I IOUSTOUN,WOODARD, EASON, GENTLE, TOMFORDE,.AND ANDERSON,INC. dba Insurance Alliance 1776 Yorktown, Suite 200 Houston,Texas 77056-4114 TDI License#1381 FEIN#760362043 END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00613-2 of 2 Direct Inquiries/Claims to: • POWER OF ATTORNEY THE HARTFORD BOND,T-4 690 ASYLUM AVENUE HARTFORD,CONNECTICUT 06115 call:888-266-3488 or fax:860-757-5835 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: Agency Code: 61-600074&46-505987 X Hartford Fire Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut X Hartford Casualty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana X Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut Twin City Fire Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the St of Indiana lHartford Insurance Company of the Southeast,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the tate of Florida having their home office in Hartford, Connecticut, (hereinafter collectively referred to as the"Companies")do hereby make, constitute and appoint, up to the amount of unlimited: Donald E. Woodard, Jr., Harlan J. Berger,Andrew J.Janda, C. W.Adams, Sue Kohler, Leland L. Rauch, Sharon Cavanaugh, Cheryl R. Colson, Michael Cole, JoAnn Parker of Houston, TX their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety(ies)only as delineated above by ®, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. In Witness Whereof, and as authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies on July 21, 2003 the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by its Assistant Vice President and its corporate seals to be hereto affixed, duly attested by its Assistant Secretary. Further, pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies, the Companies hereby unambiguously affirm that they are and will be bound by any mechanically applied signatures applied to this Power of Attorney. 1;polokiy +� ratt �4,,t.s,yrtr R *ye1'744 4 �•,`'�`t '�c � : sce.ne7 '. y , * . t° [S= pVe44 7�aP°'" rt° c :t } y• f 13 �i 1987 .-^, • S ao: • ;�:� • rO•.�` 3 , * s` `v 1 k sy...3 p ` .l ..1.401 a MOr • •CI11M' TA 197E E V 47� 10 i • * ha^.�^\9 \!'e.art?, �'ia 1.1 • e„ r..00.- •�r°n.o•�....f c,...,....,0 ot • r)---."---,--0---/- ::i 4 0 Gt:v f i ' U�- Paul A. Bergenholtz,Assistant Secretary David T.Akers,Assistant Vice President STATE OF CONNECTICUT ss. Hartford COUNTY OF HARTFORD ))) On this 4th day of August, 2004, before me personally came David T.Akers, to me known,who being by me duly'swom, did depose and say: that he resides in the County of Hampden, Commonwealth of Massachusetts; that he is the Assistant Vice President of the Companies, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of the said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto by like authority. //// q MQfAlp�'✓, • rtnt� * Scott E.Paseka Notary Public CERTIFICATE My Commission Expires October 31,2007 I,the undersigned,Assistant Vice President of the Companies, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies,which is still in full force effective as of April 28,2006. Signed and sealed at the City of Hartford. 0.1Y t.tk,A 41 /iitit evI:tss,rr et7er lac c°::I 4 t'i�..,,,- or l�_' 7,904N e "";Al9 e r ' / c6aWa S 3 a1 p?al ncovfos{r+a e ,. s'.: ,fce..re+r[i L -o�p t° - • fo c c _ _ ;s, , 1987 ,., • g t c }Q1 ° a_ e * g' r� • 4•/ !,:`4nr.e,er., �•pugt. .. 1879 r;' i�1879 g€ ?_� I9T9 M 1Y '�{71 C. V' O ��, �` s iyN• S" 1�� I,� • '� un„,—, i' --",.....-Yrt9./ ��Yp"�ijal J • } \�.,,'%mow,*+` 'hone• - 'ti!W.iW•y n, i J1 (, 1. Gary W.Stumper,Assistant Vice President POA 2004 IMPORTANT NOTICE TEXAS DIVIDEND PROVISION You will be entitled to participate in a distribution of our surplus, as determined by our Board of Directors from time to time, after approval in accordance with the provisions of the Texas Insurance Code, of 1951, as amended. Form F-XXXX-O Printed in U.S.A. ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE cSR ,TL DATE(MM/DO/YYYY) CALCO-1 05/01/06 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Insurance Alliance HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND,EXTEND OR 1776 Yorktown, #200 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Houston TX 77056 Phone: 713-966-1776 Fax:713-966-1700 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED INSURER A: Transportation Insurance Co 20494 INSURER B: Valley Forge Insurance Company 20508 Calco Contracting, Ltd • INSURER C: Continental Casualty Company 20443 8000 Be Houston TX rwyn 77037 INSURER D: INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED.NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WTH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ILTR pN U'yy —POLICY MM/UDCYY)E ;POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS LTR INSRq TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER GENERAL LIABILITY i EACH OCCURRENCE $1000000 A X X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY C2066700253 12/31/051 12/31/06 PREMSES(Eaoccurence) $300000 CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR I MED EXP(Any one person) $ 10 000 PERSONAL BADVINJURY $1000000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2000000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG S 2000000 POLICY I^ PR POLICY n LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT B X X ANY AUTO C2066700334 12/31/05 12/31/06 (Ea accident) $1000000 ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY S SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY X NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE S (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ 1 AUTO ONLY: AGG 5 EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $1000000 C X X OCCUR CLAIMS MADE C2057845639 12/31/05 1 12/31/06 AGGREGATE S 1000000 1 S DEDUCTIBLE I S X RETENTION $10000 S WORKERS COMPENSATION AND X ITORY LIMITS OTH- ER EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY A WC2066700298 12/31/05 12/31/06 E.LEACHACCIDENT $1000000 ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?. E.L DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1000000 If yes,describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT I$ 1000000 OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES!EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS RE: Bid No. B2006-039 Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, and Paving Improvements. Additional Insured applicable to all policies (Except WC) & Waiver of Subrogation applicable to all policies in favor of City of Pearland and. Kirst Kosmoski, Inc. as required by written contract. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION PEART•03 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER,ITS AGENTS OR City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive _REPR SENTATIVES. Pearland TX 77581 y . ACORD 25(2001/08) ©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed.A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement.A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25(2001/08) Resolution 2006-51 4/24/06 KIRST KOSMOSKI, INC. Civil/Consulting Engineers JL 2630 Fountainview, Ste. 318; Hou., Tx. 77057 Contract Documents & Technical Specifications for: Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, and Paving Improvements Bid No.: B2006 039 March, 2006 Prepared By: KIRST KOSMOSKI, INC. K T Civil/Consulting Engineers 2630 Fountainview, Suite 318 Houston, Texas 77057 .� - o F T- , :0 �:\r• •C,�� A e - C.•• ••• 7 '� , . •� j s'• ill LOUIS E.. KIRST ••.•.•.•••••••..•••••••••••j 65540 O ; �It V •� vv 0 3% D� • Contract Documents & Technical Specifications for: Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, and Paving Improvements id No.: B2006-039 March, 2006 Prepared By: KIRST KOSMOSKI, INC. Civil/Consnlling Engineers 2630 Fountainview, Suite 318 Houston, Texas 77057 CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, and Paving Improvements SECTION TITLE TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 0 — BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS NO OF PAGES 00100 Invitation to Bid 2 00200 Instructions to Bidders 6 00300 Bid Proposal 3 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 5 00610 Performance Bond 2 00611 Payment Bond 2 00612 One -Year Maintenance Bond 2 00613 One -Year Surface Correction Bond 2 00700 General Conditions of Agreement 27 00701 Attachment No. 1 to General Conditions 3 00702 Attachment No. 2 to General Conditions 6 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 2 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction 2 00813 Wage Scale for Building Construction 1 DIVISION 1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 01140 01200 01290 01310 01350 01380 01420 01430 01440 01450 01500 01505 01550 01555 n 01560 01561 01562 01563 01564 Summary of Work 2 Contractor's Use of Premises 4 Measurement and Payment Procedures 3 Change Order Procedures 4 Coordination and Meetings 3 Submittals 6 Construction Photographs 3 Referenced Standards 5 Contractor s Quality Control 2 Inspection Services 1 Testing Laboratory Services 2 Temporary Facilities and Controls 9 Mobilization 1 Stabilized Construction Exit 4 Traffic Control and Regulation 4 Filter Fabric Fence 3 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier 3 Waste Material Disposal 2 Tree and Plant Protection 3 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 8 Wagon Wheel 00010 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS 01565 01566 01570 01580 01600 01630 01720 01730 01760 01770 TPDES Requirements 3 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 4 Trench Safety System 4 Project Identification Signs 9 Material and Equipment 3 Product Options and Substitutions 3 Field Surveying 3 Cutting and Patching 3 Project Record Documents 2 Contract Closeout 2 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02200 4 02220 4 02252 3 02316 5 02317 8 02318 20 02330 5 02335 7 02370 3 02371 3 02417 6 02510 11 02511 1 02514 6 02515 6 02520 4 02534 5 02540 3 02541 8 02542 10 02603 3 02630 10 02631 4 02633 3 02710 10 02741 6 02744 4 02751 16 02910 2 02921 3 02922 4 02931 15 02980 3 Site Preparation Site Demolition Cement Stabilized Sand Excavation and Backfill for Roadways Excavation and Backfill for Structures Excavation and Backfill for Utilities Embankment Subgrade Geotextile Riprap Augering Casing and Pipe for Water Lines Water Mains Water Meters Fire Hydrant Assembly Water Tap and Service Line Installation Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults PVC Pipe Tapping Sleeves and Valves Water and Wastewater Line Valves Concrete Manholes and Accessories Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers Storm Sewers Precast Concrete Inlets, Headwalls, and Wingwalls Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, and Valve Boxes Base Course for Pavement Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Single Course Surface Treatment Concrete Pavement Topsoil Hydromulch Seeding Sodding Landscape and Tree Planting Pavement Repair and Resurfacing Wagon Wheel 00010 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete 35 03311 Seal Slabs 1 03315 Interlocking Flexible Revetment System for Slope Stabilization 3 03700 Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation 11 DIVISION 5 - METALS 05500 Metal Fabrications 4 APPENDIX A - STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) 15 SWPPP Inspection Forms 8 TCEQ NOI Instructions 6 TCEQ NOI Forms 3 TCEQ General Permit Payment Submittal Form 1 TCEQ NOI Customer Checklist 1 TCEQ NOT Instructions 2 TCEQ NOT Form 1 APPENDIX B - GEOTECHNICAL REPORT ATTACHMENT A — POLYSPRAY SPECIFICATION FOR PIPELINE REHABILITATION END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00010 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS Bid No.: B2006-039 Sealed Bid Proposals, in duplicate, referencing the following Project, will be received in the office of the City Secretary of the City of Pearland, City Hall, Suite 309, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581, until 10:00 a.m., April 5, 2006, at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud for the furnishing of: Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, and Paving Improvements Bid No.: B2006-039 This Project will entail Water, Drainage and Paving Improvements in the Wagon Wheel Subdivision. The Work includes, but is not limited to: • 12,000 linear feet of 8" waterline, • removal for disposal or reuse of 3,100 linear feet of Culvert Pipe, • 11,000 linear feet of 18" — 66" RCP storm sewer, • 17,000 linear feet of roadside ditch regarding, • 600 linear feet of in place rehab of existing 30" and 36" storm sewer, • 28,000 square yards of single course surface treatment • driveway paving, and sidewalk repairs, and • site clean up and remediation. Work is to be Substantially Complete within two hundred fifty six (256) Calendar Days and completed and ready for Final Payment within two hundred seventy (270) Calendar Days of written Notice to Proceed Liquidated damages in the amount of $500 per day will be assessed in the event the Work is not completed in this time limit. Information and Bid Documents* Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans and Technical Specifications are on file at the following locations for review: City of Pearland City Hall, Purchasing Department 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 AGC of Texas 2400 Augusta, Suite 180 Houston, Texas 77057 (281) 652-1668 (713) 334-7100 Wagon Wheel 00100 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID AGC of America 3825 Dacoma Street Houston, Texas 77092-8717 Dodge Reports 4101 Greenbriar, Suite 320 Houston, Texas 77098 (713) 843-3700 (713) 529-4895 These documents may be examined without charge at the above locations. Bidders may purchase a complete set of the Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications from the office of the Engineer, Eddie Kirst, P F , Firm Name, 2630 Fountain View Suite 318, Houston, TX 77057, (832) 242-7200 for $110 per set, non-refundable. Partial sets will not be issued. A Mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting will be held at 10:00 a.m., March 29, 2006, in the Pearland City Hall, 2nd Floor Conference Room, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. No Bid Proposal may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days following the Bid Opening without the consent of the City of Pearland. Bidder's Bond, Cashier's Check, or Certified Check payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of five percent (5%) of the total Bid Price must accompany each Bid Proposal. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all Bid Proposals or to accept any Bid Proposal deemed advantageous to the City. The Successful Bidder must furnish Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds as required by law (Article 5160, Vernon's Texas Civil Statutes as amended) upon an acceptable form in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Bid Price. Such Bonds must be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named on the current list of ' Treasury Department Circular No. 570", payable to the City of Pearland, Texas. Equal Opportunity in Employment: All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. All communications relative to this Project shall be in writing, directed to the Engineer, Eddie Kirst, P E , Kirst Kosmoski, Inc., 2630 Fountain View Suite 318, Houston, TX 77057. Purchasing Officer (date) Wagon Wheel 00100 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Definition of Terms: The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a Bid to a Bidder. The term ' Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible, and responsive Bidder to whom Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" means all documents that are necessary and sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey the understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. These include Section 00100 E. Invitation to Bid, Section 00200 - Instructions to Bidders, Section 00300 - Bid Proposal, all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bid Proposals, Plans and Technical Specifications, and the proposed Contract Documents as defined in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement (with attachments). The term "Bid Price" means the amount the Bidder proposes it will cost to complete the Work in accordance with Bidding Documents. 2. Copies of Bidding Documents: 2.1 Complete sets of Bidding Documents in the number and for the purchase sum stated in the Invitation to Bid may be obtained from the Engineer. 2.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3 Owner and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3. Qualifications of Bidders: 3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2) days of Owner's request written evidence, such as financial data, previous experience, present commitments, list of proposed sub -bidders references, and other such data, as may be called for by the Owner. The apparent low Bidder must submit this information to the Engineer within 24 hours of Bid Opening. 4. Examination of Bidding Documents and Site: 4.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the Site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Bidding Wagon Wheel 00200 - 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Bidding Documents. 4.2 Those reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the Site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Bidding Documents will be made available on request. Bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non -technical data, interpretations, or opinions contained therein, or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 4.3 Information and data reflected in the Bidding Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others. Owner and Engineer do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. 4.4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations tests, and studies, and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site or which may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid Proposal for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the time, price, and other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. 4.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each Bidder access to the Site to conduct such explorations and tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Bidder shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 4.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Bidding Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents. 4.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Item 4., ` Examination of Bidding Documents and Site:", that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Bidding Documents. 5. Interpretations and Addenda: Wagon Wheel 00200 - 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 5.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed in writing to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued in writing by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date of Bid Opening may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. 6. Bid Security: 6.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Price and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond. 6.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed Section 00500 - Standard Form of Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver Section 00500 - Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required contract security within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice to Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the Effective Date of the Agreement or the sixty- first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. 7 Contract Time: The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed and also completed and ready for Final Payment (Contract Time) are set forth in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal and Section 00500 - Standard Form of Agreement. 8. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus: Provisions for Liquidated Damages and early completion bonus, if any, are set forth in Section 00500 - Standard Form of Agreement. 9. Substitute or "Or -Equal" Items: The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the selected materials and equipment described in the Plans or specified in the Technical Specifications without consideration of possible Substitute or ' Or -Equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the Technical Specifications that a Substitute or ' Or -Equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor only if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Wagon Wheel 00200 - 3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Engineer until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. All "Or -Equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or approved equal". The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Bidding Documents. 10. Bid Proposal: 10.1 Section 00300 - Bid Proposal is included with the Bidding Documents; additional copies may be obtained from Engineer (or the issuing office). 10.2 All blanks in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal must be completed in ink or by typewriter. 10.3 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. 10.4 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 10.5 All names must be typed or printed below the signature. 10.6 The Bid Proposal shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be recorded in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal). 10.7 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must be shown. 11. Submission of Bid Proposals: Bid Proposals shall be submitted in duplicate at the time and place indicated in Section 00100 - Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title and the name and address of the Bidder. All Bid Proposals must be accompanied by Bid Security. If the Bid Proposal is sent through the mail or other delivery system the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face. 12. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids: 12.1 Bids Proposal may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bid Proposals are to be submitted at any time prior to the Bid Opening. 12.2 If within twenty-four (24) hours after Bid Proposals are opened any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter Wagon Wheel 00200 - 4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the Bid Security may be returned at the discretion of the owner. Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on that specific Project. 13. Bid Opening: Bid Proposals will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bid Items and Extra Items (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the Bid Opening. 14. Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance: All Bids Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for ninety (90) days after the day of the Bid Opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and return the Bid Security prior to that date. 15. Award of Contract: 15.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bid Proposals. Also, Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid Proposal of any Bidder if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid Proposal is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by Owner. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and Unit Prices will be resolved in favor of the Unit Prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 15.2 In evaluating Bids Proposals, Owner will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternatives Unit Prices, and other data, as may be requested in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal or prior to the Notice of Award. 15.3 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Bidding Documents to Owner's satisfaction within the proposed Contract Time. 15.4 The Contract is to be awarded to the lowest Bidder whose evaluation by Owner indicates to Owner that the award will be in the best interest of the Project. Wagon Wheel 00200 - 5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 15.5 If the Contract is to be awarded, Owner will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within the time period Bid Proposals are to Remain Subject to - Acceptance as stated in this Item 14. 16. Contract Security: When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Section 00500 - Standard Form of Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the required Performance and Payment Bonds. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes. 17. Signing of Section 00500 - Standard Form of Agreement: When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of Section 00500 - Standard Form of Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of Section 00500 - Standard Form of Agreement and attached documents to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Plans with appropriate identification. 18. Pre -Bid Meeting: A Pre -Bid Meeting will be held as indicated in Section 00100 - Invitation to Bid. 19. Retainage: Provisions concerning Retainage are set forth in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00200 - 6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND tegeolpp: (date) Bid of L,Co • C =,t� 1_ corpRration organize and existing under the laws of e State of al Tex pa partnership / a tne of C7•24,,E.K. L , G • x�e L the tunishi for as / a partnership consisting ng of: Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, and Paving Improvements City of Pearland, Texas Bid No.: B2006-039 Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL BID PROPOSAL (Submitted in Duplicate) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bid, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to do all the Work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machine and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the Work included ndertthe Contract for these construction of the Wagon Wheel, Water, Drainage, and Paving Improvements as shown on the Plans with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Technical Specifications prepared by the Engineer, Eddie Kirst P.E, Inc., 2630 Fountain View Suite 318, Houston, TX 77057, under the City of Pearland's inspection, for the Unit Prices set forth in this Bid Proposal which bears our (the Biddersignatureo identification. s) for The Bidder binds himself upon acceptance of his Bid to execute a contract and furnish Performance Bond and Payment Bond each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the specified forms, for performing and completing the said Work within the Contract Time. The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence Work within ten (10) days after the Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete w thm te of written hundred fifty six (256) calendar days and completed and ready for Final Payment within two hundred seventy (270) calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed. Time for completion shall begin on the date established by Notice to Proceed. Wagon Wheel 00300 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND Spec. No. 1505 1555 1555 1560 1565 1561 2200 2510 2510 2510 2510 2540 2540 2515 2520 2514 1570 2220 2630 2630 2630 2630 2630 2630 2630 2630 Bid Item Description BASE BID ITEMS MOVE -IN & START-UP Mobilization (Including Performance & Payment Bonds) Traffic Control - Devices Traffic Control - Flagmen Filter Fabric Fence Inlet Protection Barrier Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier Right -of -Way Preparation "Half Width" WATER LINE 4' C-900 PVC Waterline (Including Excavation, Valves, Fittings, Bedding, Backfill, and Testing), Complete m Place 6 C-900 PVC Waterline (Including Excavation Valves, Fittings, Bedding, Backfill, and Testing), Complete in Place 8" C-900 PVC Waterline (Including Excavation, Valves, Fittings, Bedding, Backfill, and Testing), Complete in Place 8" C-900 PVC Waterline in Augered Hole (Including Valves, Fittings, & Testing), Complete m Place 8" x 6" Tapping Sleeve & Valve (Including Installation and Testing), Complete in Place 16" x 8" Tappmg Sleeve & Valve (Including Installation and Testing), Complete m Place Connection to Existing Waterline (Including Valves, Fittings, & Testing), Complete in Place Service Connection (Including Valves, Fittings, Meters, Backfill, and Testing), Complete in Place Fire Hydrant (Including Gate Valves and Thrust Blocks), Complete in Place Trench Safety System STORM SEWER Remove & Reuse or Dispose Existing Culvert Pipe, All Sizes 18"xl l" C 506 - Reinforced Concrete Arch Pipe, Complete In Place 18" C 76, CL IlI - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In Place 24" C 76, CL III - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In Place 30" C 76, CL III - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In Place 36" C 76, CL. III - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In Place 36" Aluminized Corrugated Steel Pipe, Complete In Place 42" C 76, CL. III - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In Place 48" C 76, CL III - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In Place I Unit LS LS LS LF Ea LF Sta LF LF LF LF Ea Ea Ea Ea Ea LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF LF Quantity 1 1 1 1,412 7 1,368 190.5 146 1,274 10,720 60 1 1 7 177 26 12,140 3,841 1,436 1,006 2,247 842. 234 34 335 621 BID PROPOSAL Unit Price 3S; oo& •-° 4, o0.°i• 4W /7 t, `sc Zl. aO 047,67.9 I/90o 2,516. epro oco 4 . 70 y0 atl et 6) ay 2.4.5: `Ls Amount Bid deb 000 9, noe . if/z,W / 775. �a 438z. " sec 89g. v© 4S8. OZ.s;1 Z a. x' J9o° eat BAP,I6a,& ss-s7zt zzz.3o. t z ?A 4/6 zoe. "e° Wagon Wheel 00300 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND Item Spec. No. No. BID PROPOSAL Bid Item Description 27. 2630 66" C 76, CL lII - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In Place 28. 2630 Place 29. 2630 Place 3' x 3' C 789 - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In 30. 2542 31. 2631 32. 3300 33. 5500 34. 3315 35. 4' x 3' C 789 - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In Precast Storm Sewer Manhole, All Depths, Complete in 42. 2741 1 1/2" Type "D" HMAC Driveway Repair (R-o-W to Edge of Paving) Place Type "A" Precast Concrete Inlet, All Depths, Complete in Place 5' Reinforced Concrete Slope Paving w/ 2' Toe Wall, Complete In Place Galvanized Outfall Rack, Complete In Place Interlocking Concrete Block, Complete In Place Unit LF LF LF Ea SY LS SY Quantity 188 104 182 13 3 276 1 28 Unit Price z‘, / 41, °= Sel Yt14Q le Amount Bid Vigo 419 17, 34A . `e 31,gSo. 311zoeb,�" 35(4z ee- 1714&qt`e" /40c. fb, 2371 Broken Concrete Rip -Rap, Complete In Place 36. 2316 Roadside Ditch Regrading 37. Attch A In Place Rehab 30" Storm Sewer 38. Attch A In Place Rehab 36" Storm Sewer 39. 1570 Trench Safety System PAVING SY LF LF LF LF 40. 2744 Single Course Pavement Resurfacing (Edge to Edge of SY Existing Paving) Full Depth Repair of maged Areas As 41. 2980 Directed By Engmeer Prior o R� facign (+/ 5% of SY Total SY) SY 43. 2751 6" Concrete Driveway Repair (R-o-W to Edge of Paving) SY 44. 2316 Gravel & Grass Driveway Repair (R-o-W to Edge of Paving) SY 89 10,614 202 402 1,664 738, a 311Etizte 3c 31'8.°� 7Y, q70.°' 777( 13 Z, ea 31,474 4,730 3,410 665 500 O MO 34- St S37,` 45. 2921 46. 2318 Hand Excavation Around Obstructions 47. 2318 48. 2252 Extra Bank Sand for Water Lines Extra Cement Stabilized Sand for Culverts EXTRA ITEMS SUBTOTAL BASE BID ITEMS gen Hydro -Mulch Seeding Ac CY CY 49. 1500 Right -of -Way Restoration (Tree/Shrub Replacement, Mailboxes, etc) Sta. 8.2 50 50 50 190.5 2 . ae L0. G0 SUBTOTAL EXTRA ITEMS 72So. lotto. e no. d' GRAND TOT 6 4601 '1 0 5.7 ,202110 Ito s�l Wagon Wheel 00300 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL It is agreed that the Contract Price may be increased or decreased to cover work added or deleted by order of the Engineer, in accordance with the provisions of Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. The undersigned agrees that the amounts in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Opening. It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award fails to enter into the Contract or fails to furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Price for all parts of the Work the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security submitted with his Bid Proposal, as provided in Section 00200 - Instructions to Bidders. The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Price. Addendum No. J Date Si- 0- OA Addendum No. __ Date Addendum No. Date Addendum No. _ Date Addendum No. Date Addendum No. __. Date Firm Name: Ca (o CCA-2 7igAC `i�.� L j Signed: L-0i20 (\i'� 1 z z- Er/z.-- CC. epueriatd,Lesv,LLc,�j1_' . Address: L7OOO 8eCti7,9� Le) HDLe 51C1rc�J "rice %D- Phone No: V- ,./4Qt CIA 0 ' ' `rn to - ' C tom. (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation) Date: Q 6> t4 5--Dc Date END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00300 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL (date) Bid of , an individual proprietorship / a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas / a partnership consisting of , for the furnishing of: Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, and Paving Improvements City of Pearland, Texas Bid No.: B2006-039 (Submitted in Duplicate) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bid, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to do all the Work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the Work included under the Contract for the construction of the Wagon Wheel, Water, Drainage, and Paving Improvements as shown on the Plans with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Technical Specifications prepared by the Engineer, Eddie Kirst, P E , Kirst Kosmoski, Inc. 2630 Fountain View Suite 318, Houston, TX 77057, under the City of Pearland's inspection, for the Unit Prices set forth in this Bid Proposal which bears our (the Bidder s) signature for identification. The Bidder binds himself upon acceptance of his Bid to execute a contract and furnish Perfoiinance Bond and Payment Bond each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the specified forms, for performing and completing the said Work within the Contract Time. The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence Work within ten (10) days after the date of written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within two hundred fifty six (256) calendar days and completed and ready for Final Payment within two hundred seventy (270) calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed. Time for completion shall begin on the date established by Notice to Proceed. Wagon Wheel 00300 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Item No. Spec. No. Bid Item Description Unit Quantity Unit Price Bid Amount BASE BID ITEMS MOVE -IN & START-UP 1. 1505 Mobilization (Including Performance & Payment LS 1 Bonds) 2. 1555 Traffic Control - Devices LS 1 3. 1555 Traffic Control - Flagmen LS 1 4. 1560 Filter Fabric Fence LF 1,412 5. 1565 Inlet Protection Barrier Ea 7 6. 1561 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier LF 1,368 7. 2200 Right -of -Way Preparation "Half Width" Sta 190.5 WATER LINE 8. 2510 4" C-900 PVC Waterline (Including Excavation, Valves, Fittings, Bedding, Backfill, and Testing), Complete Place in LF 146 9. 2510 6" C-900 PVC Waterline (Including Excavation, Fittings, Bedding, Backfill, and Testing), Place Valves, LF 1,274 Complete in 10. 2510 8" C-900 PVC Waterline (Including Excavation, Fittings, Bedding, Backfill, and Testing), Place Valves, LF 10,720 Complete in 11. 2510 8" C-900 PVC Waterline in Valves, Fittings, & Testing), Augered Complete Hole (Including in Place LF 60 12. 2540 8" x 6" Tapping Sleeve and Testing), Complete & Valve (Including InstallationEa in Place 13. 2540 16" x 8" Tapping and Testing), Complete Sleeve & Valve (Including Installation in Place Ea 1 14. 2515 Connection to Fittings, & Testing), Existing Complete Waterline (Including Valves, in Place Ea 7 15. 2520 Service Backfill, Connection (Including Testing), Complete Valves, Fittings, Meters, in Place Ea 177 and 16. 2514 Fire Complete Hydrant (Including Gate Valves and in Place Ea 26 Thrust Blocks), 17. 1570 Safety System LF 12,140 Trench STORM SEWER 18 2220 Remove & Reuse or Dispose Existing Culvert Sizes All LF 3,841 Pipe, 19. 2630 18"xl Complete 1"C 506 - Reinforced Concrete Arch Pipe, In Place LF 1,436 20. 2630 18" C 76, CL. Ill - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In Place LF 1,006 21. 2630 24" C 76, CL. III - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Place In LF 2,247 Complete 22. 2630 30" C 76, CL. III - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In Place LF 842 23. 2630 36" C 76, CL. 111 - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Place In LF 234 Complete 24. 2630 36" Aluminized Corrugated Steel Pipe, Complete In Place LF 34 25. 2630 42" C 76, CL. 111 - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Place In LF 335 Complete 26. 2630 48" C 76, CL. 111 - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Place In LF 621 Complete Wagon Wheel 00300 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Item No. Spec. No. Bid Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Bid Amount Description 27. 2630 66" Place C 76, CL. 111- Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In LF 188 28. 2630 3' Place x 3' C 789 - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In LF 104 29. 2630 4' x 3' C 789 - Reinforced Conrete Pipe, Complete In Place LF 182 30. 2542 Precast Storm Sewer Manhole, All Depths, Complete in Place Ea 13 31. 2631 Type "A" Precast Concrete Inlet, All Depths, Complete in Place Ea 3 32. 3300 5" Reinforced Complete Concrete Slope Paving w/ 2' Toe Wall, In Place SY 276 33. 5500 Galvanized Outfall Rack, Complete In Place LS 1 34. 3315 Interlocking Concrete Block, Complete In Place SY 28 35. 2371 Broken Concrete Rip -Rap, Complete In Place SY 89 36. 2316 Roadside Ditch Regrading LF 10,614 37. Attch A In Place Rehab 30" Storm Sewer LF 202 38. Attch A In Place Rehab 36" Storm Sewer LF 402 39. 1570 Trench Safety System LF 1,664 PAVING 40. 2744 Single Existing Course Paving) Pavement Resurfacing (Edge to Edge of SY 31,474 41. 2980 Full Depth Directed Total SY) Repair By Engineer of Rutted/Soft/Damaged Areas As Prior to Resurfacign (+/-15% of SY 4,730 42. 2741 1 1/2" Type "D" Edge of Paving) HMAC Driveway Repair (R-o-W to SY 3,410 43. 2751 6" Concrete Driveway Repair (R-o-W to Edge of Paving) SY 665 44. 2316 Gravel & Grass Driveway Repair (R-o-W to Edge of Paving) SY 500 SUBTOTAL BASE BID ITEMS ITEMS EXTRA 45. 2921 Hydro -Mulch Seeding Ac 8.2 46. 2318 Hand Excavation Around Obstructions CY 50 47. 2318 Extra Bank Sand for Water Lines CY 50 48. 2252 Extra Cement Stabilized Sand for Culverts CY 50 49. 1500 Right -of -Way Restoration (Tree/Shrub Replacement, Mailboxes, etc.) Sta. 190.5 SUBTOTAL ITEMS EXTRA GRAND TOTAL Wagon Wheel 00300 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL It is agreed that the Contract Price may be increased or decreased to cover work added or deleted by order of the Engineer, in accordance with the provisions of Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. The undersigned agrees that the amounts in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Opening. It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award fails to enter into the Contract or fails to furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Price for all parts of the Work, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security submitted with his Bid Proposal, as provided in Section 00200 - Instructions to Bidders. The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Price. Addendum No. Date Addendum No. _ Date Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date Addendum No. _ Date Addendum No. Date Firm Name: Signed: Address: Phone No: ATTEST: (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation) Date: Signature Date END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00300 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Section 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of in the year and is I3y and between the City of Pearland, Texas (hereinafter called OWNER) and LA L ,c4ivisreikC_XSA&P) LT 6, (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, and Paving Improvements City of Pearland, Texas Bid No.: B2006-039 Article 2. ENGINEER The Project has been designed by Kirst Kosmoski, Inc., who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER'S representative, assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to the ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME 3.1. The Work will be Substantially Completed within two hundred fifty six (256) Calendar Days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Section 00700 -General Conditions of Agreement, and completed and ready for Final Payment in accordance with Section 00700 -General Conditions of Agreement within two hundred seventy (270) Calendar Days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. Contract Time will commence to run ten (10) days after the date of the written Notice to Proceed if not otherwise agreed upon. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence for this Contract and that OWNER will suffer financial loss ifthe Work is not completed within the times specified above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as Liquidated Damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER $500 Dollars for each day that expires after the time specified for Substantial Completion until the Work is Substantially Complete. After Substantial Completion if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse, or fail to Wagon Wheel 00500 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER $500 Dollars for each day that expires after the time specified above for completion and readiness for Final Payment. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work as shown in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal, attached hereto and made a part hereof, in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES Applications for Payment shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR and processed by ENGINEER in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement, 6.0 `Measurement and Payment". 5.1. Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR'S Applications for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, within 30 days following receipt of the Engineer's Recommendation for Payment. All Progress Payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by Section 01350 — Submittals, 1.03 "Schedule of Values" (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no Schedule of Values, as provided in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 6.0 `Measurement and Payment" Applications for Payment must be in and approved by the ENGINEER by the tenth day of each month. 5.2. Final Payment: Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER. Article 6. OMITTED Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, Project Site, locality, and all local conditions, Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work. 7.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions, and accepts the determination set forth in such reports and drawings upon which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely. Wagon Wheel 00500 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 7.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all known reports, studies and drawings which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and no additional examinations, investigation, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the result of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents comprising the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the WORK, include the following: 8.1. The Standard Form of Agreement. 8.2. Contractor's Bid Proposal, Addenda to Bid Proposal, and Instructions to Bidders. 8.3. Performance, Payment, Maintenance, and/or Surface Correction Bonds. 8.4. Certificates of Insurance. 8.5. General Conditions of Agreement including Attachments No. land No. 2. 8.6. Special Conditions of Agreement. 8.7. Plans bearing the title Project Name, Project Limits.., 8.8 Technical Specifications. Wagon Wheel 00500 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 8.9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. There are no Contract Documents other than those referenced above in this Article 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS 9.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement will have the meanings indicated therein. 9.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Article 10. OTHER PROVISIONS None. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this AGREEMENT in triplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on Ar k ;ism Date of the Agreement. OWNER City of Pearland, Texas r BY City Manager, ei (‘ ei5en [CORPORATE SEAL] 6/006 , and function as the Effective CONTRACTO164C_D Qircrrciv, Lns BY r ✓ Lowio 670,AZIsks GrEgega PARM [CORPORATE SEAL] Wagon Wheel 00500 - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Attest OW? J AVA�kOf� 9�?Ji�� /1 A dres 'or giving notices: 3 519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77588 Telephone 281-652-1600 Attest CetiDffseueb � �To�a,— QCQe r� f Address for giving notices: (If OWNER is a public body, attach evidence of authority to sign and resolution or other documents authorizing execution of Agreement.) ®Qo�oaoafloQo,�00000 ®‘�e 0 LAN °°ego k. �0009 0000 `4 �a oa 'moo d c o°0 000 `i-, f` 3 'D it On o�� c•• e� 0 e'er' - o c c5 0 ca 0 0 a ca 0 c� .� pew:. ` O P � 0o 0" O°° 00 0 CG ,�rrO Fe 1°°��d0oao4 na0 )0 Q Ore (AjetajtA bR j ,'(0/0\ 7;7 /n0 License No. Telephone No. e) J `t' `I' ta a zo a 0 Agent for service of process: (If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign.) Wagon Wheel 00500 - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT DESCRIPTION TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1 1.02 Contract Documents 1 1.03 Subcontractor 1 1.04 Written Notice 2 1.05 Work 2 1.06 Extra Work 2 1.07 Working Day 2 1.08 Calendar Day 2 1.09 Substantially Completed 2 1.10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 2 1.11 Referenced Standards 3 1.12 Special Conditions of Agreement 3 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 3 2.01 Adequacy of Design 3 2.02 Right of Entry 3 2.03 Ownership of Drawings 3 2.04 Changes and Alterations 3 2.05 Damages 4 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 4 3.01 Owner -Engineer Relationship 4 3.02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 4 3.03 Preliminary Approval 4 3.04 Inspection by Engineer 5 3.05 Determination of Questions and Disputes 5 3.06 Objections 5 3.07 Recommendation for Payment 6 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 6 4.01 Independent Contractor 6 4.02 Contractor's Understanding 6 4.03 Laws and Ordinances 7 4.04 Assignment and Subletting 7 4.05 Perfoimance and Payment Bonds 7 Wagon Wheel 00700 - i of iii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.06 Insurance 8 4.07 Certificate of Insurance 9 4.08 Permits and Fees 10 4.09 Texas State Sales Tax 10 4.10 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 10 4.11 Character of Workers 10 4.12 Labor, Equipment, Materials, Construction Plant, and Buildings 10 4.13 Sanitation 11 4.14 Cleaning and Maintenance 11 4.15 Performance of Work 11 4.16 Right of Owner to Modify Methods and Equipment 11 4.17 Layout of Work 11 4.18 Shop Drawings and Schedules 11 4.19 Engineer -Contractor Relationship; Observations 12 4.20 Observation and Testing 12 4.21 Defects and Their Remedies 13 4.22 Liability for Proper Performance 13 4.23 Protection against Accident to Employees and the Public 14 4.24 Protection of Adjoining Property 14 4.25 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen, and Furnishers of Machinery, Equipment, and Supplies 15 4.26 Protection against Royalties or Patented Invention 15 4.27 Indemnification 15 4.28 Losses from Natural Causes 16 4.29 Guarantee 16 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 17 5.01 Time and Order of Completion 17 5.02 Extension of Time 17 5.03 Hindrances and Delays 17 5.04 Liquidated Damages for Delay 18 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 18 6.01 Discrepancies and Omissions 18 6.02 Quantities and Measurements 18 6.03 Estimated Quantities 18 6.04 Contract Price 19 6.05 Payments 19 6.06 Progress Payments 19 6.07 Retainage 20 6.08 Use of Completed Portions 20 6.09 Final Completion and Acceptance 21 6.10 Final Payment 21 6.11 Correction of Work before Final Payment 21 6.12 Correction of Work after Final Payment 21 6.13 Payments Withheld 22 Wagon Wheel 00700 - ii of iii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.14 Delayed Payments 22 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 22 7.01 Change Orders 22 7.02 Minor Changes 23 7.03 Extra Work 23 7.04 Time of Filing Claims 24 8.0 ABANDONMENT OF CONTRACT 25 8.01 Abandonment by Contractor 25 8.02 Abandonment by Owner 26 9.0 ARBITRATION 27 9.01 Arbitration 27 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 — WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al ATTACHMENT NO. 2 - AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE B1 Wagon Wheel 00700 - iii of iii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR, AND ENGINEER The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Standard Foul' of Agreement. The term ENGINEER means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide engineering services required in connection with the preparation and perfoii lance of this Contract. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the documents contained, assembled and bound with these General Conditions of Agreement, including, whether or not labeled as such, Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Proposal, Addenda, Notice of Award, signed Standard Form of Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds (if required), Special Bonds (when required), Special Conditions of Agreement (if any), Certificates of Insurance, Plans (design drawings bearing the seal and signature of the ENGINEER and the title of the Project), Technical Specifications, and all modifications thereof incorporated in any of the documents before the execution of the Agreement, and any other document, whether or not labeled, which shall become a part of the set of documents bound together with these General Conditions of Agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. Conflicts between Contract Documents shall be resolved by considering the documents in the following order of precedence: Standard Form of Agreement (along with Certificate of Insurance) Performance and Payment Bonds Addenda Special Conditions of Agreement General Conditions of Agreement Bid Proposal Special Technical Specifications Special Provisions to Technical Specifications Technical Specifications Plans In the event such conflicts remain, then the designated ENGINEER shall resolve any conflict by a wntten interpretation, copies of which shall be forwarded to all parties to the Agreement, and the original shall be attached to and shall become a part of these General Conditions of Agreement and thus a part of the Contract Documents. 1.03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR for performance of Work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor employed by CONTRACTOR for performance of Work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor. Wagon Wheel 00700 - 1 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual, firm or corporation. 1.05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work covered by the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or Work described in words, which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents. 1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean and include all Work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be done by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the Work shown upon the Plans or reasonably implied by the Technical Specifications, and which shall, prior to the commencement of such Work, be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER. 1.07 WORKING DAY. A "Working Day" is defined as any day not including Saturdays, Sundays or any legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the CONTRACTOR, will permit construction of the principal units of the Work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. 1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "Calendar Day" is any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. 1.09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed", as used in this Contract, means that the structure or project contemplated by the Contract Documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but shall require minor miscellaneous Work and adjustment. 1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES Whenever the words "directed", "permitted ', "designated ', "required' , "considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement permission, order, designation, or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative is intended. Similarly, the words `approved", "acceptable' , satisfactory" or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for performance of Project requirements. Whenever in the Plans or Technical Specifications or Contract Documents accompanying this Agreement, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Plans and Technical Specifications and Contract Documents shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S Wagon Wheel 00700 - 2 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the OWNER, ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the ENGINEER or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or perfoiinance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER believes it has employed competent engineers and/or designers. It is, therefore, agreed that the OWNER shall be responsible for the adequacy of the design, sufficiency of the Contract Documents, the safety of the structure and the practicability of the operations of the completed Project, provided that the CONTRACTOR has complied with the requirements of the said Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in wnting by the OWNER. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the Contract Documents, any approved modifications thereof, and all approved additions and alterations thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the Work herein contracted for is to be constructed or installed for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the Work or for the purpose of constructing or installing such collateral work, as the OWNER may desire The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR shall have no cause to complain if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, construction, or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. All Plans, Technical Specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other Work and, with the exception of the sets forming the part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the Work. All drawings and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the OWNER may make such changes and alterations as the OWNER may see fit, in the line grade, form, dimensions, plans or materials for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the accompanying Perfoi mance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the Work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on the Work that may be dispensed with. If the amount of Work is increased and the Work can fairly be classified under the Technical Specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the Unit Price, if any, established for such Work under this Contract, except as hereinafter provided for Unit Price items in Paragraph 6.0 "Measurement and Payment"; otherwise, such additional Work shall be paid for as Wagon Wheel 00700 - 3 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT provided in this Paragraph 7.0 "Extra Work and Claims" In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES In the event the CONTRACTOR is damaged in the course of the completion of the Work by the act negligence, omission, mistake or default of the OWNER, thereby causing loss to the CONTRACTOR the OWNER agrees that he will reimburse the CONTRACTOR for such loss. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the Work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 OWNER -ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER S liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER The ENGINEER shall advise the OWNER as to the progress of the Work, and any instructions by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work; therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the ENGINEER shall review all Work included herein and shall have the authonty to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of this Contract. 3.02 KEEPING PLANS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with an adequate and reasonable number of copies of all Plans and Technical Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Technical Specifications for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER. 3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Agreement for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of good material, and for performing good work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Plans and Technical Specifications and Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion, or change. No failure or omission of the ENGINEER to discover, object to, or condemn any defective work or material shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once tear out, remove and properly replace any defective work or matenal at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such defective work or material, provided, however, that the ENGINEER shall, upon request of the CONTRACTOR, inspect and accept or reject any matenal furnished, and in the event the material has been once accepted by the Wagon Wheel 00700 - 4 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ENGINEER, such acceptance shall be binding on the OWNER, unless it can be clearly shown that such material furnished is not in accordance with the Plans or Technical Specifications or Contract Documents. Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for re-examination by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Plans or Technical Specifications or Contract Documents for said Work, all expense of removing, re-examination and replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR; otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Plans or Technical Specifications or Contract Documents prior to performance of certain Work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such Work without requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this Work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 3.04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical functional, and/or engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the Contract Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the Work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part thereof The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on -site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractor's agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the Work. 3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of Work which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall determine all questions in relation to said Work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute, claim or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the Contract Documents or a written decision on all claims of the parties hereto and on all questions arising relative to the execution of the Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Agreement, and the original thereof shall become a part of the Contract Documents and shall be binding and final as to all parties to the Agreement. 3.06 OBJECTIONS. In the event the ENGINEER renders any decision which, in the opinion of either the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR, is not in accordance with the meaning and intent Wagon Wheel 00700 - 5 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of this Agreement, either party may, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such decision, file its written objection to the decision with the ENGINEER; and the ENGINEER shall, upon receipt of such written objection and within twenty (20) days thereafter, review the same and render a written affirmation or modification of the original interpretation, which shall become a part of the Contract Documents. Either party who shall remain aggrieved after the ENGINEER has rendered his affirmation or modification of his previous decision, shall have the right within a period not to exceed sixty (60) days after the ENGINEER has filed his affirmation or modification of the decision with the District Secretary, to file suit in the District Court, seeking a declaratory judgment or other relief to determine the intent of the Contract Documents. If any aggrieved party shall fail to file such a petition with the District Court within the time specified, the decision of the ENGINEER shall become final and binding and non -appealable. 3.07 RECOMMENDATION FOR PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR'S Application for Payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR, and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such Recommendation for Payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER'S judgment that the Work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief however, such recommendation of an Application for Payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed to be a representation by the ENGINEER that any examination has been made to determine how or for what purpose CONTRACTOR has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price. As a condition of Final Payment, the CONTRACTOR shall execute Attachment No. 2, "Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor s Sworn Release" a form as included herein and made a part of these Contract Documents, being its agreement to accept the amount recommended by the ENGINEER as full payment for the Work that has been completed as set out in the CONTRACTOR'S Application for Payment and supporting data. 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an Independent Contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so long as such methods do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Technical Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR'S work dunng his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an Independent Contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative or to the CONTRACTOR'S own employees or to any other person, film or corporation. 4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work Wagon Wheel 00700 - 6 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the ter, is, meaning and intent of all of the Contract Documents and understands the meanings of all parts of such documents or other factors affecting the Work, which were not previously understood. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, ordinances and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the Work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his employees If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Technical Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the Work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. The Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas, and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Section 00811 — Wage Scale for Engineering Construction or Section 00813 — Wage Scale for Building Construction, or both, as bound herein. 4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract without the written consent of the ENGINEER and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEFR or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the nght to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or materials required by the Contract Documents shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Contract. 4.05 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS In the event the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance and Payment Bonds each in the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, which shall be increased at any time to cover any Change Orders additives or add-ons in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All required bonds shall be submitted on forms approved by the OWNER for this purpose, guaranteeing the faithful performance of the Work and fulfillment of any guarantees required, and further guaranteeing payment to all persons supplying labor and materials or Wagon Wheel 00700 - 7 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT furnishing him any equipment in the execution of the Contract. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such Performance and Payment Bonds are furnished and approved by the OWNER Each such bond shall be executed by a corporate surety or corporate sureties duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas. The cost of the premium for the Performance and Payment Bonds shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. 4.06 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR at his own expense, shall procure, maintain, and keep in force throughout the life of this Contract, and for one additional year, insurance as hereinafter specified. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. No policy shall be written on a "claims made" form. The OWNER the ENGINEER, their agents and employees shall be named as additional insureds on CONTRACTOR S Commercial General Liability, Automobile Liability, and excess or Umbrella Liability policies. OWNER may waive the additional insured requirement under the Commercial General Liability policy if an owner's and contractor's Protective Liability policy with general aggregate limits of $2,000,000.00, with $1,000,000.00 per occurrence limit, is provided. The contractual liability coverage in the Commercial General Liability policy shall not be excluded. The following insurance coverages will be carried and certified. (1) Worker's Compensation Insurance and Employer's Liability Insurance. Attachment No. 1 to these General Conditions contains statutory requirements for Worker's Compensation Insurance. The Employer's Liability Insurance shall have limits as follows: Bodily injury by accident: $500,000 each accident Bodily injury by disease: $500,000 policy limit Bodily injury by disease: $500,000 each employee (2) Commercial General Liability Insurance: (3) Including CONTRACTOR'S Protective Liability, Broad Form Property Damage, Contractual Liability, Bodily Injury, Personal Injury and Products and Completed Operations (for a period of one year following completion of the Work under this Agreement) Combined single limit of $1,000,000 each occurrence, Subject to general aggregate $2,000,000; Products and Completed Operations, $1,000,000 aggregate Automobile Liability Insurance: Wagon Wheel 00700 - 8 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Bodily injury per person: $250,000 Bodily injury per accident: $500,000 Property damage $250,000 Or, a policy providing combined single limits of $750,000. (4) OWNER, at its own discretion, may require an umbrella or excess limits liability policy. (5) All coverages shall be endorsed to waive the carrier's right of subrogation against the OWNER. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail to provide insurance as herein required, or be subject to claim, demand or litigation growing out of or arising from a claim not contemplated herein, such failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR shall not serve to release or in any way discharge or shift the liability of the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER or OWNER; BUT THE CONTRACTOR DOES HEREIN AGREE TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING BY REASON OF ANY OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES HEREIN ENUMERATED, OR ANY OTHER CLAIMS OR DEMANDS MADE BY ANY PERSON, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING BY REASON OF THE WORK PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 4.07 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Within ten (10) days after Notice of Award of Contract, the CONTRACTOR and each subcontractor shall submit to the OWNER for approval, Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company, setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured; (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies; (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force there under on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability there under on the date borne by such certificates. (5) A statement that the insurance of the type afforded by the policy applies to all of the operations of whatever character, which are undertaken by the insured dunng the performance of this Contract, provided such operations are required in the performance of the Contract; (6) A provision that the policy may be canceled or materially changed only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the policy stating when, not less than thirty (30) days thereafter, cancellation or change of such policy shall be effective, with a copy of such letter of intent to the OWNER Wagon Wheel 00700 9 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.08 PERMITS AND FEES Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall secure and pay for all construction permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work and which are legally required at the time Bids are received. 4 09 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales Tax according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. The CONTRACTOR must obtain a limited sales, excise, and use tax permit or exemption certificate, which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at the time of purchase 4.10 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the Work, during its progress, a competent superintendent, and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the employee or agent of the CONTRACTOR and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. 4.11 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to do the work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINI-ER'S opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work without the ENGINEER'S written consent. 4.12 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND BUILDINGS The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and accepted. The building of structures for housing workers or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be peiiuitted only at such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Wagon Wheel 00700 - 10 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ENGINEER Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER haiinless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR'S buildings. 4 13 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the Work site properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR'S buildings. 4.14 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the Work, and at the completion of the Work, he shall remove all such debris and also his tools, scaffolding and surplus materials and shall leave the Work broom -clean or its equivalent. The Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 4.15 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is the intent of this Agreement that all Work must be done and all matenal must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or Work completed. 4.16 RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR are found to be inadequate to secure rate of progress required under this Contract, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER S representative may order the CONTRACTOR in wnting to improve their efficiency, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order. If at any time the working force of the CONTRACTOR is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the CONTRACTOR shall, if so ordered in writing, increase his force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 4.17 LAYOUT OF WORK Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out Work and shall accomplish this Work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. 4.18 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all Shop and/or setting Drawings and Schedules required for the work of the various trades CONTRACTOR will check and approve Shop Drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract and will so certify by stamp on each Shop Drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER ANY SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTED WITHOUT CONTRACTOR'S STAMP OF APPROVAL WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED AND WILL BE Wagon Wheel 00700 - 11 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT RETURNED TO HIM FOR PROPER SUBMISSION. The ENGINEER shall review properly submitted materials and return them to the CONTRACTOR, indicating desired corrections ifnecessary, within thirty (30) Calendar Days. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies, and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER'S approval of such Shop Drawings or Schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from Plans or Technical Specifications, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER'S attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in Shop Drawings or Schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to fully and completely review all Shop Drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required contract work in accordance with the Contract Documents Plans and Specifications and within the Contract Time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the sufficiency of said Shop Drawings or Schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Plans and Technical Specifications, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an Independent Contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such Shop Drawings or Schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR S performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability, as set out in the Contract Documents. 4.19 ENGINEER -CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER'S representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, supervisors or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the Work done under this Contract, and to see that said Work is done in accordance with the Plans and Technical Specifications and Contract Documents therefore. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors, or observers for the proper observation and examination of the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the Contract Documents and accompanying Plans and Technical Specifications, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any subordinate engineer supervisor or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within six (6) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4.20 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe and test the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever Work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation that maybe contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the Work is being fabricated or Wagon Wheel 00700 - 12 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work, then in such event, the OWNER or the FNGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perfoini such tasks at the location where that part of the Work is being manufactured or fabncated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. If any Work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests, and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests inspections or approval, and any Work that meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be considered defective. Such defective Work shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.21 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the Work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the Site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Plans and Technical Specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such matenal and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract. It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR'S expense. 4.22 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE Engineering Plans and Technical Specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requinng or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Plans and Technical Specifications contained as a part of the Contract Documents the intent of such Plans, Technical Specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity, the Agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods instant to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and Work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of Plans and Technical Specifications by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project Site or by means Wagon Wheel 00700 - 13 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of approval of Shop Drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Plans and Technical Specifications which are part of the Contract, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Plans and Technical Specifications so that the completed Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his work on the Project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction, or any clarification of Plans and Technical Specifications shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Plans and Technical Specifications, whether called to the CONTRACTOR'S attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all Work in accordance with said Plans and Technical Specifications, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.23 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Worker's Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Worker's Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction' of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state, or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide such machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks and other safety devices. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR'S employees working on the job site must be reported to the ENGINEER immediately. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor. Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the Work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.24 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, SAVE, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT. Wagon Wheel 00700 - 14 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 25 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN, AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE LAWFUL DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR'S unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to liquidate any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the texnis of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. 4.26 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material, or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT THAT THE OWNER SHALL DEFEND ALL SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SUCH LOSS WHEN A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS IS SPECIF1FD OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS ON ACCOUNT THEREOF. In addition, if the material or process specified or required by the OWNER is an infringement, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly advises the OWNER of such infiingement. 4 27 INDEMNIFICATION. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself his employees, and all other persons, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR OR BY ANY UNION, TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESFNTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR Wagon Wheel 00700 - 15 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS, SUITS, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFORE, WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE (1) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM AND (2) IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART BY A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. The obligation of the CONTRACTOR under this Agreement shall not extend to the liability of the ENGINEER, his agents or employees, arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, reports, surveys, designs or specifications, or the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the ENGINEER, his agents or employees, provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 4.28 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES All loss or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 4.29 GUARANTEE The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER with a written Guarantee on all workmanship and materials provided by him for the project. The written Guarantee shall be made out to the OWNER and in a form satisfactory to the OWNER'S legal counsel, guaranteeing all the Work under the Contract to be free from faulty material in every particular and free from improper workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use; and agreeing to replace or to re -execute without cost to the OWNER such work as may be found to be improper or imperfect, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective work or due to its required replacement or re -execution. This Guarantee shall be made to cover a period of one year from the date of acceptance of Work under the Contract, as evidenced by the OWNER'S Certificate of Acceptance, of the Work. Neither the Certificate of Acceptance, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for neglect Wagon Wheel 00700 - 16 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT or faulty material or workmanship during the period covered by the Guarantee. The one-year period of any Guarantee clauses will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law to have defects remedied when discovered after one year. 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this Contract Documents, the Plans and Technical Specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the Bid Proposal; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other Work done, either by contract or by his own force, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various Works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the ENGINEER, schedules that shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the Work with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the Work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. _ 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the Liquidated Damage provisions as hereinafter set forth and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an Extension of Time on this Contract, except when completion of the Work has been delayed by any act or neglect of the OWNER, the ENGINEER, or any employee of either, by other contractors employed by the OWNER, by changes ordered in the Work, by strikes, lockouts, fires and unusual delays by common carriers, by unavoidable cause or causes beyond the CONTRACTOR'S control, or by any cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing, of the cause of such delay; and within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request for an Extension of Time shall from the CONTRACTOR, supported by all requested documentation, the ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the OWNER for consideration, and the OWNER shall grant an Extension of Time for completing the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay. 5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing material or workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages resulting from hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped by order of the OWNER, or the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative for the OWNER'S convenience, in which event such expense as in the judgment of the ENGINEER is caused by such stoppage of said Work shall be paid by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR. Wagon Wheel 00700 - 17 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 5.04 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY. It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence said Work on the date specified and will complete said Work within the time specified in the Bid Proposal. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industnal conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that a breach of this Contract as to completion on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every Calendar Day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the time limit set in the Contract or as extended by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as mimmum Liquidated Damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the Bid Proposal. However, the foregoing agreement as to Liquidated Damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the minimum amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain in any event by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the Work within the specified time. Should the OWNER suffer damage over and above the minimum amount specified, by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to begin the Work when ordered, carry it forward uninterruptedly after beginning or complete it within the specified time in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, the OWNER may recover such additional amount. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his Bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy. 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6 01 DISCREPANCTFS AND OMISSIONS. It is the intent of this Agreement that all Work described in the Bid Proposal the Plans and Technical Specifications and other Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the CONTRACTOR and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents as interpreted by the ENGINEER. If the CONTRACTOR finds any discrepancies or omissions in the Plans, Technical Specifications, or Contract Documents, he should notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clanfication before the Bid Proposals are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the Bid Opening opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the Bid Opening. 6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. 6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES The Contract Documents including the Technical Specifications, Plans, and Estimated Quantities, are intended to show clearly all Work to be done and Wagon Wheel 00700 - 18 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT material to be furnished hereunder. Where the Estimated Quantities are shown for the various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and for comparing the proposals offered for the Work It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ somewhat from the estimates and that the items listed or Estimated Quantities stated shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for compensation, unless the Work shall have actually been authorized, and performed and material supplied. Where payment is based on the Unit Price method, the CONTRACTOR agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits or otherwise on account of any differences which maybe found between the quantities of Work actually done and the material actually furnished under this Contract and the Estimated Quantities contemplated and contained in the Bid Proposal. 6.04 CONTRACT PRICE In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the Contract Documents and stipulations herein contained, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Bid Proposal attached hereto, which is made a part of this Contract, for the material actually used and services actually performed, however, the OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, the attached Plans and Technical Specifications and Contract Documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the perfoiinance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with a verifying certificate showing the CONTRACTOR'S total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against OWNER'S premises by reason of any Work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment of the Contract Price shall constitute a waiver of claims against OWNER which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6.06 PROGRESS PAYMENTS. On or before the first day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or modification, an Application for Payment being a statement showing as completely as practicable the total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month, said statement shall also include the value of all sound materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation at the CONTRACTOR S fully secured and insured designated area. No payment will be made for materials stored until OWN hR has accepted the CONTRACTOR'S designated area and proof of insurance for materials stored has been provided. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement and Application for Payment and the progress of the Work made by the CONTRACTOR and, if found to be in order, shall prepare a Recommendation for Wagon Wheel 00700 - 19 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Payment and shall deliver said recommendation to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR by the tenth day of the month. The CONTRACTOR shall then, prior to payment by the OWNER, certify and attest to the Recommendation for Payment that he is in accord with the Recommendation for Payment and agrees to accept the amounts set out therein and the total set out therein for the Work and for the pnces contained in the Recommendation for Payment. If the CONTRACTOR does not agree or desires to protest the ENGINEER'S Recommendation for Payment, the same shall not be recommended by the ENGINEER to the OWNER for payment until such dispute has been resolved, and the CONTRACTOR agrees that any claim by the CONTRACTOR for additional compensation, of any nature whatsoever, not contained in the ENGINEER'S Recommendation for Payment shall be waived, and further contracts and agrees, upon acceptance of the OWNER'S payment, that this shall constitute full and Final Payment for Work performed by the CONTRACTOR contained in the CONTRACTOR'S statement which shall be attached to the ENGINEER'S Recommendation for Payment. 6.07 RETAINAGE The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the ENGINEER'S Recommendation for Payment, the total amount of said recommendations, less Retainage of ten percent (10%) of the amount thereof. Such Retainage shall be retained until Final Payment, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR the OWNER may upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract, subject only to the conditions set forth in Paragraph 6.10, "Final Payment". The OWNER at its option and in compliance with state law may reduce Retainage to less than the above -stated percentages. 6.08 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS. The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire Work or such portions may not have expired but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any Work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in CONTRACTOR S opinion, the Contract is ' Substantially Completed". When so notifying the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER, in writing, a detailed list of unfinished Work. The ENGINEER will review the CONTRACTOR S list of unfinished Work and will add thereto such items as the CONTRACTOR failed to include. The Substantial Completion of the structure or facility shall not excuse the CONTRACTOR from performing all of the Work undertaken, whether of a minor or major nature, and thereby completing the structure or facility in accordance with the Contract Documents. Wagon Wheel 00700 - 20 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.09 FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE Within ten (10) days after the CONTRACTOR has given the ENGINEER written notice that the Work has been completed, the ENGINEER and the OWNER shall inspect the Work; and within said time, if the Work is found to be completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR his Certificate of Completion. Thereupon, it shall be the duty of the OWNER, within ten (10) days, to issue a Certificate of Acceptance of the Work to the CONTRACTOR or to advise the CONTRACTOR in writing of the reason for non -acceptance. 6.10 FINAL PAYMENT. Upon the issuance of the ENGINEER'S Certificate of Completion and OWNER'S Certificate of Acceptance, the ENGINEER shall proceed to make final measurements and prepare a final statement of the value of all Work performed and materials furnished under the terms of the Contract and shall present the same to the CONTRACTOR for acceptance. The CONTRACTOR, if he finds such statement to be in order, including all Work upon which a claim for payment may be made, shall note his acceptance thereon; and by accepting the same, the CONTRACTOR agrees to release any and all claims of any nature whatsoever against the OWNER or the ENGINEER, growing out of or by reason of the performance of the Contract, the construction of the Work, for Extra Work, or for any other reason whatsoever, either growing out of the Contract and the documents attached thereto or otherwise. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall execute a full and final release in a form included herein and made a part of these Contract Documents as Attachment No. 2 "Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor s Sworn Release' , which shall be presented to the OWNER with the ENGINEER S final statement and any Change Orders or additions or deletions there from, duly attested by the CONTRACTOR requesting payment. The OWNER shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, on or after the 30th day and before the 35th day after the date of the Certificate of Completion, the balance due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of the Agreement, provided the CONTRACTOR has duly executed and returned all documents requiring execution or approval as herein provided, or as may be provided by the OWNER, and that he has fully performed his obligations under the terms of this Contract. Neither the Certificate of Acceptance, nor the Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty or guarantee which may be required by law or by the Contract Documents. 6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER'S premises all materials deemed unsuitable by the ENGINEER on account of failure to conform to the Contract Documents, whether actually incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace such unsuitable materials with other matenals conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all Work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within a reasonable time after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove, replace, and remedy such Work at CONTRACTOR'S expense. 6.12 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. Neither the Final Payment nor certificate nor any provision in this Contract shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for faulty matenals or workmanship, and he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other Work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance of Work as evidenced by the Owner s Certificate of Acceptance. The OWNER or the ENGINEER shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. Wagon Wheel 00700 - 21 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.13 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate or withhold partial or full payment to such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss on account of: (1) Defective Work not remedied; (2) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; (3) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments properly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (4) Damage to another contractor; (5) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the contract amount (6) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the contract time. (7) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise. (8) Liquidated Damages due to late completion. When the above grounds are removed or the CONTRACTOR provides a Surety Bond, satisfactory to the OWNER, which will protect the OWNER in the amount withheld, payment may be made for the amounts withheld because of them. However, the OWNER shall have the discretion of withholding or making payment in the event any of items (1) through (8) shall be applicable to the Work or progress thereof. 6.14 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR of the sum named in any Progress Payment or Final Payment when payment is due, after the same has been recommended for payment by both the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR has met all other conditions stipulated herein or in the Contract Documents entitling the CONTRACTOR to payment, then the OWNER shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, in addition to the sum shown as due by such statement interest thereon at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from date due, as provided under Paragraph 6.06, `Progress Payments" and Paragraph 6.10, "Final Payment", , until fully paid which shall fully liquidate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment; but the right is expressly reserved to the CONTRACTOR, in the event payments be not promptly made as provided under Paragraph 6.06, `Progress Payments", to at any time thereafter treat the Contract as abandoned by the OWNER and to recover compensation as provided under Paragraph 8.0, "Abandonment of Contract", unless such payments are withheld in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 6.14, Payments Withheld". 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7.01 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Contract, the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions to the Work. Such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the Wagon Wheel 00700 - 22 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time which may result from the change. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall refuse to approve a Change Order which has been prepared by the ENGINEER, the ENGINEER may instruct the CONTRACTOR, in writing, to proceed with the Work as set forth in the Change Order, and the CONTRACTOR may make a claim against the OWNER for Extra Work involved therein. However, the CONTRACTOR shall only be entitled to payment upon the execution of the final certification and release in a form as provided for herein, and CONTRACTOR shall approve such certification before the OWNER shall be obligated to make payment. 7.02 MINOR CHANGES The ENGINEER may authorize Minor Changes in the Work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in Contract Pnce. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any Minor Changes or alteration authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price, the CONTRACTOR shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written Field Order. In such case, the CONTRACTOR, by copy of his communication to the ENGINEER or otherwise in writing, shall advise the OWNER of his request to the ENGINEER for a written Field Order and that the Work involved may result in an increase in the Contract Price. Any request by the CONTRACTOR for a change in Contract Price shall be made prior to beginning the Work covered by the proposed change. 7.03 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all Extra Work under the direction of the ENGINEER when presented with a wntten work order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Extra Work order by the OWNER It is agreed that the basis of compensation to the CONTRACTOR for Work either added or deleted by a Change Order, or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods: Method (A) -- By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) -- By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) -- If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "actual field cost' of the Work, plus fifteen percent (15%). In the event said Extra Work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Wagon Wheel 00700 - 23 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Worker's Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or directed by the OWNER, or by them agreed to. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the ` actual field cost" shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the Work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractor's of America where practicable, and the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written Extra Work Order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the "actual field cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the ` actual field cost" as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR'S camp or field office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the ENGINEER. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for written order authorizing such Extra Work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment therefore, and the ENGINEER insists upon its perfouuance, the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the Work after making written request for written order and shall keep an accurate account of the "actual field cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). The CONTRACTOR shall then have the right to submit his claim directly to the OWNER by proper certification and attestation on forms provided by the OWNER. If the OWNER shall fail to pay or guarantee to pay said amount claimed within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, the CONTRACTOR shall have the right to file suit in the applicable District Court, for declaratory judgment or other relief, to determine his rights to such claim, and if he shall fail to file suit within sixty (60) days after the date of presentment to the OWNER the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed forfeited and forever barred if the CONTRACTOR shall accept Final Payment without having first filed suit in the District Court. 7.04 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the CONTRACTOR shall be in writing and filed with the ENGINEER within thirty (30) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order, or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions by the CONTRACTOR and render his final decision in writing. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER'S decision, the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER'S decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the delivery to the CONTRACTOR of the ENGINEER'S final decision. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the delivery to the CONTRACTOR of the ENGINEER'S final decision, to appeal the same to the applicable District Court, by filing suit for declaratory judgment or other appropriate relief. In the Wagon Wheel 00700 - 24 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason, to file suit, and shall accept Final Payment for all Work completed, the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the action by the CONTRACTOR in accepting Final Payment shall constitute a final bar and satisfaction of all claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. 8.0 ABANDONMENT OF CONTRACT 8.01 ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume the Work within ten (10) days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, then and in that case, where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the Work, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of abandonment, the CONTRACTOR shall not remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, tools, or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under contract for the Work, may be held for use on the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the Work; and the CONTRACTOR shall not receive any rental or credit there for, it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no Perfoi mane Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to complete the Work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, matenals and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall receive the difference In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER; or (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the surety shall be and remain bound therefore. However, should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract, the CONTRACTOR, and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. Wagon Wheel 00700 - 25 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT When the Work shall have been Substantially Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified and Certificates of Completion and Acceptance, as hereinabove provided, shall be issued A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement, within fifteen (15) days after the date of such Certificate of Completion. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR as accurate, and upon payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the Work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the Work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety. Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the Work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract Documents, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies, which remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their proper owners. The books on all operations provided herein shall be open to the CONTRACTOR and his surety. 8.02 ABANDONMENT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall fail to comply with the terms of this Contract (a disputed or unilateral claim by the CONTRACTOR cannot by itself constitute `abandonment") and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may remove there from all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been wrought into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by said CONTRACTOR (at the prices stated in the attached Bid Proposal where unit prices are used), the value of all partially completed Work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that maybe retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Contract, and shall present the same to the CONTRACTOR for the CONTRACTOR'S approval; and upon the CONTRACTOR'S approving the same as being true, correct and accurate, and upon payment of said sum, the CONTRACTOR shall release the OWNER of any and all liability growing out of or by reason Wagon Wheel 00700 - 26 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of said Contract, and then the same shall be presented to the OWNER, who shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty (30) days after the date of notification by the CONTRACTOR of the balance shown by said final statement as due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract. 9.0 ARBITRATION 9.01 Any party to this Contract, upon the written agreement and acquiescence of all other parties may submit any question or dispute under the terms and provisions of the Contract Documents, to arbitration under such procedure and agreements as the parties shall make in writing prior to arbitration. The results of arbitration shall be binding and shall constitute an amendment to the Contract Documents when accepted in writing by the parties to the Contract. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00700 - 27 of 27 CITY OF PEARLAND ATTACHMENT NUMBER 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Section 00701 ATTACHMENT NUMBER 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. DEFINITIONS: Certificate of Workers Compensation Insurance coverage ("certificate') - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission (TWCC), or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a Project for the duration of the Project. Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the Project ("subcontractor" in Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096) - include persons or entities perfoiiumg any part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, Independent Contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a Project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the Owner prior to being awarded the Contract for Work on the Project. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a Project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all Wagon Wheel 00701 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND ATTACHMENT NUMBER 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. F The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. NOTICE REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker's compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identify of their employer or status as an employee. ' "Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at (512) 440-3789 to receive infoiniation on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a Project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project Wagon Wheel 00701 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND ATTACHMENT NUMBER 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage shown extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project, and contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing Section 00500 — Standard Foiin of Agreement or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of Workers Compensation Insurance coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by Worker's Compensation Coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of the Contract for Work on the Project by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare that Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. (5) (7) END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00701 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND ATTACHMENT NUMBER 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Section 00702 ATTACHMENT NUMBER 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In order to insure that the rights, obligations and responsibilities of all parties to the original Contract Document are fully protected, which Contract Document was signed and executed on the day of , 200 , by referred to therein as CONTRACTOR and hereinafter referred to as CONTRACTOR, and hereinafter referred to as OWNER, on the day of , 20_, and further in consideration for the Final Payment of all sums due and claimed by the CONTRACTOR against OWNER, the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, Jointly by all partners if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the power and authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of the said corporation: The Contractor has received I. (number) payments pursuant to (number) of Contractor Payment Estimates, copies of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", presented to OWNER and paid during the progress of the Job referred to in the Contract between the parties, and in this regard, the undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that it does not claim nor intend to claim at any future date, any additional sums of money of any nature whatsoever under and by virtue of the payment estimates previously submitted to the FNGINEER for approval, or any other sums of money of any nature whatsoever for materials furnished and used in thejob or for Work done, Wagon Wheel 00702 - 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND ATTACHMENT NUMBER 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS and hereby releases and discharges OWNER from any liabilities of any nature whatsoever, for any claims of any nature made by the CONTRACTOR at some future date, or by its successors or assigns. The undersigned CONTRACTOR further represents to OWNER that the final Application for Payment, if any, submitted by the CONTRACTOR to OWNER, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by deletions or other modifications by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which is attached hereto and marked Exhibit "B", is true, correct and accurate; and it is further agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of Final Payment in the amount as set out on the final Application for Payment, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, release and forever discharge OWNER of and from all manner of debts, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action of any nature whatsoever under and by virtue of the terms and provisions of the Contract hereinbefore referred to, and any change or modification thereof, or in any manner growing out of or arising from or by virtue of the work, labor and services performed by the CONTRACTOR. III. CONTRACTOR, in addition to the provisions set out in the Contract Document, agrees to indemnify and hold OWNER harmless from any and all causes of action, claims, demands or suits made by any person or other entity against OWNER, by reason of the Work performed by such CONTRACTOR, and agrees to defend or to cause the same to be defended at the CONTRACTOR'S sole expense and obligation, whenever such actions may be brought, and further to pay all costs incurred by OWNER in the defense thereof, including administrative costs and attorney's fees, and further to pay any Judgments or settlements which may be entered into or agreed to against or for the Wagon Wheel 00702 - 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND ATTACHMENT NUMBER 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS benefit of OWNER. It is, however, specifically agreed that OWNER shall not enter into any settlement agreements without the acquiescence and agreement of the CONTRACTOR. IV. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities performing services or supplying materials, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. V. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the original Contract of the parties heretofore referred to, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall not act as a modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER. VI. This Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall be considered to be continuing and binding upon the parties hereto and shall not terininate upon receipt and acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of Final Payment, but shall be deemed continuing so long as any actions, claims or other demands contemplated herein against OWNER, may lawfully be brought under applicable statutes of limitations, and shall in addition be deemed to be continuing for such additional period of Wagon Wheel 00702 - 3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND ATTACHMENT NUMBER 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS time as shall be necessary to compensate and repay to OWNER, all costs or damages incurred by it by reason of such claims. SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of , 200 . CONTRACTOR: Signature Print Name. [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign; if a partnership, each partner must sign; if a corporation, the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of , 200 , by , a Texas corporation, under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter, By -Laws or Minutes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR: By: Title: ATTEST: Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) Wagon Wheel 00702 - 4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND ATTACHMENT NUMBER 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS [This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: I(We) am(are) the person(s) who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I(we) have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I(we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. CONTRACTOR — Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me, the day of 200 Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: Wagon Wheel 00702 - 5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND ATTACHMENT NUMBER 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF AFFIDAVIT BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, whose names are set out above, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation, pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of said corporation, the By -Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation; and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of , 200 . Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00702 - 6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT , telephone notified otherwise. Section 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions of Agreement modify Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. Where a portion of the General Conditions of Agreement is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions of Agreement, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions of Agreement shall remain in effect. 1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR, AND ENGINEER. Add the following to the end of 1.01: It is anticipated that the OWNER'S representative on the project site will be M unless CONTRACTOR is 3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND TECHNICAL SPECIbICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. Delete 3.02 in its entirety and replace with the following: The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with an adequate and reasonable number of copies of all Plans and Technical Specifications, not to exceed five (5) sets, without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one copy of the same constantly accessible on the Project Site with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Technical Specifications for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER. 4.05 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS. Delete 4.05 in its entirety and replace with the following: 4.05 BONDS. In the event the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance, Payment, and One -Year Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, and a One -Year Surface Correction Bond in the sum of four percent (4%) of the total Contract Price, which shall be increased at any time to cover any change orders, additives or add-ons, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All required bonds shall be submitted on forms approved by the OWNER for this purpose, guaranteeing the faithful performance of the Work and fulfillment of any guarantees required, and further guaranteeing payment to all persons supplying labor and materials or furnishing him any equipment in the execution of the Contract. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until all such Bonds are furnished and approved by the OWNER. Each such bond shall be executed by a corporate surety or corporate sureties duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas. No separate Bid Item for these Bonds is included in the Bid Proposal. 4.20 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. Add the following paragraph to the end of 4.20: All testing required by this Contract for acceptance of the Work shall be completed and indicate satisfactory results prior to issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion. Wagon Wheel 00800 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. Add the following paragraph to the end of 5.01: All time worked on holidays, Sundays, and other than 7:30 AM to 4:30 PM Monday through Saturday (noiuial working hours) shall be considered overtime hours with respect to City personnel. CONTRACTOR shall pay all costs for overtime work by City personnel necessitated by CONTRACTOR'S election to work other than normal working hours as described above. 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME. Add the following paragraph to the end of 5.02: The Contract Time as defined in Section 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement includes rain/mud days. The CONTRACTOR shall keep a record of all rain/mud days at the project site. The rain/mud day record must be accepted and signed off by the City Inspector daily and shall be reported on the monthly Application for Payment. The Contract Days used each month (or portion thereof) shall be credited for only those recorded and accepted rain/mud days. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00800 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Section 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 5159-a of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A below to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than 5 feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. Wagon Wheel 00811 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Table 00811-A PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION RATE CLASSIFICATION RATE ASPHALT RAKER 8.28 ASPHALT PAVING MACHINE 10.05 ASPHALT SHOVELER 7.45 BROOM OR SWEEPER OPERATOR 8.01 BATCHING PLANT WEIGHER 11.11 BULLDOZER 9.91 CARPENTER 10.35 CONCRETE CURING MACHINE 8.80 CONCRETE FINISHER -PAVING 9.87 CONCRETE FINISHING MACHINE 11.79 CONCRETE FINISHER -STRUCTURES 9.86 CONCRETE JOINT SEALER 10.50 CONCRETE RUBBER 9.00 CONCRETE PAVING FLOAT 9.30 ELECTRICIAN 16.15 CONCRETE PAVING SAW 10.01 FLAGGER 6.66 CONCRETE PAVING SPREADER 9.32 FORM BUILDER (STRUCTURES) 9.96 SLIPFORM MACHINE OPERATOR 9 20 FORM LINER -PAVING & CURB 9.03 CRANE, CLAMSHELL, BACKHOE, 11.35 DERRICK, DRAGLINE, SHOVEL FORMSETTER (PAVING/CURB) 8.86 CRUSHER/SCREENING PLAN 11.00 FORM SETTER -STRUCTURES 9.05 FOUNDATION CRAWLER MOUNTED DRILL OPERATOR, 12.59 LABORER -COMMON 7.45 FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR 12.73 TRUCK MOUNTED LABORER -UTILITY 8.53 FRONT END LOADER 9.29 LINEPERSON 7.50 MILLING MACHINE OPERATOR 10.43 MANHOLE BUILDER (BRICK) 8.49 MIXER 7.94 MECHANIC 11.38 MOTOR GRADER (FINE GRADE) 11.11 OILER 9.56 MOTOR GRADER 10.67 SERVICER 9.51 PAVEMENT MARKING MACHINE 7.45 PAINTER -STRUCTURES 14.00 ROLLER, MIX PAVEMENTS STEEL WHEEL PLANT 9.25 PILEDRIVER 10.96 ROLLER FLATWHEEL STEEL OR WHEEL TAMPING OTHER 7.61 PIPE LAYER 8.49 ROLLER, PNEUMATIC, SELF PROPELLED 7.96 ASPHALT DISTRIBUTOR 9.47 SCRAPER 8.69 TRACTOR -CRAWLER TYPE 10.12 TRACTOR -PNEUMATIC 8.99 TRAVELING MIXER 9.35 TRENCHING MACHINE -LIGHT 10.50 TRENCHING MACHINE -HEAVY 13.56 WAGON -DRILL, BORING MACHINE 10.15 REINFORCING STEEL SETTER (PAVING) 12.50 REINFORCING STRUCTURES STEEL SETTER 12.47 STEEL WORKER -STRUCTURAL 10.35 SIGN ERECTOR 10.06 SPREADER BOX OPERATOR 9.08 SIGN INSTALLER 7.45 WORK ZONE BARRICADE 7.45 TRUCK DRIVER -SINGLE AXLE LIGHT 8.15 TRUCK DRIVER -SINGLE AXLE HEAVY 8.76 TRUCK DRIVER -TANDEM AXLE SEMI 8.00 TRAILER TRUCK DRIVER-LOWBOY/FLOAT 11 29 WELDER 10.43 END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00811 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION Section 00813 WAGE SCALE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 5159-a of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the following to be the general prevailing rates ion the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for building construction is to be applied to work on a building including an area within 5 feet of the exterior wall. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 00813 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Wagon Wheel 01000 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A Work of the Contract is for the furnishing Water, Drainage, and Paving Improvements to the Wagon Wheel Subdivision. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following items: 12,000 linear feet of 8" waterline; removal for disposal or reuse of 3,100 linear feet of Culvert Pipe; 11,000 linear feet of 18" — 66 ' RCP storm sewer; 17,000 linear feet of roadside ditch re -grading; 600 linear feet of in place rehab of existing 30' and 36" storm sewer; 28,000 square yards of single course surface treatment; driveway, paving, and sidewalk repairs; and site clean up and remediation. 1.02 WORK SEQUENCE A Coordination of the Work: Refer to Section 01040 - Coordination and Meetings, and Section 01300 — Submittals, "Construction Schedule". 1.03 ALTERNATE BID A 'Volunteer Alternates (any Alternate not specified in the Bid Proposal) will not be considered in the evaluation of Bid Proposals. 1.04 PAVING REPAIR A Areas of soft, damaged or otherwise failed paving, outside the limits of paving repair associated with utility and structure installations, shall be repaired under the provisions of Section 02980 — Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. B Measurement for these repairs is on a square yard basis, measured and completed in place. C Owner/Engineer will identify areas to be repaired in the field at time of construction.. 1.05 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 2. Receive and unload products at site; jointly with Engineer, inspect for completeness or damage. 3. Handle, store install, and finish products. 4. R.epair or replace damaged items. Wagon Wheel 01100 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 1.06 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEOS A Submit Preconstruction and Post -Construction Photographs in accordance with Section 01380 — Construction Photographs. B Submit, under the provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals, a video record on VHS tape or DVD of the entire route of the Project Site prior to commencement of the Work and following completion of the Work taken from corresponding vantage points and direction of shots. 1.07 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights -of -way as specified in Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer. B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01100 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES Section 01140 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General use of the Project Site including properties inside and outside ofrights-of-way work affecting road, ramps, streets and driveways and notification occupants. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01500 — 3. Section 01555 4. Section 02980 5. Section 02318 6. Section 02910 7. Section 02922 Temporary Facilities and Controls — Traffic Control and Regulation — Pavement Repair and Resurfacing — Excavation and_ Backfill for Utilities — Topsoil — Sodding to adjacent C Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 RIGHTS -OF -WAY A Confine access, operations, and storage areas to rights -of -way provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost, for temporary use of private properties, in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of rights -of -way. C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 1.04 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF RIGHTS -OF -WAY A Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along rights -of -way will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s). Wagon Wheel 01140 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES B Means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of rights -of -way will not be permitted. C Any damage to properties outside of rights -of -ways shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. 1.05 USE OF SITE A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously. B Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor. C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow. E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights -of -ways within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of the Work. F Perform daily clean-up of dirt outside the construction zone, debris scrap materials, C) J / other disposable items Leave the area broom -clean or its equivalent at the end of the work day. Keep streets driveways, and sidewalks clean of dirt, debris and scrap am aerials. Do not leave buildings, roads, streets or other construction areas unclean overnight. 1.06 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours, 72 hours and 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses. B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for resident contact, who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption. C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1.07 PUBLIC, TEMPORARY, AND CONSTRUCTION ROADS AND RAMPS Wagon Wheel 01140 - 2 of4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. B Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment. C Construct and maintain access roads and parking areas as specified in Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls, 1.12 `Roads and Parking". 1.08 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer. B Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility. Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work in that block is complete. D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property. F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Texas MUTCD, Part 6 TRAFFIC CONTROL H Comply with traffic regulation as specified in Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. 1.09 SURFACE RESTORATION A Restore Project Site to condition existing before construction to satisfaction of Engineer. B Repair paved area per the requirements of Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. C Repair turf areas which become damaged, level with Bank Sand conforming to Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, or Topsoil conforming to Section 02910 Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer and re -sod in accordance with Section 02922 - Wagon Wheel 01140 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES Sodding. Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding. Do not use spot sodding or sprigging. 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01140 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment of Unit Price Work. B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. C References to Technical Specifications: None D Reference Standards: 1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1.02 AUTHORITY A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of the Technical Specifications and Section 00300 — Bid Proposal. B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal shall govern. C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the Engineer. D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work, authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement or in executed Change Order. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel rolled or fin nied steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. Wagon Wheel 01200 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES B Measurement by Volume: 1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropnate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT FOR UNIT PRICE WORK A Payment for Unit Price Work includes full compensation for all required supervision, labor, products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services, and incidentals, and erection, application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. B The Unit Price bid shall include the total cost for required Work Claims for payment as Unit Price Work, but not specifically covered in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, will not be accepted. C Progress Payments will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the Unit Price. D Final payment for Work governed by Unit Prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities deteixnined by Engineer multiplied by the Unit Pnce for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the Unit Price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer. 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. Wagon Wheel 01200 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D The authority of the Engineer to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01200 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time; 3. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications, Work Change Directive, Stipulated Price Change Order, Unit Price Change Order, Time and Materials Change Order; 4. Execution of Change Orders; 5. Correlation of Contractor Submittals. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 - Submittals 2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents C Other References• 1. Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work. B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow for its evaluation. C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following infoiniation as applicable: Wagon Wheel 01290 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1. Original quantities of items in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal with additions, reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Engineer. 3. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4. Additional data upon request. D For changes in the Work performed on a time -and -material basis, the following additional information may be required. 1. Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.03, "Extra Work". 4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site, the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F For changes in the work performed on a time -and -materials basis using Contractor - owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows: 1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No other rate adjustments shall apply 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement, 7.01 "Change Orders". B The Engineer will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement, 7.02, "Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental instructions. Wagon Wheel 01290 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the Contractor to perfoin tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section. 1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION A The Engineer may issue a Request for Proposal, which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Plans and Technical Specifications. The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for Change to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal, the Unit Price Change Order will be based on Unit Prices as originally bid, subject to provisions of Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. B Where Unit Prices of the Work are not pre -determined in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the Unit Prices to be used. 1.10 TIME -AND -MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. Wagon Wheel 01290 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time -and -material basis as specified in this Section, 1.03, "Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time". D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes, and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B For Unit Price Contracts, the next monthly estimate of the Work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review. D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on -site and record copies of the Plans Technical Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 - Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION -NotUsed END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01290 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100 — Summary of Work 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary. 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement 1.01, "Owner, Contractor, and Engineer' , and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Technical Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of the Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy. C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy. 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Engineer will schedule a Preconstruction Conference. B Attendance Required* Engineer's representatives, Consultants, Contractor, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Distribution of Contract Documents. 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the Consultant. 3. Review of insurance. 4. Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values, and Construction Schedule. Wagon Wheel 01310 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 5. Discussion of required Submittals, including, but not limited to, Work Plans, Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs. 6. Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other Submittals, substitutions, Applications for Payment, Requests for Information, Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout. 7. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors. 8. Review of Subcontractors. 9. Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1.06, "Site Mobilization Conference", when Preconstruction Conference and Site Mobilization Conference are combined. 10. Procedures for testing. 11. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents. 12. Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and their responsibilities. 13. Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program. 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, Engineer will schedule a Site Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy. B Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3. Construction controls provided by Owner 4. Temporary utilities 5. Survey and layout 6. Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer. B Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Engineer or his representative will make arrangements for meetings, and recording minutes. D Engineer or his representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. Wagon Wheel 01310-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS F Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meeting 2. Review of Construction Schedule, Applications for Payment, payroll and compliance Submittals 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of Submittal Schedule and status of Submittals. 6. Review status of Requests for Infoiination, Requests for Proposal. 7. Review status of Change Orders. 8. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. 9 Maintenance of updates to Construction Schedule. 10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 11. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 12. Coordination of projected progress. 13. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 14. Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination. 15. Other items relating to the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION -NotUsed END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01310 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be required for the Work. When Submittals are required elsewhere in these Technical Specifications, refer to this Section for Submittal requirements and procedures. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Submittal procedures for: 1. Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 4. Operations and Maintenance Data 5. Manufacturer s Certificates 6. Construction Photographs 7. Project Record Documents 8. Design Mixes B References to the following Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01310 — Coordination and Meeting 2. Section 01630 — Product Options and Substitutions 3. Section 01100 — Summary of Work 4. Section 01380 — Construction Photographs 5. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 6. Section 02530 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Scheduling and Handling 1. Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after Submittal is approved. 2. Develop a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction, resubmission and final review of all Submittals. The Engineer will review and return Submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a Submittal Schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer. This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor 3. The Engineer's review of Submittals covers conformity to the Plans, Technical Specifications and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of Submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications. Wagon Wheel 01350 - 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by individual Technical Specifications. 5. Revise and resubmit Submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous Submittal. 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in Applications for Payment until approval has been obtained in the specified manner. B Transmittal Form and Numbering 1. Transmit each Submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Re - Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix (i.e., 2A for first Re -Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re -Submittal of Submittal 15). Each Submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed Submittals will not be accepted. 3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1.10 "Video". C Contractor's Certification 1. Each Submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive Progress Payments. B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2" x 11' , plain bond, white paper. Use the Table of Contents of these Contract Documents and Technical Specifications as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of one item, if necessary to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal. D For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts, Mobilization, Bonds, and Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values. Wagon Wheel 01350 - 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS E For Lump Sum equipment items where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data are required, include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance Data Submittals and a separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports, each valued ,at five (5) percent of the Lump Sum. F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract modifications, Change Orders, and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Engineer. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be, at a minimum, a bar chart, (computer generated or prepared manually) and a narrative report. B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Engineer. Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the Submittal of the sample. C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements: 1. The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the Engineer. 2. For Projects with work at different physical locations, each location should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components, these elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 4. For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope, these types of work should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 5 For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the Total Contract Price, the Construction Schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased, when they are to be delivered, and when installed. 6. For Projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting work in the area. Wagon Wheel 01350 - 3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 7. A Billing Schedule (tabulation of the estimated monthly billings) for the Work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require re -submittal of the Construction Schedule for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer. Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. D The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Construction Schedule and Billing Schedule prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly. The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment. This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment. G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule; any other changes made to the Construction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES A Shop Drawings 1. Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each Shop Drawing. 3. The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such. b. Arrangement and section views. c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts. d. Kinds of materials and finishes. e. Parts list and descriptions. f. Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package. Wagon Wheel 01350 - 4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Plans. 4. Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale, and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. B Product Data 1. Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project where required by the Technical Specification. 4. For products specified only by reference standard, submit manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 5. For Approved Products, those designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal", submit manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 6. For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions, 1.04 "Selection Options" and 1.07 Substitution Procedures". 7 For products that are neither Pre -Approved, Approved, specified only by reference standard, nor proposed as alternates, submit product description, trade name, manufacturer, and supplier. Contractor shall provide additional information upon written request by Engineer or Owner. C Samples 1. Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section 1.02 `Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper. 3. Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification; one of which will be retained by the Engineer. 4. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the Technical Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section. 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each document. C Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. Wagon Wheel 01350 5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Engineer. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of the certificate. C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D Manufacturer's Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A When required by Section 01100 - Summary of Work, submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380 - Construction Photographs. 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760 - Project Record Documents. 1.10 VIDEO A Submit television video tapes as required in individual Technical Specifications. B Transmittal forms for video tapes shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO1, T02, T03, etc. 1.11 DESIGN MIXES A When specified, submit Design Mixes for review. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each Design Mix. C Mark each Design Mix to identify proportions, gradations, and additives for each class and type of Design Mix submitted Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D Maintain a copy of approved Design Mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION -Not Used END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01350 - 6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRPAHS Section 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for Construction Photographs and Submittals. B References Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100 — Summary of Work 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Construction Photographs under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A When required by Section 01100 - Summary of Work, submit photographs in accordance applicable provisions of this Section. B Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. C Prepare three (3) prints of each view and submit two (2) prints directly to the Project Manager within seven (7) days of taking photographs One (1) print shall be retained by the Contractor in the field office at the Project Site and available at all times for reference. D When requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall submit extra prints of photographs for distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra prints directly to the photographer. E When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of the Work to show original Project Site conditions. F When required by Contract Documents, submit photographs with Application for Payment. G When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken following completion of the Work to show the condition in which the Project Site will be left. H With each Submittal, include photographic negatives in protective envelopes, identified by Project Name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Wagon Wheel 01380 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRPAHS A Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their vantage point, direction of shot, and quality. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A Photographs shall be 35mm quality, 3x5 color prints with matte finish. B The photographs shall show on a non -elective chalkboard, readable in the photograph: 1. Job number. 2. Date and time photographs were taken. 3. Location of the photograph, house number and street, along with the project number. C Indicate the condition of the following: 1. Esplanades and boulevards. 2. Yards (near side and far side of street). 3. House -walk and sidewalk. 4. Curb. 5. Area between walk and curb 6. Particular features (yard lights, shrubs, fence, trees, etc.). 7. Date shall be on negative. 8. Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot on a key plan of the Project Site. D Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non-existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs and grass. E Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the following information: 1. Name of the Project. 2. Name and address of the photographer (if a professional photographer is used). 3. Name of the Contractor. 4. Date the photograph was taken. 5. Photographs to be in plastic pockets and bound in three-ring notebook for easy access and viewing. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Prior to the commencement of the Work, take photographs of the entire route of the Project Site. 3.02 POST -CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Wagon Wheel 01380 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRPAHS A Following the completion of the Work, take photographs from corresponding vantage points and direction of shots. 3.03 PROGESS PHOTOGRAPHS 1. Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. B Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of construction and progress since the last photographs were taken. Take not less than two (2) shots from the same vantage point creating a time -lapsed sequence. C Follow direction when given by the Project Manager in selecting vantage points. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01380 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Section 01420 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI AGC Al AITC American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150 Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 Wagon Wheel 01420 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS AISC AISI ASME ANSI APA API AREA ASTM American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street N.W. Washington, DC 20005 American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWPA American Wood -Preservers' Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society PO.Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 Wagon Wheel 01420 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 CRD U.S.A. Corps of Engineers CRSI EJMA FS ICEA TFEE Code of Ordinances City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive P earland, TX 77581 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains, NY 10604 Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 Insulated Cable Engineer Association P .O. Box 440 S. Yarmouth, MA 02664 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P .O. Box 1331 P iscataway, NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P. O. Box 986 Katy, TX 77450 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 2101 L Street N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 Wagon Wheel 01420 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 PCA PCI SDI SSPC Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 TAC Texas Administrative Code TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P. O. Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 125 East llth Street Austin, TX 78701 2483 Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Unifoiin Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption) (published by Texas Department of Transportation) UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 Dallas, TX 75234 Wagon Wheel 01420 - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute 942 Main Street — Suite 300 Hartford, CT 06103 WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation P.O. Box 12157 Austin, TX 78711 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01420 - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL Section 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and reports. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products services, site conditions and workmanship, to produce the Work of specified quality at no additional cost to the Owner. B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. C Request clarification from Project Manager before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D Comply with specified Standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship. F Obtain copies of Standards and maintain at Project Site when required by individual Technical Specifications. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A When specified in individual Technical Specifications, provide material or product suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, operator training, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable and to initiate operation, as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Technical Specifications. B At the Project Manager's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to Project Manager fifteen (15) days in advance of required Wagon Wheel 01430 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Project Manager. C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. Submit report within 14 days of observation to Project Manager for review. 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01430 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND INSPECTION SERVICES Section 01440 INSPECTION SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Inspection services and references. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services 1.02 INSPECTION A Project Manager will appoint an Inspector as a representative of the Owner to perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual Technical Specifications. B Alternately, Project Manager may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional inspection or construction management services as indicated in Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to Project Manager, Architect/Engineer, and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Inspector; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E Contractor shall notify Project Manager 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. Notify Architect/Engineer and independent filiii when noted. F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Inspector. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01440 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL Section 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those Services. B References to Technical Specifications: None. C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3740, ` Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction" b. ASTM E 329, "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction" 1.02 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A Owner will select, employ, and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perfoiui inspection and testing identified in individual Technical Specifications. B Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C Contractor shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. 1.03 LABORATORY REPORTS A The Engineer will receive 1 copy, the Project Manager will receive 2 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of Laboratory Reports from the testing laboratory. One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at the Project Site for duration of Project. Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and Project Manager. 1.04 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. Wagon Wheel 01450 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A Notify Project Manager and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Engineer if Technical Specification requires the presence of the Engineer. B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on Project Site. C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested; to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and cunng of test samples. F Arrange with laboratory and pay for: 1. Retesting required for failed tests. 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING A Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 329, as well as other test standards specified in individual Technical Specifications. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01450 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Temporary Facilities and the necessary Controls for the Work including utilities, telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety requirements, first aid equipment, fire protection, security measures protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash, debris, and excavated material, pest and rodent control, water runoff and erosion control. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01100 — Summary of Work 3. Section 01570 — Trench Safety System 4. Section 01555 — Traffic Control and Regulation 5. Section 01563 — Tree and Plant Protection C Referenced Standards: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 3. Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as a Bid Item no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A The facilities and controls specified in this Section are considered minimum for the Work. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property. B Comply with applicable requirements specified in other Technical Specifications. 1. Maintain and operate Temporary Facilities and systems to assure continuous service. Wagon Wheel 01500 - 1 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. 3. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. 4. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A Temporary Service 1. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 2. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is Substantially Complete. Included are fuel power, light, heat, and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work. B Water 1. Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. 2. For water to be drawn from public fire hydrants, obtain special peiuiit or license and meter from the proper City officials. A deposit based on rates established by latest ordinance will be required. Install backflow preventor on fire hydrant supply. 3. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel. C Electricity and Lighting 1. Provide electric power service as required for the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor. 2. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain plant operations during any scheduled shutdown. 3. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10-foot-candles for stairs and shops. D Temporary Heat and Ventilation 1. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. 2. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. E Telephone 1. Provide emergency telephone service at the Project Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services. F Sanitary Facilities - 1. To provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the Project Site, I P) &o r_ , .-eQrrply-with the regulations of _State and Local agenciesf �r )! S C> Wagon Wheel 01500-2of9 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the Project Site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit -type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem have sewage and waste hauled off -site and properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. 3. Locate toilets on the Project Site near the work and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. 1.06 FIELD OFFICE A Provision of a Field Office is optional unless required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work. If the Contractor chooses to provide one, locate it in a place approved by the Engineer. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Provide` adequate ventilated, watertight s level dr materials and equiprtient susceptib age of materials not s und. ore matetials'in a eat sy apc"ess for iden fica'tio 1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS orage facilities with floor above ground . e to weather damage. f s / / sceptible to we ther damage may be on blocks off the d orderly mann ., inspe-gtion an lace e'iateri js and.equ inventory. m'ent toibermit A Contractor shall prepare, submit and follow a Safety Program that complies with Federal, State, and Local safety codes, statutes, and practices. Include in the Safety Program documented response to excavation, embankment, and trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety System. B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable Federal, State and Local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and equipment involved in the Work. C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in OSHA Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926 and adopted by Secretary of Labor under the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of Wagon Wheel 01500 - 3 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative Immediately advise the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Project Site under this Contract, and after such investigation or inspection, advise the Engineer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within ten (10) days of occurrence. E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidence of contamination. Take immediate and appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first -aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the Plans and Technical Specifications are obligations of the Contractor. G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.09 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the Project Site whenever work is in progress. 1.10 FIRE PROTECTION A Fire Protection Standards. 1. Confoxxn to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those which may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. 2. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. 3. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building, and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction 4. Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point on the Project Site. B Fire Prevention and Safety Measures. 1. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas which are continuously or intermittently hazardous. 2. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. 3. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. 4. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. Wagon Wheel 01500 - 4 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.11 SECURITY MEASURES A Protect all materials, equipment, and property associated with the Work from loss, theft, damage, and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's property. B If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing. 1.12 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Plans at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. 1.13 PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY A Preventive Actions. 1 Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage. 2. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. b. Provide suitable storage for materials which are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise. c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. d. Frequently clean up refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Work safe and orderly. e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. 3. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools, materials or equipment, privately -owned land except on easements provided for construction. 4. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B Barricades and Warning Signals. Wagon Wheel 01500 - 5 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights, warning signs, and danger signals; provide watchmen; and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work. Conform to Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. C Tree and Plant Protection. 1. Conform to requirements of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. D Protection of Existing Structures 1. Underground Structures: a. Underground structures are defined to include, but not be limited to, sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Plans in accordance with the best information available, but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making Locate Calls. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures. e. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. 2. Surface Structures: a. Surface structures are defined as existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 3. Protection of Underground and Surface Structures: a. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installing structure supports, Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. Wagon Wheel 01500 - 6 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS b. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties, or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract. c. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be perfoi hied and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicinity of existing structures, pipelines, or utilities, give a minimum of five (5) working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction operations reach and uncover the utility. d. Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. E Protection of Installed Products. 1. Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed, prior to completion of the Work. 2. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 1.14 ROADS AND PARKING A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. B Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking Locate as approved by Engineer. C Minimize use by construction traffic of existing streets and driveways. D Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing parking areas 1.15 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A Provide and maintain methods equipment, and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B Comply with statutes, regulations and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91-190, Executive Order 11514. Wagon Wheel 01500 - 7 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Particularly avoid pollution of "on -site' streams, sewers, wells, or other water sources. D Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. 1.16 POLLUTION CONTROL 42,rei A Provide ethods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosp eke by'dischaTige of np*ous substances from construction operations. B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off -site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. 'Fake rspeo'al measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters. Prevent dis osal of Wastes effluents, chemicals, or other such substances adjacent to streams, or insanitary or storm sewers. zovide'sys�ems for control of atmospheric pollutants. 1. \ Prevent toxic concentrations/ chemicals. 2. ' Prevent harmful dispersal-df pollutants into the atmosphere. E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current Federal, State, and Local laws and regulations. 1.17 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of Project Site. B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the C Project Site or adjoining properties. 1.18 NOISE CONTROL A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to OSHA Standards - 29 CFR and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the surrounding neighborhoods. B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. except as approved by Engineer. C Comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Codes of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 1.19 DUST CONTROL Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment. Apply water or use other methods, subject to approval of the Engineer, which will control the amount of dust generated. Wagon Wheel 01500 - 8 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.20 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A Provide methods to control surface water, runoff, subsurface water, and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the Project Site or adjoining properties. Control fill, grading and ditching to direct water away from excavations, pits, and other construction areas; and to direct drainage to proper runoff courses so as to prevent any erosion, sedimentation or damage. Provide, operate, and maintain equipment and facilities of adequate size to control surface water. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage to any portion of the Project Site or to adjoining areas and in conformance with environmental requirements. Retain existing drainage patterns external to the construction site by constructing temporary earth berms sedimentation basins, retaining areas, and temporary ground cover as needed to control conditions. Plan and execute construction and earth work by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation. 1. Keep to a minimum the area of bare soil exposed at one time. 2. Provide temporary control measures, such as berms, dikes, and drains. Construct fills and waste areas by selective placement to eliminate surface silts or clays which will erode. Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01500 - 9 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION Section 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis. Include 50 percent of the cost of Mobilization in the first monthly Application for Payment. B Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Schedule of Values (Section 01350 — Submittals) 2. Trench Safety Program (Section 01570 — Trench Safety System) 3. Construction Schedule (Section 01350 — Submittals) 4. Pre -construction Photographs (Section 01380 — Construction Photographs) C Payment of the remaining 50 percent of the Contract Price for Mobilization is subject to completion of a minimum of 5 percent of the Work, excluding the Mobilization. D Mobilization payments will be subject to Retainage as stipulated in Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01505 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS 1.0 GENERAL Section 01550 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of erosion and sediment control for Stabilized Construction Exits used during construction and until final development of the Project Site. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal 3. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation C Referenced Standards: 1. Amencan Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4632, ` Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required in this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on Geotextile fabric. C Sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements in this Section, 2.02, "Course Aggregates". 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A Provide woven or non -woven Geotextile fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM - D4632, Geotextile fabric shall have a minimum grab strength of 270 psi any principal direction, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Both the Geotextile and threads shall be resistant to chemical attack, mildew, and rot and shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable life at a temperature range of 0°F to 120°F. Wagon Wheel 01550 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS D Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., Or -Equal. 2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES A Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone, gravel, concrete, crushed blast furnace slag, or a combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard, durable materials free from adherent coatings salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials, or organic and injurious matter. B Course aggregates shall conform to the following gradation requirements. Sieve Size Percent Retained (Square Mesh) (by Weight) 2Y2' 0 2" 0-20 1%" 15 50 3/4" 60-80 No. 4 95 - 100 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A If necessary to keep the street clean of mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment, Contractor shall provide Stabilized Construction Exits at the construction, staging, parking, storage, and disposal areas. Such erosion and sediment controls shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the Project Site until acceptance of the Work or until directed by the Engineer to remove and discard the existing system. D Regularly inspect and repair or replace components of Stabilized Construction Exits. Unless otherwise directed, maintain them until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove Stabilized Construction Exits promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. E Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at a designated spoil site. If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the designated area, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be Wagon Wheel 01550 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. F Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated nghts-of-way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately. fa 0(5IicTn G Conduct all construction operations under this (C�ontracin conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on -site vehicle transportation routes where shown on Plans. B Provide stabilized construction exits, and truck washing areas when approved by Engineer, of the sizes and locations where shown on Plans or as specified in this Section. C Vehicles leaving construction areas shall have their tires cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance onto public right-of-way. When washing is needed to remove sediment, Contractor shall construct a truck washing area. Truck washing shall be done on stabilized areas which drain into a drainage system protected by erosion and sediment control measures. D Details for Stabilized Construction Exits are shown on the Plans. Construction of all other stabilized areas shall be to the same requirements. Roadway width shall be at least 14 feet for one-way traffic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and shall be sufficient for all ingress and egress. Furnish and place geotextile fabric as a peinieable separator to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with underlaying soil Exposure of geotextile fabric to the elements between laydown and cover shall be a maximum of 14 days to minimize damage potential. E Roads and parking areas shall be graded to provide sufficient drainage away from stabilized areas. Use sandbags, gravel, boards, or similar methods to prevent sediment from entering public right-of-way, receiving stream or storm water conveyance system. F The stabilized areas shall be inspected and maintained daily. Provide periodic top dressing with additional coarse aggregates to maintain the required depth Repair and clean out damaged control measures used to trap sediment. All sediment spilled, dropped, washed, or tracked onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately. G The length of the stabilized area shall be as shown on the Plans, but not less than 50 feet. The thickness shall not be less than 8 inches. The width shall not be less than full width of all points of ingress or egress. Wagon Wheel 01550 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS H Stabilization for other areas shall have the same coarse aggregate, thickness, and width requirements as the stabilized construction exit, except where shown otherwise on the Plans. I Stabilized area may be widened or lengthened to accommodate truck washing area when authorized by Engineer. J Alternative methods of construction may be utilized when shown on Plans, or when approved by the Engineer These methods include the following: 1. Cement -Stabilized Soil, Compacted cement -stabilized soil or other fill material in an application thickness of at least 8 inches. 2. Wood Mats/Mud Mats - Oak or other hardwood timbers placed edge -to - edge and across support wooden beams which are placed on top of existing soil in an application thickness of at least 6 inches. 3. Steel Mats - Perforated mats placed across perpendicular support members. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01550 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.0 GENERAL Section 01555 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for traffic control plans, signs, signals, control devices, flares, lights and traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and bridging of trenches and excavations. B Requirements for and qualifications of Flaggers. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals D Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Manual on Unifoirn Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Traffic Control and Regulation. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Traffic Control and Regulation, including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from the one provided on the Plans, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the Work and the public. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for traffic control and regulation. B Flaggers. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Flaggers as required for the Work The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for Flaggers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B A Traffic Control Plan responsive to the Texas MUTCD and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Plans If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a Traffic Control Plan in conformance with Texas MUTCD for approval of the Engineer. C For both the Traffic Control Plan and Flaggers' use, submit Schedules of Values within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed. D Submit monthly a daily log for Flaggers listing name, badge number, time start, time finish, and hours worked. 1.04 FLAGGERS Wagon Wheel 01555 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION A Unless otherwise specified, use only Flaggers who are off -duty, regularly employed, uniformed Peace Officers. B Flaggers are required at the following locations: 1. Where multi -lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single -lane vehicular traffic. 2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly. 3. Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic lanes and walks. 4. Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross -walks. 5. Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience. 6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic around the work site. C The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor may deem necessary to protect the work and the public and does not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would otherwise be liable. Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as may be required to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES A Comply with Texas MUTCD regulations. B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by agencies having jurisdiction. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PUBLIC ROADS A Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads If the Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer. B Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the Traffic Control Plan. C Contractor shall not obstruct the notnial flow of traffic from 7:00 a m. to 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the Engineer. Wagon Wheel 01555 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times. E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets: 1. Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations. Leave the area broom -clean or its equivalent at the end of the work day. F Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, and access by emergency vehicles. G Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. H Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non -designated areas. 3.02 FLARES AND LIGHTS A Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. 3.03 HAUL ROUTES A Utilize haul routes designated by authorities or shown on the Plans for construction traffic. B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize interference with public traffic. 3.04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. B Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective traffic control. 3.05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A Whenever necessary, bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of traffic. B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats, angles, bolts or other devices whenever bridge is installed: Wagon Wheel 01555 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1. On an existing bus route; 2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic; 3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or 4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days. C Install bridging to operate with minimum noise. D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic. E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging. F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that produces maximum stress. 3.06 REMOVAL A Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. B Repair damage caused by installation. C Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01555 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE Section 01560 FILTER FABRIC FENCE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of Filter Fabric Fence to control erosion and contain sediments and pollutants from overland flow. Filter Fabric Fence is not for use in channelized flow areas. Filter Fabric Fence may be reinforced. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 3. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment C Referenced Standards 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3786, `Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics' b. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Filter Fabric Fence will be measured by the linear foot between the limits of the beginning and ending of wooden stakes. B Payment for Filter Fabric Fence will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and all incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other Product Data on geotextile fabric. 2.0 PRODUCTS Wagon Wheel 01560 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile Filter Fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM - D3786, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Filter Fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of Filter Fabric Fence as specified in this Section 3.02F Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 1562 — Waste Material Disposal. D Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the Project. If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the designated area, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. E Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS Wagon Wheel 01560 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE A Provide Filter Fabric Fence systems in accordance with the Plan detail for Filter Fabric Fence. Filter Fabric Fence shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B Attach the Filter Fabric to 2-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches. If Filter Fabric is factory preassembled with support netting, then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes at a slight angle toward the source of anticipated runoff. C Trench in the toe of the Filter Fabric Fence with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Plans. Lay Filter Fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D Filter Fabnc Fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground. E Provide the Filter Fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the Fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. F Inspect Filter Fabric Fence systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the fence or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01560 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 1.0 GENERAL Section 01561 REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier to control erosion and contain sediments and pollutants in channelized flow areas. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 3. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures C Referenced Standards 1. Amencan Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3786, "Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics' b. ASTM D 4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier will be measured by the linear foot between the limits of the beginning and ending fence posts. B Payment for Filter Fabric Barrier will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment materials, supervision, and incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other Product Data on geotextile fabric. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile Filter Fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. Wagon Wheel 01561 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER B By ASTM - D4632, geotextile fabric shall have a gab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM - D3786, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Filter Fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 2.02 FILTER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT A Provide woven galvanized steel wire fence with minimum thickness of 14 gauge and a maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches. B Welded wire shall be galvanized, 2-inch by 4-inch, welded wire fabric, 12 % gauge. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of Filter Fabric Fence as specified in this Section 3.02G. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 1562 — Waste Material Disposal. D Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the Project. If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the designated area, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. E Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation. Wagon Wheel 01561 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Install Reinforced Filter Fabric Barriers for erosion and sediment control used during construction and until the final development of the Project Site. Reinforced Filter Fabric Barriers are used to retain sedimentation in channelized flow areas. B Provide Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier in accordance with the Plan detail for Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier. Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier systems shall be installed in such a manner that runoff will percolate through the system and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. C Trench in the toe of the Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Plans Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier shall have a height of 18 inches. E Securely fasten the Filter Fabric to the wire with tie wires. F Provide the Filter Fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. G Inspect the Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the barrier or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01561 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL Section 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 - Submittals 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Obtain and submit applicable pennits for proposed disposal sites. C Submit a copy of written permission from property owners, along with a description of the property, prior to disposal of excess matenal adjacent to the Project Srte. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the City limits. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A Excavated material: When indicated on Plans, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at a location or locations outside the limits of Project Site. B Base, surface, and bedding material. Deliver gravel, asphaltic, or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer. C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. D Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Technical Specifications. E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer. Wagon Wheel 01562 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 3.02 EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIAL A Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil, and other matenals not designated for salvage, shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the Project Site and legally disposed of. B Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project Site when written permission is obtained from property owner. Refer to this Section, 1.03C. C Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated matenals in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. D Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. E No materials shall be disposed in a manner to damage the Owner in any way. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01562 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL Section 01563 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Tree and plant protection. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage, branch, trunk, or root damage that could result from construction operations. B Prevent following types of damage: 1. Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage. 2. Trunk damage from equipment operations, material storage, or from nailing or bolting. 3. Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires or machine impacts. 4. Root poisoning from spilled solvents gasoline, paint, and other noxious materials. 5. Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming. 6. Damage from lack of water due to: a. Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones. b. Failure to provide adequate watering. 7. Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime, concrete, plaster, or other base materials near roots. 8. Cutting feeder of roots or roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. 1.04 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT A When trees, other than those designated for removal, are destroyed or badly damaged as a result of construction operations, remove and replace with same size, species, and variety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter. Trees larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree of the same species and variety and total contract amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following International Shade Tree Conference formula: 0.7854 x D2 x $10.00 where D is diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above grade. B All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by Engineer/Urban Forester. Wagon Wheel 01563 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Asphalt paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue, free from kerosene and coal creosote. B Burlap: Suitable for use as tree wrapping. C Fertilizer* Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5 percent potash. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS A Except for trees and shrubs shown on Plans to be removed, all trees and shrubs within the Project Site area are to remain and be protected from damage. B For designated trees to be removed, perfoun the following: 1. Stake right-of-way limits and identify any tree of diameter greater than 4 inches which is to be removed. Mark trees prior to felling with an X in orange paint, clearly visible, on the trunk, and at eye level. 2. After marking trees give a minimum of 48-hours notice in writing to the Engineer of intent to begin felling operations. 3. Trees whose trunks are only partially in the right-of-way shall be protected and preserved as described below. C For trees or shrubs to remain, perform the following: 1. Trim trees and shrubs only as necessary. a. Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also be pruned for balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching habit. b. Cut limbs at branch collar. No stubs should remain on trees. Branch cuts should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk. 2. Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems. a. Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe or other equipment. b. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible. 3. Prevent damage or compaction of root zone by construction activities. a. Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means. b. Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or excavated material inside dripline of trees. c. Do not pour liquid materials inside dripline. 4. Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will remain to maintain their health during construction period. Wagon Wheel 01563 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION a. Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be done once a week in months receiving average rainfall and twice a week in months receiving below average rainfall b. This watering shall consist of saturating soils at least 6 to 8 inches beneath surface. 5. Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems while systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing landscapes 6. At Option of the Contractor and with the Engineer s permission, trees and shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to original positions under supervision of professional horticulturist. 3.02 PROTECTION A Protection of trees or shrubs in open area: 1. Install steel drive-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately 8 feet on center, not closer than 4 feet to trunk of trees or stems of shrubs. 2. Drive steel drive-in fence posts 3 feet minimum into ground, leaving 5 feet minimum above ground 3. For trees or shrubs in paved areas, use moveable posts constructed from concrete -filled steel pipe 2-1 /2 inches minimum in diameter mounted in rubber auto tires filled with concrete. 4. Mount steel hog -wire on posts. B Timber wrap protection for trees in close proximity of moving or mechanical equipment and construction work: 1. Wrap trunk with layer of burlap. 2. Install 2 x 4's or 2 x 6's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths) vertically, spaced 3 inches to 5 inches apart around circumference of tree trunk. 3. Tie in place with 12 to 9 gage steel wire. 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES A Water trees during dry periods. B The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Work shall remain alive and healthy at least until the end of a one-year warranty period. 1. Within four weeks of notice from Owner, Contractor shall replace, at his expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of Owner, have become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of additional growth, improper pruning or maintenance, or weather conditions. 2. When tree must be replaced, the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on date of replacement of tree, subject to the Owner's inspection, for no less than one year. 3. Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost. 4. Dispose of trees rejected at any time by Engineer at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01563 - 3 of 3 CCITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 7 Section 01564 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 7 1.0 GENERAL - 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 7 A Dewatering,depressurizing,draining,and maintaining trench and structure excavations and foundation beds in dry and stable condition. 7 B Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. 7 C Disposing of removed water. D References to Technical Specifications: r 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems 7 4. Section 01565—TPDES Requirements E Referenced Standards: 7 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) 3. Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas 7 4. Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council (WWD/PI) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7 A Measurement for and control of ground water for open cut pipe excavations shall be on a linear foot basis and shall not exceed the length of open cut pipe installation in the [41 area requiring ground water control. B Unless indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as a Bid Item,no separate payment 7 will be made for control of ground water for any condition(s) other than those described in this Section, 1.02A. No separate payment will be made for control of surface water. Include the cost to control non-pipe excavation ground water and L' surface water in price for Work requiring such.controls. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement.and Payment Procedures. 7 1.03 SUBMITTALS Ell A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 7 B Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan(the Plan) for review by the Engineer prior to start of any field work. The Plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Submit the Plan to include the foi lowing: 7 L_ 7Wagon Wheel 01564- 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control. 2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. 3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement location depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures. 4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells, monitoring installation details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 5. A descnption of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and manufacturer's application recommendations. 6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water control operation near contaminated areas. 7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump application and other necessary means. 9. Surface water control and drainage installations. 10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water. C Submit the following records upon completed initial installation: 1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. 2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. 3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells. 4. Initial flow rates. D Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations: 1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during monitoring of dewatering and depressunzation. Refer to this Section, 3.02 `Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, or Deep Wells". 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations, piezometers, and monitoring wells. E Submit the following records at end of the Work. Decommissioning (abandonment) reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase and left for Contractor's monitoring and use. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A Ground water control includes both dewatering and depressurization of water -bearing soil layers. 1. Dewatering includes lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase stability Wagon Wheel 01564 - 2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER of excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures and other installations. 2. Depressurization includes reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. B Excavation drainage includes keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. C Surface drainage includes use of temporary drainage ditches and dikes and installation of temporary culverts and sump pumps with discharge lines as required to protect the Work from any source of surface water. D Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems. B Design a ground water control system, compatible with the requirements of OSHA Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926, and Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems of these Technical Specifications, to produce the following results: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C Ground water control systems may include single -stage or multiple -stage well point systems, eductor and ejector -type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas. Wagon Wheel 01564 - 3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. G Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B Comply with TCEQ regulations and WWD/PI Advisory Council for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C Obtain permit from TCEQ under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES), for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565 — TPDES, 3.02 "Certification Requirements".. D Obtain all necessary pen nits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review Wagon Wheel 01564 - 4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER of the Engineer through Submittals required in Section 01350 — Submittals, 1.06 "Operations and Maintenance Data". B Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. D Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the water -bearing layers. The results shall be presented in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan (the Plan). Refer to this Section, 1.03B. B Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. D Provide for continuous system operation including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Plan. G Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until foundation concrete has achieved design strength. H During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to Wagon Wheel 01564 - 5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose If removal of pipe is impractical provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement -sand grout when pipe is removed from service. J Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. D Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations, but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained by an existing system such that the criteria of the Plan are satisfied. E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F Provide additional ground water control installations or change the methods in the event that the installations according to the Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03A. G Mechanical dewatering equipment shall comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. Wagon Wheel 01564 - 6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained conditions The excavation drainage may consist of a layer of crushed stone and filter fabric, and sump pumping in combination with sufficient wells for ground water control to maintain stable excavation and backfill conditions. 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area. Keep system in good operating condition. B Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the Engineer. 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING A Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. B Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Engineer's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches, curb walls, pipes sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels or storm drains when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling basins when required by such agencies. Wagon Wheel 01564 - 7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER C Provide additional surface water control measures or change the methods in the event that the measures according to the Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03B. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01564 - 8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL Section 01565 TPDES REQUIREMENTS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Description of the required documentation to be prepared and signed by the Contractor before conducting construction operations, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit as issued March 5, 2003 by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality under the provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Section 26.040 of the Texas Water Code. B Contractor's responsibility for implementation, maintenance, and inspection of storm water pollution prevention control measures including, but not limited to erosion and sediment controls, storm water management plans, waste collection and disposal, off - site vehicle tracking, and other practices shown on the Plans or specified elsewhere in this or other Technical Specifications. C Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) D Other References: 1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) found in Appendix A of these Technical Specifications. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 NOTICE OF INTENT A The Contractor shall complete, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Intent (NOI) attached in Appendix A. The signed copy of the Contractor's NOI shall be returned to the Owner. The Owner will complete the Owner's Notice of Intent attached in Appendix A and will submit both notices to the TCEQ Submission of the NOI is required by both the Owner and the Contractor before construction operations start. Wagon Wheel 01565 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS B Upon completion of construction and after the Work is accepted by the Owner, the Contractor shall complete, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Termination (NOT) attached in Appendix A. 3.02 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A On the Operator's Information fouu attached in Appendix A the Contractor shall complete name, address, and telephone number for the Contractor; the names of persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures and all Subcontractors. B The Owner will complete and sign the Owner's Certification, shown in Appendix A and provide a copy to the Contractor for inclusion with other project certification forms. C The Contractor and Subcontractors named in the Contractor's Information form shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's/Subcontractor's Certification form, attached in Appendix A. D The persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's Inspection and Maintenance Certification form, attached in Appendix A. E The Contractor's Information form and all certification forms shall be submitted to the Owner before beginning construction. F Contractor shall review implementation of the SWPPP in a meeting with the Owner and Engineer prior to start of construction. 3.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS A The Contractor shall keep a copy of the SWPPP at the Project Site or at the Contractor's office from the date that it became effective to the date the Work is accepted by the Owner. B At Contract Closeout, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner all TPDES forms and certifications, as well as a copy of the SWPPP. The SWPPP records and data will be retained by Owner for a period of 3 years from the date the Work is accepted by the Owner. 3.04 REQUIRED NOTICES A The following notices shall be posted from the date that this SWPPP goes into effect until the date the Work is accepted by the Owner: Wagon Wheel 01565 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS 1. Copies of the Notices of Intent submitted by the Owner and Contractor and a brief Description of Construction Activity being conducted at the Project Site, as given in Article 1 of the SWPPP, shall be posted at the Project Site or at Contractor's office in a prominent place for public viewing. 2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles, instructing them to stop, check, and clean tires of debris and mud before driving onto traffic lanes. Post such notices at every stabilized construction exit area. 3. In an easily visible location on Project Site, post a notice of waste disposal procedures. 4. Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall be posted with the NOI on Project Site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data Sheets at a location on Project Site that is known to all personnel. 5. Keep a copy of each signed certification at the Project Site or at Contractor's office. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01565 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION Section 01566 SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Description of erosion and sediment control and other control -related practices which shall be utilized during construction activities. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises 2. Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exits 3. Section 01555 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 1.02 MEAUSREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. B Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately by the Contractor. C The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting, storing, hauling, and disposing of spoil, silt, and waste materials as specified in this or other Technical Specifications and in compliance with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations. D Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Plans and this Technical Specification. E The Contractor shall install, maintain, and inspect erosion and sediment control measures and practices as specified in the Plans and in this or other Technical Specifications. Wagon Wheel 01566 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3.02 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS A When topsoil is specified as a component of another Technical Specification, the Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in this Section during topsoil placement operations. 1. When placing topsoil, maintain erosion and sediment control systems, such as swales, grade stabilization structures, berms, dikes, silt fences, and sediment basins. 2. Maintain grades which have been previously established on areas to receive topsoil. 3.03 DUST CONTROL A Implement dust control methods to control dust creation and movement on construction sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems, to reduce on -site and off -site damage, to prevent health hazards, and to improve traffic safety. B Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following methods: 1. Mulches bound with chemical binders. 2. Temporary vegetative cover. 3. Tillage to roughen surface and bring clods to the surface. 4. Irrigation by water sprinkling. 5. Barriers using solid board fences, burlap fences, crate walls, bales of hay, or similar materials. C Implement dust control methods immediately whenever dust can be observed blowing on the Project Site. 3.04 KEEPING STREETS CLEAN A Keep streets clean of construction debris and mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment as prescribed in Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises, 1.04F If necessary to keep the streets clean, install stabilized construction exits at construction, staging, storage, and disposal areas A vehicle/equipment wash area (stabilized with coarse aggregate) may be installed adjacent to the stabilized construction exit, as needed. Release wash water into a drainage swale or inlet protected by erosion and sediment control measures. Construction exit and wash areas are specified in Section 01550 - Stabilized Construction Exit. B In lieu of or in addition to Stabilized Construction Exits, shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent necessary to keep the street clean Waterhosing or sweeping of debris and mud off of the street into adjacent areas is not allowed. Wagon Wheel 01566 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3.05 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR A Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment to areas specifically designated for that purpose Locate such areas so that oils, gasoline, grease, solvents, and other potential pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems. Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as well as solid waste. Clean and inspect maintenance areas daily. B Where designated equipment maintenance areas are not feasible, take precautions during each individual repair or maintenance operation to prevent potential pollutants from washing into streams or conveyance systems. Provide temporary waste disposal receptacles. 3.06 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the Project Site. In plan, designate locations for trash and waste receptacles and establish a collection schedule. Methods for ultimate disposal of waste shall be specified and carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. Make special provisions for the collection and disposal of liquid wastes and toxic or hazardous materials. B Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible. Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day Locate trash collection points where they will least likely be affected by concentrated storm water runoff. 3.07 WASHING AREAS A Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Designate special areas for washing vehicles Locate these areas where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or infiltrate directly into the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a temporary holding or seepage basin. Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to minimize mud production. 3.08 STORAGE OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND CHEMICALS A Isolate sites where chemicals, cements, solvents, paints, or other potential water pollutants are stored in areas where they will not cause runoff pollution. B Store toxic chemicals and materials such as pesticides, paints, and acids in accordance with manufacturers guidelines. Protect groundwater resources from leaching by placing a plastic mat, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious materials on any areas where toxic liquids are to be opened and stored. Wagon Wheel 01566 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3.09 DEMOLITION AREAS A Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant concentrations of heavy metals or other toxic pollutants shall use dust control techniques to limit transport of airborne pollutants However, water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or toxic pollutants shall be retained on the Project Site and shall not be allowed to run directly into watercourses or stolin water conveyance systems. Methods of ultimate disposal of these materials shall be carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. 3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES A Provide the Project Site with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls, and applicable health regulations. 3.11 PESTICJDES A Us and storepesticides during construction in accordance with manufactu ers' guid lines and with local, state, and federal regulations. Avoid overuse of pestic des whic� could produce contaminated runoff.Take great' care to p�jevept accidental s illae. ever wash esticide`containers in orvnear owing streams-dr storm w 4 ter p p conveyance systems. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01566 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAETY SYSTEM Section 01570 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Trench Safety System for the construction of trench excavations. B Trench Safety System for excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of State or Federal excavation safety laws. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals D Referenced Standards: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for Trench Safety Systems used on trench excavations is on a linear foot basis, measured along the centerline of the trench. Payment for Trench Safety Systems includes payment for manholes and other line structures. B Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for shoring systems under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for Trench Safety Systems. C If shown on the Plans and included in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as a separate Bid Item, Measurement and Payment for Special Shonng system installation for trench excavation is on a square foot basis, measured and completed in place. D Unless indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Trench Safety Systems used on structural excavations under this Section. Include cost for Trench Safety System used on structural excavations in applicable structure installation. E Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A A trench is defined as a narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. B The Trench Safety System requirements apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and the installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench as defined. Wagon Wheel 01570- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAETY SYSTEM C Trench Safety Systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, slide rail systems, sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 1. Protective Systems: A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure 2. Shoring System: A structure that supports the sides of an excavation and which is designed to prevent cave-ins or, to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. 3. Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring Requirements for locations identified on the Plans. D A Competent Person means one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a safety program specifically for the construction of trench excavation, excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of State or Federal excavation safety laws Design the Trench Safety Program to be in accordance with OSHA Standards - 29CFR governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations and in accordance with any Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Plans. C Have Shop Drawings for Trench Safety Systems sealed, as required by OSHA, by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, retained and paid by the Contractor. D Review of the Trench Safety Program by the Engineer will only be in regard to compliance with the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the Engineer nor relieve Contractor of obligations under State and Federal trench safety laws. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Install and maintain Trench Safety Systems in accordance with the provision of Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, OSHA Standards — 29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, as amended, including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these Technical Specifications, by reference, include Standard 1926.650 — 652. B A reproduction of the OSHA Standards 29 CFR included in Subpart P — "Excavations" from the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 is available upon request to Wagon Wheel 01570- 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAETY SYSTEM Contractors bidding on the Work. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this section of the Federal Register. C Legislation that has been enacted by the State of Texas with regard to Trench Safety Systems is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these specifications Under Texas Statutes, refer to Chapter 756 of the Health and Safety Code, SUBCHAPTER C. TRENCH SAFETY. D Reference materials, if developed for this Work, will be issued by the Engineer along with the Bid Documents, including the following: 1. Geotechnical information obtained for use in design of the Trench Safety System. 2. Special Shoring Requirements. 1.06 INDEMNIFICATION A Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents, from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation), judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Install and maintain Trench Safety Systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA Standards — 29 CFR. B Specially designed Trench Safety Systems shall be installed in accordance with the Contractor s trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions identified in the program. C Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Plans. D Obtain verification from a Competent Person, defined in this Section and as identified in the Contractor's Trench Safety Program, that trench boxes and other pre - manufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. Wagon Wheel 01570- 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAETY SYSTEM 3.02 INSPECTION A Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently retained consultant, of the Trench Safety Systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA Standards — 29 CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard personnel. C Maintain a peniianent record of daily inspections. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed Trench Safety Systems to each field condition encountered on the Work. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01570- 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS Section 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Project Identification Sign description. B Installation and Instructions. C Maintenance and removal. D References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01505 — Mobilization 2. Section 01350 - Submittals a. Attachments: 1) Attachment 1 - Sponsoring Departments and Directors 2) Attachment 2 — Project Identification Sign Form 1.02 UNIT PRICES A No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and maintenance of Project Identification Signs under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 - Mobilization. B If changes to Project Identification Signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep them current, payment will be made by change order. C Skid -mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no additional cost to the City. Post -mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. If a post -mounted sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer, payment will be made by change order. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A Sign Construction: Project Identification Signs shall be constructed of new materials and painted new for the Project. Construct post -mounted signs as shown on Construction Sign Details. B Appearance: Project Identification Signs shall be maintained to present a clean and neat look throughout the Project duration. C Sign Manufacturer/Maker: Experienced as a professional sign company. D Sign Placement Place Signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer. The City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Preconstruction Meeting. Wagon Wheel 01580 - 1 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1. A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A linear project requires a Project Identification Sign at each end of the construction site 2. Single Site or Building Projects: Provide one Project Identification Sign. 3. Multiple Sites' Provide one Project Identification Sign at each site. 4. Sign Relocation As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary to move and relocate Project Identification Signs. Relocate Signs as directed in writing by the City Engineer. E Alternate Skid -mounted Sign Construction: Post -mounted signs are preferred, but skid -mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous locations where work progresses from one location to another. The skid structure shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of the use of skid - mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make the City responsible for the security of such signs. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Submit Shop Drawings under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Show content layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign and lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A Structure and Framing: All Sign materials shall be new. 1. Sign Posts: Use 4-inch by 4-inch wood posts, 8 feet long for skid mounting and 12 feet long minimum for post hole mounting to set top of posts at 8 feet above existing grade. 2. Sign Header Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing material. 3. Skid Members: 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing material. 4. Fasteners: a. Use galvanized steel fasteners. b. Use 1/2-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts and 1/2-inch by 3-1/2-inch to attach sign header to sign. Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations shown on the detail titled Project Identification Sign Construction. c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background. B Sign and Sign Header: Use marine plywood, minimum 3/4-inch thick. Use full-size 4-foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for header to minimize joints; do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face. Wagon Wheel 01580 - 2 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS C Paint and Primers: White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall be an industrial grade, fast -drying, oil -based paint with gloss finish. Paint structural and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint sign and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint all sign surfaces with this weather -protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or adhesive applications. D Colors: 1. Sign and Header Background: Sign and sign header backgrounds shall be industrial grade, reflective white. Use 3M Scotchlite Engineer Grade, Pressure Sensitive Sheeting (White), or approved equal. 2. Sign Border: Add 2-1/2-inch-wide red border along the four edges of the project sign. Do not apply the border to the sign header. For border, use industrial grade reflective red. Use 3M Scotchlite Engineer Grade, Pressure Sensitive Sheeting (Red), or approved equal. 3. Sign Film: Make legends, symbols, lettering, and artwork from 3M Scotchcal Pressure Sensitive Films, or approved equal. Match colors to the following 3M Scotchcal Pressure Sensitive Films. a. All Lettering: Vivid Blue E City Seal and Other Logos: The City Engineer will provide seals and other logos to the Contractor, as needed. 2.02 SIGN LAYOUT A Lettering: 1. Style, Size, and Spacing: Prepare the sign using uppercase Helvetica Regular lettering of the height and spacing shown on the Drawings. 2. Condensed Style* Lettering for variable text may be condensed if needed to maintain sign composition. B Composition: 1. Lines with Variable Text a. Line 1 typically reads THIS PROJECT IS FINANCED BY THE CITT7ENS OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND. However, when Community Development funds are used for any part of the project, Line 1 shall read, THIS PROJECT IS FINANCED BY FEDERAL COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FUNDS. Other text could be substituted depending on the funding source for the Project. b. Line 2 gives the project name and dollar amount for project construction. 1) The City Engineer will provide the project name to the Contractor for preparation of the sign If a dollar amount is specified, the project name is left justified and can cover up to 56 inches of line length. If no dollar amount is given on the sign, the project name is centered and can cover the full line length. In either case, the lettering may be condensed, if necessary. Wagon Wheel 01580 - 3 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 2) The City Engineer will provide the Contractor with the dollar amount to be included on the sign. If a dollar amount is specified, the dollar amount is right justified and can cover up to 28 inches of line length. c. Line 11 is for the firm name of the project Consultant. The City Engineer will provide the Contractor with the consultant's name to be included on the sign. The word CONSULTANT, followed by a colon, is left justified. The consultant's name follows the word CONSULTANT and can cover the remainder of the available line length, up to a total of 69 inches. The lettering may be condensed, if necessary. d. Line 12 is for the firm name of the Contractor and the Contractor's telephone number. The word CONTRACTOR, followed by a colon, is left justified. The Contractor's name and telephone number follow the word CONTRACTOR and can cover the remainder of the available line length, up to a total of 69 inches. The lettering maybe condensed, if necessary; the telephone number may not be condensed. 2. Lines with Standard Text. Lines 3 through 10 and 13 through 15 provide the names and titles for Mayor, Controller, Council Members, Director of the Department of Public Works and Engineering, and the City Engineer. These lines will be placed exactly as shown on the Drawings with the same size and spacing as indicated. 2.03 LAYOUT AND COMPOSITION FOR HEADERS A Rectangular Sign Header: 1. A 1-foot by 4-foot sign header will be affixed to the top of the sign An example of the rectangular sign header is illustrated on the standard detail labeled Construction Sign Standard - Public Works. 2. Standard Text: a. Line A states "Citizens of Pearland at Work" in Helvetica Regular initial capitals. b. Line B (optional) are the words FOR THE which make transition to optional variable text. 3. Variable Text: a. Line C (optional) is for the project's sponsoring department of the City of Pearland. Refer to Attachment 1 - Table 01580.1, Sponsoring Departments and Directors. The department name will be given to the Contractor by the City Engineer. b. Line D (optional) is for the name and title of the director of the sponsoring department. Refer to Attachment 1 - Table 01580.1, Sponsoring Departments and Directors. The name of the department director will be given to the Contractor by the City Engineer B City of Pearland Seal: A space approximately 12 inches in diameter shall be reserved for each City of Pearland seal on the sign header. The City Engineer will provide the Contractor with the seal. The seal shall be affixed to the sign by the sign maker. Wagon Wheel 01580 - 4 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A Install project identification signs within 7 calendar days after Date of Commencement. B Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Preconstruction Meeting Position the sign in such a manner as to be fully visible and readable to the general public. C Erect sign level and plumb. D If mounted on posts, sink posts at least 3 feet below grade. Stabilize posts to minimize lateral motion Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of the sign and header. E Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, not the sign header, is at a nominal 8 feet above existing grade. 3.02 TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD SIGN A When the Project is funded through State Revolving Funds (SRF), the Texas Water Development Board (TWDB) will provide a sign for the Project. The sign will be placed alongside the Project Identification Sign required by the City of Pearland in a manner and location agreeable to the TWDB. The sign will be approximately 4 foot by 6 foot made of 0.080 aluminum and predrilled with six 5/16-inch holes for mounting. The sign will read: CLEAN WATER FOR TEXAS (TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD SEAL) FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PROVIDED BY TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD 3.03 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN A The PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN FORM contained in Attachment 2 is produced from ProBase at the request of the Project Manager. The Project Manager will prepare the form and present it at the Preconstruction Conference to the Contractor for his use. The form will contain the information specified INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING OUT THE FORM also contained in Attachment 2, except that marked with an asterisk (*). The Contractor shall insert the COMPANY NAME of the sign maker on the form and provide it to the sign maker with the Contractor s purchase order. 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage. Wagon Wheel 01580 - 5 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS B Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before construction. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01580 - 6 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS ATTACHMENT 1 SPONSORING DEPARTMENTS TABLE 01580.1 AND DIRECTORS SPONSORING DEPARTMENTS DEPARTMENT DIRECTORS / CHIEFS Police Department Department Fire Parks & Recreation Department Public Library Department Solid Waste Department Department Development of Housing and Community Health & Human Services Department Wagon Wheel 01580 - 7 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS ATTACHMENT 2 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN FORM PROJECT NO: (FILE NO: ICONTRACTOR CONTACT: REVIEWED BY: INSTRUCTIONS SIGN MAKER (* LIST COMPANY NAME): TO Qty Action Items. Make new sign(s) Follow City standards attached Provide lettering submittal size, and (drawing) colors to City for project sign showing content, layout, lettering style, VARIABLE TEXT Sign: Line 1 Project Financed by: Line 2 Project Name. Amount: $ Line 11 Consultant: Line 12 Contractor: Contractor ( ) Telephone: Header: Line B FOR THE (Use only if line C or D is given) Line C Sponsoring Depar tment: Line D Department Director / Chief: ATTACHMENTS INCLUDED Qty Seals / Logos City of Pearland Standards Standard Specification Section 01580 — Project Identification Sign Page 1 of 2 Wagon Wheel 01580-8of9 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING OUT THE FORM List PROJECT NO., (FILE NO.), Name of CONTRACTOR CONTACT, and name of City's Project Manager REVIEWED BY. INSTRUCTIONS TO SIGN MAKER: • * Give COMPANY NAME of sign maker. • Indicate QUANTITY of new signs to be made. • Sign maker follows City Standard for making signs. Include quantity of submittals required from sign maker, who provides shop drawing of Project sign showing content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. VARIABLE TEXT: • • Sign Line 1 List source of funds for FINANCING project, if other than "by the Citizens of Pearland." Line 2 Give PROJECT NAME. Indicate amount financed. Line 11 Give name of CONSULTANT. Line 12 Give name of CONTRACTOR and his TELEPHONE NUMBER. • Header Line B Use the words FOR THE in conjunction with Lines C and D. Line C Give name of SPONSORING DEPARTMENT, if applicable. Line D Give name of DEPARTMENT DIRECTOR or CHIEF, if applicable. ATTACHMENTS INCLUDED: • • Seals/Logos Give quantity of seals included for each type listed (CITY OF PEARLAND). Standards Give quantity for each of the Standards included (SPECIFICATION SECTION 01580 - PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN applicable STANDARD DETAIL) Page 2 of 2 Wagon Wheel 01580 - 9 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component. 1.03 PRODUCTS A Products: Means material, equipment, or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. B Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified by the Contract Documents. C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components For multiple components of the same size, type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor. 1.05 DELIVERY A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. Wagon Wheel 01600 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site and to accommodate the following: 1. Work of other contractors or the Owner. 2. Limitations of storage space. 3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4. Owner's use of premises. C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the Owner, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Technical Specifications. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials, and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining Wagon Wheel 01600 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access fornspection,. ' G i J P C Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager. D Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate. E Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. F Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. L 1t44, i / r� > (!' G Store in manufacturers' unopened containers. H Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be neatly, safely, and compactly stacked along the work site in such manner as to cause the least inconvenience and damage to property owners and the general public, and shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. Damage to lawns, sidewalks streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Project Manager. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01600 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Options for making product or process selections. B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes, including pre - approved, and approved products or processes C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Product: Means, materials, equipment, or systems incorporated into the Work. Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re -use. B Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS A Pre -approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Technical Specifications as "pre -approved". Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable under this Contract and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B Approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal '. Approval of alternate products not listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through provisions of this Section and Section 01350 — Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to Pre -approved Products. C Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible, provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner. 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY Wagon Wheel 01630 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to establish the equivalency between products which enables the Engineer to make such a judgment. C If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in the Technical Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner. C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner. 1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified. B Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along with the product information within fourteen (14) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. C After the submittal period has expired requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following information' 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor. 3. For construction methods: Wagon Wheel 01630 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS a. Detailed description of proposed method. b. Drawings illustrating methods. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 5. Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule 6. Relationship to separate contracts, if any. 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8. Other information requested by the Engineer. E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01630 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING Section 01720 FIELD SURVEYING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for surveyors and surveys. B Procedures pertaining to survey control points and reference points. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors. Employ a land surveyor acceptable to Engineer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit to Engineer the name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. C Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. B Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 1.06 EXAMINATION A Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work. B Notify Engineer immediately of any discrepancies discovered. 1.07 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS Wagon Wheel 01720 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING A Control datum for survey is that established by Owner -provided survey and indicated on Plans. B Locate and protect survey control points, including property corners, prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. C Notify Engineer 48 hours in advance of need for relocation of reference points due to changes in grades or other reasons. D Report promptly to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point. E Contractor shall reimburse Owner for cost of reestablishment of permanent reference points disturbed by Contractor's operations. 1.08 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. B Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on Project Site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. C Establish and record in survey notes elevations, lines and levels to provide quantities required for Measurement and Payment and to provide appropriate controls for the Work. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements, stakes for grading; fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3. Mounumented Baseline. D Verify periodically layouts by same means. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01720 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.0 GENERAL Section 01730 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Cutting, patching and fitting of Work to existing facilities, or to accommodate installation or connection of Work with existing facilities, or to uncover Work for access, inspection or testing. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01630 — Product Options and Substitutions 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit written notice to the Engineer requesting consent to proceed prior to cutting which may affect structural integrity or design function, Owner operations, or work of another contractor. C Include the following in submittal: 1. Identification of Project. 2. Description of affected Work. 3. Necessity for cutting. 4. Effect on other work and on structural integrity. 5. Include description of proposed Work: a. Scope of cutting and patching. b. Contractor, subcontractor or trade to execute Work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. Extent of refinishing. e. Schedule of operations. 6. Alternatives to cutting and patching, if any. D Should conditions of Work or schedule indicate change of materials or methods, submit a written recommendation to the Engineer including: 1. Conditions indicating change. 2. Recommendations for alternative materials or methods. 3. Submittals as required for substitutions in Section 01630 — Product Options and Substitutions. Wagon Wheel 01730 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING AND PATCHING E Submit written notice to the Engineer designating time Work will be uncovered for observation. Do not begin cutting or patching operations until authorized by the Engineer. 1.04 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES A Perfoun construction necessary to complete connections and tie-ins to existing facilities. Keep all existing facilities in continuous operation unless otherwise specifically peii fitted in these Technical Specifications or approved by the Engineer. B Coordinate with the Engineer, interruption of service requiring connection into existing facilities. Bypassing of wastewater or sludge to waterways is not permitted. Provide temporary pumping facilities to handle wastewater if necessary. Use temporary bulkheads (e.g., inflatable plugs) to minimize disruption. Provide temporary power supply and piping to facilitate construction where necessary. C Submit a detailed schedule of proposed connections, including shut -downs and tie-ins. Include in the submittal the proposed time and date as well as the anticipated duration of the Work. Submit the detailed schedule coordinated with the construction schedule. 1. Provide specific time and date information to the Engineer 48 hours in advance of proposed Work. D Procedures and Operations: 1. The Contractor may operate existing pumps, valves and gates required for sequencing procedures only as directed by the Engineer. Do not operate any valve, gate or other item of equipment without permission of the Owner and the knowledge of the Engineer. 2. Insofar as possible, equipment shall be tested and in operating condition before final tie-ins are made to connect equipment to the existing facility 3. Carefully coordinate Work and schedules. Provide written notice to the Engineer at least 48 hours before shut -downs or by-passes are required. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used. 3.0 EXECUTION A Perform activities to avoid interference with facility operations and the Work of others in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of the Agreement. B Execute cutting and patching including excavation, backffll, and fitting to: 1. Remove and replace defective Work or Work not conforming to the Plans and Technical Specifications. 2. Take samples of installed Work as required for testing. 3. Remove construction required to provide for specified alteration or addition to existing Work. 4. Uncover Work to provide for inspection or reinspection of covered Work by the Engineer or regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 5. Connect any Work that was not accomplished in the proper sequence to completed Work. Wagon Wheel 01730 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING AND PATCHING 6. Remove or relocate existing utilities and pipes which obstruct Work to which connections must be made 7. Make connections or alterations to existing or new facilities. 8. Provide openings, channels, chases and flues, if any, and do cutting, patching and finishing. C Restore existing Work to a state equal to or better than that prior to cutting and patching. Restore new Work to standards of these Technical Specifications. D Support, anchor, attach, match, trim and seal materials to the Work of others Unless otherwise specified, furnish and install sleeves, inserts, hangers, required for the execution of the Work. E Provide shoring, bracing and support as required to maintain structural integrity and protect adjacent Work from damage during cutting and patching. Before cutting beams or other structural members, anchors, lintels or other supports, request written instructions from the Engineer. Follow such instructions, as applicable END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01730 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01770 — Contract Closeout 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals 1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A Maintain one copy of Record Documents at the Project Site in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement, 3.02, ` Keeping Plans and Specifications Accessible". B Store Record Documents and Samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and Samples. C Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer. 1.05 RECORDING A Record infoi !nation concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B Contract Drawings, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings* Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including: Wagon Wheel 01760 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for the Work. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Changes made by modifications. 5. Details not on original Plans. 6. References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications. C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of blue line opaque drawings, provided by Engineer. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770 — Contract Closeout. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01760 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. B References to Technical Specifications: 1 Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A Comply with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. C Complete or correct items on punch list, with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.04 FINAL CLEANING A Execute Final Cleaning prior to Final Inspection. B Clean debris from drainage systems. C Clean Project Site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish and temporary construction facilities from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Wagon Wheel 01770 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.06 WARRANTIES A Provide one original of each Warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Manufacturers. B Provide Table of Contents and assemble Warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover. C Submit Warranties prior to final Application for Payment. D Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement, 1.09, "Substantial Completion" 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION -Not Used END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 01770 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 SITE WORK Wagon Wheel 02000 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 1.0 GENERAL Section 02200 SITE PREPARATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Removal of topsoil, stripping and stockpiling, clearing and grubbing. B Removal and disposal of waste materials, excess materials, debris and trash. C Removal of obstructions. D Excavation and fill. E Salvaging of designated item. F References to Technical Specifications 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection 3. Section 02330 — Embankment 4. Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal G Referenced Standards 1. Amencan Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4318, ' Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils' 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If Site Preparation is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Imported Fill: 1. Structural Fills Sand, gravel, earth, or combination, which can be compacted to form stable embankments and fills conforming to select borrow standards: a. Liquid Limit: 45 maximum, ASTM - D4318. b. Plasticity Index: 12 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM - D4318. c. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. Wagon Wheel 02200 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION d. Well broken up, free of clods, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. 2. General Fill: Sand, gravel, earth, or combination, which can be compacted to foini stable embankments and fills conforming to random fill standards: a. Liquid Limit: 65 maximum, ASTM - D4318. b. Plasticity Index: 0 minimum, 45 maximum, ASTM - D4318. c. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. d. Well broken up, free of clods, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRESERVATION OF CONTROL POINTS A Use caution to preserve survey staking, monuments and property corners. B The Contractor shall not reset; nor cause to be reset, lost, disturbed or damaged, control points. Promptly notify Engineer of disturbance or damage to any control point(s) C Any re -staking of lost, disturbed, or damaged control points will be provided by Owner at Contractor's expense. D Employ a Registered Public Land Surveyor to reset any missing, disturbed, or damaged monumentation. 3.02 SITE CLEARING A Protect trees and shrubs designated to remain in accordance with Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B Protect utilities from damage. C Topsoil Removal: 1. Remove growths of grass from areas before stripping. 2. Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches. 3. Strip topsoil to depths encountered. 4. Perform stripping in a manner to prevent inte mingling of topsoil with underlying sterile subsoil and remove objectionable materials including clay lumps, stones over 2 in. in diameter, weeds, roots, leaves, and debris. 5. Where trees are designated by Owner to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping at extreme limits of tree drip line to prevent damage to main root system. 6. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. 7. Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind-blown dust. 8. At completion of Work, transport topsoil from stockpiles to designated areas for spreading and final fine grading. Wagon Wheel 02200 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION D Clearing and Grubbing. 1. Clear Project Site of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation, except for those designated by Owner to be left standing. 2. Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface 3. Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees. 4. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 5. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth, and thoroughly compact to density equal to adjacent original ground. 6. On areas required for roadway, channel, or structural excavation, remove stumps, 2" diameter or larger limbs and roots, to depth of 2 feet below lower elevation of excavation. 7. On areas required for embankment construction remove 2" diameter limbs, stumps and roots to depth of 2 feet below ground surface. 8. Blade entire area to prevent ponding of water and to provide drainage, except in areas to be immediately excavated. 9. Trees and stumps may be cut off as close to natural ground as practicable on areas which are to be covered by at least 3 feet of embankment. 10. Complete operations by bulldozing, blading, and grading so that prepared area is free of holes, unplanned ditches abrupt changes in elevations and irregular contours, and preserve drainage of area. 3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL A Undercut, remove, and replace material which Engineer designates as unsuitable for subsequent construction. B Material used to replace unsuitable material shall be suitable material from site excavation or as specified in this Section, 2.01 A "Imported Fill". 3.04 EXCAVATION AND FILL A Depressed site areas shall be filled using material from high areas, insofar as practicable. B When fill obtained from high areas is exhausted, fill to indicated rough grade elevations under roadways with material specified in this Section, 2.01A1. "Structural Fill' and open areas not under structures or roadways with material specified in this Section, 2.01A2. "General Fill". C Place and compact fill in accordance with Section 02330 - Embankment. 3.05 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS AND MATERIAL A Items designated by Engineer to be salvaged are to be carefully removed, so as to cause no damage to the salvaged items and delivered to Owner's storage yard. Wagon Wheel 02200 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 3.06 DISPOSAL A Remove and dispose of excess material and debris resulting from Work under this Section in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02200 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Section 02220 SITE DEMOLITION A Demolishing and removing existing pavements, structures, equipment and materials only to the extent as indicated on the Plans. B Removing concrete paving, asphaltic concrete pavement, and base courses. C Removing concrete curbs, concrete curb and gutters, sidewalks and driveways. D Removing pipe culverts and sewers. E Removing miscellaneous structures of wood, plastics, metals, concrete, masonry, or combination of concrete and masonry, etc. F Disposing of demolished materials and equipment. G References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 Submittals 3. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls 4. Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal 5. Section 01100 - Summary of Work 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for removing and disposing of existing pavement and structures under this Section. Include cost for removing and disposing of existing pavement and structures in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If indicated as a Bid Item, measurement will be as follows: 1. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing, and removing asphaltic surfacing, is on a square yard basis measured between lips of gutters. 2. Measurement for removing and disposing of cement stabilized shell base course, with or without asphalt surfacing, is on a square yard basis. 3. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing with curbs, is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs. Payment includes removal of all base, asphaltic surfacing, concrete pavement, esplanade curbs, curb and gutters, and paving headers. 4. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete pavement is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs. Wagon Wheel 02220 - I of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 5. Measurement for removing and disposing of monolithic curb and gutter, removing monolithic concrete curb, and removing concrete curb, is on a lineal foot basis measured along the face of the curb 6. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete sidewalk and driveway is on a square yard basis. 7. Measurement for removing and disposing of miscellaneous concrete and masonry removal is on a cubic yard basis of the structure in place. 8. Measurement for removing and disposing of pipe culverts and sewers is on a lineal foot basis for each diameter of type of pipe removed. 9. Measurement for removing and disposing of unlisted materials shall be on the lump sum basis. C No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits indicated on Plans, or in areas removed for Contractor's convenience D Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for demolition. Describe coordination for shutting off, capping, and removing temporary utilities. Plan operations to minimize temporary disruption of utilities to existing facilities or adjacent property. C Submit proposed demolition and removal schedule for approval. Notify Engineer in wnting at least 48 hours before starting demolition. D Submit an approved copy of demolition schedule to Engineer prior to commencement of demolition operations. E Obtain a permit for building demolition, as required. 1.04 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A Perform Site Demolition in accordance with requirements of Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.05 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL A Perform Site Demolition in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. 1.06 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A Materials and equipment designated for reuse or salvage are listed in Section 01100 - Summary of Work Protect items designated for reuse or salvage from damage during demolition, handling and storage. Restore damaged items to satisfactory condition. Wagon Wheel 02220 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION B Materials and equipment not designated for reuse or salvage become the property of the Contractor. 1.07 STORAGE AND HANDLING A Store and protect materials and equipment designated for reuse until time of installation. B Deliver and unload items to be salvaged to storage areas indicated on Plans. C Remove equipment and materials not designated for reuse or salvage and all waste and debris resulting from Demolition from site. Remove material as work progresses to avoid clutter. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FOR DEMOLITION A Use equipment and materials approved as prescribed in this Section, 1.03 "Submittals'. B Use of a "drop hammer" must have the Engineer's prior approval. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Prior to Demolition, make an inspection with Engineer to determine the condition of existing structures and features adjacent to items designated for demolition. B Engineer will mark or list existing equipment to remain the property of the Owner. C Do not proceed with demolition or removal operations until after the joint inspection and subsequent authorization by Engineer. D Stop demolition and notify Engineer if underground fuel storage tanks, asbestos, PCB's, contaminated soils, or other hazardous materials are encountered. 3.02 MECHANICAL WORK ITEMS A Mechanical removals consist of dismantling and removing existing piping, pumps, motors, water tanks, equipment and other appurtenances. It includes cutting, capping, and plugging required to restore use of existing utilities. B Remove existing process, water, chemical, gas, fuel oil and other piping not required for new work. Take out piping to the limits shown or to a point where it will not interfere with the new work Piping not indicated to be removed or which does not interfere with new work shall be removed to the nearest solid support, capped, and the remainder left in place. Purge chemical and fuel lines and tanks. Verify that such lines are safe prior to removal or capping. Wagon Wheel 02220 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION C Where piping that is to be removed passes through existing walls, cut and cap piping on each side of the wall. Use cap appropriate for pipe material to be capped. Provide fire -rated sealant for walls classified as fire -rated. D When underground piping, which is not located in the public right-of-way, is to be altered or removed, cap the remaining piping Abandoned underground piping may be left in place unless it interferes with new work or is shown or specified to be removed. Piping less than 15 inches in diameter may be plugged and abandoned in place. For piping 15 inches in diameter and greater to be abandoned, fill with sand, pressure grout or other approved method and plug with concrete or brick masonry bulkhead. E Remove waste and vent piping to points shown Plug pipe and cleanouts and plugs. Where vent stacks pass through an existing roof that is to remain remove the stack and patch the hole in the roof, making it watertight. Comply with requirements of existing roof installer so as to maintain roof warranty. F Conform to applicable codes when making any changes to plumbing and heating systems. 3.03 ELECTRICAL WORK ITEMS A Electrical removals consist of disconnecting and removing existing switchgear, distnbution switchboards, control panels bus duct, conduits and wires, panel boards, lighting fixtures, and miscellaneous electrical equipment. B Remove existing electrical equipment and fixtures to prevent damage to allow continued operation of existing systems and to maintain the integrity of the grounding systems. C Remove poles and metering equipment, if designated for removal on the Plans. Coordinate electrical removals with the power company, as necessary. Verify that power is properly de -energized and disconnected. D Where shown or otherwise required, remove wiring in underground duct systems. Verify function of wiring before disconnecting and removing. Plug ducts which are not to be reused at entry to buildings. E Changes to electrical systems shall conform to applicable codes. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02220 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND Section 02252 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Cement Stabilized Sand for backfill and bedding. B References to Technical Specifications 1. Section 01350 - Submittals 2. Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 3. Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services C Referenced Standards 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture -Density (Unit Weight) Relations of Soil -Cement Mixtures" b. ASTM D 1632, ' Practice for Making and Curing Soil -Cement Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory" c. ASTM D 1633, ` Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil -Cement Cylinders" d. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" e. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" f. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)" g. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates" h. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate' i. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" j. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils' k. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete" 1. ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, no separate payment will be made for Cement Stabilized Sand under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for applicable utility or structure installation. B If use of Cement Stabilized Sand is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a per ton basis. A conversion between volumes calculated based on theoretical limits and total weight will be made based on a ratio of 1.64 tons per cubic yard. Wagon Wheel 02252 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit material qualification and Design Mix tests to include: 1. Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate material from the proposed source. Tests shall include procedures defined in this Section, 2.01 ` Materials". 2. Three moisture -density relationship tests prepared using the material qualified by the tests in this Section, 1.03B1. Blends of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the Design Mix testing. 3. Design Mix report to meet the specifications of this Section, 1.04 "Design Requirements" The Design Mix shall include compressive strength tests after 48 hours and 7 days curing. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Design sand -cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D 558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632, and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633. Mix for general use shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. Compact mix with a moisture content on the dry side of optimum. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Cement shall be Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150. B Sand shall be clean, durable, and meet grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C 33, or the requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, 2.03D1., and the following requirements: 1. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D 2487. 2. Deleterious material content. a. Clay lumps shall comprise less than 0.5 percent by ASTM C 142. b. Lightweight pieces shall comprise less than 5.0 percent by ASTM C 123 c. Organic impurities shall produce color no darker than the standard color by ASTM C 40 ASTM. 3. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. C Fine aggregate, manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material in Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities may be used as a complete or partial substitute for Bank Run Sand. The blending ratio of Wagon Wheel 02252 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND fine aggregate from crushed concrete and Bank Run Sand shall be defined in the mix design report. D Water shall be potable, free of oils, acids, alkalies organic matter, or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C 94. 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A Thoroughly mix sand, cement and water in proportions of the mix design using a pugmill-type mixer. The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to ensure correct mix proportions. B Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing. Material not placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACING A Place sand -cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to 95 percent of ASTM D 558, unless otherwise specified. The moisture content during compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand -cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. B Do not place or compact sand -cement mixture in standing or free water. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Mixing plant inspections will be performed periodically. Material samples will be obtained and tested in accordance with this Section, 2.01 `Materials", if there is evidence of change in material characteristic. C Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of delivery for each day of placement in a work area. Specimens will be prepared in accordance with ASTM C 31 and tested for 48-hour compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D 1633. D The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there are apparent changes in the mix properties. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02252 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS Section 02316 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Excavation of materials for roadways. B Excavation of materials for roadside ditches. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill 3. Section 01350 - Submittals 4. Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services 5. Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal 6. Section 02330 — Embankment 7. Section 02910 — Topsoil D Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4318, ` Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils' b. ASTM D 2216, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock by Mass" c. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" d. ASTM D 1556, "Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method" e. ASTM D 2922, Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" f. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement and payment shall be by the cubic yard measured in place before and after excavation by the average and area method. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Safety Systems for all Excavations that fall under State and Federal safety laws. Wagon Wheel 02316- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS C Submit a ground and surface water control plan in accordance with requirements in this Section and Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. D Submit backfill material sources and product quality infonniation in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. E Record location of Roadways as installed, referenced to survey control points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents, 1.04C Include location of utilities encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 1.04 TESTS A Testing and analysis of backfill materials for soil classification and compaction during construction will be performed by an independent laboratory provided by the Owner in accordance with requirements of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. B Tests and analysis of soil materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 4318, ASTM D 2216, and ASTM D 698 under provisions of Section 01450 - Testmg Laboratory Services. C Contractor shall perform embedment and backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with requirements of Section 02318- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Conduct an inspection to determine condition of existing structures and other permanent installations B Establish traffic control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning devices for streets and intersections where Work is in progress or where affected by the Work, and is considered hazardous to traffic movements. C Perform Work in accordance with Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls, 1.06 "Safety Requirements". Employ a Safety Program as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. D Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to confoxni with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demolition, as applicable. Wagon Wheel 02316- 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS E Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. F Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 - Field Surveying. G Identify and flag surface and aerial utilities. H Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility line which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. Notify utility companies to remove or relocate utilities. I Identify known utilities below grade. Stake and flag location. Make temporary or permanent removals and replacements of underground pipes, ducts, or utilities where indicated on Plans. J Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. K Obtain approval of topsoil quality before excavating and stockpiling. 3.02 PROTECTION A Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B Protect and support above -grade and below -grade utilities which are to remain. C Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. D Prevent erosion of excavations and backfll. Do not allow water to pond in excavations. E Maintain excavation and backfill areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re - compact slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density at no additional cost to the Owner. F Maintain permanent benchmarks monumentation and other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner those which are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720 - Field Surveying. G Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to aid in obtaining uniform compaction Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. Wagon Wheel 02316- 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS 3.03 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION A Topsoil Removal: 1. Remove growths of grass from areas before stripping. 2. Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches. 3. Strip topsoil to depths encountered. 4. Perform stripping in a manner to prevent intermingling of topsoil with underlying sterile subsoil and remove objectionable materials including clay lumps, stones over 2 in. in diameter, weeds, roots, leaves and debris. 5. Where trees are designated by Owner to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping at extreme limits of tree drip line to prevent damage to main root system. 6. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. 7. Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind-blown dust. 8. At completion of Work, transport topsoil from stockpiles to designated areas for spreading and final fine grading. B Excavate topsoil for esplanades and areas to receive grass or landscaping from areas to be further excavated. Stockpile in area designated on site. C Stockpile topsoil to depth not exceeding 8 feet. Stockpile in a manner to prevent erosion. 3.04 SOIL EXCAVATION A Excavate to lines and grades shown on Plans. B Remove unsuitable material not meeting specifications. Backfill with embankment materials and compact to requirements of Section 02330 - Embankment. C At intersections, grade back at minimum slope of one inch per foot. Produce a smooth riding junction with intersecting street. Maintain proper drainage. D Fill over -excavated areas in accordance with requirements of Section 02330 Embankment at no cost to the Owner. E Remove unsuitable material, and excess soil not being reused, from the Project Site in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. 3.05 COMPACTION A Maintain optimum moisture content of sub -grade to attain required compaction density. B Compact to following minimum densities at a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 698, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans: Wagon Wheel 02316- 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS 1. Areas under future paving and shoulders: Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density. 2. Other areas Minimum density of 90 percent of maximum dry density. 3.06 TOLERANCES A Top of compacted surface: Plus or minus 1/2 inch in cross section, or in 16 foot length. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Three or more tests, at Owner's option, will be taken for each 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway. C If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements, recondition, re -compact, and retest at Contractor's expense. 3.08 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02316- 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES Section 02317 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Excavation, backfilling, and compaction of backfill for structures. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Section 01570 Section 01564 Section 02318 Section 01450 Section 01555 Section 02220 Section 01563 Section 02252 Section 01562 - Trench Safety System - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities - Testing Laboratory Services - Traffic Control and Regulation - Site Demolition - Tree and Plant Protection - Cement Stabilized Sand - Waste Material Disposal C Referenced Standards. 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" b. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils' c. ASTM D 1556, "Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method" d. ASTM D 2922, Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" e. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing b. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils D Definitions: 1. Unsuitable Material- unsuitable soil materials are the following: a. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH and OL according to ASTM — D 2487. b. Materials that cannot be compacted to the required density due to either gradation, plasticity, or moisture content. c. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 3 inches in any dimension, debns, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials. Wagon Wheel 02317-1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES d. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. 2. Suitable Material- suitable soil materials are those meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with lime or cement shall be considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Select Material- material as defined in Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 4. Backfill- select material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions around pavements, structures and utilities. 5. Foundation Backfill Materials- natural soil or manufactured aggregate meeting Class I requirements and Geo-textile filter fabrics as required, to control drainage and material separation Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill where needed to provide stable support for the structure foundation base. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete fill and seal slabs. 6. Foundation Base- for foundation base material use crushed aggregate with filter fabric as required, cement stabilized sand, or concrete seal slab. The foundation base provides a smooth, level working surface for the construction of the concrete foundation. 7. Foundation Subgrade- foundation subgrade is the surface of the natural soil which has been excavated and prepared to support the foundation base or foundation backfill, where needed. 8. Ground Water Control Systems- installations external to the excavation such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering to lower the ground water, intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from the side or bottom of the excavation, and depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of the excavation bottom. Refer to Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. 9. Surface Water Control- diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from the excavation. Remove rain water and surface water which accidentally enters the excavation as a part of excavation drainage. 10. Excavation Drainage- removal of surface and seepage water in the excavation by sump pumping and using sand and gravel drains surrounding the foundation to intercept the water. 11. Over -Excavation and Backfill- excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below the foundation as shown on the Plans, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. 12. Shoring System- a structure that supports the sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Excavation and Backfill for Structures under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for construction of structures. Wagon Wheel 02317-2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES B If Excavation and Backfill for Structures is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit for each structure a Work Plan for Excavation and Backfill with a complete written description which identifies details of the proposed method of construction and the sequence of operations for construction relative to excavation and backfill activities. The descriptions, with supporting illustrations, shall be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate to the Engineer that the procedures meet the requirements of the Plans and Technical Specifications. C Submit a plan for excavation safety under the provisions of Section 01570 — Trench Safety System for all Excavations that fall under State and Federal safety laws. D Submit a ground and surface water control plan in accordance with requirements in this Section and Section 01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. E Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. F Record location of Structures as installed, referenced to survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents, 1.04C. Include location of utilities encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 1.04 TESTS A Testing and analysis of backfill materials for soil classification and compaction during construction will be performed by an independent laboratory provided by the Owner in accordance with requirements of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. B Contractor shall perform embedment and backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with requirements of Section 02318- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A Perform excavation with equipment suitable for meeting the requirements of this Section. B Use equipment which will produce the degree of compaction specified. Backfill within 3 feet of walls shall be compacted with hand operated equipment. Do not use Wagon Wheel 02317-3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES equipment weighing more than 10,000 pounds closer to walls than a horizontal distance equal to the depth of the fill at that time. Use hand operated power compaction equipment where use of heavier equipment is impractical or restricted due to weight limitations. 2.02 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A Backfill materials shall conform to the classifications and product descriptions of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. The classification or product description for backfill applications shall be as shown on the Plans and as specified. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Conduct an inspection to determine condition of existing structures and other permanent installations. B Establish traffic control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning devices for streets and intersections where work is in progress, or where affected by the Work, and is considered hazardous to traffic movements. C Perform Work in accordance with Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls, 1.06 "Safety Requirements". Employ an excavation safety system as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems for excavations over 5 feet deep. D Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in accordance with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demolition, as applicable. E Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. 3.02 PROTECTION A Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B Protect and support above -grade and below -grade utilities which are to remain. C Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. D Prevent erosion of excavations and backfill. Do not allow water to pond in excavations. Wagon Wheel 02317-4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES E Maintain excavation and backfill areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re - compact slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density at no additional cost to the Owner. F Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner those which are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720 - Field Surveying. G Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. 3.03 EXCAVATION A Perform excavation work so that the underground structure can be installed to depths and alignments shown on Plans. Use caution during excavation work to avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. Keep excavation to the absolute minimum necessary. No additional payment will be made for excess excavation not authorized by Engineer. B Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. C Immediately notify the agency or company owning any line which is damaged, broken or disturbed. Obtain approval from Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. D Avoid settlement of surrounding soil due to equipment operations, excavation procedures, vibration, dewatenng, or other construction methods. E Provide surface drainage during construction to protect work and to avoid nuisance to adjoining property. Where required, provide proper dewatering and piezometric pressure control during construction. F Conduct hauling operations so that trucks and other vehicles do not create a dirt nuisance in streets. Cover trucks as required to prevent spillage. Verify that truck beds are sufficiently tight and loaded in such a manner that objectionable material will not spill onto streets. Promptly clear away any dirt, mud, or other materials that spill onto streets or are deposited onto streets by vehicle tires. G Provide sheeting, shoring, and bracing where required to safely complete the Work, prevent excavation from extending beyond limits indicated on Plans, and to protect the Work and adjacent structures or improvements. Sheeting, shoring and bracing used to protect workmen and the public shall conform to requirements of Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. H Prevent voids from forming outside of sheeting. Immediately fill voids with grout, concrete fill, cement stabilized sand, or other material approved by Engineer. Wagon Wheel 02317-5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES After completion of the structure, remove sheeting, shoring, and bracing unless Engineer has approved in writing that such temporary structures may remain. Remove sheeting shoring, and bracing in such a manner as to maintain safety during backfilling operations and to prevent damage to the Work and adjacent structures or improvements. Immediately fill and compact voids left or caused by removal of sheeting with cement stabilized sand or material approved by Engineer. 3.04 HANDLING EXCAVATED MATERIALS A Classify excavated materials. Place material which is suitable for use as backfill in orderly piles at a sufficient distance from excavation to prevent slides or cave-ins. B Provide additional backfill material in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, if adequate quantities of suitable material are not available from excavation and trenching operations at the site. 3.05 DEWATERING A Provide ground water control under the provisions of Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. B Maintain the ground water surface a minimum of two feet below the bottom of the foundation base. C Maintain ground water control as directed by Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water and until the structure is sufficiently complete to provide the required weight to resist hydrostatic uplift with a minimum safety factor of 1.2. 3.06 FOUNDATION EXCAVATION A Notify Engineer at least 48 hours prior to planned completion of foundation excavations. Do not place the foundation base until the excavation is accepted by the Engineer. B Excavate to elevations shown on Plans, as needed to provide space for the foundation base, forming a level undisturbed surface, free of mud or soft material. Remove pockets of soft or otherwise unstable soils and replace with foundation backfill material or a material as directed by the Engineer. Pnor to placing material over it, re -compact the subgrade, scarifying as needed, to 95 percent of the maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698. If the specified level of compaction cannot be achieved, moisture condition the subgrade and re -compact until 95 percent is achieved over -excavate to provide a minimum layer of 24 inches of foundation backfill material, or other means acceptable to the Engineer. C Fill unauthorized excessive excavation with foundation backfill material or other material as directed by the Engineer. Wagon Wheel 02317-6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES D Protect open excavations from rainfall, runoff, freezing groundwater or excessive drying so as to maintain foundation subgrade in a satisfactory, undisturbed condition. Keep excavations free of standing water and completely free of water during concrete placement. E Soils which become unsuitable due to inadequate dewatering or other causes, after initial excavation to the required subgrade, shall be removed and replaced with foundation backfill material as directed by Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner. F Place foundation base or foundation backfill material where needed, over the subgrade on same day that excavation is completed to final grade. Where base of excavations are left open for longer periods, protect them with a seal slab or cement - stabilized sand. G Where directed by the Plans, all crushed aggregate, and other free draining Class I materials, shall have a Geo- textile filter fabric separating it from native soils or select material backfill. The fabric shall overlap a minimum of 12 inches beyond where another material stops contact with the soil. H Crushed aggregate, and other Class I materials, shall be placed in uniform layers of 8-inch maximum thickness. Compaction shall be by means of at least two passes of a vibratory compactor. 3.07 FOUNDATION BASE A After the subgrade is properly prepared, including the placement of foundation backfill where needed, the foundation base shall be placed. The foundation base shall consist of a 12-inch layer of crushed aggregate or cement stabilized sand. Alternately, a 4-inch minimum seal slab may be placed. The foundation base shall extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond the edge of the structure foundation. B Where the foundation base and foundation backfill are of the same material, both can be placed in one operation. 3.08 BACKFILL A Complete backfill to surface of natural ground or to lines and grades shown on Plans. Use existing material that qualifies as select material, unless indicated otherwise. Deposit backfill in uniform layers and compact each layer as specified. B Do not place backfill against concrete walls or similar structures until laboratory test breaks indicate that the concrete has reached a minimum of 85 percent of the specified compressive strength. Where walls are supported by slabs or intermediate walls, do not begin backfill operations until the slab or intermediate walls have been placed and concrete has attained sufficient strength. C Remove concrete forms before starting backfill and remove shoring and bracing as work progresses. Wagon Wheel 02317-7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES D Maintain fill material at no less than 2 percent below and no more than 2 percent above optimum moisture content. Place fill material in uniform 8-inch maximum loose layers. Compaction of fill shall be to at least 95 percent of the maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 under paved areas. Compact to at least 90 percent around structures below unpaved areas. E Where backfill is placed against a sloped excavation surface run compaction equipment across the boundary of the cut slope and backfill to forum a compacted slope surface for placement of the next layer of backfill. F Place backfill using Cement Stabilized Sand in accordance with Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Tests will be performed initially on minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with TxDOT Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. C In -place density tests of compacted subgrade and backfill will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions: 1. A minimum of one test for every 100 cubic yards of compacted backfill material. 2. A minimum three density tests for each full work shift. 3. Density tests will be performed in all placement areas. 4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil types or moisture contents are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density. D At least three tests for moisture -density relationships will be initially performed for each type of backfill material in accordance with ASTM D 698. Additional moisture - density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. E If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements, recondition, re -compact, and retest at Contractor's expense. 3.10 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02317-8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Section 02318 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, including manholes and other pipeline structures. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 3. Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems 4. Section 01350 - Submittals 5. Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services 6. Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection 7. Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing 8. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete 9 Section 02370 — Geo-textile 10. Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation 11. Section 02220 - Site Demolition 12. Section 01720 - Field Surveying 13. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls 14. Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 2487, ' Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) b. ASTM D 2321, ` Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity -Flow Applications" c. ASTM D 1140, "Standard Test Methods for Amount of Material in Soils Finer the No. 200 (70-um) Sieve" d. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils' e. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" f. ASTM C 136, "Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates" g. ASTM C 131, "Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine" h. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort' i. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture -Density (Unit Weight) Relations of Soil -Cement Mixtures" j. ASTM D 1556, "Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method" Wagon Wheel 02318 - 1 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES k. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 1. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing b. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils D Definitions: 1. Special Excavation -excavation necessitated by obstruction of pipes, ducts or other structures, not shown on Plans, which interfere with installation of utility piping by normal methods of excavation or augering. Contractor shall be responsible for locating such underground obstructions sufficiently in advance of trench excavation or augering, to preclude damage to the obstructions. 2. Extra Hand Excavation- excavation by manual labor at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in other Bid Items. 3. Extra Machine Excavation- excavation by machine at locations designated by the Engineer which is not included in other Bid Items. 4. Pipe Foundation- suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench sub -grade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Drawings, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over - excavations. 5. Pipe Bedding- the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 6. Haunching- the material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up to spring -line of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 7. Initial Backfill- the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from spring -line of pipe (top of haunching) up to a level line 12 inches above top of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall 8. Pipe Embedment- the portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching, and initial backfill. 9. Trench Zone- the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to pavement sub -grade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement. 10. Unsuitable Material- unsuitable soil materials are the following: a. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH and OL by ASTM D 2487. b. Materials that cannot be compacted to required density due to either gradation, plasticity, or moisture content. c. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 4 inches in any dimension, debns, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials. d. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 2 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 11. Suitable Material- suitable soil materials are those meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with lime or cement are considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. 12. Backfill- suitable material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions. 13. Ground Water Control Systems- Installations external to trench, such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering to lower ground water, intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from side or bottom of trench excavation, and depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. Refer to Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. 14. Surface Water Control- diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from trench excavation. Rain water and surface water accidentally entering trench shall be controlled and removed as a part of excavation drainage. 15. Excavation Drainage- removal of surface and seepage water in trench by sump pumping and using a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321, placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. 16. Trench Conditions are defined with regard to the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary. a. Dry Stable Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. b. Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. 1) Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench sub -grade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. 2) Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils• Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils c. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing, sliding, boiling, heaving or loss of density. 17. Sub -trench- a special case of benched excavation. Sub -trench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a sub -trench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 3 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 18. Trench Dam- a placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench. 19. Over -Excavation and Backfill- excavation of sub -grade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Drawings, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. 20. Foundation Backfill Materials- natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, and geo-textile filter fabrics as required, to control drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. 21. Trench Safety Systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems as defined in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. 22. Trench Shield (Trench Box)- a portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. 23. Shoring System- a structure that supports sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. 24. Special Shoring- a shoring system meeting Special Shoring requirements for locations identified on the Plans. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench excavation, embedment, and backfill under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed underground piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work. B If Special Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place without deduction for space occupied by portions of pipes, ducts, or other structures left in place across trenches excavated under this item. 1. Payment for Special Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Protection of pipes, ducts or other structures encountered including bracing, shoring, and sheeting necessary for support. c. Replacement of pipes, ducts, or structures damaged by special excavation operations, except where payment for replacement is authorized by Engineer due to deteriorated condition of pipes, ducts, or structure. d. Temporary disconnecting, plugging, and reconnecting of low volume water pipes, to allow machine excavation or augering, when approved by Engineer. Pipe for replacement shall be new and confoiin to specification requirements for type of existing pipe removed. e. Placement of material from Special Excavation. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 4 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES f. Geo-textile material and concrete trench dams required to complete the placement of material from Special Excavation. g. Re -sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Special Excavation. h. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Utility piping installed in trenches excavated under this item. c. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. C If Extra Hand Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 1. Payment for Extra Hand Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from Extra Hand Excavation. d. Re -sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Hand Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component. a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. D If Extra Machine Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 1. Payment for Extra Machine Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from extra machine excavation. d. Re -sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Machine Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. E Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. No payment will be made for delays in completion of Work resulting from Extra Item Work. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 5 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.03 SCHEDULING A Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation, manhole, or other structures. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement and compaction, including: 1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other pre -manufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil. 5. Procedure for installation of Special Shoring at locations identified on the Plans. C Submit a trench excavation safety program in accordance with requirements of Section 01570 — Trench Safety System. Include designs for special shoring meeting the requirements defined in the Section. D Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in accordance with requirements in this Section. E Submit a ground and surface water control plan in accordance with requirements in this Section and Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water F Record location of Utilities as installed, referenced to survey control points under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents, 1.04C. Include location of utilities encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 1.05 TESTS A Testing and analysis of backfill materials for soil classification, and compaction during construction will be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner in accordance with requirements of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. B Contractor shall perform embedment and backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with requirements in this Section. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 6 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.06 PROTECTION A Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B Protect and support above -grade and below -grade utilities which are to remain. C Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. D Prevent erosion of excavations and backfill. Do not allow water to pond in excavations. E Maintain excavation and backfill areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re - compact slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density at no additional cost to the Owner. F Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner those which are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720 - Field Surveying. 1.07 SPECIAL SHORING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Special Shoring shall be, in accordance with Section 01570 — Trench Safety System, designed by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, At Contractor's expense. B Special Shoring shall be designed to provide support for the sides of the excavations, including soils and hydrostatic ground water pressures as applicable, and to prevent ground movements affecting adjacent installations or improvements such as structures, pavements and utilities. C Special Shoring may be a pre -manufactured system or a field fabricated system that meets the requirements of the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL AND PRODUCTS A Embedment and Trench Zone backfill materials shall confoxlii to the Material Classifications and Product Descriptions specified in this Section. B Materials for backfill shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487. C Material use and application is defined in individual Technical Specifications and/or Plans, either by class as described in this Section, 2.02 ` Material Classifications", or by description, as given in this Section,2.03 "Product Descriptions". Wagon Wheel 02318 - 7 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2.02 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A Class I: Well -graded gravels and sands, gravel -sand mixtures, crushed well -graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW): a. Plasticity index: non -plastic. b. Gradation: Dbo/Dio - greater than 4 percent, amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent. B Class Ito Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to moderate fines: a. Plasticity index: non -plastic to 4. b. Gradations: 1) Gradation (GP, SP): amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5 percent. 2) Gradation (GM, SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. 3) Borderline gradations with dual classifications (e.g., SP- SM)• amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 5 percent and 12 percent. C Class Ill• Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand, silt, and clay (GC, SC, and dual classifications, e g., SP-SC): a. Plasticity index. greater than 7. b. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. D Class IVA: Lean clays (CL) a. Plasticity Indexes: 1) Plasticity index: greater than 7, and above A line. 2) Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML): PI between 4 and 7. b. Liquid limit: less than 50. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. E Class IVB: Fat clays (CH) a. Plasticity index: above A line. b. Liquid limit: 50 or greater. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. 2. Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and which are not defined above, according to the more restrictive class. 2.03 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A Soils classified as silt (ML), elastic silt (MH) organic clay and organic silt (OL, OH), and organic matter (PT) are not acceptable as backfill materials. These soils may be used for site grading and restoration in unimproved areas as approved by the Engineer. Soils in Class IVB, fat clay (CH) may be used as backfill materials where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 8 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES B Provide backfill material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches, free of roots, waste, debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials: 1. Clay lumps: Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 2. Lightweight pieces* Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 123. 3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40. C M.anufactured materials, such as crushed concrete, may be substituted for natural soil or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by the Engineer, provided that the physical property criteria are determined to be satisfactory by testing. D Bank Sand: Durable Bank Sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements• 1. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1140. The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent. 2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318: a. Liquid limit. not exceeding 25 percent. b. Plasticity index: not exceeding 7. E Concrete Sand: Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: PERCENT PASSING SIEVE 3/8" 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 F Gem Sand: Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 95 to 100 No. 4 60 to 80 No. 8 15 to 40 Wagon Wheel 02318 - 9 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES G Pea Gravel: Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 1/2" 100 3/8" 85 to 100 No. 4 10 to 30 No. 8 0 to 10 No. 16 0 to 5 H Crushed Aggregates: Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements: 1. Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2. Non -plastic fines. 3. Los Angeles Abrasion Test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. 4. Crushed aggregate shall have a minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained on the No. 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by TxDOT Tex- 460 A, Part I. 5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel, sized by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occurring single source. Uncrushed gravel are not acceptable materials for embedment where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawing details. 6. Crushed Concrete' Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material, free from other substances such as asphalt, reinforcing steel fragments, soil, waste gypsum (calcium sulfate), or debris. 7. Gradations, as determined in accordance with TxDOT Tex-110-E SIEVE PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT FOR PIPE EMBEDMENT BY RANGES OF NOMINAL PIPES SIZES >15" 15 ' - 8" <8" 1 " 95 - 100 100 - 3/4" 60 90 90 100 100 - — 1/2" 25 - 60 - 90 100 3/8" - 20 55 40 70 — No. 4 0- 5 0— 10 0- 15 No. 8 - 0- 5 0- 5 I Select Backfill: Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay with a plasticity index between 7 and 20 or clayey soils treated with lime in accordance with Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing, to meet plasticity criteria. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 10 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES J Random Backfill: Any suitable soil or mixture of soils within Classes I, II,111 and N; or fat clay (CH) where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. K Cement Stabilized Sand: 1. Cement: Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150. 2. Sand: Clean durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C 33, or requirements for Bank Sand in this Section, 2.03D, and the following requirements: a. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D 2487. b. Deleterious materials 1) Clay lumps, ASTM C 142 less than 0.5 percent. 2) Lightweight pieces, ASTM C 123; less than 5.0 percent. 3) Organic impurities, ASTM C 40; color no darker than the standard color. c. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. 3. Fine aggregate manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for Crushed Aggregates in this Section, 2 03H may be used as a complete or partial substitute for Bank Sand. The blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and Bank Sand shall be defined in the mix design report 4. Water: Potable water, free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C 94. L Concrete Backfill: Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. M Geotextile (Filter Fabric). Conform to requirements of Section 02370 - Geotextile. N Concrete for Trench Dams: Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag) concrete. 0 Timber Shoring Left in Place: Untreated oak. 2.04 MATERIAL TESTING A Ensure that material selected, produced and delivered to the project meets applicable specifications and is of sufficient uniform properties to allow practical construction and quality control. B Source or Supplier Qualification. Perform testing, or obtain representative tests by suppliers, for selection of material sources and products. Provide test results for a minimum of three samples for each source and material type. Tests samples ofprocessed materials from current production representing material to be delivered. Tests shall verify that the materials meet specification requirements. Repeat qualification test procedures each time the source characteristic changes or there is a planned change in source location or supplier. Qualification tests shall include, as applicable: Wagon Wheel 02318 - 11 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1. Gradation. Complete sieve analyses shall be reported regardless of the specified control sieves. The range of sieves shall be from the largest particle through the No. 200 sieve. 2. Plasticity of matenal passing the No. 40 sieve. 3. Los Angeles abrasion wear of material retained on the No. 4 sieve. 4. Clay lumps. 5. Lightweight pieces 6. Organic impurities C Production Testing. Provide reports to the Engineer from an independent testing laboratory that backfill materials to be placed in the Work meet applicable specification requirements. D Assist the Testing Laboratory in obtaining material samples for verification testing at the source or at the production plant. 2.05 EQUIPMENT A Perform excavation with track mounted excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B Use only hand -operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained over pipes, conduits and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits or ducts. C Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systemswhich are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. D Use Special Shoring systems where required which may consist of braced sheeting, braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other systems meeting the Special Shoring design requirements. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Conduct an inspection to determine condition of existing structures and other permanent installations B Establish traffic control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning devices for streets and intersections where Work is in progress or where affected by the Work, and is considered hazardous to traffic movements. C Perform Work in accordance with Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls, 1.06 "Safety Requirements". Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 12 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demolition, as applicable. E Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. F Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility line which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent 3.02 PROTECTION A Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B Protect and support above -grade and below -grade utilities which are to remain. C Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. D Prevent erosion of excavations and backfill. Do not allow water to pond in excavations. E Maintain excavation and backfill areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re - compact slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density at no additional cost to the Owner. F Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner those which are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720 - Field Surveying. G Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. 3.03 EXCAVATION A Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Plans, install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. B Perfoini excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Plans. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe outside diameter (O.D.). Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 inches. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 13 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES NOMINAL MINIMUM TRENCH WIDTH, INCHES PIPE SIZE, INCHES Less than 18 O.D. + 18 18 to 30 O.D. + 24 Greater 30 O.D. + 36 than D Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. E Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. F Shoring of Trench Walls. 1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain fully laterally supported at all times. 2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 4. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material. Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment. 5. If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone 1 inch. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. G Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield (trench box) is used as a worker safety device, the following requirements apply: 1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced. 3. When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, move the shield as backfill is placed and ramped in. Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 14 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. 3.04 MATERIAL HANDLING A When backfill material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and selection of approved material to be used Excavate the selected material by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product. B Use only excavated materials which are suitable as defined in this Section. Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. C When required, provide additional backfill material conforming to requirements in this Section. D Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control, and verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on public streets. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property. Maintain Project Site in accordance with Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. E When stockpiling backfill material near the Project Site, use appropriate methods to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. F Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. 3.05 GROUND WATER CONTROL A Implement ground water control according to Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. Provide a stable trench to allow installation in accordance with Technical Specifications. 3.06 TRENCH FOUNDATION A Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. B Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.07 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 15 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES B Place Geo-textile, if specified, to prevent particle migration from the in -situ into open - graded (Class I) embedment materials or drainage layers. C Place embedment including bedding, haunching and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Plans. PVC & HDPE require cement -stabilized sand bedding and backfill to one foot below sub -grade or below grade if under pavement, or one foot above top of pipe if not under pavement. D For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow materials to free -fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. E Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment matenal are used. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. F Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. G Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary hold small -diameter or lightweight pipe in place during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. H Place electrical conduit directly on foundation without bedding. I Shovel pipe embedment material in place and compact it using pneumatic tampers in restricted spaces, and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping jacks in unrestricted spaces. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. 1. Class I embedment materials. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment. Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test criteria c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom, foundation or trench walls. 2. Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined according to ASTM D 698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D 558 for cement stabilized materials. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 16 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES c. Moisture content of Class lI materials within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 698. Moisture content of cement stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration. J Place trench dams in Class I embedments in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.08 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. B Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. C For sewer pipes, use backfill materials described here as determined by trench limits. As trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs and pavements, use cement stabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizes less than 36 inches, or Bank Sand for pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated on the Drawings. Unifoinnly backfill trenches unless specified otherwise according to the paved area criteria. Use select backfill within one foot below pavement sub -grade for rigid pavement. For asphalt concrete, use flexible base material within one foot below pavement sub -grade. D For water lines, backfill in trench zone, including auger pits, with Bank Sand, Select Fill, or Random Backfill material as specified in this Section. E For trench excavations under pavement, place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods indicated below. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift. 1. Bank Sand. a. Maximum 9-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 3 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698 2. Cement Stabilized Sand. a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 24 inches b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558. c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 17 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3. Select Fill. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. F For trench excavations outside pavements, a Random Backfill of suitable material maybe used in the trench zone. 1. Fat clays (CH) may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at the Contractor's option. If the required density is not achieved, the Contractor, at his option and at no additional cost to the Owner, may use lime stabilization to achieve compaction requirements or use a different suitable material. 2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12- inch lift thickness for granular soils. 3. Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or to same density as adjacent soils. 4. Moisture content as necessary to achieve density. 3.09 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures, as shown on the Plans. 3.10 SOURCES OF UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS A Use of material encountered in the trench excavations is acceptable, provided applicable specification requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other approved source. B Identify off -site sources for backfill materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing. C Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the specified requirements will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, a Change Order is required to change to a different material. D Bank Sand, Select Backfill and Random Backfill, if available in the project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing. Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the Work from off - site sources. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 18 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E The City does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Quality Control 1. The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off -site stockpiles. b. On -site stockpiles. c. Materials placed in the Work. 2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. B Production Verification Testing: The Owner's testing laboratory will provide verification testing on backfill materials, as directed by the Engineer. Samples may be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. C Provide excavation and Trench Safety Systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction. D Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. E At least three tests for moisture -density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698, and for cement- stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558. Additional moisture -density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. F In -place density tests of compacted pipe foundation embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1. A minimum of one test for every 20 cubic yards of compacted embedment and for every 50 cubic yards of compacted trench zone backfill material. 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work when backfill is placed. 3. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are: foundation, bedding, haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density as specified. 5. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rej ection. Wagon Wheel 02318 - 19 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 6. Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in -place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. 7. Re -compacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. G Recondition, re -compact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For Cement Stabilized Sand with nonconforming density, core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. H Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02318 - 20 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT Section 02330 EMBANKMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Construction of embankments with excess excavated material and borrow. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services 3. Section 02910 — Topsoil 4. Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils' b. ASTM D 2216, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock by Mass" c. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Fffort" d. ASTM D 1556, `Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method" e. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" f. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Embankment under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If Embankment is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 TESTS A Tests and analysis of soil properties will be performed in accordance with ASTM — D 4318, ASTM — D 2216 and ASTM — D 698 under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. Wagon Wheel 02330 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil: Conform to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. B General Backfill• Excavated material, graded free of roots, lumps greater than 6 inches, rocks larger than 3 inches, organic material, and debris. C Structural Backfill (under pavement or structures): Select unmodified general backfill material from excavation or borrow meeting the following requirements: 1. Plasticity Index: Not less than 12 nor more than 20. 2. Maximum Liquid Limit: 45 unless approved by Engineer. In no case greater than 65. D Borrow Material Excavated material shall be graded free of lumps greater than 6 inches, rocks larger than 3 inches, organic material, chemical waste or other contamination, and debris. Take borrow material from sources approved by Engineer. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify borrow and excess excavated materials to be reused, are approved. B Verify removals, and clearing and grubbing operations, have been completed. C Notify Engineer and testing laboratory 5 days in advance of opening borrow source to permit obtaining samples for qualification testing. D Clear approved source of trees, limbs greater than 2" diameter, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, organic matter, and other unacceptable material. 3.02 PREPARATION A Conduct an inspection to determine condition of existing structures and other permanent installations B Establish traffic control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning devices for streets and intersections where Work is in progress or where affected by the Work, and is considered hazardous to traffic movements C Perform Work in accordance with Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls, 1.06 "Safety Requirements" Employ a Safety Program as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. D Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demolition, as applicable. Wagon Wheel 02330 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT E Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. F Fill test pits, or stump holes and other surface irregularities such as small swales: Backfill with embankment materials and compact in proper lift depths, to requirements for embankment compaction. G Remove and dispose of muck and other unsuitable materials which will not consolidate. Backfill with embankment materials and compact to requirements for embankment. H Complete backfill of new utilities below future grade. 3.03 PROTECTION A Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B Protect and support above -grade and below -grade utilities which are to remain. C Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. D Prevent erosion of Embankment. Do not allow water to pond in Embankment areas. E Maintain Embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re -compact slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density at no additional cost to the Owner. F Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner those which are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720 - Field Surveying. G Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. 3.04 EMBANKMENT A Do not conduct placement operations during inclement weather or when existing ground or fill materials exceed 3 percent of optimum moisture content. Contractor may manipulate wet material to facilitate drying, by disking or windrowing, at Contractor's expense. B Do not place embankment fill until density and moisture content of previously placed material complies with specified requirements. Wagon Wheel 02330 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT C Scarify areas to be filled to a minimum depth of 4 inches to bond existing and new materials. Mix with first fill layer. D Spread fill material evenly, from dumped piles or windrows, into horizontal layers approximately parallel to finished grade. Place to meet specified compacted thickness. Break clods and lumps and mix materials by blading, harrowing, discing, or other approved method. Each layer shall extend across full width of fill. E Each layer shall be homogeneous and contain uniform moisture content before compaction. Mix dissimilar abutting materials to prevent abrupt changes in composition of fill. F Layers shall not exceed the following compacted thickness: 1. Areas indicated to be under future paving or shoulders, to be constructed within 6 months: 6 inches when compacted with pneumatic rollers, or 8 inches when compacted with other rollers. 2. Other areas: 12 inches. G Where shown on Plans for steep slopes, cut benches into slope and scarify before placing fill. Place increasingly wide horizontal layers of specified depth, to the level of each bench. H Build embankment layers on back slopes adjacent to existing roadbeds to level of old roadbed. Scarify top of old roadbed to minimum depth of four inches and re - compact with next fill layer. I Construct to lines and grades shown on Plans drawings. J Remove unsuitable material and excess soil not being used for embankment from the Project Site in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. 3.05 COMPACTION A Maintain moisture content of embankment materials to attain required compaction density. B Compact to following minimum densities at a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM — D 698, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings: 1. Areas under future paving and shoulders: Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density. 2. Other areas Minimum density of 90 percent of maximum dry density. 3.06 TOLERANCES A Top of compacted surface: Plus or minus 1/2 inch in cross section, or in 16 foot length. Wagon Wheel 02330 - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B A minimum of three tests will be taken for each 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of embankment per lift. C If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements, recondition, re -compact, and retest at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02330 - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE Section 02335 SUBGRADE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Foundation course of lime stabilized or lime/fly ash stabilized in situ Subgrade material. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4318, ` Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils' b. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" c. ASTM C 618, "Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw of Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete" d. ASTM D 1556, ` Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method" e. ASTM D 2922, Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" f. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) a. Tex-600-J, Sampling and Testing Hydrated Lime, Quick Lime, and Commercial Lime Slurry 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for Subgrade is on a square yard basis Separate Payment will be made for each different required type and thickness of stabilized Subgrade. B Measurement for hydrated lime, quicklime, and fly ash is by the ton of 2,000 pounds dry - weight basis, determined by the area to be covered and the rate of application. Do not include cost of hydrated lime, quicklime, or fly ash in Bid Item for Subgrade. C Measurement for commercial lime slurry is by the ton of 2,000 pounds of lime calculated on the percentage by weight of dry solids for the grade of slurry. Do not include cost of commercial lime slurry in Bid Item for Subgrade. D Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. Wagon Wheel 02335 - 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit certificates stating that hydrated lime, commercial lime slurry, quicklime, and fly ash complies with the requirements in this Section. C Submit weight tickets, certified by supplier, with each bulk delivery of lime to Project Site. D Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for rotary speed mixer and compaction equipment for approval. 1.04 TESTS A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Tests and analysis of soil materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 4318. C Sampling and testing of lime slurry shall be in accordance with Tex-600-J. D Sample mixtures of hydrated lime, quicklime, or fly ash in slurry form will be tested to establish compliance with the requirements in this Section. E Soil will be evaluated to establish percent of lime or lime/fly ash to be applied to subgrade material. F Moisture -density relationship will be established on material sample from roadway, after stabilization, in accordance with ASTM D 698. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A Bagged lime shall bear manufacturer's name, product identification, and certified weight. Bags varying more than 5 percent of certified weight may be rejected; average weight of 50 random bags in each shipment shall not be less than certified weight. B Store lime in weatherproof enclosures. Protect lime from ground dampness. C Quicklime can be dangerous exercise extreme caution if used for the Work. Contractor shall become informed about recommended precautions in the handling, storage and use of quicklime. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER A Water shall be clean; clear; and free from oil, acids, alkali, or organic matter. Wagon Wheel 02335 - 2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 2.02 LIME A Type A - Hydrated lime: Dry material consisting essentially of calcium hydroxide or mixture of calcium hydroxide and an allowable percentage of calcium oxide and magnesium hydroxide. B Type B - Commercial lime slurry: Liquid mixture consisting essentially of lime solids and water in slurry form. Water or liquid portion shall not contain dissolved material in sufficient quantity to be injurious or objectionable for purpose intended. C Type C - Quicklime: Dry material consisting essentially of calcium oxide. Furnish quicklime in either of the following grades: 1. Grade DS: Pebble quicklime of a gradation suitable for use in the preparation of a slurry for wet placing. 2. Grade S: Finely -graded quicklime for use in the preparation of a slurry for wet placing. Do not use Grade S quicklime for dry placing. (So called "Blue Lime" is not acceptable.) D Lime shall conform to following requirements: CHEMICAL COMPOSITION TYPE A B C Active % lime by weight content Ca(OH)2 CaO 90.0 min' 87.0 - mine + Unhydrated lime content, % by weight CaO 5.0 max - 87.0 min Free water content, % by weight H2O 5.0 max - - S17ING Wet Sieve, as % by weight residue retained: No. 6 0.2 max 0.2 max2 8.0 max3 No. 30 4.0 4.0 - max max2 Dry sieve, as % by weight residue retained: 1-inch - - 0.0 3/4-inch - - 10.0 max Wagon Wheel 02335 - 3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE Notes: Maximum 5.0% by weight CaO shall be allowed in determining total active lime content. 2 Maximum solids content of slurry. 3 Total active lime content, as CaO, in material retained on the No. 6 sieve shall not exceed 2.0% by weight of original Type C hme. E Lime slurry may be delivered to the Project Site as commercial lime slurry, or may be prepared at the Project Site by using hydrated lime or quicklime. The slurry shall be free of liquids other than water and shall be of a consistency that can be handled and uniformly applied without difficulty. 2.03 FLY ASH A Residue or ash remaining after burning finely pulverized coal at high temperatures conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 618, Class C, and the following: 1. Have a minimum CaO content of 20 percent. 2. Loss on ignition shall not exceed 3 percent. 3. Contain no lignite ash. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify compacted Subgrade is ready to support imposed loads. B Verify Subgrade lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A Complete backfill of new utilities below future grade. B Cut material to bottom of Subgrade using an approved cutting and pulverizing machine meeting following requirements: 1. Cutters accurately provide a smooth surface over entire width of cut to plane of secondary grade. 2. Visible indication that cut is to proper depth. C Alternatively, scarify or excavate to bottom of stabilized subgrade. Remove material or windrow to expose secondary grade. Correct wet or unstable material below secondary grade by scarifying, adding lime, and compacting. Obtain uniform stability. 3.03 LIME SLURRY APPLICATION A All references to lime or lime slurry shall include fly ash as appropriate for application, mixing, and compaction. Wagon Wheel 02335 - 4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE B Mix hydrated lime or quicklime with water to form a slurry of the solids content specified. Commercial lime slurry shall have dry solids content as specified. Conform to cautionary requirements in this Section, 1.05C, concerning use of quicklime. C Apply slurry with a distributor truck equipped with an agitator to keep lime and water in a consistent mixture. Make successive passes over measured section of roadway to attain proper moisture and lime content Limit spreading to an area where preliminary mixing operations can be completed on the same working day. D Apply so that dry subgrade will contain a minimum lime content of 5 percent by weight unless otherwise instructed by Testing Laboratory. 3.04 PRELIMINARY MIXING A Do not mix and place material when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. Base may be placed when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. B Use approved single -pass or multiple -pass rotary speed mixers to mix soil, lime, and water to required depth. Obtain a homogeneous friable mixture free of clods and lumps. C Shape mixed Subgrade to final lines and grades. D If, after Preliminary Mixing, the pulverization requirements of this Section, 3.05C, are met, the Final Mixing operation may be eliminated and Compaction may proceed. E If, after Preliminary Mixing, the pulverization requirements of this Section. 3.05C, are NOT met, perform the following operations before proceeding with Final Mixing: 1. Seal Subgrade as a precaution against heavy rainfall by rolling lightly with light pneumatic rollers 2. Cure soil -lime material for 1 to 4 days. Keep Subgrade moist during cure. 3.05 FINAL MIXING A Use approved single -pass or multiple -pass rotary speed mixers to unifoinily mix cured soil and lime to required depth. B Add water to bring moisture content of soil mixture to a minimum of optimum or above. C Mix and pulverize until all material passes a 1 inch sieve; a minimum of 90 percent, excluding non -slaking fractions, passes a 3/4-inch sieve; and a minimum of 65 percent excluding non -slaking fractions passes a No. 4 sieve. D Shape mixed Subgrade to final lines and grades. E Do not expose hydrated lime to open air for more than 6 hours during interval between application and mixing. Avoid excessive hydrated lime loss due to washing or blowing. Wagon Wheel 02335 - 5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 3.06 COMPACTION A Aerate or sprinkle to attain optimum moisture content as determined by Testing Laboratory. Remove and reconstruct sections where average moisture content exceeds ranges specified at time of final compaction. B Start Compaction immediately after Final Mixing, unless approved by Engineer. C Spread and compact in two or more approximately equal layers where total compacted thickness is to be greater than 8 inches D Compact with approved heavy pneumatic or vibrating rollers, or a combination of tamping rollers and light pneumatic rollers. Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until entire depth is uniformly compacted. E Do not allow stabilized base to mix with underlying material. Correct irregularities or weak spots immediately by replacing material and re -compacting. F Compact to following minimum densities at a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 698, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans: 1. Areas to receive pavement without subsequent base course: Minimum density of 98 percent of maximum dry density. 2. Areas to receive subsequent base course: Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density. G Seal with approved light pneumatic tired rollers: Prevent surface hair line cracking. Rework and re -compact at areas where hair line cracking develops. H Contractor shall conduct operations to minimize elapsed time between mixing and compacting fly -ash stabilized Subgrade in order to take advantage of rapid initial set characteristics. Complete Compaction within 2 hours of commencing compaction, and not more than 6 hours after adding and mixing the last stabilizing agent. 3.07 CURING A Moist cure for a minimum of 3 days before placing base or surface course, or opening to traffic. Time may be adjusted as approved by Engineer. Subgrade may be opened to traffic after 2 days if adequate strength has been attained to prevent damage. Restrict traffic to light pneumatic rollers or vehicles weighing less than 10 tons. B Keep Subgrade surface damp by sprinkling. Roll with light pneumatic roller to keep surface knit together. C Place base, surface, or seal course within 14 days after final mixing and compaction unless prior approval is obtained from Engineer. Wagon Wheel 02335 - 6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 3.08 TOLERANCES A Completed surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades. B Top of compacted surface: Plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section or in 16 foot length. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A A minimum of one phenolphthalein test will be made at random locations per 1000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of base to determine in -place depth. B Contractor may, at his own expense, request additional cores in the vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in -place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth, place and compact additional material at no cost to the Owner. C Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 at random locations near depth determination tests. Rework and re -compact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements at no cost to the Owner. D Fill test sections with new compacted lime stabilized Subgrade. 3.10 PROTECTION A Maintain stabilized Subgrade to lines and grades and in good condition until placement of base or surface course. Protect the asphalt membrane, if used, from being picked up by traffic. B Repair defects immediately by replacing material to full depth. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02335 - 7 of 7 �-' CITY OF PEARLAND GEOTEXTILE Section 02370 GEOTEXTILE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Geotextile fabric,also called filter fabric, nc,in applications such as under a granular fill, as a pipe embedment wrap, around the exterior of a tunnel liner, or around the foundations of pipeline structures. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" b. ASTM D 4533,"Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles" c. ASTM D 4833,"Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related Products" d. ASTM D 3786,"Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics" e. ASTM D 4751, "Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile" f. ASTM D 4491, "Standard Test Method for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity" 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT UNIT PRICES A Unless indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for Work requiring Geotextile. B If Geotextile is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. Wagon Wheel 02370- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND GEOTEXTILE B Submit the standard manufacturer's catalog sheets and other pertinent information, for approval, prior to installation. C Submit installation methods, as a part of the work plan for tunneling or for excavation and backfill for utilities. Obtain approval from Engineer for Geotextile material and the proposed installation method prior to use of the Geotextile. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE A Provide a geotextile (filter fabric) designed for use in geotechnical applications which forms a permeable layer or media while retaining the soil matrix. B Use a fabric which meets the physical requirements for Class A Subsurface Drainage installation conditions as defined in AASHTO M288 and as specified in this Section, 2.02 Properties". 2.02 PROPERTIES A Material: Non -woven, non -biodegradable, fabric consisting only of continuous chain polymer filaments or yarns, at least 85 percent by weight poly -olefins, polyesters or polyamide, formed into a dimensionally stable network. B Chemical Resistance* Inert to commonly encountered chemicals and hydrocarbons over a pH range of 3 to 12. C Physical Resistance: Resistant to mildew and rot, ultraviolet light exposure, insects and rodents. D Minimum Test Values: PROPERTY VALUE (MIN) TEST METHOD Grab strength 180 lbs ASTM D 4632 Strength 50 lbs ASTM D 4533 Trapezoidal Tear Puncture Strength 80 lbs ASTM D 4833 Mullen Burst Strength 290 psi ASTM D 3786 Apparent Opening Size (1) 0.25 mm ASTM D 4751 Permittivity (sec-') 0.2 ASTM D 4491 (1) Maximum average roll value 3.0 EXECUTION Wagon Wheel 02370 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND GEOTEXTILE 3.01 LINE WORK A Use Geotextile with backfill for utilities in conformance with Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02370 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND RIPRAP Section 02371 RIPRAP 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for furnishing concrete or stone Riprap for common erosion protection applications in open channels. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3. Section 02330 — Embankment 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for Riprap is on a square yard basis, measured and completed in place. 1. Riprap Gradation No. 1 shall be for a minimum specified thickness of 18 inches. 2. Riprap Gradation No. 2 shall be for a minimum specified thickness of 24 inches. B Payment for Riprap includes all labor, materials, excavation, channel fill, placement of materials, and equipment necessary to complete the riprap installation. C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 RIPRAP DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A Keep the storage area clean, firm, smooth and well drained in order that the Riprap can be recovered free from dirt and other foreign matter. B Stockpile and handle material so as to not cause undue segregation of particle sizes either in the stockpile, or while loading, hauling and handling. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 RIPRAP A The Riprap shall consist of broken concrete or stone blocks. Provide Riprap which is dense durable and hard material free from cracks, seams and other defects which would tend to increase deterioration from handling and natural causes. B Block Shape and Dimensions Wagon Wheel 02371- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND RIPRAP 1. Provide Riprap blocks in cubic form. Avoid elongated (flat) shapes. 2. The minimum thickness of each block shall be 6 inches. 3. No more than 25% of the blocks may have a length greater than 2 1/2 times the width or thickness. No length of block shall exceed 3 times the width or thickness. C The Riprap shall be well graded and to conform to specifications in this Section. 1. Table No. 1 provides size and gradation requirements for Riprap Gradation No. 1. This gradation is to be used in normal applications, and may be noted on the Plans as standard riprap, riprap, 18" thick riprap mats, or other similar designations. D Table No. 2 provides size and gradation requirements for Riprap Gradation No. 2. This gradation is to be used only where specifically noted on plans as "Riprap Gradation No. 2." TABLE 2 RIPRAP GRADATION NO. 2 VOLUME STONE CUBICAL SPHERICAL PERCENT WEIGHT SHAPE SHAPE CUBIC FOOT (2) LIGHTER LBS (EA. SIDE, FT.) (DIA., FT.) BY LOWER UPPER LOWER UPPER LOWER UPPER LOWER UPPER WEIGHT LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT 100 260 640 1.73 4.27 1.20 1.62 1.49 2.01 50 130 200 0.87 1.33 0.95 1.10 1.18 1.37 15 40 150 0.27 1.00 0.64 1.00 0.80 1.24 NOTES • 1. Provide a 24" thick mat minimum, for riprap Gradation No. 2 2. The theoretical cube and sphere size is presented for guidance only. Paragraph 2.01 3. Volume shall is control based riprap on 150 shape pcf, and unit dimensions. weight. E If other Riprap sizes and gradations are required they shall be identified as shown on the Plans and subsequent tables will be provided by Special Provision. F Spalls, fragments and chips shall not exceed 5% by weight. The dimension and shape limitations do not apply to this portion of the Riprap. G Where broken concrete is used, all exposed metal, including rebar and wire mesh, shall be cut off flush with the surface of the block prior to final placement of the Riprap. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 CHANNEL PREPARATION A Accurately trim and dress the channel side slopes and bottom to proper lines and grade prior to placing Riprap. Wagon Wheel 02371- 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND RIPRAP B Fill is to be placed in accordance with Section 02330 - Embankment. C The prepared section shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to placing the Riprap. 3.02 RIPRAP PLACEMENT A The riprap shall meet the gradation and quality requirements prior to being placed B Place the Riprap on geotextile fabric if specified, to the slopes, lines, and grades as shown on the plans, to provide a well -graded mass of riprap without voids. C Thickness of the Riprap mat shall be as shown on the Plans, with a minimum at thickness as shown on the gradation tables. D Place the Riprap in one course (lift) across the channel bottom, then up the channel side slopes. Place the Riprap carefully in such a manner to avoid displacement or damage to the prepared surface or geotextile. Place Riprap in such a manner to avoid segregation of particle sizes. Place Riprap as close to final position as feasible. E The Riprap block are to be in close contact, well -graded and free from pockets of small stones or clusters of large stones. Elongated riprap blocks shall be well distributed throughout the riprap mat. Individual oversized blocks will not be permitted These shall be broken to acceptable size or removed and replaced with Riprap within the gradation limits. Surface irregularities shall be minimal. F Do not drop Riprap from such a height to cause breakage or to damage the geotextile (if used). G Prevent mixture or incorporation of dirt or other materials with the Riprap during placing operation. H Placing of Riprap by any method, machine or hand, will be pei witted as long as specified requirements are obtained. I Fill spaces between larger Riprap blocks with spalls and smaller blocks of the largest feasible size to form a compact mass. Do not place spalls and small blocks in place of larger size blocks. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02371- 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING CASING AND PIPE FOR WATER LINES Section 02417 AUGERING CASING AND PIPE FOR WATER LINES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installing water pipe by methods of augering. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Augered pipe will be measured along the axis of the pipe and shall include fittings. In the case of a branch pipe, the length of the pipe will be considered as the distance from the axis of the line to the end of the branch. The length of the pipe laid between two lines or from a line to an appurtenance will be measured between the centerlines of each. B Auger pits and other excavations are incidental to the work. Trench Safety for Auger Pits and other excavations for work specifically performed for this section shall be included in Section 01570 - Trench Safety. C No separate payment will be made for pavement removal and replacement (i.e., lime stabilization crushed limestone, hot mix asphalt surface course, cement sand base, and concrete pavement, etc.) associated with augering. D If open -cut construction is requested by Contractor for his convenience in areas designated for augering, and if approved in advance by the Engineer, such areas shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for open -cut installation. Payment includes necessary surface restoration and pavement repair. E Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submit product data in accordance with requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit product data for casing insulators for approval. C Prior to commencement of work furnish for the Engineer's approval, a plan showing pit locations. Approval of this plan will not relieve Contractor from responsibility to obtain specified results. D Show actual pit locations dimensioned on as -built drawings so that they can be identified in field. Wagon Wheel 02417- 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING CASING AND PIPE FOR WATER LINES 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Conform to Texas Department of Transportation for installations under state highways. Owner will obtain required permits for State Highway crossings. City will make submittal to TxDOT. Contractor will supply Traffic Control Plans. B Installations under railroads: 1. Secure and comply with requirements of right -of -entry for crossing railroad company's easement or right-of-way from railroad companies affected. Comply with railroad permit requirements. Submit copy to the Engineer. 2. Use dry auger method only. 3. No extra compensation for damages due to delays caused by the railroad requesting work to be done at hours which will not inconvenience the railroad. 4. Maintain minimum 35-foot clearance from centerline of tracks. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Piping and Fittings: As required by Drawings. B Casings: Where required by Drawings, in accordance with Section 02635 - Steel Pipe and Fittings. C Insulators: Where casings are required by Drawings, casing insulator width 8 inches for pipe sizes 4 to 14 inches; 12 inches for pipe sizes 16 to 30 inches. 1. For welded steel pipe 12 inches and smaller, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model PE, or approved equal. 2. For other pipe materials, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model C8G-2 or approved equal for pipe sizes up to 12 inches. 3. For all pipe sizes above 12 inches, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model C12G-2 or approved equal. D Casing End Seals: Provide Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model C or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A Do not exceed 100 feet for length of auger hole for PVC pipe less than 12 inches in diameter without intermediate pit. B Do not exceed 75 feet for length of auger hole for PVC pipe 12 inches to 16 inches in diameter without intermediate pit. Wagon Wheel 02417- 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING CASING AND PIPE FOR WATER LINES C Do not exceed 80 feet for length of auger hole for PVC pipe greater than 16-inches in diameter without intermediate pit. 3.02 PREPARATION A Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02200 - Right -of -Way Preparation. 3.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL A Conform to applicable provisions of Section 01555 - Traffic Regulation and Control. B Secure right -of -entry for crossing railroad company's easement or right-of-way. 3.04 JACKING A Comply with Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems for all pits access shafts, end trenches and other excavations relating to work required by this specification. B If grade of pipe at jacking end is below ground surface, excavate suitable pits or trenches for conducting jacking operations and for placing end joints of pipe. Wherever end trenches are cut in sides of embankment or beyond it, sheath securely and brace such work to prevent earth caving. C No more than one joint shall be made-up in pit or trench prior to jacking. D Construction shall not interfere with operation of railroad, street, highway, or other facility, nor weaken or damage embankment or structure. E During construction operations, furnish and maintain barricades and lights to safeguard traffic and pedestrians as directed by the Engineer, until such time as backfill has been completed and removed from site. F Provide heavy-duty jacks suitable for forcing pipe through embankment. Use suitable Jacking head usually of timber, and suitable bracing between jacks and jacking head and suitable Jacking frame or backstop so that Jacking pressure will be applied to pipe unifoiinly around ring of pipe. Set pipe to be jacked on guides, properly braced together, to support section of pipe and to direct it in proper line and grade. Place jacking assembly in line with direction and grade of pipe Excavate embankment material just ahead of pipe and remove material through pipe. Force pipe through embankment with Jacks, into space thus provided. G Conform excavation for underside of pipe to contour and grade of pipe, for at least one third of circumference of pipe. Provide clearance of not more than 2 inches for upper half of pipe. Taper off upper clearance to zero at point where excavation conforms to contour of pipe. Wagon Wheel 02417- 3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING CASING AND PIPE FOR WATER LINES H Distance that excavation shall extend beyond end of pipe depends on character of material, but it shall not exceed 2 feet in any case. Decrease distance on instructions from the Engineer, if character of material being excavated makes it desirable to keep advance excavation closer to end of pipe. I Jack pipe from low or downstream end Lateral or vertical variation in final position of pipe from line and grade established by the Engineer will be permitted only to extent of 1 inch in 10 feet provided such variation is regular and only in one direction and that final grade of flow line is in direction indicated on plans. J Use cutting edge of steel plate around head end of pipe extending short distance beyond end of pipe with inside angles or lugs to keep cutting edge from slipping back onto pipe. K Once jacking of pipe is begun, carry on without interruption to prevent pipe from becoming firmly set in embankment. L Remove and replace any pipe damaged in jacking operations. M Backfill pits or trenches excavated to facilitate jacking operations immediately after completion of jacking of pipe. N Grout annular space when loss of embankment occurs or when clearance of two inches is exceeded. 3.05 AUGERING (BORING) A Auger from approved pit locations. Excavate for pits and install shoring as outlined above under ' Jacking.' Auger mechanically with use of a pilot hole entire length of crossing and check for line and grade on opposite end of bore from work pit. The large hole is to be no more than 2 inches larger than diameter of bell. Place excavated material outside working pit and dispose of as required. Use water or other fluids in connection with boring operation only to lubricate cuttings; jetting will not be permitted. B In unconsolidated soil formations, a gel -forming colloidal drilling fluid may be used Fluid is to consist of at least 10 percent of high-grade processed bentonite and shall consolidate cuttings of bit, seal walls of hole, and shall furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings and installation of pipe. 3.06 CASING A Install casings as required by Drawings, in accordance with this section. Wagon Wheel 02417- 4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING CASING AND PIPE FOR WATER LINES 3.07 INSULATOR INSTALLATION A There must be no inadvertent metallic contact between casing and metallic carrier pipe. Spacing of spacers should ensure that carrier pipe is adequately supported throughout its length, particularly at ends, to offset settling and possible electrical shorting End spacer must be within 6 inches of end of casing pipe, regardless of size of casing and carrier pipe or type of spacer used. Casing spacers are designed to withstand much greater loads than can be safely applied to most coatings. Therefore, spacing between spacers depends largely on load bearing capabilities of pipe coating and flexibility of pipe. B Bottom of trench adjacent to each end of casing should be graded to provide fiuin, uniform and continuous support for carrier pipe. If trench requires some backfill to establish final trench bottom grade, backfill material should be placed in 6-inch lifts and each layer properly compacted. C Casing spacers should be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Special care should be taken to ensure that all subcomponents are correctly assembled and evenly tightened, and that no damage occurs during tightening of insulators or carrier pipe insertion. D Annulus between carrier pipe and casing should be sealed with casing end seals at each end of casing. E Insulator Spacing& 1. Spacing shall be as shown on Drawing with maximum distance between spacers to be 10 feet for pipe sizes 4 to 14 inches and 8 feet for pipe sizes 16 to 30 inches. 2. For ductile iron pipe, flanged pipe, or bell -and -spigot pipe, spacers should be installed within one foot on each side of bell or flange and one in center of joint when 18- to 20-foot-long joints are used. 3. If casing or carrier pipe is angled, bent or dented, spacing should be reduced. 3.08 PITS A Locate auger pits where there is minimum interference with traffic or access to property. B Pit Size: Provide minimum 6-inch space between pipe and walls of bore pit. Maximum allowable width of pit shall be 5 feet unless approved by the Engineer Width of pit at surface shall not be less than at bottom. Maximum allowable length of pit shall be no more than 5 feet longer than one full joint of pipe and shall not exceed 25 feet unless approved by the Engineer. C Excavate bore pits to finished grade at least 6 inches lower than grade indicated by stakes or as approved by the Engineer. D Backfill in accordance with Section 02318 Wagon Wheel 02417- 5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING CASING AND PIPE FOR WATER LINES 3.09 CLEANUP A Conform to applicable provisions of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. 3.10 FILLING ANNULAR SPACE A Allowable variation from line and grade shall be as specified under "Jacking.' Block void space around pipe in augered hole with approximately 12 inches of packed clay or similar material approved by the Engineer, to prevent bedding or backfill from entering the void around the pipe in the augered hole when compacted For pipe diameters 4 inches through 8 inches use minimum 1/2 cubic foot clay for pipe diameters 12 inches through 16 inches use minimum 3/4 cubic foot clay. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02417- 6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Section 02510 WATER MAINS A Installation of water mains, including valves, fire hydrants, wet connections, cut and plug of mains, disinfection and hydrostatic testing for pipelines. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for water mains open cut or augered, with or without casing, is on a linear foot basis for each size of pipe installed 1. Mains: Measure along axis of pipe and include fittings and valves. 2. Branch Pipe: Measure from axis of main to end of branch. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Regulatory Requirements 1. Pipe shall bear Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) label. 2. Pipe material acceptable without penalty to State's community fire insurance rating agency. 3. System acceptable to City and Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission. 4. Bacteriological disinfection acceptable to local health officials and Texas Department of Health. 5. Water taps and drawoff lines in compliance with local municipal specifications and regulations. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: 1. Obtain from pipe manufacturer installation instructions, manuals, and printed recommendations except for Owner furnished pipe. 2. Retain product data on job site for reference. 3. Submit certified record of tests of pipe, fittings, or valves upon request of Engineer. 4. Submit hydrant manufacturer flow and friction loss curve. B Samples: 1. Submit water samples from each 1000 ft. of completed and disinfected water main to health authorities for testing for contamination. Wagon Wheel 02510-1 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A Deliver pipe to trench in sound, undamaged condition. B Cut pipe neatly avoiding sharp, ragged, or unbeveled plain ends and do not damage lining by cutting. C Remove damaged or rejected materials from project site. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Do not lay pipe when it is raining or when trench is muddy, soft, or contains standing water. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FITTINGS A Ductile iron or gray cast iron complying with AWWA C 110. B Mechanical joint fittings: AWWA C 110 and C 111. C Push On Joint Fittings: AWWA C111 D All fittings shall be cement lined according to AWWA C-104. 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE A Pipe PVC pressure pipe 4 inches through 12 inches for water shall conform to AWWA C-900. Class 150 pipe shall conform to requirements of DR18. PVC compounds shall conform to ASTM D1784. B Joints: Joints of plastic pressure pipe using elastomeric seals shall confoini to ASTM D3139. Elastic seals shall conform to ASTM F-477. C Fittings: Above ground Fittings shall have ductile iron mechanical joints conform to AWWA C-100 with joints meeting the requirements of AWWA C-111 and below ground shall be push on fittings meeting the requirements of AWWA C-111, unless approved otherwise in writing by the Engineer. D Tests: 1. Each standard, random, or short length of pipe and each coupling sleeve, when manufactured from same material as pipe, shall be tested in accordance with USDC CS-272. 2. Use Class 150 except pipe 6 in. or less shall be Class 200. Wagon Wheel 02510-2 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 2.03 FIRE HYDRANTS A Type: Dry -barrel, break -top construction, traffic type conforming to AWWA C 502 with main valve opening at least 5 1/4 in. ID, according to Section 02514. B Must break cleanly upon impact at or near ground line without loss of water. C Pressure Design: 150 lbs. working pressure and 300 lbs. hydrostatic test pressure. D Compression type main valve such that main valve closes with water pressure. E Materials: Bronze working parts. F Each fire hydrant shall be equipped with two (2) two and one-half (2 /2) inch nominal inside diameter hose nozzles and one (1) 4.492 inch nominal inside diameter pumper nozzle with National Standard Threads on each nozzle. Contractor shall verify pumper and hose nozzle sizes and thread requirements with the City of Pearland prior to ordering fire hydrants. G Nozzles: 18 in. minimum above nominal grade. H Nozzle Section: Rotatable 360 deg. I Centrifugally -cast ductile iron barrel. J Valve stem shall operate to OPEN COUNTER CLOCKWISE K Bronze -to -bronze drain mechanism utilizing no facing, 0-rings, or other non-metallic parts. L Drain activated by main operating rod. M Entire inside assembly, including valve seat and all moving parts removable from top. N 6 in. bottom connection and lead-in with 6 in. gate valve and box. 0 Flat bottom, ribbed back and strapping lugs to facilitate installation. P Provisions for lubricating operation threads without disassembly. Q Finish: Paint with one coat of primer and two finishing coats of manufacturer's standard paint. Color shall be ACE #225A120 Blue for the Bonnet and ACE #225A100 White for the hose nozzles and stem. R Coat below ground line with asphalt base coating. S Inlet Connection Type: Mechanical joint. Wagon Wheel 02510-3 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS T Acceptable Product: 1. All fire hydrants for this project shall be manufactured by Mueller, 110 Centurion or CLOW 5 1/4" Medallion. 2. Contractor shall submit shop drawing for fire hydrant prior to ordering fire hydrant. 2.04 VALVES A General: 1. Manual operators: a. Provide handwheel manual operators for in -plant valves. b. Equip buried valves with 2 in. square operating nuts. 2. Furnish no less than one operating key with each lot of 10 buried valves with nut operators. 3. Rotation: a. Direction: OPEN COUNTERCLOCKWISE (OPEN LEFT). 4. Shop coating: a. Shop coat ferrous metal surfaces of valves both interior and exterior for corrosion protection. b. Protect internal iron surfaces of valves with coating of 4 mils dft. of two-part thermosetting epoxy: AWWA C 550. c. Protect external iron surfaces of valves with coatings of asphalt varnish, FS TT-V-51. 5. Working and test pressures: a. Valves 2 in. through 12 in.: 200 psi working pressure, 400 psi hydrostatic test pressure. b. Valves 14 in. through 36 in.: 150 psi working pressure, 300 psi hydrostatic test pressure. B Gate Valves (3 in. Through 36 in.): 1. Buried valves: a. Comply with AWWA C500, non -rising stem (NRS); splitwedge, double disc type. b. Cast iron body and bonnet, inside screw. c. Bronze: Seat and disc rings, stem and mountings, and disc wedges. d. '0" ring sealed stem and 2 in. square operating nut. e. Valves 4 in. through 16 in.: Vertical type without by-passes. f. Valves 18 in. through 36 in.. Horizontal type with enclosed steel bevel gears, standard size by-pass valves and roller tracks and scrapers. g. Install in section of horizontal pipe. h. Mechanical joint ends with gasketing complying with AWWA C 111. i. Acceptable product: 1) "500 Series", Kennedy Valve Manufacturing Co. 2) "2480 Series", CLOW 3) "A-2380 Series", Mueller Co. Wagon Wheel 02510-4 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS C Gate Valves (Smaller than 3 in.): 1. 2 in. and 2 /z in. gate valves: a. 200 psi hydrostatic test pressure, iron body, brass trimmed, double disc gate, non -rising stem. b. Acceptable double disc gate valve: "No. 2485", by Crane, "561X" by Kennedy Valve. c. Acceptable screwed gate valve: "No. 480" by Crane, "57X" by Kennedy Valve. 2. Smaller than 2 in." a. 200 psi hydrostatic test pressure, brass body, rising stem, solid wedge, capable of being repacked under pressure when valve is fully open. b. Acceptable threaded end gate valves: "No. 428" by Crane. D Tapping Valves and Tapping Sleeves: 1. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be of the size indicated on the drawings and shall be Mueller H-610 or equal or Mueller H-662 or equal. E Globe Valves: 1. %Z in. thru 2 in.: a. Rated for 200 psi water service. b. Screwed ends. c. Bronze body and disk. d. Acceptable product: "No. 1250", Crane. F Valve Boxes: 1. Cast iron, threaded screw extension sleeve type, adjustable suitable for depth of cover over pipe, with base and cover. 2. 3/16 in. thick 5 in. diameter minimum. 3. Coat valve box, base, and cover with hot bituminous varnish FS TT-V-51. 4. Provide with suitable cast iron bases and covers. 5. Covers: Cast name designating type of service, e.g., "WATER" for water service. 2.05 RELATED MATERIALS A Concrete: As specified in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. B Meter Box: 1. Cast iron to Owner's dimensions: ASTM A 48. 2. Prefabricated cast concrete or plastic meter box to Owner's dimensions. C Underground Copper Tubing: Type "K" soft annealed, ASTM B 88, straight 20 ft. lengths in 1 'A in. and 2 in. sizes. D Underground Curb Stops and Fittings: ASTM B 62, red brass (bronze) Wagon Wheel 02510-5 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS E Polyethylene wrap as specified in Section 02512 - Polyethylene Wrap, Type I low density 8 mils. thickness. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Thoroughly clean pipe interiors of foreign matter before being lowered into trench. B Clean hydrant and valve interiors of foreign matter before installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A Inspection: 1. Carefully examine each piece of pipe for soundness and specifications compliance after delivery at trench before placing in trench. 2. Remove rejected pipe and fittings from site of work and replace with sound pipe. 3. Pipe and fittings will be rejected because of any of the following: a. Cracks in pipe or fittings. b. Damaged or cracked ends. c. Damaged gaskets or gasket groves. d. Less than minimum wall thickness. e. Defects and deformations. B Cleaning: 1. Clean interior of pipe and fittings of foreign matter before laying. 2. Keep interiors and ends clean during installation. 3. Keep joint contact surfaces clean during installation. 4. Take precautions to prevent foreign material from entering pipe during installation. 5. Do not place rubbish, tools, rags, or other materials in pipe. 6. Whenever pipe laying is stopped, place plugs in uncompleted ends of pipe. C Installation: 1. Install pipe, couplings, and fittings in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Install gaskets and necessary lubricants. 3. Full length of each barrel of pipe shall rest solidly on pipe bed with recesses excavated to accommodate bells and joints. 4. Take up and relay pipe that has grade or joint disturbed. 5. Do not joint pipe with water in trench. 6. Keep water out of trench until jointing is completed. 7. Do not lay water pipe closer than 10 ft horizontally from sanitary sewer. 8. Do not locate joints at cross-overs with sanitary sewers closer than 9 ft. from cross -over point. 9. Where water lines cross sanitary sewers, construct sewer from cast iron, ductile iron, or PVC pressure pipe rated for 200 psi for distance of 9 ft. each side of Wagon Wheel 02510-6 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS crossing with no joint located within 9 ft. of crossing or construction sewer with initial backfill zone filled with cement stabilized sand (2 or more bags of cement per cubic yard of sand) for all sections of sewer within 9 ft. of the water line). 10. Where pipe ends are left for future connections, install valve and plug or cap end. Twenty foot minimum line section required between valve and plug or cap end. 11. Install concrete thrust blocking at bends and tees and at ends of lines to provide adequate reaction backing. D Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe: Install in compliance with ASTM D 2774. E Steel Pipe: Installation in a dry augered hole shall comply with Specification 02417 Augering Pipe for Water Lines. F Setting Valves, Valve Boxes, and Fire Hydrants: 1. Set plumb. 2. Center valve boxes on valves. 3. Where feasible, locate valves outside area of roads and streets. 4. Carefully tamp earth fill around each valve box to distance of 4 ft. on all sides or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 ft. 5. Set hydrants at elevation so that connecting pipe will not have less cover than mains. 6. Set hydrants on slab of concrete. 7. Depth of bury of hydrant is defined as distance from bottom of inlet pipe to ground line. 8. Place concrete thrust block back of hydrant opposite pipe connections set against vertical face of trench to prevent from blowing off line. 9. If character of soil is such that hydrant cannot be securely wedged with thrust block, use 3/4 in. stock bridle rods and rod collars protected by coat of acid -resisting paint. 10. Place not less than 5 cu. ft. of broken stone around base of hydrant to ensure drainage. 11. Compact backfill to grade line. 12. Tighten stuffing boxes. 13. Test hydrant and valve in opened and closed position to ensure that parts are in working condition. G Anchorage of Fittings* 1. Anchor tees, elbows and plugs in water mains with concrete thrust blocks. 2. Place blocks so that joints will be accessible for inspection and repair. 3.03 WET CONNECTIONS A Definitions: 1. Wet connections consist of isolating sections of pipe to be connected with installed valves, draining the isolated sections, and completing the connections. Wagon Wheel 02510-7 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 2. Connection of 2 inch or smaller lines, which may be referred to on Drawings as "2 inch standard connections' or' gooseneck connections" will be measured as 2" wet connections. This item is not to be used as any part of a 2-inch service line. B Materials: 1. Corporation stops and saddles shall conform to requirements of Section 02515. 2. Valves shall conform to requirements of Section 02541. 3. Brass fittings shall conform to requirements of AWWA C800. C Execution: 1. Plan wet connections in such manner and at such hours as to least inconvenience public. Notify Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of making connections. 2. Do not operate valves on mains in use by Owner. Owner will handle, at no cost to Contractor, all operations involving opening and closing valves for wet connections. 3. Conduct connection operations when Inspector is at job site. Connection work shall progress without interruption until complete, once existing mains have been cut or plugs has been removed for making connections. D 2-Inch Wet Connections 1. Tap water main. Provide and install corporation stops; saddles; copper tubing as required for line and grade adjustment; and brass fittings necessary to adapt to existing main. Provide 2-inch valves when indicated on Drawings for 2-inch copper gooseneck connections. 3.04 CUT, PLUG AND ABANDONMENT OF MAINS A Materials: 1. Concrete for reaction blocks: Class B conforming to requirements of Section 03305. 2. Plugs and clamps shall be suitable for type of pipe to be plugged. B Execution 1. Do not begin cut, plug and abandonment operations until replacement main has been constructed disinfected, and tested, and all service lines have been transferred to replacement main. 2. Install plug, clamp, and concrete reaction block and make cut at location shown on Drawings. 3. Main to be abandoned shall not be valved off and shall not be cut or plugged other than at supply main or as shown on Drawings. 4. After main to be abandoned has been cut and plugged, check for other sources feeding abandoned main. If sources are found, notify Engineer immediately. Cut and plug abandoned main at point of other feed as directed by Engineer. 5. Plug or cap all ends or openings in abandoned main in an acceptable manner approved by Engineer. Wagon Wheel 02510-8 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 6. Remove and dispose of all surface identifications such as valve boxes and fire hydrants. Valve boxes in improved streets, other than shell, may be poured full of concrete after removing cap. 7. Backfill all excavations in accordance with Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utiltities. 8. Repair all street surfaces in accordance with Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. 3.05 DISINFECTION A All waterlines constructed shall be promptly disinfected before any tests are conducted on waterlines and before waterlines are connected to water distribution system. B Water for disinfection and flushing will be furnished without charge to Contractor. C Preparation: 1. Furnish all required temporary blind flanges, cast-iron sleeves, plugs, and other items needed to facilitate disinfection of new mains prior to connecting them to water distribution system. Normally, each valved section of waterline requires two each 3/4-inch taps. A 2-inch minimum blow -off is required for waterlines up to and including 6-inch diameter. 2. Fire hydrants shall be used as blow -offs to flush newly constructed waterlines 8- inch diameter and above. Where fire hydrants are not available on waterlines, locations and designs for blow -offs shall be as indicated on Drawings Install temporary blow -off valves and remove promptly upon successful completion of disinfection and testing. Abandon tap by use of a full circle stainless steel clamp. 3. Slowly fill each section of pipe with water in a manner approved by Engineer Average water velocity when filling pipeline should be less than 1 fps and shall not, under any circumstance exceed 2 fps. Before beginning disinfection operations, expel all air from pipeline. 4. All excavations made shall be backfilled immediately after installation of risers or blow -offs. 5. Install blow -off valves at end of main to facilitate flushing at all dead-end water mains. Install permanent blow -off valves as per drawing. D Disinfection: 1. Use not less than 100 parts of chlorine per million parts of water. Introduce chlorinating material to water lines in accordance with AWWA C651. After contact period of not less than 24 hours flush system with clean water until residual chlorine is no greater than 1.0 parts per million parts of water. Open and close valves in lines being sterilized several times during contact period. 2. If a chemical compound is used for a sterilizing agent, it shall be placed in pipes as directed by Engineer. E Bacteriological Testing: Wagon Wheel 02510-9 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 1 After disinfection and flushing of waterlines, bacteriological tests will be performed by Owner or testing laboratory in accordance with Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. If test results indicate need for additional disinfection of waterlines based upon Texas Department of Health requirements Contractor shall perform additional disinfection operations at no additional cost to the Owner. F Completion: 1. Upon completion of disinfection and testing, remove risers except those approved for use in subsequent hydrostatic testing, and backfill excavation promptly. 3.06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING A Hydrostatically test all new water pipelines for liquids after disinfection, if required, and before connecting to water distribution system. B Pipelines shall be tested in lengths between valves, or plugs, of not more than 1,500 feet unless greater length is approved by Engineer. C Conduct hydrostatic tests in presence of Engineer in accordance with requirements of this Section. D Preparation: 1. Disinfect water system pipelines prior to hydrostatic testing. E Test Procedures: 1. Furnish, install, and operate connections, pump, meter and gages necessary for hydrostatic testing. 2. Allow pipeline to sit minimum of 24 hours from time it is initially disinfected until testing begins, to allow pipe wall or lining material to absorb water. Contractor should be aware that periods of up to 7 days may be required for mortar lining to become saturated 3. Expel all air and apply a minimum test pressure of 125 psi or 150 psi as directed by Engineer. 4. Maintain test pressure for 8 hours. If a large quantity of water is required to maintain pressure during test, testing shall be discontinued until cause of water loss is identified and corrected. F Allowable Leakage for Water Mains: 1. During hydrostatic tests, no leakage will be allowed for sections of water mains consisting of welded joints. 2. Maximum allowable leakage for water mains with rubber gasketed joints: 11.65 gallons per inch nominal diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours while testing at the required pressure. G Correction for Failed Tests: Wagon Wheel 02510-10 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 1. Repair all joints showing visible leaks on surface regardless of total leakage shown on test. Check all valves and fittings to ensure that no leakage occurs that could affect or invalidate test. Remove any cracked or defective pipes, fittings and valves discovered during pressure test and replace with new items. 2. Engineer may direct Contractor to disinfect failed lines after repair and prior to retesting. Conduct subsequent disinfection operations in accordance with requirements under Disinfection 3. Repeat test until satisfactory results are obtained. H Completion: 1. Upon satisfactory completion testing, remove risers remaining from disinfection and hydrostatic testing, and backfill excavation promptly. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02510-11 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER METERS Section 02511 WATER METERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Water meters for customer service, including submeters (i.e. cooling tower meters, sewer credit meters, etc.), for fire service in sizes 5/8 inch through 10 inches. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for water meters is on a lump sum basis for installation of each meter type and size. Owner will furnish all water meters. B Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A Owner furnishes all water meters. 2.02 CONNECTIONS AND FITTINGS A Connections: Provide pipe in accordance with Section 02510 - Water Mains, restrained joints only. B Fittings: Restrained ductile iron; push -on bell joints or mechanical joint fittings outside of meter vault installations; Class 125 flanged inside meter vaults; cement mortar lined and sealed. 2.03 LAYING LENGTHS A The minimum length (with 1 inch tolerance) for meter and standard strainer shall be shown as indicated on the detail drawing for water meters. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 TAPPING AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION A Refer to Section 02541 - Water and Wastewater Line Valves for tapping requirements. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02511-1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY Section 02514 FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Fire hydrants. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement is on a lump sum basis for each fire hydrant installed. B Measurement for fire hydrant branches (leads) is on a linear foot basis for each branch installed. Separate payment will be made for open cut and augered branches. C Measurement for removing and salvaging of fire hydrants is on a lump sum basis for each fire hydrant removed. This includes removing hydrant and valve if available, plugging branch line and removing materials from site. Return salvage fire hydrants to Owner. D Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submit product data in accordance with Section 01350 - Submittals. 1. Control drawing(s) for proposed hydrant: Include model number, parts list, and material specifications, unique drawing number and descriptive legend identifying hydrant. Such drawing(s) should be same as approval drawing(s) on file with the Owner. 2. Material safety data sheets for lubricants. 3. Affidavit of compliance for coating materials. 4. Certified hydraulic performance test report for proposed hydrant. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 HYDRANT MATERIALS A Hydrants: AWWA C502; dry barrel design; tamper resistant; same manufacturer throughout project. 1. "O' Ring Seal Packing: Prevent water leakage between barrel and lubrication chamber. Provide dynamic seals of Buna' N" or other oil resistant material and static seals of Buna "N" or other approved synthetic rubber. 2. Bronze: Hydrant components in waterway to contain not more than 15 percent zinc and not more than 8 percent lead. 3. Acceptable Manufacturer: Mueller Super Centurian 250, American Darling B-84- B or approved equal. Wagon Wheel 02514-1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY B Operating Stems • Everdur, or other high -quality non -corrodible metal where threads are located in barrel or waterway. Bronze -to -bronze working parts in waterway; genuine wrought iron or steel where threads are not located in barrel or waterway, bronze bushed at penetration of stuffing box; seal threads against contact with water regardless of open or closed position of main valve. Connect operating stems with breakable coupling. C Main Valve (shut-off valve): Circular; compression -type, closes with line pressure; minimum opening of 5-1/4 inches in diameter. Seal bottom end of stem threads from contact with water with cap nut. D Valve Mechanism. Bronze valve seat ring threaded into bronze drain ring; seat ring and main valve assembly removable from above ground through upper barrel with lightweight seat removal wrench breakable stem coupling opposite barrel breakaway; bronze or corrosion -resistant pins and locking devices; bronze valve stem sleeve 0-ring seals and travel stop; sealed lubricating reservoir at top and bottom which fully lubricates threads and bearing surfaces when opening or closing main valve; thrust bearing or lubricated thrust collar for operating assembly. Lubricants:Food Grade. Valve Seat: Molded "Natural" rubber; scale durometer rating of 90 ±5; minimum thickness of 1/2 inch. Natural Rubbers: Resistant to microbiological attack. E Lower Hydrant Barrel: Single piece coupled to upper barrel to allow 360-degree rotation of upper barrel. Bury Length: Distance from bottom of inlet to ground line as specified. Ground Line: Clearly marked on barrel. Indicate inside diameter and wall thickness (with tolerances) for upper barrel, lower barrel, and bonnet sections. Show dimensions at minimum sections to demonstrate compliance with Paragraph 3.2.6 of AWWA C502. F Extensions: Peiuiit use of one or more standard extensions available from manufacturer in lengths from 6 inches to 60 inches in 6-inch increments. G Provide hydrants with automatic, positively operating non -corrodible drain or drip valve to drain hydrant completely when main valve is shut. Bronze or corrosion resistant drain line. Tapping of drain holes is not required. H Inlet Connection: Elbow with AWWA Standard bell designed for 6-inch mechanical joint, or push -on. Joints: ANSI A21.11; AWWA C111. Operating Nut and Hold-down Nuts: Stainless steel or cast or ductile iron with bronze inserts or, as an alternative, provide security device with bronze operating nut. Any such security devices shall not require special tools for normal off/on operation of hydrant. Fabricate hold-down assemblies of suitable metallic materials for service intended. J Field -Replaceable Nozzles: NFPA No. 194 ANSI B26-1925, mechanically attached to hydrant body counterclockwise sealed with "0" rings and mechanically located into place; provide two hose nozzles with 2-1/2 inch nominal inside diameter and one pumper nozzle with 4.492' nominal inside diameter; National Standard Threads; lock in place with security device. Wagon Wheel 02514-2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY K Pumper Nozzle: Allow a minimum unobstructed radius of 10 inches from threaded surface of nozzle throughout path of travel of wrench or other device used to fasten hose to nozzle. L Nozzle Caps. Security chains to hydrant barrel, minimum 1/8 inch diamter; "Natural" rubber or neoprene gasket seals. M Hydrant shoe with 6-inch cast or ductile iron pipe diameter inlet, flanged, swivel or slip joint with harnessing lugs for restrained Joints. Underground flanging shall incorporate minimum of six full 3/4-inch diameter electro-galvanized or cadmium coated steel bolts or four 5/8-inch diameter stainless or cadmium coated steel bolts. N Provide traffic model hydrants equipped with safety flange on hydrant barrel and stem. Equip body of hydrant with breakable flange, or breakable bolts, above finish grade. 0 Lubricate hydrants with food grade oil or with grease meeting requirements of FDA 21 CFR 178.3570 and manufactured with FDA approved oxidation inhibitors. P Accomplish replenishment of lubricant for hydrant working parts without removing hydrant bonnet. Store lubricant system in reservoir Lubricate bearing surfaces and working parts during normal operation of fire hydrant. Q Hydrant Painting: Shop coated as follows: 1. Exterior Above Traffic Flange (including bolts and nuts) a. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10 (NACE 2); near white blast cleaned surface. b. Coat with a three (3) coat alkyd/alkyd/silicone alkyd system with a total dry film thickness (DFT) of 6 - 9 mils as follows: 1) Prime Coat Oil Modified Alkyd Pnmer, Acro Products No. 1104, Heavy Duty Tank & Steel Primer, or approved equal; SSPC Paint Specification No. 25. Total dry film thickness (DFT): 2 - 3 mils. 2) Intermediate Coat: Heavy Duty Industrial Alkyd Enamel, Acro Products No 2214 or approved equal; SSPC Paint Specification No 104; Federal Standard FF-E-489. Total dry film thickness (DFT): 2 - 3 mils. 3) Finish Coat: Silicone Alkyd Resin Enamel, Acro Products No. 2215 or approved equal; SSPC Paint Specification No. 21. Total dry film thickness (DFT): 2 - 3 mils. Exception: hydrant bonnet shall not be finish shop coated - only intermediate coated. Finish coating shall be field applied and color coded when installed 4) Colors: Primer: Manufacturers standard color. Finish coat of hydrant body: Blue (Acro 555 crystal blue or equivalent) Base connection caps: Finish coated white; paint white band of finish coat two inches (2") in width on hydrant body Wagon Wheel 02514-3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY Wagon Wheel approximately six inches (6") above traffic flange and parallel thereto. Intermediate coat: Contrasting color to blue finish color, such as white. 2. Exterior Below Traffic Flange: a. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10 (NACE 2); near white blast cleaned surface. b. Coat with a three (3) coat system as follows: 1) Primer and Intermediate Coat: Cal tar epoxy, Acro Products No. 4467, or approved equal SSPC Paint Specification No. 16. Apply two (2) coats with a dry film thickness (DFT) of 8 - 10 mils each for a total dry film thickness (DFT) of 16 - 20 mils. 2) Finish Coat: Water based vinyl acrylic mastic, Acro Products No. 7782, or approved equal. Apply one (1) coat with a dry film thickness (DFT) of 6 - 8 mils. Finish coat color: Same as finish coat for exterior above traffic flange, i.e. blue (Acro 555 crystal blue or equivalent). 3. Interior Surfaces Above and Below Main Valve• a. All materials used for internal coating of hydrant interior ferrous surfaces must conform to ANSI/NSF Standard 61 as suitable for contact with potable water as required by Chapter 290, Rules and Regulations for Public Water Systems, Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC). b. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10 (NACE 2); near white blast cleaned surfaces. c. Coating: Liquid or powder epoxy system; AWWA Standard C550, latest revision. Coating may be applied in two (2) or three (3) coats, according to manufacturers recommendations, for a total dry film thickness (DFT) of 12 - 18 mils. 4. General Coating Requirements. a. Coatings: Applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. No requirements of this specification shall cancel or supersede written directions and recommendations of specific manufacturer so as to jeopardize integrity of applied system. b. Hydrant supplier shall furnish an affidavit of compliance that all materials and work furnished complies with requirements of this specification and applicable standards referenced herein. 2.02 HYDRANT PERFORMANCE STANDARDS A Hydraulic Performance Standards: 1. Provide hydrants capable of a free discharge of 1500 gpm or greater from single pumper nozzle at a hydrant inlet static pressure not exceeding 20 PSIG as measured at or corrected to hydrant inlet at its centerline elevation. 2. Provide hydrants capable of a discharge of 1500 gpm or greater from single pumper nozzle at a maximum pe uiissible head loss of 8.0 psig (when corrected 02514-4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY for inlet and outlet velocity head) for an inlet operating pressure not exceeding 37 psig as measured at or corrected to hydrant inlet at its centerline elevation. B Hydraulic Perfolinance Testing: AWWA C502; conduct certified pressure loss and quantity of flow test by qualified testing laboratory on production model (5-foot bury length) of hydrant (same catalog number) proposed for certification. Submit certified test report containing following information: 1. Date of test, no more than five years prior to date of proposed use, on fire hydrant with similar hydraulic characteristics. 2. Name, catalog number, place of manufacture, and date of production of hydrant(s) tested. 3. Schematic drawing of testing apparatus, containing dimensions of piping elements including: a. Inside diameter and length of inlet piping. b. Distance from flow measuring points to pressure measurement point. c. Distance from flow and pressure monitoring points to hydrant inlet. d. Distance from pressure monitoring point to nozzles. e. Inside diameter and length of discharge tubing. 4. Elevation of points of measurement, inlet, and 5. Reports or certificates documenting accuracy of measuring devices used in test. 6. Conduct test on at least three separate hydrants of same fabrication design. Inlet water temperature* 70 degrees F + 5 degrees F. C Provide hydrants equipped with breakable barrel feature and breakable valve stem coupling such that vehicular impact will result in clean and complete break of barrel and valve stem at breakable feature. Provide hydrant shutoff valve which remains closed and tight against leakage upon impact. 2.03 LEADS A Branches (Leads) Conform to requirements of Section 02634 - Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings, Section 02635 - Steel Pipe and Fittings, and Section 02534 - PVC Pipe 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Set fire hydrant plumb and brace at locations and grades as shown on Drawings. When barrel of hydrant passes through concrete slab, place a piece of standard sidewalk expansion Joint material, % inch thick, around section of barrel passing through concrete. B Locate nozzle centerline minimum 18 inches above finish grade. C Place 12-inch x 12-inch yellow indicators (plastic, sheet metal, plywood, or other material approved by Engineer) on pumper nozzles of new or relocated fire hydrants installed on new mains not in service. Remove indicators after new main is tested and approved by Engineer. Wagon Wheel 02514-5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY D Do not cover drain ports when placing concrete thrust block. E All changes in profile from approved plans due to obstructions not shown on plans which require a change in depth of bury of fire hydrant shall be approved in writing by Engineer for design prior to installation of hydrant. Any adjustment required in flow line of water main or to barrel length of fire hydrant shall be incidental to unit price of fire hydrant and no separate payment shall be made for such adjustments. F Remove and dispose of fire hydrants shown on Drawings as per paragraph 1.02 C. G Owner may, at any time prior to or during installation of hydrants for a specific project, randomly select a furnished hydrant for disassembly and laboratory inspection, at Owner's expense, to verify compliance with Owner's requirements If such hydrant is found to be non -compliant replace at Contractor's expense, all or a portion of furnished hydrants with hydrants that comply with Owner's requirements. H Install branches (leads) in accordance with Section 02510 - Water Mains. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02514-6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER TAP AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION Section 02515 WATER TAP AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Tapping existing mains and furnishing and installing new service lines for water. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for water taps and copper service lines 3/4 inch through 1 inch is on a lump sum basis for each installation. Separate measurements will be made for "Short Side" and ' Long Side" connections as defined in Part 1.04 below. B Measurement for water taps and service lines 1-1/2 inch through 2 inch is on a lump sum basis for each installation. Separate measurements will be made for "Short Side" and 'Long Side" connections as defined in Part 1.04 below. C Payment for "Short Side" and "Long Side" includes locating water main, tap installation and connection to meter and restoring site. D No additional payment will be made for bedding, backfill, compaction, push-unders, etc. E Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Short Side Connection: Service line connecting proposed curb stop, located inside water meter box, to water main on same side of street. B Long Side Connection: Service line connecting proposed curb stop, located inside water meter box, to water main on opposite side of street or from center of streets where supply main is located in street center such as boulevards and streets with esplanades. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Copper Tubing: 1. Provide Type K annealed, seamless, copper tubing, 3/4-inch to 2-inch in diameter conforming to requirements of ASTM B88. 2. Furnish 3/4-inch and 1-inch tubing in straight stock of a minimum 20 feet in length. Furnish 1-1/2-inch and 2-inch tubing in coils 40 feet in length. 3. All tubing shall be manufactured in United States of America. Copper tubing may be inspected and tested by a laboratory designated by the Owner at point of Wagon Wheel 02515-1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER TAP AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION manufacture or locally. Furnish tubing, without cost, to designated testing laboratory with mil compliance certificates. 4. Provide compression -type brass fittings for use with Type K annealed copper tubing in accordance with AWWA C800. B Polyethylene Tubing - SDR 9 CTS. C Corporation Stops: AWWA C800 as modified herein: 1. Inlet End: AWWA standard thread. 2. Valve Body: Tapered plug type, 0-ring seat ball type, or rubber seat ball type. 3. Outlet End: Compression type fitting for use with type-K, soft copper. D Provide taps for various water main types and sizes in accordance with following schedule. Wagon Wheel PIPE TAPPING SCHEDULE WATER MAIN SERVICE SIZE 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 2" TYPE AND DIAMETER 4" Cast Iron or Ductile Iron DSS,WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS,WBSS DSS, WBSS 4" Asbestos Cement WBSS WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS 4" PVC (AWWA C900) DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS 6" and 8' Cast Iron or DSS,WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS Ductile Iron 6" and 8" Asbestos Cement DSS,WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS 6" and Ductile 8" Cast Iron Iron or DSS,WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS 6" and C900) 8" PVC (AWWA DSS,WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS 12" Cast Iron or Ductile Iron DSS,WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS 12" Asbestos Cement DSS,WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS 12" PVC (AWWA C900) DSS,WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS 16" and Ductile Up Cast Iron Iron or DWBSS DWBSS DWBSS DWBSS 16" and Cement Up Asbestos DWBSS DWBSS DWBSS DWBSS 16" and C900) Up PVC (AWWA DWBSS DWBSS DWBSS DWBSS 02515-2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER TAP AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION DSS — Dual Strap Saddles WBSS — Wide Band Strap Saddles DWBSS — Dual Wide Band Strap Saddles *Mueller H-15092, or equal E Dual Strap Saddles: Red brass body and straps, ductile -iron; vinyl -coated body and straps, or ductile -iron, vinyl -coated body and stainless -steel straps. F Taps for PVC Water Mains: Use dual -strap or single, wide -band strap saddles which provide full support around circumference of pipe and bearing area of sufficient width along axis of pipe, 2 inches minimum, ensuring that pipe will not be distorted when saddle is tightened. Romac Series 101N wide -band, stainless -steel tapping saddle with AWWA standard thread (Mueller thread) or equal. G Taps for Steel Pipe: Not allowed, unless specifically approved by Engineer. Use saddle only if tap is approved on steel pipe. H Curb Stops and Brass Fittings: AWWA C800 as modified herein. 1. Inlet End: Compression -type fitting. 2. Valve Body: Straight -through or angled, meter -stop design equipped with the following: a. 0-Ring seal straight plug type. b. Rubber seat ball type. 3. Outlet End: Female, iron -pipe thread or swivel -nut, meter -spud thread on 3/4- inch and 1-inch stops and 2-hole flange on 1-1/2 and 2-inch sizes. 4. Fittings: Ford or approved equal; use same size open end wrenches and tapping machines as used with respective Ford fittings. 5. Factory Testing of Brass Fittings: a. Submerge in water for 10 seconds at 85 psi with stop in both closed and open positions. b. Reject any fitting that shows air leakage. Owner may confiiin tests locally Entire lot from which samples were taken will be rejected when random sampling discloses unsatisfactory fittings. Angle Stops: In accordance with AWWA C800; ground -key, stop type with bronze lock - wing head stop cap, inlet and outlet threads conform to application tables of AWWA C800; and inlets compression connection. 1. Outlet for 3/4-inch and 1-inch size. Meter swivel nut with saddle support. 2. Outlet for 1-1/2-inch through 2-inch size: 0-ring sealed meter flange, iron pipe threads. J Fittings: In accordance with AWWA C800 and. 1. Castings: Smooth, free from burrs, scales, blisters, sand holes, and defects which would make them unfit for intended use. 2. Nuts: Smooth cast and have symmetrical hexagonal wrench flats. Wagon Wheel 02515-3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER TAP AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 3. Thread fittings, of all types, shall have N.P T. or AWWA threads, and male threaded ends shall be protected in shipment by plastic coating or other equally satisfactory means. 4. Compression tube fittings shall have Buna-N beveled gasket. 5. Stamp of manufacturer's name or trademark and size on body. Wagon Wheel 02515-4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER TAP AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A Set service taps at right angles to proposed meter location and locate taps in upper pipe segment within 45 degrees of pipe springlme unless otherwise approved by Engineer. B For service lines and lateral connections larger than those allowed in Part 2.01 C, branch connections and multiple taps may be used. Corporation stops: spaced minimum 2 feet apart. C Tapped collars of appropriate sizes: Approved in new construction only provided they are set at right angles to proposed meter location. D All 2-inch and smaller service taps on pressurized water mains: Use tapping machine manufactured for pressure tapping purposes. E Install service lines in open -cut trench in accordance with Section 02318 except that service lines under all paved roadways, other paved areas and areas indicated on Drawings shall be installed in bored hole in accordance with paragraph 3.01F. F Unless otherwise approved by Engineer, lay service lines with minimum of 30 inches of cover as measured from top of curb or, in absence of curbs, from centerline elevation of crowned streets or roads. Provide minimum of 18 inches of cover below flow line of all ditches to service lines, unless otherwise approved by Engineer. G Service lines across existing street (push-unders): Pull service line through prepared hole under paving. Only full lengths of tubing will be used. Take care not to damage copper tubing when pulling it through hole. A compression -type union is only permitted if Contractor cannot span underneath pavement with a full length of tubing. Contractor is allowed one compression -type union for each full length of tubing, provided it is not under the pavement. H Maintain service lines free of dirt and foreign matter at all times. I Install service lines per C.O.P. standard detail so that top of meter will be 4 to 6 inches below finished grade. J Locate water meters one foot inside back of curb. Contact Engineer when major landscaping or trees conflict with service line and meter box location. No additional payment will be made for work on customer side of meter. K Joints 1. Minimum joint spacing for 3/4-inch and 1-inch tubing shall be in multiples of 60- feet and for 1-1/2-inch and 2-inch tubing shall be in multiples of 40-feet. Wagon Wheel 02515-5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER TAP AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 2. Cut copper tubing squarely by using an approved cutting tool and avoiding excessive pressure on the cutting wheels which might bend or flatten pipe walls. 3. For compression fittings, cut copper tubing squarely prior to insertion into the fitting Final assembly shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedure. L Bends 1. Bending of tubing shall be accomplished by using appropriate sized bending tool. No kinks, dents, flats, or crimps will be permitted and should such occur, the damaged section shall be cut out and replaced. Bends shall have no smaller radius than radius of coil of tubing as packaged by manufacturer. Copper tubing shipped in straight lengths conform to following: a. For 2-inch diameter: Maximum of one 45-degree bend per 4-foot section. b. For 1-1/2-inch diameter: Maximum of one 45-degree bend per 3-foot section. 3.02 CURB STOP INSTALLATION A Set curb stops or angle stops at outer end of service line inside of meter box. Secure opening in curb stop to prevent unwanted material from entering. In close quarters, make an "S ' curve in the field. No flattening of tube. In all 3/4-inch and 1-inch services, install meter coupling, swivel -nut, or curb stop ahead of meter. Install straight meter coupling on outlet end of meter. 3.03 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS A Open trench for proposed service line in accordance with Section 02318. B Install curb stop on meter end of service line. C With curb stop open and prior to connecting service line to meter in slack position, open corporation stop and flush service line thoroughly. Close curb stop, leaving corporation stop in full -open position. D Check service line for apparent leaks. Repair any leaks before proceeding. E Ca11 to schedule inspection prior to backfilling. After inspection, backfill in accordance with Section 02318. F Install meter box centered over meter with top of lid flush with finished grade. Meter box: Refer to Section 02520. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02515-6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS Section 02520 VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Valve boxes for water service. B Meter boxes for water service. C Meter vaults for water service. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A No separate payment will be made for valve boxes under this section. B Measurement for meter vaults is on a lump sum basis or installation of each meter vault type and size. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit manufacturers product data for following items for approval: 1. Each type of valve box and lid. 2. Each type of meter box and cover. 3. Each type of meter vault frame and cover. C Submit shop drawings for cast -in -place meter vaults for approval if proposed construction varies from Drawings. D Submit manufacturer's certification that plastic meter boxes purchased for Work meet the requirements of paragraph of this Section on Plastic Meter Boxes. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVE BOXES A Provide Type "A", adjustable, cast-iron, screw -type, valve boxes as manufactured by Bass and Hays Foundry, Inc., or approved equal. Design of valve box shall minimize stresses on valve imposed by loads on box lid. B Cast a letter "W" into lid, 1/2 inch in height and raised 3/32 inch, for valves serving potable water lines. C Coat boxes, bases, and lids by dipping in hot bituminous varnish. Wagon Wheel 02520 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS D Provide 6-inch PVC, Class 150, DR 18, riser pipes. E Concrete for valve box placement: 1. For locations in new concrete pavement, use strength and mix design of new pavement 2. For other locations, use class "A" concrete with minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi, conforming to requirements of Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.02 METER BOXES GENERAL A The Owner will furnish all meter boxes for meters 1 1/2-inch and smaller. 2.03 METER VAULTS A Meter vaults may be constructed of precast concrete, cast -in -place concrete, or solid masonry unless a specific type of construction is required by Drawings. B Concrete for meter vaults: Class A concrete, conforming to requirements of Section 03300, with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi at 28 days. C Reinforcing steel for meter vaults: Conform to requirements of Section 03300. D Grates and Covers: Conform to requirements of Section 02542. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Obtain approval from the Engineer for location of meter vault. B Verify lines and grade are correct. C Verify compacted subgrade will support loads imposed by vaults. 3.02 VALVE BOXES A Provide riser pipe with suitable length for depth of cover indicated on Drawings or to accommodate actual finish grade. B Install adjustable valve box and riser piping plumbed in a vertical position. Provide 6- inches telescoping freeboard space between riser pipe top butt end and intenor contact flange of valve box, for vertical movement damping. Riser may rest on valve flange, or provide suitable footpiece to support riser pipe. C Paint covers of new valve boxes as directed by the City. This work is incidental and no separate payment will be made. Wagon Wheel 02520 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS 3.03 METER BOXES A Install plastic boxes in accordance with manufacturers instructions. B Construct concrete meter boxes to dimensions shown on Drawings. C Adjust top of meter boxes to conform to cover elevations specified in paragraph of this section for Frame and Cover for Meter Vaults. D Do not locate under paved areas unless approved by Engineer. Use approved traffic -type box with cast iron lid when meter must be located in paved areas. 3.04 METER VAULTS A Construct concrete meter vaults to dimensions and requirements shown on drawings. Do not cast in presence of water. Make bottom as uniform as practicable. B Precast Meter Vaults: 1. Install precast vaults in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Set level on a minimum 3 inch thick bed of sand conforming to the requirements of Section 02318. 2. Seal lifting holes cement -sand mortar or non -shrink grout. C Meter Vault Floor Slab: 1. Construct floor slabs of 6-inch-thick reinforced concrete. Slope floor 1/4 inch per foot toward sump. Make sump 12 inches in diameter or 12 inches square, and 4 inches deep, unless other dimensions are required by Drawings. Install dowels at maximum of 18 inches, center -to -center, or install mortar trench for keying walls to floor slab. 2. Precast floor slab elements may be used for precast vault construction. D Cast -in -Place Meter Vault Walls: 1. Key walls to floor slab and form to dimensions shown on Drawings. Minimum wall thickness shall be 4 inches. 2. Cast walls monolithically. One cold joint will be allowed when vault depth exceeds 12 Feet. 3. Set frame for cover while concrete is still green. 3.05 FRAME AND COVER FOR METER VAULTS A Set cast iron frame in a mortar bed and adjust elevation of cover as follows: 1. In unpaved areas, set top of meter box or meter vault cover 2 to 3 inches above natural grade. 2. In sidewalk areas, set top of meter box or meter vault cover 1/2 to 1 inch above adjacent concrete. Wagon Wheel 02520 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS 3.06 BACKFILL A Provide bank run sand and backfill and compact in accordance with Section 02318. B In unpaved areas, slope backfill around meter boxes and vaults to provide a uniform slope 1 to 5 from top to natural grade. C In sidewalk areas slope concrete down from meter boxes to meet adjacent concrete. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02520 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE 1.0 GENERAL Section 02534 PVC PIPE 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for water distribution in nominal diameters 4 inches through 16 inches. B Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe for gravity sanitary sewers in nominal diameters 4 inches through 48 inches. C Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for gravity sanitary sewers and force mains in nominal diameters 4 inches through 36 inches. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for PVC pipe under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for Water Mains, Gravity Sanitary Sewer, and Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit Shop Drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings, flanges, and special details. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A Submit manufacturer's certifications that PVC pipe and fittings meet requirements of this Section and AWWA C 900 or AWWA C 905 for pressure pipe applications, or the appropnate ASTM standard specified for gravity sewer pipe. B Submit manufacturer's certification that PVC pressure pipe has been hydrostatically tested at the factory in accordance with AWWA C 900 or AWWA C 905 and this Section. C When foreign manufactured material is proposed for use, have material tested for conformance to applicable ASTM requirements by certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Furnish copies of test reports to the Engineer for review. Cost of testing shall be borne by Contractor or Supplier. Wagon Wheel 02534 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784. Use compounds qualifying for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F per requirements of PPI TR3. Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout, free of voids, cracks, inclusions, and other defects, uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage. C For PVC pressure pipe used for water mains provide self -extinguishing PVC pipe that bears Underwriters' Laboratories mark of approval and is acceptable without penalty to Texas State Fire Insurance Committee for use in fire protection lines. D Gaskets: 1. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 477. Use elastomeric factory - installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight. 2. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants. CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer E Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non -toxic, non -objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid non -supporting of bacteria growth, having no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. 2.02 WATER SERVICE PIPE A Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch: AWWA C 900, Class 150, DR 18; nominal 20-foot lengths; cast iron equivalent outside diameters. B Pipe 16-inch: AWWA C 905; Class 235; DR 18; nominal 20-foot lengths; cast iron equivalent outside diameter. C Joints: ASTM D 3139; push -on type joints in integral bell or separate sleeve couplings. Do not use socket type or solvent weld type joints. Wagon Wheel 02534 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE D Make curves and bends by deflecting the joints. Do not exceed maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends for review by the Engineer. E Hydrostatic Test: AWWA C 900, AWWA C 905, ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110); at point of manufacture; submit manufacturer's written certification. 2.03 BENDS AND FITTINGS FOR PVC PRESSURE PIPE A Bends and Fittings: ANSI A21 10, ductile iron; ANSI A21 11 single rubber gasket push -on type joint; minimum 150 psi pressure rating. B Coatings and Linings: Conform to requirements of Section 02634 - Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.04 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE A PVC gravity sanitary sewer pipe shall be in accordance with the provisions in the following table: WALL CONSTRUCTION MANUFACTURER PRODUCT OPTIONS ASTM DESIGNATION SDR (MAX.) / STIFFNESS (MIN.) DIAMETER SIZE RANGE Solid J-M Pipe Approved D3034 SDR 26 / PS 115 6" to 10" CertainTeed Approved D3034 SDR 35 / PS 46 12" & 15" Can Carlon Tex Approved F679 SDR 35 / PS 46 18" to 27" Diamond Approved AWWA C900 DR 18 / N/A 4 ' to 12" Approved AWWA C905 DR 18 / N/A 14" to 36" Profile Contech A-2000 Only included when in F949 N/A / 50 psi 12" to 36" ETI Ultra -Rib the Bid F794 N/A / 46 psi 12" to 48" Schedule Lamson Vylon F794 N/A / 46 psi 21" to 48" B When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F679, except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. C For sewers up to 12-inch-diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossing under waterlines with less than 2 feet separation, provide minimum 150 psi pressure -rated pipe confoiining to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings. D Joints: Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastometric or rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477, or ASTM E D 3139 and ASTM F 477, shall be provided. Gaskets shall be factory -assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D2444. Wagon Wheel 02534 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE F Fittings: Provide PVC gravity sewer sanitary bends, tee, or wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction. PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated. Saddle -type tee or wye fittings are not acceptable. 2.05 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPE A Provide PVC pressure pipe conforming to the requirements for water service pipe, and conforming to the minimum working pressure rating specified in Section 02533 Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. B Acceptable pipe joints are integral bell -and -spigot, containing abonded-in elastomeric sealing ring meeting the requirements of ASTM F 477. In designated areas requiring restrained joint pipe and fittings, use EBAA Iron Series 2000PV Uniflange Series 1350 restrainer, or equal joint restraint device conforming to UNI-B-13, for PVC pipe 12-inch diameter and less. C Fittings: Provide ductile iron fittings as per Paragraph 2.03, except furnish all fittings with one of the following internal linings: 1. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) virgin polyethylene complying with ASTM D 1248, heat fused to the interior surface of the fitting as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe ' Polybond", or U.S. Pipe "Polyline' . 2. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) polyurethane, Corro-pipe II by Madison Chemicals, Inc 3. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) ceramic epoxy, Protecto 401 by Enduron Protective Coatings. D Exterior Protection: Provide polyethylene wrapping of ductile iron fittings as required by Section 02512 - Polyethylene Wrap. E Hydrostatic Tests: Hydrostatically test pressure rated pipe in accordance with Paragraph 2.02 E. F Manufacturers: Approved manufacturers of pressure rated, solid wall PVC pipe for sanitary sewer force mains are: 1. J & M Manufacturing Company, Inc. 2. CertainTeed Corporation 3. Diamond Plastics Corporation 4. Carlon Company 5. North American Pipe Corporation (NAPCO) 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A Store pipe under cover out of direct sunlight and protect from excessive heat or harmful chemicals in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Wagon Wheel 02534 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE 3.02 INSTALLATION A Conform to requirements of Section 02510 - Water Mains, Section 02530 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers, Section 02731 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains, and Section 02630 - Storm Sewers. B Install PVC pipe in accordance with Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, ASTM D 2321, and manufacturer's recommendations. C Water service pipe 12 inches in diameter and smaller: Installed to clear utility lines and have minimum 4 feet of cover below lowest property line grade of street, unless otherwise required by Drawings. D For water service exclude use of PVC within 200 feet (along the public right-of-way) of underground storage tanks or in undeveloped commercial acreage. Underground storage tanks are primarily located on service stations but can exist at other commercial establishments. E Avoid imposing strains that will overstress or buckle the pipe when lowering pipe into trench. F Hand shovel pipe bedding under the pipe haunches and along the sides of the pipe barrel and compact to eliminate voids and ensure side support. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02534 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES Section 02540 TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Tapping sleeves and valves for connections to existing water system. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3. Section 02541 - Water and Wastewater Line Valves 4. Section 02540 - Taping Sleeves and Valves 5. Section 02520 - Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults 6. Section 02512 - Polyethylene Wrap 7. Section 02318 -Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement is on a lump sum basis for each tap. B Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submit product data in accordance with requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A Provide manufacturer's affidavit that all valves purchased for tapping of existing waterlines conform to Section 02541 - Water and Wastewater Line Valves and to applicable requirements of AWWA C500 and that they have been satisfactorily tested in accordance with AWWA C500. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Tapping Sleeves: 1. Tapping Sleeve Bodies: AWWA C110 ductile iron; stainless steel; in two sections to be bolted together with high -strength, corrosion -resistant, low -alloy, steel bolts; mechanical joint ends. 2. Branch Outlet of Tapping Sleeve: Flanged; machined recess; AWWA C207, Class D, ANSI 150 lb drilling. Gasket: Affixed around recess of tap opening to preclude rolling or binding during installation. 3. Where fire service from 6-inch main is approved, use cast iron split sleeve. Wagon Wheel 02540 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES B Tapping Valves: Meet all requirements of Section— 02540 Taping Sleeves and Valves with following exceptions: 1. Inlet Flanges: a. AWWA C110; Class 125. b AWWA C110; Class 150 and higher: Minimum eight hole flange. 2. Outlet: Standard mechanical or push -on joint; to fit any standard tapping machine. 3. Valve Seat Opening: Accommodate full-size shell cutter for nominal size tap without any contact with valve body; double disc. 4. Open Left operation only. C Valve Boxes. Furnish and install according to Section 02520 — Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A Install tapping sleeves and valves at locations and of sizes as shown on Drawings. B Thoroughly clean tapping sleeve, tapping valve and pipe prior to installation and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C Hydrostatically test installed tapping sleeve to 150 psig for a minimum of 15 minutes. Inspect sleeve for leaks, and remedy leaks prior to tapping operation. D When tapping concrete pressure pipe, size on size, use shell cutter one standard size smaller than waterline being tapped. E Do not use Large End Bell (LEB) increasers with a next size tap unless existing pipe is asbestos -cement. 3.02 INSTALLATION A Tighten bolts in proper sequence so that undue stress is not placed on pipe. B Align tapping valve properly and attach it to tapping sleeve. C Make tap with sharp, shell cutter: 1. For 12-inch and smaller tap, use minimum cutter diameter one-half inch less than nominal tap size. 2. For 16-inch and larger tap, use manufacturer's recommended cutter diameter. D Withdraw coupon and flush all cuttings from newly -made tap. E Wrap completed tapping sleeve and valve in accordance with Section 02512 Polyethylene Wrap. Wagon Wheel 02540 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES F Place concrete thrust block behind tapping sleeve (NOT over tapping sleeve and valve). G Block under valve using concrete blocks. H Request inspection of installation prior to backfilling. I Backfill in accordance with Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02540 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES Section 02541 WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Gate valves, Plug Valves, Butterfly Valves, Air Release and Pressure Reducing Valves. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures 3. Section 02520 - Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults 4. Section 02542 - Concrete Manholes 5. Section 02510 - Water Mains C Referenced Standards: 1. Amencan Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A 307, ` Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength" b. ASTM B 763, "Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Casting for Valve Applications" c. ASTM B 62, "Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings" d. ASTM D 429, "Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property -Adhesion to Rigid Substrates" e. ASTM A 126 "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings' f. ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" g. ASTM A 240, "Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium - Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications' h. ASTM A 276, `Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes' i. ASTM B 584, "Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications" j. ASTM A 313 `Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire" 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C 500 - Gate Valves, 3 Through 48 in. NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. b. AWWA C 509 - Resilient -seated Gate Valves, 3 through 12 NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems c. AWWA C 550 - Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants Wagon Wheel 02541 - 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A No separate payment will be made for gate valves under this Section. Include payment in unit price as listed in the Bid Schedule for water mains. B Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures . C Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittal . B Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed valves for approval. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A Submit manufacturer's affidavit that gate valves are manufactured in the United States and conform to stated requirements of AWWA C 500, AWWA C 509, and this Section, and that they have been satisfactorily tested in the United States in accordance with AWWA C 500 and AWWA C 509. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GATE VALVES A Gate Valves: AWWA C 500, AWWA C 509 and additional requirements of this Section. Direct bury valves and those in subsurface vaults, aboveground and plant valves open counterclockwise. B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans , use gate valves as line valves for sizes less than 16-inches. If type of valve is indicated, no substitute is allowed. C Gate Valves 1-1/2 Inches in Diameter and Smaller: 125 psig; bronze; rising -stem; single - wedge; disc type; screwed ends; such as Crane No. 428, or approved equal. D Coatings for Gate Valves 2 Inches and Larger: AWWA C 550; Indurall 3300 or approved equal, non -toxic, imparts no taste to water, functions as physical, chemical, and electrical barrier between base metal and surroundings, minimum 8-mil-thick, fusion -bonded epoxy. Prior to assembly of valve, apply protective coating to interior and exterior surfaces of body. E Gate Valves 2 Inches in Diameter: Iron body, double gate, non -rising stem, 150-pound test, 2-inch square nut operating clockwise to open. Wagon Wheel 02541 - 2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES F Gate Valves 4 Inches to 12 Inches in Diameter: Non -directional, resilient seated (AWWA C 509) or parallel seat double disc (AWWA C 500), 200 psig, bronze mounting, push -on bell ends with rubber joint rings, and nut -operated unless otherwise specified. Provide resilient seated valves manufactured by American Darling AFC-500, US Pipe Metroseal 200, or approved equal. Provide double disc valves manufactured by American Darling 52, Clow F-6102 or approved equal. Comply with following requirements: 1. Design. Fully encapsulated rubber wedge or rubber seat ring mechanically attached with minimum 304 stainless -steel fasteners or screws; threaded connection isolated from water by compressed rubber around opening. 2. Body: Cast or ductile iron, flange bonnet and stuffing box together with ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials, pressure rating, and year manufactured shall be cast in body. 3. Bronze: Valve components in waterway to contain not more than 15 percent zinc and not more than 2 percent aluminum. 4. Stems: ASTM B 763 bronze, alloy number 995 minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi; minimum elongation in 2-inches of 12 percent, non -rising. 5. 0-rings: AWWA C 509, sections 2.2.6 and 4.8.2. 6. Stem Seals: Consist of three 0-rings, two above and one below thrust collar with anti -friction washer located above thrust collar. 7 Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze. 8. Resilient Wedge: Molded synthetic rubber, vulcanized and bonded to cast or ductile iron wedge or attached with 304 stainless steel screws tested to meet or exceed ASTM D 429 Method B; seat against epoxy -coated surface in valve body. 9. Bolts: AWWA C 509 Section 4.4; stainless steel; cadmium plated, or zinc coated. G Gate Valves 16 Inches to 24 Inches in Diameter: AWWA C 500 by Mueller; push -on bell ends with rubber rings and nut -operated unless otherwise specified, double disc, 150 psi, and comply with the following: 1. Body: Cast or ductile iron; flange together bonnet and stuffing box with ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials, pressure rating, and year manufactured shall be cast in body. Equip with rollers, tracks, and scrapers. 2. Stems: Machined from ASTM B 62 bronze rod with integral forged thrust collar machined to size; non -rising 3. Stem Seals: Consist of one 0-ring above and one 0-ring below thrust collar with anti -friction washer located above thrust collar for operating torque. 4. Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze. 5. Discs: Cast iron with bronze disc rings securely peened into machined dovetailed grooves. 6. Wedging Device: Solid bronze or cast-iron, bronze -mounted wedges. Thin plates or shapes integrally cast into cast-iron surfaces are acceptable. Other moving surfaces integral to wedging action shall be bronze monel or nickel alloy - to -iron. Wagon Wheel 02541 - 3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 7. Bronze Mounting: Built as integral unit mounted over, or supported on, cast iron base and of sufficient dimensions to be structurally sound and adequate for imposed forces. 8. Gear Cases: Cast iron furnished on 18-inch and larger valves and of extended type with steel side plates, lubricated, gear case enclosed with oil seal or 0-rings at shaft openings. 9. Stuffing Boxes: Located on top of bonnet and outside gear case. H Gate Valves 20 Inches and Larger: Furnish and equip with bypass valves. 1. Sizes: Provide 3-inch bypass valves for 16-inch through 20-inch gate valves. Provide 4-inch bypass valves for 24-inch gate valves. I Valves 4 Inches through 12 Inches for Installation in Vertical Pipe Lines: 1. Double disc, square bottom. J Valves 14 Inches and Larger for Installation in Horizontal Pipe Lines: 1. Equipped with bronze shoes and slides. K Gate Valves Installed at Greater than 4-foot Depth: 1. Provide non -rising, extension stem having coupling sufficient to attach securely to operating nut of valve. Upper end of extension stem shall tenniinate in square wrench nut no deeper than 4 feet from finished grade. L Gate Valves in Factory Mutual (Fire Service) Type Meter Installations: 1. Conform to provisions of this specification; outside screw and yoke valves; carry label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.; flanged, Class 125; clockwise to close. M Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP. 2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVES AND ACTUATORS A Butterfly Valves and Actuators: Conform to AWWA C 504, except as modified or supplemented herein. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International, American -Darling, or approved equal. B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans , butterfly valves shall be used for line valve sizes 16-inch and larger. If type of valve is specified, no substitute will be allowed. C Butterfly valves shall be short -body, flanged design and installed at locations as shown on Plans . D Direct -bury valves, valves in subsurface vaults. Above -ground and plant valves shall open counterclockwise. E Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP. Wagon Wheel 02541 - 4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES F Butterfly Valves and Actuators (Additional Requirements for Large -Diameter Water Mains) Valves larger than 72 inches in diameter shall have all components designed so that the allowable stresses at rated pressure shall not exceed one-third of the yield strength or one -fifth of the ultimate strength of the material used. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International, American -Darling, or equal. 2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVE CONSTRUCTION A Valves AWWA C 504, Class 150B. Body: Cast iron, ASTM A 126, Class B. Flanges: ANSI B 16.1, Class 125 lb. B Discs for Butterfly Valves: Either cast iron or ductile iron. C Seats: Buna-N or neoprene, and may be applied to disc or body. Seats shall be mechanically secured and may not rely solely on adhesive properties of epoxy or similar bonding agent to attach seat to body. Seats on disc shall be mechanically retained by stainless steel (18-8) retaining ring held in place by stainless steel (18-8) cap screws that pass through rubber seat for added retention. When seat is on disc, seat shall be retained in position by shoulders located on both disc and stainless -steel retaining ring. Mating surfaces for seats: Type 304 or 316, stainless steel and secured to disc by mechanical means. Sprayed -on or plated mating surfaces will not be allowed. D Coat interior wetted ferrous surfaces of valve, including disc, with epoxy suitable for potable -water conditions. Epoxy, surface preparation, and epoxy application: In accordance with AWWA C 550 and coating manufacturer's recommendations. Provide two coats of two -component, high -build epoxy with minimum dry thickness of 10 mils. Epoxy coating Indurall 3300 or approved equal. Coatings shall be holiday tested and measured for thickness. E Valve shaft and keys, dowel pins, or taper pins used for attaching valve shaft to valve disc: Type-304 or 316 stainless steel. Shaft Bearings: Stainless steel, bronze, nylon, or Teflon (supported by fiberglass mat or backing material with proven record of preventing Teflon flow under load) in accordance with AWWA C 504. F Packing: Field -adjustable, split-V type, and replaceable without removing operator assembly. G Retaining Hardware for Seats: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. Nuts and screws used with clamps and discs for rubber seats shall be held securely with locktight, or other approved method, to prevent loosening by vibration or cavitational effects. H Valve disc shall seat in position at 90 degrees to the pipe axis and shall rotate 90 degrees between full -open and tight -closed position. Install valves with valve shafts horizontal and convex side of disc facing anticipated direction of flow, except where shown otherwise on Plans . Wagon Wheel 02541 - 5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 2.04 BUTTERFLY VALVE ACTUATOR CONSTRUCTION A Provide actuators for valves with size based on line velocity of 16 feet per second, and, unless otherwise shown on Plans , equip with geared manual actuators. Provide fully enclosed and traveling -nut type, rack-and-pinion type, or worm -gear type for valves 24 inches and smaller. B Provide actuator designed for installation with valve shaft horizontal unless otherwise indicated on Plans . C Provide valve shaft extended from valve to actuator. Space between actuator housing and valve body shall be completely enclosed so that no moving parts are exposed to soil or elements. D Provide oil -tight and watertight actuator housings for valves, specifically designed for buried service or submerged service when located in valve vaults, and factory packed with suitable grease. E Install a valve position indicator on each actuator housing located above ground or in valve vaults. Valves shall be equipped with 2-inch actuator nut only. F Indicate direction of opening of valve on exposed visible part of assembly. G Design woimim-gear or traveling -nut actuators so that a torque of 150 foot-pounds, or less, will operate valve at most adverse condition for which valve is designed. Vertical axis of actuating nut shall not move as valve is opened or closed. 2.05 VALVE BOXES A Provide standard A adjustable valve boxes only conforming to requirements of Section 02520 - Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults. 2.06 VALVE SERVICE MANHOLES A For large -diameter water mains, provide manholes to dimensions shown on Plans conforming to requirements of Section 02542 - Concrete Manholes. 2.07 AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES A Air Release Valves: Apco No. 200, GA Industries Fig. 2-AR, or equal. Materials: body and cover, ASTM A 48, Class 30, cast iron float and leverage mechanism, ASTM A 240 or A276 stainless steel; orifice and seat, stainless steel against Buna-N or Viton mechanically retained with hex head nut and bolt; other valve internals, stainless steel or bronze. Provide inlet and outlet connections, and orifice as shown on Plans . B Air Release and Vacuum Valves: Provide single -body, standard combination or duplex - body custom combination valves as indicated on Plans . Wagon Wheel 02541 - 6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES C For 2-inch and 3-inch single -body valves, provide inlet and outlet sizes as shown on Plans and orifice sized for 100 psi working pressure. Valve materials: body, cover and baffle, ASTM A 48, Class 35, or ASTM A 126, Grade B cast iron; plug or poppet, ASTM A 276 stainless steel; float, ASTM A 240 stainless steel; seat, Buna-N; other valve internals stainless steel. Valve exterior: Painted with shop -applied primer suitable for contact with potable water. Provide Apco Model 145C or 147C, Val-Matic Series 200, or equal valves. D For 3-inch and larger duplex body valves as shown on Plans , provide Apco Series 1700 with No. 200 air release valve, GA Industries Fig. No. AR/GH-21 K/280, or equal. Air and vacuum valve materials: body and cover, ASTM A 48 Class 35, cast iron; float, ASTM A 240 stainless steel; seat, Type-304, stainless steel and Buna-N; other valve internals stainless steel or bronze. Air release valve: Constructed as specified in paragraph above on Air Release Valves. E Vacuum Relief Valves: Provide air inlet vacuum relief valves with flanged inlet and outlet connections as shown on Plans . Provide air release valves in combination with inlet and outlet, and orifice as shown on Plans . Valve shall open under pressure differential not to exceed 0.25 psi. Provide Apco Senes 1500 with a No. 200A air release valve, GA Industries Fig. No. HCARV, or approved equal. Materials for vacuum relief valves: valve body, ASTM A 48, Class 35, cast iron seat and plug, ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 8366 spring, ASTM A 313, Type-304, stainless steel; bushing, ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 932; retaining screws, ASTM A 276, Type-304, stainless steel. F Air Release Valve Vault as detailed in Plans . 2.08 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A Provide Cla-Val Model 90-01, or approved equal PRV with strainer in location and arrangement as shown on Plans . Valve body* ASTM A 48, cast iron or ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with ANSI B16.1, Class 125, flanges. Valve cover: ASTM A 48 cast iron. Valve internals Type-303, stainless steel or B-62 bronze Rubber parts: Buna-N. No leather parts shall be allowed. Resilient seat shall have rectangular cross section. B Control Tubing: Contain shutoff cocks with "Y" strainer. C PRV: Equip with valve position indicator. Initially set in field by authorized manufacturer's representative with 60 psi downstream pressure. D Provide basket strainer upstream of PRV as shown on Plans . Strainer body: quick - opening type, fabricated -steel construction with ANSI B16.1 Class 150, flanges. Basket: Type-304 stainless steel. Provide Hayward Model 90, or equal, for PRV 4-inch through 24-inch. Provide Hayward Model 510 or equal, for PRV 14 inches or greater when space limitations dictate the use of smaller strainer housing. E Pilot Systems for PRV: Adjustable and pressure sustaining. Wagon Wheel 02541 - 7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES F Valve Box: Valve Box conforming to requirements of Section 02520 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Earthwork. Confoiiii to applicable provisions of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfilling for Utilities. B Operation. Do not use valves for throttling without prior approval of manufacturer. 3.02 SETTING VALVES AND VALVE BOXES A Remove foreign matter from within valves prior to installation. Inspect valves in open and closed positions to verify that parts are in satisfactory working condition. B Install valves and valve boxes where shown on Plans . Set valves plumb and as detailed. Center valve boxes on valves. Carefully tamp earth around each valve box for minimum radius of 4 feet, or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 feet. Install valves completely closed when placed in water line. C For pipe section of each valve box, use only cast iron, ductile iron, or DR18 PVC pipe cut to proper length. Size to allow future operation of valve. Assemble and brace box in vertical position as indicated on Plans . 3.03 DISINFECTION AND TESTING A Perfoit,i disinfection and testing of valves and appurtenances as required by Section 02510 - Water Mains. B Repair or replace valves which exceed the allowable specified leakage rate. 3.04 PAINTING OF VALVES A Paint valves in vaults, stations, and above ground using ACRO Paint No. 2215, or approved equal. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02541 - 8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES Section 02542 CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Cast -in -Place and Pre -cast Concrete Manholes for sanitary and stoiin sewers. B Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and gates, catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings and extensions. C Ring grates. D References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 3. Section 03300 4. Section 02318 5. Section 02910 6. Section 02921 7. Section 02922 8. Section 02530 — Submittals - Cast -in -Place Concrete - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities — Topsoil - Hydromulch Seeding Sodding - Gravity Sanitary Sewers E Reference Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 478, "Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections" b. ASTM C 443, "Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets' c. ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry" d. ASTM C 923, "Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals" e. ASTM C 1107, `Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic - Cement Grout (Nonshrink)" ASTM A 48 `Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" h. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 4. American Welding Society (AWS) a. AWS D12.1, "Reinforcing Steel Welding Code" f. g• F Definitions• 1. Shallow Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of 4 feet or less measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. Wagon Wheel 02542 - 1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2. Noiinal Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of greater than 4 feet and up to 8 feet measured from top of cover to sewer invert. 3. Extra Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of greater than 8 feet measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. 4. Corrosion Resistant Manholes- concrete manholes incorporating additional material, such as liners or coatings, which make them more resistant to corrosion than typical concrete manholes. 5. Standard Manholes Drops- drops of up to 3 vertical feet measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. Standard Manhole Drops include both internal and external Drops. 6. Extra Depth Manhole Drops- drops in excess of 3 vertical feet measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert Extra Depth Manhole Drops include both internal and external Drops 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for Normal Depth Manholes and/or Normal Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes shall be per each. B Measurement for Shallow Depth Manholes and/or Shallow Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes shall be per each. C Measurement for Extra Depth Manholes and/or Extra Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes is on a vertical foot basis for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. D Payment for Manholes under this Section shall be for complete installation including riser, frames, grates, adjustment rings, stainless steel inflow preventers, cut -in work, covers, penetrations, other appurtenances, and be in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. E Measurement for Standard Manhole Drops shall be per each. F Measurement for Extra Depth Manhole Drops is on a vertical foot basis for each foot of Drop greater than 3 feet. G Payment for Drops under this Section shall be for assembly components, encasement, other appurtenances, and be in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. . B Submit proposed Design Mix and test data for each type and strength of concrete. C Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: 1. Frames, grates, nngs, and covers. 2. Materials to be used in fabricating Drops. Wagon Wheel 02542 - 2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. 4. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs. 5. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing. 6. Shop Drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details, including reinforcement, jointing methods, materials and dimensions. 7. Certification from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478 and design criteria as established in this Section, 2.03E, ` Design Loading Criteria". . 8. Materials and procedures for corrosion resistant liner and coatings, if required. 9. Manufacturer's data for pre -mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel inverts and benches. D Provide Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of casting assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include Setting Drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A Conform to requirements of Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. B Manholes - Class A concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi unless otherwise indicated on Plans or approved by the Engineer for use on extra depth units. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL A Conform to requirements of Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.03 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A Use manhole sections and base sections conforming to ASTM C 478. Use base riser section with integral floors, unless shown otherwise. Provide adjustment rings which are standard components of the manufacturer of the manhole sections meeting material requirements of ASTM C 478. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel. B Construct barrels for precast manholes from 48-inch diameter standard reinforced concrete manhole sections unless otherwise indicated on Plans Use various lengths of manhole sections in combination to provide the correct height with the fewest joints. Wall sections shall be designed for depth as shown and loading conditions as described in this Section 2 03E, "Design Load Criteria ', but shall not be less than 5 inches thick. Base section shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches under the invert. C Provide cone tops to receive cast iron frames and covers, unless indicated otherwise. Use tops designed to support an AASHTO H-20 loading. Wagon Wheel 02542 - 3 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES D Where the Plans indicate that manholes larger than 48 inch diameter are required, precast base sections of the required diameter shall be provided with flat slab top precast sections used to transition to 48 inch diameter manhole access riser sections. Transition can be concentric or eccentric The transition shall be located to provide a minimum of 7-foot head clearance from the top of bench to underside of transition. E Design Loading Criteria: The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base slab shall be designed by the manufacturer to the requirements of ASTM C 478 for the depth as shown on Plans and the following design criteria: 1. AASHTO H-20 loading applied to the manhole cover and transmitted down to the transition and base slabs. 2. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above all portions of the manhole, including base slab projections. 3. Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing an at -rest equivalent fluid pressure of 100 pcf, with soil pressure acting on empty manhole 4. Internal liquid pressure based on a unit weight of 63 pcf, with manhole filled with liquid from invert to cover, with no balancing external soil pressure. 5. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by the transition and base slabs. 6. Design additional reinforcing steel to transfer stresses at openings. 7. The minimum clear distance between any two wall penetrations shall be 12 inches or half the diameter of the smaller penetration, whichever is greater. F Form joints between sections with 0-ring gaskets conforming to ASTM C 443. G Do not incorporate manhole steps in manhole sections. H Do not use brick masonry in construction of sanitary sewer manholes. 2.04 MORTAR A Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A Provide cast-iron frames, grates, rings, stainless steel inflow preventers, and covers conforming to requirements of this Section and the City of Pearland Standard Construction Details. 2.06 DROPS A Drops shall conform to the same pipe material requirements used in the main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. 2.07 PIPE CONNECTIONS A Use resilient connectors confoxniing to requirements of ASTM C 923. Metallic mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C 923 shall be made of the following materials: Wagon Wheel 02542 - 4 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1. External clamps: Type 304 stainless steel 2. Internal, expandable clamps on standard manholes: Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum. 3. Internal, expandable clamps on corrosion -resistant manholes: a. Type 316 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum, or b. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum, coated with minimum 16 mil fusion -bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C 213. 4. All precast openings shall be fully circular, 360° openings. B Where rigid joints between pipe and a cast -in -place manhole base are specified or shown on the Plans, use polyethylene -isoprene water -stop meeting the physical property requirements of ASTM C 923, Press -Seal WS Series, or equal. C Stoini sewer pipe connections: 1. Connections acceptable for sanitary sewers. 2. Line pipe grouted in place with mortar. 2.08 SEALANT MATERIALS A Sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame shall be Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal. 2.09 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS A Where corrosion -resistant manholes or PVC -lined manholes are indicated on the Plans, provide the following: 1. T-Lok PVC liner for precast cylindrical manhole section, base sections, and cone sections. a. Seal internal PVC liner at pipe penetrations using manufacturer's recommended methods. 2. NeoPoxyTM NPR-5300 Series "PureEpoxy" spray on epoxy liner and other required fillers/sealants per manufacturer's recommendations: a. NeoPoxy NPR-3501 high tensile elongation epoxy elastomeric gout and sealant b. NeoPoxy NPR-5305 trowelable epoxy filler grout and sealant, c. Chemical and cementitious rapid set hydraulic grouts such as Strong - Plug Strong -Seal QSR, Quadex Hyperform and Quadex Hydro -Plug, or other equivalents pre -approved by the engineer. d. NeoPoxy P-88 ultraviolet light resistant topcoat. 2.10 BACKFILL MATERIALS A Backfill materials shall confoiin to the requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Wagon Wheel 02542 - 5 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2.11 NON -SHRINK GROUT A For non -shrink grout, use prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non -gas -liberating, non- metallic, cement -based grout requiring only the addition of water. It shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. 2.12 CASTINGS A Castings for frames grates, rings and covers shall conform to City ofPearland Standard Construction Details and shall be ASTM A48, Class 30. Provide locking covers if indicated on Plans. B Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation. C Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Plans. D Castings shall be clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetncal, free of plugs. 2.13 BEARING SURFACES A Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which the casting may be seated in the frame. 2.14 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A Where indicated on the Plans, provide watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Supply watertight manhole covers and frames, Model R-1916 manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by Vulcan Foundry, or approval equal. 2.15 FABRICATED RING GRATES A Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A 615. B Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1. 2.16 INFLOW PREVENTERS A Provide stainless steel inflow preventers with air release vents on all sanitary sewer manholes. Wagon Wheel 02542 - 6 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify lines and grades are correct. CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES B Determine if the Subgrade, when scarified and re -compacted, can be compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density, the Subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. C Do not build sanitary or storm sewer manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless approved by the Engineer. 3.02 CAST -IN -PLACE MANHOLES A Construct manholes to dimensions shown on Plans. Commence construction as soon as possible after pipes are laid. B Unstable Subgrade Treatment: When unstable subgrade is encountered the Subgrade will be examined by the Engineer to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over -excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material under the manhole base. If there is evidence of heaving, a pile - supported concrete foundation as detailed on the Plans, shall be provided under the manhole base, when indicated by the Engineer. C Cast manhole foundations and walls monolithically. A cold joint with approved water stop will be allowed when the manhole flow line depth exceeds 12 feet. No other joints will be allowed unless shown on Plans or approved by the Engineer. D Place, finish and cure concrete for Manholes following the procedures given in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete, for concrete containing micro -silica admixtures. 3.03 PLACEMENT OF PRECAST MANHOLES A Install Precast Manholes to conform to locations and dimensions shown on Plans. B Place Manholes at points of change of alignment, grade, size, pipe intersections, and end of sewer. 3.04 MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS A Place precast base on 12-inch-thick (minimum) foundation of cement stabilized sand or a concrete foundation slab. Compact cement -sand in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Wagon Wheel 02542 - 7 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES B Unstable Subgrade Treatment: When unstable subgrade is encountered, the subgrade will be examined by the Engineer to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over -excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material under the manhole base. If there is evidence of heaving, a pile - supported concrete foundation, as detailed on the Plans, shall be provided under the manhole base, when indicated by the Engineer. 3.05 PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A Install sections, joints, and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations B Install precast or steel adjustment rings above tops of cones or flat -top sections as required to adjust the finished elevation and to support manhole frame. C Seal any lifting holes with non -shrink grout. D Where PVC liners are required, seal joints between sections in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 3.06 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLE A Install approved resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting sanitary sewer manholes in accordance with manufacturer s instructions. B Ensure that no concrete, cement stabilized sand, fill, or other rigid material is allowed to enter the space between the pipe and the edge of the wall opening at and around the resilient connector on either the interior or exterior of the manhole. If necessary, fill the space with a compressible material to guarantee the full flexibility provided by the resilient connector. All pipe openings shall be fully circular, 360° openings. C Where a new manhole is to be constructed on an existing sewer, install a water -stop gasket around the existing pipe at the center of the cast -in -place wall. Join ends of split water -stop material at the pipe spring -line using an adhesive recommended and supplied by the water -stop manufacturer. Manhole shall be cut -in to existing pipe. No `horseshoe" connections will be permitted. D Do not construct joints on sanitary sewer pipe within wall sections of manholes. Use approved connection material. E Construct pipe stubs with resilient connectors for future connections at locations and with material indicated on Plans. Install approved stub plugs at interior of manhole. F Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling. Wagon Wheel 02542 8 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3.07 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A Construct invert channels to provide a smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe -manhole connections. Conform to following criteria: 1. Slope of invert bench: 1 inch per foot minimum, 1-1/2 inch per foot maximum. 2. Depth of bench to invert: a. Pipes smaller than 15-inches: one-half largest pipe diameter b. Pipes 15 to 24-inches: three -fourths the largest pipe diameter c. Pipes larger than 24-inches: equal to the largest pipe diameter 3. Invert slope through manhole: 0.10-foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of invert through manhole, unless otherwise indicated on Plans. B Form invert channels with Class A concrete if not integral with manhole base. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. 3.08 DROPS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A Construct Drops with same materials used in main pipe unless otherwise indicated on Plans or approved by the Engineer. Install a Drop when a sewer line enters a manhole higher than 30-inches above the invert of the manhole. B Encase Drop assembly with Class A concrete to foiun a solid mass Extend concrete outside of bells a minimum of 4 inches. Cast base of encasement monolithically with manhole base and ensure concrete bonds to exterior manhole wall. C Terminate encasement of blind drops a minimum of 5 inches below top of bell and not less than 12 inches above top of next lower bell. Install approved plug at bell. 3.09 MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS A Combine precast concrete adjustment rings so that the elevation of the installed casting cover is 3/8 inch below the pavement surface. Seal between adjustment nng and the manhole top with non -shrink grout; do not use mortar between adjustment rings. Apply a latex -based bonding agent to concrete surfaces to be joined with non -shrink grout Set the cast iron frame on the adjustment ring in a bed of approved sealant. The sealant bed shall consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2- inch and 3/4-inch wide. B For manholes in unpaved areas, top of frame shall be set a minimum of 6 inches above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Plans. In unpaved areas, encase the manhole frame in mortar or non -shrink grout placed flush with the face of the manhole ring and the top edge of the frame. Provide a rounded corner around the perimeter. Wagon Wheel 02542 - 9 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3.10 BACKFILL A Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Use embedment zone backfill material, as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities, above the embedment zone backfill. B Where rigid joints are used for connecting existing sewers to the manhole, backfill under the existing sewer up to the spring -line of the pipe with Class B concrete or flowable fill. C In unpaved areas, provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil confouming to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. Seed in accordance with Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding. If shown on Plans, sod disturbed areas in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02530 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers. 3.12 PROTECTION A Protect Manholes from damage until subsequent work has been accepted. Repair or replace damaged elements of Manholes at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02542 - 10 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS 1.0 GENERAL Section 02603 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings and extensions. B Ring grates. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals D Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" b. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Dammed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) a. AASHTO M 306, "Drainage, Sewage, Utility, and Related Castings" 3. American Welding Society (AWS) a. AWS D12.1, "Reinforcing Steel Welding Code" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for frames, grates, nngs, covers, and seals under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If frames, grates rings, covers, and seals are included as a Bid Items, measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. . B Provide copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions. Manufacturer shall be East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. or approved equal. C Provide Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of casting assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory Wagon Wheel 02603 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS items. Include Setting Drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CASTINGS A Castings for Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers shall conform to ASTM A 48, Class 35B and AASHTO M 306. Provide locking covers if indicated on Plans. B Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation. C Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Plans. D Castings shall be 75% post -consumer recycled material, clean free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs. 2.02 BEARING SURFACES A Machine Bearing Surfaces between Covers or Grates and their respective Frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which the casting maybe seated in the Frame. 2.03 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A Where indicated on the Plans, provide stainless steel inflow preventers and watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Supply watertight manhole Frames and Covers Model R-1916 manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by Vulcan Foundry, or approval equal. 2.04 FABRICATED RING GRATES A Ring Grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A 615. B Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1. 2.05 MORTAR A Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Install castings according to approved Shop Drawings, instructions given in related Sections, and applicable directions from the manufacturer's printed materials. Wagon Wheel 02603 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS B Set castings accurately at required locations to proper alignment and elevation. Keep castings plumb, level, true and free of rack Measure location accurately from established lines and grades. Brace or anchor frames temporarily in formwork until permanently set. C Ring Grates shall be fabricated in accordance with Plans and shall be set in Mortar in the mouth of the pipe bell. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02603 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS Section 02630 STORM SEWERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Storm sewers and appurtenances. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for stoma sewers is on a linear foot basis for each type and size of pipe installed. Measurement will be taken along the center line of the pipe from center line to center line of manholes or from end to end of culverts. B No separate payment will be made for earthwork, connections to existing manholes and pipe, accessories, equipment and execution required or incidental to storm sewer work. Include payment in unit price for pipe. C Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's literature for product specifications and installation instructions. C Submit test reports as specified in Part 3 of this Section. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A The condition for acceptance will be a storm sewer that is watertight both in pipe -to -pipe joints and in pipe -to -manhole connections. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. B Handle pipe, fittings, and accessories carefully with approved handling devices. Do not drop or roll pipe off trucks or trailers. Materials cracked, gouged, chipped, dented, or otherwise damaged will not be approved for installation. C Store pipe and fittings on heavy timbers or platforms to avoid contact with the ground. D Unload pipe, fittings, and specials as close as practical to the location of installation to avoid unnecessary handling. Wagon Wheel 02630-1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS E Keep interiors of pipe and fittings completely free of dirt and foreign matter. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE MATERIAL A Piping materials for storm sewers shall be of the sizes and types indicated on the Drawings. B Materials for pipe and fittings, other than those specified or referenced, may be considered for use in stouun sewers. C For consideration of other materials, submit complete manufacturer's data including materials, sizes, flow carrying capacity, installation procedures, and history of similar installations to Engineer for pre -bid evaluations, if allowed, or as a substitution. 2.02 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A Circular reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to requirements of ASTM C76, for Class TTT wall thickness. Joints shall be rubber gasketed conforming to ASTM C443. B Reinforced concrete arch pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C506 for Class A-TTI Joints shall conform to ASTM C877. C Reinforced concrete elliptical pipe, either vertical or horizontal, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C507 for Class VE-Ill for vertical or Class HE -III for horizontal. Joints shall be rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C877. D Reinforced concrete D-load pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C655. E When approved by the Engineer, high density polyethylene, corrugated drainage pipe meeting requirements of AASHTO M252 or M294 and ASTM D3350, Hancor or equal. 2.03 PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX SEWERS A All box sewer sections shall conform to ASTM C789 or ASTM C850, as indicated on the Drawings. B All pipe and boxes shall be machine -made or cast by a process which will provide for uniform placement of concrete in the forms and compaction by mechanical devices which will assure a dense concrete. C Concrete shall conform to requirements of Section 03300. D Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other batching facility from which the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit -mixed concrete is not acceptable. Wagon Wheel 02630-2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 2.04 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE AND FITTINGS A Corrugated metal pipe may be galvanized steel, aluminized steel, aluminum or precoated galvanized steel as indicated on Drawings and conforming to the following: Galvanized Steel AASHTO M 218 Aluminized Steel AASHTO M 274 Aluminum AASHTO M 197 Precoated Galvanized Steel AASHTO M 246 1 Reference to gauge of metal is to U.S. Standard Gauge for uncoated sheets. Tables in AASHTO M 218 and AASHTO M 274 list thicknesses for coated sheets in inches. The tables in AASHTO M 197 list thicknesses in inches for clad aluminum sheets. B Coupling bands and other hardware for galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall conform to requirements of AASHTO M 36 for steel pipe and AASHTO M 196 for aluminum pipe. 1. Coupling bands shall be not more than 3 nominal sheet thicknesses lighter than thickness of pipe to be connected and in no case lighter than 0.052 inch for steel or 0.048 inch for aluminum. 2. Coupling bands shall be made of same base metal and coating (metallic or otherwise) as pipe. 3. Minimum width of corrugated locking bands shall be as shown below for corrugations which correspond to end circumferential corrugations on pipes being joined: a. 10-1/2 inches wide for 2-2/3-inch x 1/2-inch corrugations. b. 12 inches wide for 3-inch x 1-inch corrugations. 4. Helical pipe without circumferential end corrugations will be permitted only when it is necessary to join a new pipe to an existing pipe which was installed with no circumferential end corrugations. In this event pipe furnished with helical corrugations at ends shall be field jointed with either helically corrugated bands or with bands with projections (dimples). The minimum width of helical corrugated bands shall conform to the following: a. 12 inches wide for 1/2-inch-deep helical end corrugations. b. 14 inches wide for one -inch -deep helical end corrugations. 5. Bands with projections shall have circumferential rows of projections with one projection for each corrugation. Width of bands with projections shall be not less than the following: a. 12 inches wide for pipe diameters up to and including 72 inches. Bands shall have two circumferential rows of projections. b. 16-1/4 inches wide for pipe diameters of 78 inches and greater. Bands shall have four circumferential rows of projections. 6. Bolts for coupling bands shall be 1/2-inch diameter. Bands 12 inches wide or less will have a minimum of 2 bolts per end at each connection, and bands greater than 12 inches wide shall have a minimum of 3 bolts at each connection Wagon Wheel 02630-3 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 7. Galvanized bolts may be hot dip galvanized in accordance with requirements of AASHTO M 232, mechanically galvanized to provide same requirements as AASHTO M 232, or electrogalvanized per ASTM B 633, Type RS. C Bituminous coated pipe or pipe arch shall be coated inside and out with a bituminous coating which shall meet these performance requirements and requirements of AASHTO M 190. 1. Pipe shall be uniformly coated inside and out to a minimum thickness of 0.05 inch, measured on crests of corrugations. 2. Bituminous coating shall adhere to the metal so that it will not chip, crack, or peel during handling and placement and shall protect pipe from corrosion and deterioration. 3. Where a paved invert is shown on Drawings, pipe or pipe arch, in addition to fully- coated treatment described above, shall receive additional bituminous material, same as specified above, applied to the bottom quarter of circumference to form a smooth pavement. Maintain a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch above crests of corrugations. D Furnish all fittings and specials required for bends, end sections, branches, access manholes, and connections to other fittings. Design fittings and specials in accordance with Drawings and ASTM A 760. Fittings and specials are subject to same internal and external loads as straight pipe. 2.05 PIPE FABRICATION A Steel Pipe: 1. Galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 36, Type I, Type IA, or Type II, as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams, helical corrugations with continuous helical lock seam, or ultra -high frequency resistance butt -welded seams is acceptable. B Aluminum Pipe' 1. Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 196, Type I, Type IA, circular pipe, or Type II, pipe arch as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams, or helical corrugations with a continuous helical lock seam. 3. Portions of aluminum pipe that will be in contact with concrete or metal other than aluminum, shall be insulated from these materials with a coating of bituminous material meeting requirements of AASHTO M 190. Extend coating a minimum distance of one foot beyond area of contact. C Precoated Galvanized Steel Pipe: 1. Pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 245, Type I, Type IA or Type II as indicated on the Drawings. Wagon Wheel 02630-4 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted seams, or helical lock seams is acceptable. 3. Inside and outside coating shall be a minimum of 10 mils. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A Tolerances: Allowable casting tolerances for concrete units are plus or minus 1/4 inch from dimensions shown on the Drawings. Concrete thickness in excess of that required will not constitute cause for rejection provided that such excess thickness does not interfere with proper jointing operations. B Precast Unit Identification: Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer clearly on the inside of inlet, headwall or wingwall. C Rejection: Precast units may be rejected for non -conformity with these specifications and for any of the following reasons: 1. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, except for a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint. 2. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. 3. Damaged or misshaped ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. D Replacement. Immediately remove rejected units from the work site and replace with acceptable units. E Repairs: Occasional imperfections resulting from manufacture or accidental damage may be repaired if, in the opinion of the Engineer, repaired units conform with requirements of these specifications. 2.07 BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND TOPSOIL MATERIAL A Bedding and Backfill Material Conform to drawings and requirements of Sections 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Topsoil: Conform to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Set up street detours and barricades in preparation for excavation if construction will affect traffic. Conform to requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. B Provide barricades and warning lights and signs, for excavations. Confoini to requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades Wagon Wheel 02630-5 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS and warning lights for streets and intersections where work is in progress or where affected by the work and is considered hazardous to traffic movements. C Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards. Employ a Trench Safety System as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems for excavations over 5 feet deep. D Immediately notify the agency or company owning any utility line which is damaged, broken or disturbed. Obtain approval from Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. E Remove old pavements and structures including sidewalks and driveways in accordance with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demolition. F Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. 3.02 EARTHWORK A Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown on the Drawings. When pipes are laid in a trench, the trench when completed and shaped to receive the pipe, shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space for satisfactory bedding and jointing and thorough tamping of backfill and bedding material under and around pipe B Bed pipe in accordance with Drawings When requested by Engineer furnish a simple template for each size and shape of pipe for use in checking shaping of bedding. Template shall consist of a thin plate or board cut to match lower half of cross section. C Where rock in either ledge or boulder form exists below pipe, remove the rock below grade and replace with suitable materials so that a slightly yielding compacted earth cushion is provided below pipe a minimum of 12 inches thick. D Where soil encountered at established grade is quicksand, muck or similar unstable materials, such unstable soil shall be removed and replaced in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Do not allow cement stabilized materials for backfill to come into contact with any uncoated aluminum or aluminized pipe surface. E After metal pipe structure has been completely assembled on proper line and grade and headwalls constructed when required by the drawing details, place selected material from excavation or borrow along both sides of the completed structures equally, in uniform layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required and thoroughly compacted between adjacent structures and between structure and sides of trench, or for a distance each side of structure equal to diameter of pipe. Backfill material shall be compacted to the same density requirements as specified for adjoining Wagon Wheel 02630-6 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS sections of embankment in accordance with specifications. Above three -fourths point of structure, place uniformly on each side of pipe in layers not to exceed 12 inches. F Only hand operated tamping equipment will be allowed within vertical planes 2 feet beyond horizontal projection of outside surface of structure for backfillrng, until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained. Remove and replace damaged pipe. G Do not permit heavy earth moving equipment to haul over structure until a minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed. H During backfilling, obtain uniform backfill material and uniform compacted density throughout length of structure so that unequal pressure will be avoided. Provide proper backfill under structure. Prior to adding each new layer of loose backfill material, an inspection will be made of inside periphery of structure for local or unequal deformation caused by improper construction methods Evidence of deformation will be reason for such corrective measures as may be directed by Engineer. 3.03 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE INSTALLATION A Place pipes on prepared foundation starting at outlet end. Join sections firmly together, with side laps or circumferential joints pointing upstream and with longitudinal laps on sides. B Metal in joints which is not protected by galvanizing or aluminizing shall be coated with an approved asphaltum paint. C Provide proper equipment for hoisting and lowering sections of pipe into trench without damaging pipe or disturbing prepared foundation and sides of trench. Pipe which is not in alignment or which shows undue settlement after laying, or is damaged, shall be taken up and relaid. D Multiple installations of corrugated metal pipe and pipe arches shall be laid with the center lines of individual barrels parallel. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, maintain the following clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes: Wagon Wheel DIAMETER PIPE ARCH CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN PIPES DESIGN NO. FULL CIRCLE AND PIPE ARCH OF PIPE 18" 1' 2' 2 24" 1' 5" 3 30" 1' 8" 4 36" 1'11" 5 42" 2' 2" 6 48" 2' 5" 7 02630-7 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 54" 2' 10" 8 60" 84" 3' 2" 9 — 90" 3' 5" 10 & Over —120" E Where extensions are attached to existing structures, install a proper connection between structure and existing as indicated on Drawings, coat the connection with bituminous material when required. F When existing headwalls and aprons are indicated for reuse on the Drawings, sever portion to be reused from the existing culvert, and relocate to prepared position. Damaged headwalls, aprons or pipes attached to the headwall, shall be restored to their original condition. 3.04 JOINTING A Field joints shall maintain pipe alignment during construction and prevent infiltration of side material. B Coupling bands shall lap equally on pipes being connected to form a tightly -closed joint. C Use corrugated locking bands to field join pipes furnished with circumferential corrugations including pipe with helical corrugations having refoi vied circumferential corrugations on ends. Fit locking bands into a minimum of one full circumferential corrugation of pipe ends being coupled. 3.05 CONCRETE PIPE INSTALLATION A Install in accordance with the drawings and pipe manufacturer's recommendations and as specified in this Section. B Install pipe only after excavation is completed, the bottom of the trench shaped, bedding material is installed, and the trench has been approved by the Engineer. C Install pipe to the line and grade indicated. Place pipe so that it has continuous bearing of barrel on bedding material and is laid in the trench so the interior surfaces of the pipe follow the grades and alignments indicated. D Install pipe with the spigot ends toward the direction of flow. E Form a concentric joint with each section of adjoining pipe so as to prevent offsets. F Place and drive home newly laid sections with come -a -long winches so as to eliminate damage to sections. Use of back hoes or similar powered equipment will not be allowed unless protective measures are provided and approved in advance by the Engineer. Wagon Wheel 02630-8 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS G Keep the interior of pipe clean as the installation progresses. Where cleaning after laying the pipe is difficult because of small pipe size use a suitable swab or drag in the pipe and pull it forward past each joint immediately after the joint has been completed. H Keep excavations free of water during construction and until final inspection. I When work is not in progress, cover the exposed ends of pipes with an approved plug to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe. 3.06 PIPE INSTALLATION OTHER THAN OPEN CUT A For installation of pipe by augering, boring, or jacking pipe, conform to requirements of Section 02415 - Pipe and Casing Augering. 3.07 CONNECTIONS A Connect inlet leads to the inlets as shown on the Drawings. Use non -shrink grout jointing material as shown on the Drawing or as approved. Make connections water tight. 3.08 FINISHES A Cut off inlet leads neatly at the inside face of inlet wall. Point up with mortar or field galvenizing. B When the box section of the inlet has been completed, shape the floor of the inlet with mortar to conform to the detailed Drawings. C Finish concrete surfaces in accordance with requirements of Section 03300. 3.09 BACKFILL AND SITE CLEANUP A Backfill the trench only after pipe installation is approved by the Engineer. B Bed pipes with materials conforming to requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities and as indicated on Drawings. C Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. D Repair and replace removed or damaged pavement and sidewalks as specified in Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. E In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope to natural grade as indicated on the Drawings. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil and seed according to requir ements of Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding. F Confoilii to requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. Wagon Wheel 02630-9 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02630-10 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST CONCRETE INLETS, HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS Section 02631 PRECAST CONCRETE INLETS, HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Precast concrete inlets for storm or sanitary sewers, including cast iron frame and plate or grate. B Precast concrete headwalls and wingwalls for storm sewers. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for normal depth inlets is on a lump sum basis for each inlet installed. B Measurement for extra depth inlets is on a vertical foot basis for each foot in excess of normal depth and paid only when extra depth is specified. C Measurement for headwalls and wingwalls is on a lump sum basis for each headwall and wingwall installed. D Payment for inlets and for culvert headwalls and wingwalls includes connection of lines and furnishing and installing frames, grates, rings and covers. E Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Normal Depth Type A, Type B, Type C and Type E Inlets: Depth of 2.25 feet or less (2'- 3 ') plus pipe inside diameter when measured from grating, bottom of gutter, or throat to flow line of inlet lead. B Noinial Depth Type BB Inlet: Depth of 2.55 feet (2'-6-5/8") plus pipe inside diameter when measured from curb beam to flow line of inlet lead. C Extra Depth Inlet: Specified depth exceeding noiiiial depth for the type inlet used. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Submittal shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit shop drawings for approval of design and construction details for precast concrete inlets, headwalls and wingwalls. Precast units differing from the standard designs shown on the Drawings will be rejected unless submittals are made and Wagon Wheel 02631-1 of4 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST CONCRETE INLETS, HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS approved. Submittals must clearly show that the proposed substitution is equal or superior in every respect to the standard designs. C Submit manufacturers' data and details for frames, grates, rings, and covers. 1.05 STORAGE AND SHIPMENT A Store precast units on level blocking. Do not place loads on them until design strength is reached. Shipment of acceptable units may be made when the 28 day strength requirements have been met. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Concrete: Concrete for precast machine -made units meeting requirements of ASTM C76 regarding reinforced concrete, cement, aggregate, mixture, and concrete test. Minimum 28-day compressive strength shall be 4,000 psi. B Reinforcing steel: Confoilu to requirements of Section 03300. Place reinforcing steel to conform to details shown on Drawings and as follows: 1. Provide a positive means for holding steel cages in place throughout production of concrete units. The maximum variation in reinforcement position is plus or minus 10 percent of wall thickness or plus or minus 1/2 inch whichever is less. Regardless of variation, the minimum cover of concrete over reinforcement as shown on the Drawings shall be maintained. 2. Welding of reinforcing steel is not permitted unless noted on the Drawings. C Mortar: Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using portland cement. D Miscellaneous metal: Cast-iron frames and plates conforming to requirements of Section 02542. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A Tolerances: Allowable casting tolerances for concrete units are plus or minus 1/4 inch from dimensions shown on the Drawings. Concrete thickness in excess of that required will not constitute cause for rejection provided that such excess thickness does not interfere with proper jointing operations. B Precast Unit Identification: Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer clearly on the inside of inlet, headwall or wingwall. C Rejection: Precast units may be rejected for non -conformity with these specifications and for any of the following reasons: 1. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, except for a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint. Wagon Wheel 02631-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST CONCRETE INLETS, HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS 2. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. 3. Damaged or misshaped ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. D Replacement: Immediately remove rejected units from the work site and replace with acceptable units. E Repairs: Occasional imperfections resulting from manufacture or accidental damage may be repaired if, in the opinion of the Engineer, repaired units conform with requirements of these specifications. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify lines and grades are correct. B Verify compacted subgrade will support loads imposed by inlets. 3.02 INSTALLATION A Install inlets, headwalls, and wingwalls complete in place to the dimensions, lines and grades as shown on the Drawings B Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02318. C Bed precast concrete units on cement stabilized sand on foundations of firm, stable material accurately shaped to conform to the shape of unit bases. D Provide adequate means to lift and place concrete units. 3.03 FINISHES A Use a cement -sand mortar mix to seal joints, fill lifting holes, and as otherwise required. B When the box section of the inlet has been completed, shape the floor of the inlet with mortar to conform to Drawings details. C Accurately adjust cast iron inlet plate frames to line, grade, and slope. Grout frame in place with mortar. 3.04 INLET WATERTIGHTNESS A Test each inlet for leaks. Verify that inlets are free of visible leaks. Repair leaks in an approved manner. Wagon Wheel 02631-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST CONCRETE INLETS, HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS 3.05 CONNECTIONS A Connect inlet leads to the inlets as shown on the Drawings. Use non -shrink jointing material as shown on the Drawing or as approved. Make connections water tight. 3.06 BACKFILL A Backfill the area of excavation surrounding each completed inlet, headwall or wingwall according to the requirements of Section 02318. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02631-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES Section 02633 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Adjusting elevation of manholes, inlets, and valve boxes to new grades. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for adjusting utility structures to grade is on a lump sum basis for: 1. Adjusting manholes. 2. Adjusting inlets. 3. Adjusting valve boxes. B Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A For cast in place concrete, refer to Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete B For precast concrete manhole sections and adjustment rings, refer to Section 02542 Concrete Manholes and Accessories. C For mortar mix, conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland Cement. 2.02 CAST IRON ADJUSTING RINGS A For cast iron adjusting rings, refer to Section 02542. 2.03 PIPING MATERIALS A For riser pipes and fittings, refer to applicable piping materials specifications in Sections 02542. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Examine existing structure, valve box, frame and cover or inlet box, frame and cover or inlet, and piping and connections for damage or defects that would affect adjustment to grade. Report such damage or defects to the Engineer. Wagon Wheel 02633 - 1 of 3 CITYOFPEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES 3.02 ESTABLISHING GRADE A Coordinate grade related items with existing grade and finished grade or paving, and relate to established bench mark or reference line. 3.03 ADJUSTING MANHOLES AND INLETS A Elevation of manhole or inlet can be raised using precast concrete rings or metal adjusting rings. Use of brick for adjustment to grade is prohibited Elevation of manhole or inlet can be lowered by removing existing masonry, adjusting rings or the top section of the barrel below the new elevation and then rebuilding or raising the elevation to the proper height B Grout inside and outside adjusting ring joints. C Savage and reuse cast iron frame and cover or grate. D Protect or block off manhole or inlet bottom using wood forms shaped to fit so that no debris or soil falls to the bottom during adjustment. E Set the cast iron frame for the manhole cover or grate in a full mortar bed and adjust to the established elevation. In streets, adjust covers to be 3/8 inch below pavement. F Verify that manholes and inlets are free of visible leaks as a result of reconstruction. Repair leaks in a manner subject to the Engineer's approval. 3.04 ADJUSTING VALVE BOXES A If usable, salvage and reuse valve box and surrounding concrete block. B Remove and replace 6-inch ductile iron riser pipe with suitable length for depth of cover required to establish the adjusted elevation to accommodate actual finish grade. C Reinstall in -kind adjustable valve box and riser piping plumbed in vertical position. Provide minimum 6 inches telescoping freeboard space between riser pipe top butt end and interior contact flange of valve box for vertical movement damping. D After valve box has been set aligned, and adjusted so that top lid is level with final grade, pour a 24-inch by 24-inch by 8-inch thick concrete pad around valve box. Center valve box horizontally within concrete slab. 3.05 BACKFILL AND GRADING A Backfill the area of excavation surrounding each adjusted manhole, inlet, and valve box and compact according to requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Grade the ground surface to drain away from each manhole and valve box. Place earth fill around manholes to the level of the upper rim of the manhole frame. Place earth fill around the valve box concrete block. Wagon Wheel 02633 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES C In unpaved areas, grade surface at a uniform slope of 1 to 5 from the manhole frame to natural grade. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil conforming to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil and seed in accordance with Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02633 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 1.0 GENERAL Section 02710 BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Base course of crushed stone, recycled crushed concrete base, cement stabilized crushed stone, cement stabilized bankrun gravel, recycled crushed stone and hot mix asphalt base course. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for base course is on a square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of base course B Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit samples of crushed stone, gravel, crushed concrete and soil binder for testing. C Submit weight tickets, certified by supplier, with each bulk delivery of cement to work site. D Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for pug mill and associated equipment, spreading machine, and compaction equipment for approval. E Submit manufacturing description and characteristics of spreading and finishing machine for approval. 1.04 TESTS A Tests and analysis of soil materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM C131, ASTM D1557, ASTM D4318, Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A Stockpiles shall be made up of layers of processed aggregate materials Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. Wagon Wheel 02710 - 1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CRUSHED STONE FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE A Crushed Stone: Material retained on the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements: 1. Durable particles of crusher -run broken limestone, sandstone, gravel or granite obtained from an approved source. 2. Los Angeles abrasion test percent of wear not to exceed 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM C131. B Soil Binder: Material passing the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318: 1. Maximum Liquid Limit: 40. 2. Maximum Plasticity Index: 12. 3. Maximum Lineal Shrinkage: 7 (when calculated from volumetric shrinkage at liquid limit). C Mixed Materials shall meet the following requirements: 1. Minimum compressive strength of 35 psi at 0 psi lateral pressure and 175 psi at 15 psi lateral pressure using tnaxial testing procedures. 2. Grading in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E within the following limits: SIEVE PERCENT RETAINED 1 3/4-inch 0 to 10 No. 4 45 to 75 No. 40 60 to 85 2.02 CEMENT STABILIZED BASE COURSE A Cement. ASTM C150 Type I; bulk or sacked. B Water: Clean; clear; and free from oil, acids, alkali, or vegetable matter. C Crushed Stone: material retained on the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements: 1. Durable particles of crusher -run broken limestone obtained from an approved source. 2. Los Angeles abrasion test percent of wear not to exceed 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM C131. D Gravel: Durable particles of bankrun gravel or processed material. E Soil Binder: Material passing the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318: 1. Maximum Liquid limit: 35. Wagon Wheel 02710 - 2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 2. Maximum Plasticity index: 10. F Mixed aggregate and soil binder shall meet the following requirements: 1. Grading in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E within the following limits: SIEVE PERCENT RETAINED CRUSHED STONE PROCESSED GR. 1 GRAVEL GR. 2 BANKRUN GRAVEL 1 3/4-inch 0 to 10 0 to 5 - 0 to 5 '/z-inch - - 0 - No. 4 45 to 75 30 to 75 15 to 35 30 to 75 No. 40 55 to 80 60 to 85 55 to 85 65 to 85 2. Obtain prior permission from Engineer for use of additives to meet above requirements. G Cut back asphalt: MC30 conforming to requirements of Section 02742. H Emulsified petroleum resin: EPR-1 Prime conforming to requirements of Section 02742. I Design mix for minimum average compressive strength of 200 psi at 48 hours using Tex-120-E unconfined compressive strength testing procedures Provide minimum cement content of 1-1/2 sacks, weighing 94 pounds each, per ton of mix. J Increase cement content if average compressive strength of tests on field samples fall below 200 psi. Refer to Part 3 concerning field samples and tests. K Mix in stationary pug mill equipped with feeding and metering devices which shall add specified quantities of base material, cement, and water into mixer. Dry mix base material and cement sufficiently to prevent cement balls from forming when water is added. L Resulting mixture shall be homogeneous and uniform in appearance. 2.03 CEMENT -STABILIZED RECYCLED CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE (RCCB) COURSE A System Description: Provide RCCB with following performance: 1. Minimum 5 percent cement. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength: 650 psi at 7 days following TxDOT Tex-120-E. 3. Prepare concrete product in an on- or off -site pug mill, or in an on- or off -site portable concrete mixer. Wagon Wheel 02710 - 3 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT B Preliminary Design. Prepare preliminary mix for 4 cement ratios; 5, 6, 7 and 8 percent. 1. Designate source of concrete for crushing. Follow Section 01450 for tests of concrete from source. 2. Results of compression tests will be used by Engineer to select the final mix design. C Cement: ASTM C150 Type I, II or III; bulk or sacked. D Water: Potable. E Aggregate: Recycled Crushed Concrete: Material retained on the No. 40 Sieve, and durable coarse particles of crusher -run reclaimed cured Portland cement concrete, obtained from an approved source. Organic material is prohibited. F Soil Binder (classified below): Meeting the following requirements when tested following TxDOT Tex-106-E• 1. Maximum Liquid Limit: 35 2. Maximum Plasticity Index: 10 G Mixed Aggregate and Soil Binder: Grading following Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E within the following limits: SIEVE PERCENT RETAINED 1 3A-inch 0 to 10 No. 4 45to75 No. 40 55 80; "Soil Binder" to classified as 1 Obtain prior permission from Engineer for use of additives to meet above requirements. H Asphaltic Seal Cure: 1. Use following as Contractor's option to curing by sprinkling, at no additional cost or time 2. Cut -back asphalt. MC30 following Section 02742. 3. Emulsified petroleum resin: EPR-1 Prime following Section 02742. Material Mix and Mixing Equipment 1. Design mix for minimum compressive strength of 650 psi at 7 days following Tex-120-E unconfined compressive strength. 2. Cement Ratio: Follow Paragraph 1.04 A. Increase cement content in one percent steps up to 8 percent maximum if compressive strength of design mix samples and field samples of installed product fail above test. Wagon Wheel 02710 - 4 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 3. Mix following Paragraph 1.04 A, with metering devices adding specified quantities of crushed concrete, cement, and water into mixer. Dry mix crushed concrete and cement to prevent cement balls from forming when water is added. Produce homogeneous and uniformly mixed product. 2.04 HOT MIX ASPHALT BASE COURSE (BLACK BASE) A Coarse Aggregate: Gravel or crushed stone, or combination thereof that is retained on No. 10 sieve, uniform in quality throughout and free from dirt, organic, or other injurious matter occurring either free or as coating on aggregate Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33 except for gradation. Furnish rock or gravel with Los Angeles abrasion loss not to exceed 40 percent by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C131. B Fine Aggregate: Sand or stone screenings, or combination thereof, passing No. 10 sieve. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33 except for gradation. Use sand composed of sound, durable stone particles free from loams or other injurious foreign matter. Furnish screenings of same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate. Plasticity index of that part of fine aggregate passing No. 40 sieve shall be not more than 6 when tested by Tex-106-E. Sand equivalent shall have a minimum value of 45 when tested by Tex-203-F. C Composite Aggregate: Conform to the grading limits of TxDOT Item 340 for the paving type indicated on the Drawings. D Asphaltic Material. Moisture -free homogeneous material which will not foam when heated to 347 degrees F, meeting the following requirements. VISCOSITY GRADE TEST min. AC-10 max. AC-20 min. max. 1000 ± 200 2000 ± 400 Viscosity, 140° F stokes 1.9 - 2.5 - Viscosity, 275° F stokes 85 - 55 - Penetration, 77° F, 100 g, 5 sec. 450 - 450 - Flash Point, C E.0 F. , 99.0 - 99.0 - Solubility in trichloroethylene, percent Tests on residues from thin film oven tests: Viscosity, 140° F stokes - 3000 - 6000 70 - 50 Ductility, 77° F, 5 cms per ruin., cms Spot tests Negative for all 1 Material shall not be cracked. Wagon Wheel 02710-5of10 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 2. Engineer will designate grade of asphalt to use after design tests have been made. Use only one grade of asphalt after grade is determined by test design for project. E Mixing Plant: Weight-batching or drum mix plant with capacity for producing continuously mixtures meeting specifications. Plant shall have satisfactory conveyors power units, aggregate handling equipment hot aggregate screens and bins, and dust collectors. Provide equipment to supply materials adequately in accordance with rated capacity of plant and produce finished material within specified tolerances. Following equipment is essential: 1. Cold aggregate bins and proportioning device 2. Dryer 3. Screens 4. Aggregate weight box and batching scales 5. Mixer 6. Asphalt storage and heating devices 7. Asphalt measuring devices 8. Truck scales F Bins: Separate aggregate into minimum of four bins to produce consistently uniform grading and asphalt content in completed mix. G Mix: Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare design mixes. Test in accordance with Tex-126-E, Tex-204-F, Tex-208-F, and Tex-227-F. H Density and Stability Requirements: PERCENT DENSITY PERCENT HVEEM STABILITY PERCENT OPTIMUM MIN MAX NOT LESS THAN 95 99 97 35 I Proportions for Asphaltic Material: As specified in TxDOT Item 340 for the mix type shown on the Drawings. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads. B Verify lines and grades are correct. Wagon Wheel 02710-6of10 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 3.02 PLACEMENT A Do not mix and place cement stabilized base when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. Base may be placed when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. B Place material on prepared subgrade in uniform layers to produce thickness indicated on Drawings. Depth of layers shall not exceed 8 inches. Do not dump material in piles or windrows C Spread with approved spreading machine. Conduct spreading so as to eliminate planes of weakness or pockets of nonunifoxmly graded material resulting from hauling and dumping operations. D Provide construction joints between new material and stabilized base that has been in place 4 hours or longer. Joints shall be approximately vertical. Form joint with a temporary header or make vertical cut of previous base immediately before placing subsequent base. E Use only one longitudinal joint at center line under main lanes and shoulder. Do not use longitudinal joints under frontage roads and ramps. F Place base so that projecting reinforcing steel from curbs remain at approximate center of base. Secure a firm bond between reinforcement and base. G Do not place asphaltic base when air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling. Base may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 40 degrees F and rising. H Haul prepared and heated asphaltic concrete mixture to project in tight vehicles previously cleaned of foreign material. Mixture shall be at temperature between 250 degrees F and 325 degrees F when laid. I Spread material into place with approved mechanical spreading and finishing machine of screening or tamping type. Use track -mounted finish machine to place base course directly on earth subgrade J Place base courses 4 inches or greater in thickness in two or more layers, each having compacted thickness of not greater than 4 inches. Spread all lifts. Attain smooth course of unifoiln density to section, line and grades as indicated on Drawings. K Place courses as nearly continuously as possible. Pass roller over unprotected ends of freshly laid mixture only when mixture has become cooled. When work is resumed, cut back laid material to produce slightly beveled edge for full thickness of course. Remove old material which has been cut away and lay new mix against fresh cut. L When new asphalt/concrete is laid against existing asphalt, existing asphalt/concrete shall be saw cut full depth to provide straight smooth joint. Wagon Wheel 02710 7 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT M In restricted areas where use of paver is impractical, spread and finish asphalt by mechanical compactor. Use wood or steel forms, rigidly supported to assure correct grade and cross section. Carefully place materials to avoid segregation of mix. Do not broadcast material. Remove any lumps that do not break down readily. Place asphalt courses in same sequence as if placed by machine. 3.03 COMPACTION A Start compaction as soon as possible but not more than 60 minutes from start of moist mixing. Compact loose mixture with approved tamping rollers until entire depth is uniformly compacted. Do not allow stabilized base to mix with underlying material. B Correct irregularities or weak spots immediately by replacing material and recompacting. C Apply water to maintain moisture between optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture as determined by ASTM D1557. Mix in with a spiked tooth harrow or equal. Reshape surface and lightly scarify to loosen imprints made by equipment. D Remove and reconstruct sections where average moisture content exceeds ranges specified at time of final compaction. E Finish by blading surface to final grade after compacting final course. Seal with approved pneumatic tired rollers which are sufficiently light to prevent surface hair line cracking. Rework and recompact at areas where hair line cracking develops. F Compact to minimum density of 95 percent of modified Proctor density at a moisture content of treated material between optimum and 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D1557, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. G Maintain surface to required lines and grades throughout operation. 3.04 CURING A Moist cure for minimum of 7 days before adding pavement courses. Restrict traffic on base to local property access. Keep subgrade surface damp by sprinkling. B If indicated on Drawings, cover base surface with a curing membrane as soon as finishing operation is complete. Apply with approved self-propelled pressure distnbuter at following rates or as indicated on Drawings 1. MC30: 0.1 gallon per square yard. 2. EPR-1 Prime: 0.15 gallon per square yard. C Do not use cutback asphalt during the period of April 16 to September 15. Wagon Wheel 02710 - 8 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 3.05 TOLERANCES A Completed surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades. B Top surface of base course: Plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section, or in 16 foot length. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B At the direction of the Engineer, a minimum of one core will be taken at random locations per 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of base to determine in -place depth. C Contractor may, at his own expense, request additional cores in the vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in -place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth, place and compact additional material at no cost to the Owner. D Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2922 and ASTM 3017 at a random location near each depth determination core. Rework and recompact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements at no additional cost to the Owner. E Fill cores and density test sections with new compacted cement stabilized base. 3.07 PROTECTION A Maintain stabilized base in good condition until completion of work. Repair defects immediately by replacing base to full depth. B Protect the asphalt membrane, if used, from being picked up by traffic. The membrane may remain in place when proposed surface courses or other base courses are to be applied. 3.08 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A Recompact pavement sections not meeting specified densities or replace them with new asphaltic concrete material. Patch asphalt pavement sections in accordance with procedures established by Asphalt Institute. B Remove and replace areas of asphaltic base found deficient in thickness by more than 10 percent. Use new asphaltic base of thickness shown on Drawings. Nonconforming pavement sections shall be replaced at no additional cost to Owner. Wagon Wheel 02710 - 9 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 3.09 UNIT PRICE ADJUSTMENT A Unit price adjustments shall be made for insufficient in -place depth determined by cores as follows• 1. Adjusted Unit Price shall be reduced by a ratio of average thickness determined by cores to thickness bid upon, times unit price bid. 2. Adjustment shall apply to lower limit of 90 percent of unit price bid. 3. Average depth below 90 percent may be rejected by the Engineer. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02710 - 10 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT Section 02741 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Surface courses of compacted mixture of coarse and fine aggregates and asphaltic material. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for asphaltic concrete pavement is on square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of pavement. B Payment for asphaltic concrete pavement includes payment for associated work performed in accordance with Section 02743. C Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. D Refer to paragraph 3.08 for unit price adjustments. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit certificates that asphaltic materials and aggregates meet requirements of Article 2.01, Materials, of this Specification Section. C Submit proposed design mix and test data for each type and strength of surface course in Work. D Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics of mixing plant for approval. E Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics of spreading and finishing machine for approval. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Coarse Aggregate: Crushed stone or gravel or combination thereof, that is retained on No. 10 sieve unifoini in quality throughout and free from dirt organic or other injurious matter occurring either free or as coating on aggregate. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33 except for gradation. Furnish rock or gravel with Los Angeles abrasion loss not to exceed 40 percent by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C131. Wagon Wheel 02741 - 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT B Fine Aggregate: Sand or stone screenings or combination of both passing No. 10 sieve. Aggregate shall confoiui to ASTM C33 except for gradation. Use sand composed of sound, durable stone particles free from loams or other injurious foreign matter. Furnish screenings of same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate. Plasticity index of that part of fine aggregate passing No. 40 sieve shall be not more than 6 when tested by Tex-106-E Sand equivalent shall have a minimum value of 45 when tested by Tex-203-F. C Composite Aggregate: Conform to the grading limits of TxDOT Item 340 for the paving type indicated on the drawings. D Asphaltic Material: Moisture -free homogeneous material which will not foam when heated to 347 degrees F, meeting following requirements: VISCOSITY GRADE AC-10 AC-20 TEST MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. Viscosity, 140° stokes 1000 +200 2000 +400 Viscosity, 275° stokes 1.9 - 2.5 - Penetration, 77°, 100 g, 5 sec. 85 - 55 - Flash Point, C.O.C., F. 450 - 450 - Solubility in trichloroethylene, percent 99.0 - 99.0 - Tests on residues from thin film oven tests: Viscosity, 140° stokes - 3000 - 6000 Ductility, 77°, 5 cms per min., cms 70 - 50 - Spot tests Negative for all grades 1. Material shall not be cracked. 2. The Engineer will designate grade of asphalt to use after design tests have been made. Use is determined by design only one grade of asphalt after grade test for project. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A Mixing Plant: Weight-batching or drum mix plant with capacity for producing continuously mixtures meeting specifications. Plant shall have satisfactory conveyors power units, aggregate handling equipment hot aggregate screens and bins, and dust collectors. Provide equipment to supply materials adequately in accordance with rated capacity of plant and produce finished material within specified tolerances. Following equipment is essential: Wagon Wheel 02741 - 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1. Cold aggregate bins and proportioning device. 2. Dryer. 3. Screens. 4. Aggregate weight box and batching scales. 5. Mixer. 6. Asphalt storage and heating devices. 7. Asphalt measuring devices. 8. Truck scales. B Bins: Separate aggregate into minimum of four bins to produce consistently uniform grading and asphalt content in completed mix. 2.03 MIXES A Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare design mixes. Test in accordance with Tex-126-E or Tex-204-F and Tex-208-F. B Density and Stability Requirements: PERCENT DENSITY PERCENT HVEEM STABILITY PERCENT MIN. MAX. OPTIMUM NOT LESS THAN 95 99 97 35 C Proportions for Asphaltic Material. As specified in TxDOT Item 340 for the paving type shown on the Drawings. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify compacted base course is ready to support imposed loads. B Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A Prime Coat: If indicated on the Drawings, apply a prime coat conforming to requirements of Section 02742. Do not apply a tack coat until primed base has cured to satisfaction of the Engineer. B Tack Coat: Conform to requirements of Section 02743. Where the mixture will adhere to the surface on which it is to be placed without use of a tack coat, tack coat may be eliminated if approved by the Engineer. C Do not use cutback asphalt during the period of April 16 to September 15. Wagon Wheel 02741 - 3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.03 PLACEMENT A Do not place asphaltic mixture in rain or when air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling. Mixture may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 40 degrees F and nsing. B Haul prepared and heated asphaltic concrete mixture to the project in tight vehicles previously cleaned of foreign material. Mixture shall be at temperature between 250 degrees F and 325 degrees F when laid. C Spread material into place with approved mechanical spreading and finishing machine of screening or tamping type. Use track -mounted finish machine to place base course directly on earth subgrade D Surface Course Material: Surface course 2 inches or less in thickness maybe spread in one lift. Spread all lifts in such manner that, when compacted, finished course will be smooth, of uniform density, and will be to section, line and grade as shown. Coincide construction joints on surface courses with lime lines, or as directed by the Engineer. E Place courses as nearly continuously as possible. Pass roller over unprotected ends of freshly laid mixture only when mixture has cooled. When work is resumed, cut back laid material to produce slightly beveled edge for full thickness of course. Remove old material which has been cut away and lay new mix against fresh cut. F When new asphalt is laid against existing or old asphalt mat, existing or old asphalt shall be saw cut full depth to provide straight smooth joint. G In restricted areas where use of paver is impractical, spread and finish asphalt by mechanical compactor. Use wood or steel forms, rigidly supported to assure correct grade and cross section. Carefully place materials to avoid segregation of mix. Do not broadcast material. Remove any lumps that do not break down readily. Place asphalt courses in same sequence as if placed by machine. 3.04 COMPACTION A Begin rolling while pavement is still hot and as soon as it will bear roller without undue displacement or hair cracking. Keep wheels properly moistened with water to prevent adhesion of surface mixture. Do not use excessive water. B Compress surface thoroughly and uniformly, first with power -driven, 3-wheel or tandem rollers weighing from 8 to 10 tons. Obtain subsequent compression by starting at side and rolling longitudinally toward center of pavement, overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half width of rear wheels. Make alternate trips slightly different in length. Continue rolling until no further compression can be obtained and all rolling marks are eliminated. Complete all rolling before mixture temperature drops below 175 degrees F. Wagon Wheel 02741 - 4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT C Use tandem roller for final rolling. Double coverage with approved pneumatic roller on asphaltic concrete surface is acceptable after flat wheel and tandem rolling has been completed. D Along walls, curbs, headers and similar structures, and in all locations not accessible to rollers, compact mixture thoroughly with lightly oiled tamps. E Compact binder course and surface course to density not less than 93 percent of the maximum possible density of voidless mixture composed of same materials in like proportions. 3.05 TOLERANCES A Furnish templates for checking surface in finished sections. Maximum deflection of templates, when supported at center, shall not exceed 1/8 inch. B Completed surface, when tested with 10-foot straightedge laid parallel to center line of pavement, shall show no deviation in excess of 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Correct any surface not meeting this requirement. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B At the direction of the Engineer, minimum of one core may be taken at random locations per 1,000 feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of asphalt concrete pavement to determine in -place depth and density. C In -place density will be determined in accordance with Tex-207-F and Tex-227-F from cores or sections of asphaltic base located near each core. Other methods of determining in -place density, which correlate satisfactorily with results obtained from roadway specimens, may be used when approved by the Engineer. D Contractor may, at his own expense, request three additional cores in vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in -place depths. In -place depth at these locations shall be average depth of four cores. E Fill cores and density test sections with new compacted asphaltic concrete pavement. 3.07 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A Recompact pavement sections not meeting specified densities or replace them with new asphaltic concrete material. Replace with new material sections of surface course pavement not meeting surface test requirements or having unacceptable surface texture Patch asphalt pavement sections in accordance with procedures established by Asphalt Institute Wagon Wheel 02741 - 5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT B Remove and replace areas of asphaltic concrete pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 10 percent. Use new asphaltic concrete pavement of thickness shown on Drawings. C Nonconforming pavement sections shall be replaced at no cost to Owner. 3.08 UNIT PRICE ADJUSTMENT A Unit price adjustments shall be made for deficient in -place depth determined by cores as follows: 1. Reduced Unit Price shall be ratio of average thickness as determined by cores to thickness bid upon, times unit price bid. 2. Adjustment shall apply to lower limit of 90 percent and upper limit of 105 percent of unit price bid. 3. Average depth below 90 percent may be rejected by the Engineer. 3.09 PROTECTION A Do not open pavement to traffic until 12 hours after completion of rolling, or as shown on Drawings. B Maintain asphaltic concrete pavement in good condition until completion of Work. C Repair defects immediately by replacing asphaltic concrete pavement to full depth. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02741 - 6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT Section 02744 SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A wearing surface, also known as Seal Coat or Chip -Seal, composed of a single application of asphaltic material, covered with aggregate, constructed on a prepared surface or base course. B References to Technical Specifications 1. Section 01100 - Summary of Work 2. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures 3. Section 01350 — Submittals 4. Section 02980 — Pavement Repair and Resurfacing C Referenced Standards 1. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) a. Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges, 2004 Adoption 1) Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions" 2) Item 302, "Aggregates for Surface Treatments" 3) Item 316, "Surface Treatments" 4) Item 210, "Rolling" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for Single Course Surface Treatment is on square yard basis, measured and completed in place. Payment includes materials, equipment, preparation, and work associated with the application of the Surface Treatment. B Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for repair of failed or defective areas of pavement prior to resurfacing. C If paving repair is included as a Bid Item, measurement is on a square yard basis. The limits are as defined in Section 01100 - Summary of Work, or as shown on Plans. D Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit test results and certifications that asphaltic materials and aggregates meet requirements of this Section prior to use. Wagon Wheel 02743 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT C Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics of aggregate spreading and finishing machine(s) for approval. D Submit calibration report of emulsion distributor. The requirement of this submittal may be waived by Engineer when a computer controlled distributor is used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EMULSION A Asphaltic material shall conform to the requirements of TxDOT, Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions". B The asphaltic material shall be Grade CRS-1P or CRS-2P 1 The CRS-1P shall be a rapid setting, cationic emulsion for use in placing surface treatments when the air temperature is between 40°F and 70°F. 2. The CRS-2P shall be a rapid setting, cationic emulsion for use in placing surface treatments when the air temperature is 60°F and rising. C The emulsion shall break and cure in a reasonable amount of time when the aggregate is applied, regardless of sunlight or humidity conditions. 2.02 AGGREGATE A Aggregate material shall conform in type, grade, classification, and quality to the requirements of TxDOT, Item 302, "Aggregates for Surface Treatments". Samples submitted for testing shall be taken from stockpiles located on the Project Site. B Stockpile aggregate separately. Take necessary steps to prevent stockpiles from being contaminated. Do not add materials to approved stockpiles without the Engineer's approval. C When tested by TxDOT, Tex-200-F, Part 1, the aggregate gradation shall meet the requirements in the table below for the specified grade: Aggregate Gradation Requirements Cumulative % Retained GRADE GRADE SIEVE SIZE 3 4 % in 0 %in 0-2 0 %in 20-40 0-5 % in 80 100 20 40 — — '/4in 95-100 #4 95 100 — #8 99 100 98 100 — — Wagon Wheel 02743 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT 2.03 EQUIPMENT A Equipment used in each phase of application shall conform to the requirements of TxDOT, Article 316.3 "Equipment' . 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify compacted base or prepared surface is ready to support imposed loads. B Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A All holes, ruts, depressions, or other defects in the surface shall be repaired and defective areas cleaned out by scarifying or acceptable hand methods under the provisions of Section 02980 — Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. B Fill defects with new material of the same character, or other materials approved by the Engineer, the road surface shall be compacted by rolling or tamping so that a smooth, hard, well cemented surface, conforming to the lines, grade, and typical cross-section shown on the plans is secured. C After the patches have been allowed to set-up under traffic, sweep the surface of the roadway clean from dirt, dust, and other deleterious matter by means of mechanical, rotary street sweeper, hand brooms, or compressed air. D Before any asphaltic material is applied, all cakes of dust or clay and all foreign matter shall be removed and the surface thoroughly cleaned until the embedded aggregate is cleaned but not discharged or loosened. E The surface may be lightly sprinkled just prior to application of the asphalt if found necessary by the Engineer. 3.03 APPLICATION A Air temperature shall be taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. 1. Treatment may be applied when air temperature is above 40°F and rising. 2. Do not apply treatment when air temperature is below 50°F and falling. 3. Do not apply treatment when roadway surface temperature is below 60°F. 4. When in the opinion of the Engineer, general weather conditions are not suitable, do not apply treatment. B When Grade 3 aggregate is specified, the asphaltic material shall be applied on the prepared surface at a rate of approximately 0 35 gallons per square yard. C When Grade 4 aggregate is specified, the asphaltic material shall be applied on the prepared surface at a rate of approximately 0 30 gallons per square yard. Wagon Wheel 02743 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT D When Type B (crushed gravel, crushed slag crushed stone, or limestone rock asphalt) aggregate is specified, the rate of spread shall be one cubic yard to each 90 square yards of surface area. E When Type PB (precoated crushed gravel crushed slag, crushed stone, or limestone rock asphalt) aggregate is specified, the rate of spread shall be one cubic yard to each 95 square yards of surface area. F The surface shall be thoroughly rolled as soon as aggregate is applied with a self- propelled light pneumatic roller in accordance with applicable sections of TxDOT, Item 316, `Surface Treatment" and TxDOT, Item 210, "Rolling". G The Contractor shall repair all fatty areas with additional cover material and all lean areas by adding asphalt to the extent that a uniformly dense treatment is finally obtained. Should depressions, unevenness, or irregular spots develop on the surface, they shall be remedied and the surface brought to true grade and cross-section. H The surface shall be broomed to remove excess aggregate as soon as aggregate has sufficiently bonded. Brooming shall be repeated the following work day. 3.04 PROTECTION A No traffic or placing of subsequent courses shall be permitted over freshly applied tack coat until authorized by the Engineer. B Contractor is responsible for maintaining Single Course Surface Treatment until Owner accepts the Work. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02743 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1.0 GENERAL Section 02751 CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Portland Cement Concrete Paving for Concrete Streets, Driveways and Sidewalks; Joints and Curing Materials. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for concrete paving is on square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of pavement. B Measurement for concrete sidewalks is on square foot basis. C Measurement for concrete driveways is on square yard basis. D No separate payment will be made for concrete joints under this Section. Include payment in unit price for Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. E No separate payment will be made for formed or sawed street pavement contraction joints and longitudinal weakened plane joints. Include payment in unit price for Concrete Paving. F No separate payment will be made for joints for Curb, Curb and Gutter; Concrete Sidewalks and Concrete Dnveways. Include payment in unit price for Curb and Gutter; Concrete Sidewalks; and Concrete Driveways. G Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in Work. Include proportions and actual flexural strength obtained from design mixes at required test ages C Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for mixing equipment, and for traveling form paver, if proposed for use, for approval. Wagon Wheel 02751- 1 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT D Submit manufacturer's certificates giving properties of reinforcing steel. Provide specimens for testing when required by the Engineer. E Submit product data for joint sealing compound and proposed sealing equipment for approval. F Submit samples of dowel cup, metal supports, and deformed metal strip for approval. 1.04 HANDLING AND STORAGE A Do not mix different classes of aggregate without written permission of the Engineer. B Class of aggregate being used may be changed before or during Work with written permission of the Engineer. New class shall comply with specifications. C Segregated aggregate will be rejected. Before using aggregate whose particles are separated by size, mix them uniformly to grading requirements. D Aggregates mixed with dirt, weeds or foreign matter will be rejected. E Do not dump or store aggregate in roadbed. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Portland Cement. 1. Sample and test cement to verify compliance with Standards of ASTM C150, Type I or Type III 2. Bulk cement which meets referenced standards may be used if the method of handling is approved by the Engineer. When using bulk cement, provide satisfactory weighing devices. 3. Fly ash which meets standards of ASTM C618 may be used as mineral fill if the method of handling is approved by the Engineer. B Water: Conform to requirements for water in ASTM C94. C Coarse Aggregate: Gravel or crushed stone, or combination thereof, which is clean, hard, durable, conforms to requirements of ASTM C33, and has abrasion loss not more than 45 percent by weight when subjected to Los Angeles Abrasion Test (ASTM C131). No pit run gravel will be allowed. Wagon Wheel 02751- 2 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1 Maximum percentage by weight of deleterious substances shall not exceed following values: ITEM PERCENT BY MAXIMUM WEIGHT SAMPLE OF TOTAL Clay lumps and friable particles 3.0 Material finer than 75-µm (No. 200) sieve: Concrete subject to abrasion 3.0* All Other concrete 5.0* Coal and lignite: Where surface appearance of concrete is of importance 0.5 All other concrete 1.0 * In sieve these case of consists limits manufactured of dust be increased of sand, fracture, if material essentially to 5 and 7 percent, finer free than 75-µm clay (No or shale, 200) from respectively. may 2. Coarse aggregate (size 1-1/2 inch to No. 4 sieve) shall conform to requirements of ASTM C33. Gradation shall be within following limits when graded in accordance with ASTM C136: SIEVE DESIGNATION (SQUARE OPENINGS) (PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT) Retained on 1 3/4-inch sieve 0 Retained on 1 1/2-inch sieve 0 to 5 Retained on 3/4-inch sieve 30 to 65 Retained on 3/8-inch sieve 70 to 90 Retained on No. 4 sieve 95 to 100 Loss by Decantation Test *Method Tex-406-A 1.0 maximum * In case of aggregates made primarily from crushing of stone, if material is dust fracture free from finer than 200 sieve of essentially be clay increased or shale 1.5 as established by Part I1I of Tex-406-A, percent may to Wagon Wheel 02751- 3 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT D Fine Aggregate: Sand, manufactured sand, or combination thereof, composed of clean, hard, durable, uncoated grains, free from loams or other injurious foreign matter. Fine aggregate for concrete shall conform to requirements of ASTM C33. Gradation shall be within following limits when graded in accordance with ASTM C136: SIEVE DESIGNATION (SQUARE OPENINGS) (PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT) Retained on 3/8-inch sieve 0 Retained on No. 4 sieve 0 to 5 Retained on No. 8 sieve 0 to 20 Retained on No. 16 sieve 15 to 50 Retained on No. 30 sieve 35 to 75 Retained on No. 50 sieve 65 to 90 Retained on No. 100 sieve 90 to 100 Retained on No. 200 sieve 97 to 100 1. When subjected to color test for organic impurities (ASTM C40), fine aggregate shall not show color darker than standard color. Fine aggregate shall be subjected to Sand Equivalent Test (Tex-203-F). Sand equivalent value shall not be less than 80, unless higher value is shown on Drawings E Mineral Filler: Class C fly ash of acceptable quality and meeting requirements of ASTM C618 may be used as mineral admixture in concrete mixture. When fly ash mineral filler is used, it shall be stored and inspected in accordance with ASTM C618. Fly ash shall not be used in amounts to exceed 30 percent by absolute volume of cementitious material in mix design. Cement content may be reduced if strength requirements can be met. Note: When fly ash is used, the term 'cement" is defined as cement plus fly ash. F Air Entraining Agent. Furnish an air entraining agent conforming to requirements of ASTM C260. G Water Reducer: Water reducing admixture conforming to requirements of ASTM C494 may be used if required to improve the workability of concrete. Amount and type of such admixture shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. H Reinforcing Steel: 1. Provide new billet steel manufactured by open hearth process and conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. Store steel to protect it from mechanical injury and rust. At time of placement, steel shall be free from dirt, scale, rust, paint, oil or other injurious materials. 2. Cold bend reinforcing steel to shapes shown. Once steel has been bent, it may not be rebent. Wagon Wheel 02751- 4 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 2.02 CONCRETE JOINTS A When allowed on the Drawings, or with approval of the Engineer, Board Expansion Joint Material may be used Filler board of selected stock. Use wood of density and type as follows' 1. Clear, all -heart cypress weighing no more than 40 pounds per cubic foot, after being oven dried to constant weight. 2. Clear, all -heart redwood weighing no more than 30 pounds per cubic foot, after being oven dried to constant weight. 3. Use wood only when part of a load transmission device assembly. B Unless specified otherwise, use Preformed Expansion Joint Material: Bituminous fiber and bituminous mastic composition matenal conforming to ASTM D994 and ASTM D1751. C Joint Sealing Compound: 1. Hot poured rubber -asphalt compound meeting the requirements of ASTM D3405. 2. When indicated on Drawings, self -leveling Low Modulas Silicone sealant single component meeting the requirements of TxDOT Specification 433.2, Class 5. D Load Transmission Devices• 1. Smooth, steel dowel bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. When indicated on Drawings, encase one end of dowel bar in approved cap having inside diameter 1/16 inch greater than diameter of dowel bar. 2. Deformed steel tie bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. E Metal Supports for Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembly: Employ metal supports of approved shape and size that will secure reinforcing steel and Joint assembly in correct position during placing and finishing of concrete. Space supports as directed by the Engineer. 2.03 EQUIPMENT A Equipment: Conform to requirements of ASTM C94. 2.04 MIXING A Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare mix designs. Flexural strength shall be as specified using test specimens prepared in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C78 (using simple beam with third -point loading) Contractor shall determine and measure batch quantity of each ingredient, including all water for batch designs and all concrete produced for Work. Mix shall conform to these specifications and other requirements indicated on Drawings. Wagon Wheel 02751- 5 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT B Mix design to produce concrete which will have flexural strength of 500 psi at 7 days and 600 psi at 28 days. When high -early -strength cement is used, it shall reach at least 550 psi at 7 days and 600 psi at 28 days. Slump of concrete shall be at least 1 inch, but no more than 4 inches, when tested in accordance with ASTM C143. 1. Concrete pavement shall contain at least 5-1/2 sacks (94 pounds per sack) of cement per cubic yard, with not more than 6.5 gallons of water, net, per sack of cement (water cement ratio maximum 0.57). Cement content shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C138. Addition of mineral filler may be used to improve workability or plasticity of concrete to limits specified. 2. Coarse dry aggregate shall not exceed 85 percent of loose volume of concrete. 3. Add air -entraining admixture to ensure uniform distribution of agent throughout batch. Base air content of freshly mixed air -entrained concrete upon trial mixes with materials to be used in Work, adjusted to produce concrete of required plasticity and workability. Percentage of air entrainment in mix shall be 4-1/2 percent plus or minus 1-1/2 percent. Air content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C231. 4. Use retardant when temperature exceeds 90 degrees F. Proportion shall be as recommended by manufacturer. Use same brand as used for air -entraining agent. Add and batch material using same methods as used for air -entraining agent. Accelerators will not be allowed unless approved by the Engineer. 2.05 COVER MATERIALS FOR CURING A Curing materials shall conform to one of following: 1. Polyethylene Film: Opaque pigmented white film conforming to requirements of ASTM C171. 2. Waterproofed Paper. Paper conforming to requirements of ASTM C171. 3. Cotton Mats: Single layer of cotton filler completely enclosed in cover of cotton cloth. Mats shall contain not less than 3/4 of a pound of uniformly distributed cotton filler per square yard of mat. Cotton cloth used for covenng materials shall weigh not less than 6 ounces per square yard. Mats shall be stitched so that mat will contact surface of pavement at all points when saturated with water. 4. Liquid Membrane -forming Compounds• Liquid membrane -forming compounds shall conform to ASTM C309. Membrane shall restrict loss of water to not more than 0.55 kg/m2 of surface in 72 hours. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify compacted base is ready to support imposed loads and meets compaction requirements. B Verify lines and grades are correct. Wagon Wheel 02751- 6 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.02 PREPARATION A Properly prepare, shape and compact each section of subgrade before placing forms, reinforcing steel or concrete. After forms have been set to proper grade and alignment, use subgrade planer to shape subgrade to its final cross section. Check contour of subgrade with template. B Remove subgrade that will not support loaded form. Replace and compact subgrade to required density. 3.03 EQUIPMENT A Alternate equipment and methods, other than those required by this article, may be used provided the Contractor demonstrates that equal, or better, results will be obtained. Maintain equipment for preparing subgrade and for finishing and compacting concrete in good working order Unless approved otherwise by the Engineer or the Drawings, slip fonn paving methods shall be used. B Subgrade Planer and Template: 1. Use subgrade planer with adjustable cutting blades to trim subgrade to exact section shown on Drawings. Select planer mounted on visible rollers which ride on forms. Planer frame must have sufficient weight so that it will remain on form at all times and have such strength and rigidity that, under tests made by changing support from wheels to center, planer will not develop deflection of more than 1/8 inch. Tractors used to pull planer shall not produce ruts or indentations in subgrade. When slip form method of paving is used, operate subgrade planer on prepared track grade or have it controlled by electronic sensor system operated from string line to establish horizontal alignment and elevation of subbase. 2. Provide template for checking contour of subgrade. Template shall be long enough to rest upon side forms and have such strength and rigidity that, when supported at center, maximum deflection shall not exceed 1 /8 inch. Fit template with accurately adjustable rods projecting downward at 1-foot intervals. Adjust these rods to gauge cross sections of slab bottom when template is resting on side forms. C Machine Finisher: Provide a power -driven, transverse finishing machine designed and operated to strike off and consolidate concrete. Machine shall have two screeds accurately adjusted to crown of pavement and with frame equipped to ride on forms. Use finishing machine with rubber tires if it operates on concrete pavement. Wagon Wheel 02751- 7 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT D Hand Finishing: 1. Provide mechanical strike and tamping template 2 feet longer than width of pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. 2. Provide two bridges to ride on forms and span pavement for finishing expansion and dummy joints. Provide floats and necessary edging and finishing tools. E Belt Finishing: While concrete is still workable, give surface final belting to produce a uniform surface of gritty texture. Perfoxxn belting with short rapid transverse strokes having sweeping longitudinal motion. F Vibrators: Furnish mechanically operated synchronized vibrators mounted on tamping bar which rides on fowls and hand -manipulated mechanical vibrators. Furnish vibrators with frequency of vibration to provide maximum consolidation of concrete without segregation. G Traveling Form Paver: Approved traveling foim paver may be used in lieu of construction methods employing forms, consolidating, finishing and floating equipment. Requirements of this specification for subgrade, pavement tolerances, pavement depth, alignments, consolidation, finishing and workmanship shall be met. If traveling form paver does not provide concrete paving that meets the compaction finish and tolerances requirements of this specification, its use shall be immediately discontinued when so ordered by the Engineer and conventional methods shall be used. 1. Equip traveling paver with longitudinal transangular finishing float adjustable to crown and grade. Float shall be long enough to extend across pavement to side foams or edge of slab. 2. Insure that continuous deposit of concrete can be made at paver to minimize starting and stopping. Use conventional means of paving locations inaccessible to traveling paver, or having horizontal or vertical curvature that traveling paver cannot negotiate. 3. Where Drawings require tie bars for adjacent paving, securely tie and support bars to prevent displacement. Tie bars may be installed with approved mechanical bar inserter mounted on traveling -form paver. Replace any pavement in which tie bars assume final position other than that shown on Drawings, unless corrective alternates are authorized in writing by the Engineer. Wagon Wheel 02751- 8 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.04 FORMS A Side Forms: Use clean metal forms of approved shape and section. Preferred depth of form shall be equal to required edge thickness of pavement. Forms with depths greater or less than required edge thickness of pavement will be permitted, provided difference between form depth and edge thickness if not greater than 1 inch, and further provided that forms of depth less than pavement edge are brought to required edge thickness by securely attaching wood or metal strips to bottom of form, or by grouting under form. Bottom flange of form shall be same size as thickness of pavement. Aluminum forms are not allowed All forms shall be approved by the Engineer Length of form sections shall be not less than 10 feet and each section shall provide for staking in position with not less than 3 pins. Flexible or curved forms of wood or metal of proper radius shall be used for curves of 200-foot radius or less. Forms shall have ample strength and shall be provided with adequate devices for secure setting so that when in -place they will withstand, without visible springing or settlement, impact and vibration of finishing machine. In no case shall base width be less than 8 inches for form 8 inches or more in height. Forms shall be free from warp, bends or kinks and shall be sufficiently true to provide reasonable straight edge on concrete. Top of each form section, when tested with straight edge, shall conform to requirements specified for surface of completed pavement. Provide sufficient forms for satisfactory placement of concrete. For short radius curves, forms less than 10 feet in length or curved forms may be used. For curb returns at street intersections and driveways, wood forms of good grade and quality may be used. B Form Setting: 1. Rest foiuis directly on subgrade. Do not shim with pebbles or dirt. Accurately set forms to required grade and alignment and, during entire operation of placing, compacting and finishing of concrete, do not deviate from this grade and alignment more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet of length. Do not remove forms for at least 8 hours after completion of finishing operations. Provide supply of forms that will be adequate for orderly and continuous placing of concrete. Set forms and check grade for at least 300 feet ahead of mixer or as approved by the Engineer. 2. Adjacent slabs may be used instead of forms, provided that concrete is well protected from possible damage by finishing equipment. These adjacent slabs shall not be used for forms until concrete has aged at least 7 days. 3.05 REINFORCING STEEL AND JOINT ASSEMBLIES A Accurately place reinforcing steel and joint assemblies and position them securely as indicated on Drawings. Wire reinforcing bars securely together at intersections and splices. Bars and coatings shall be free of rust, dirt or other foreign matter when concrete is placed. Place all reinforcing steel and secure to chairs. All reinforcing steel must be positively supported before pour begins. Wagon Wheel 02751- 9 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT B Place pavement joint assemblies at required locations and elevations, and rigidly secure all parts in required positions. Install dowel bars accurately in joint assemblies as shown, each parallel to pavement surface and to center line of pavement. Rigidly secure in required position to prevent displacement during placing and finishing of concrete. Accurately cut header boards, joint filler and other material used for forming joints to receive each dowel bar. Drill dowels into existing pavement, secure with epoxy, and provide paving headers, as required, to provide rigid pavement sections. 3.06 PLACEMENT A Place concrete only in rain -free days when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. Concrete shall not be placed when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre -cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed, below 90 degrees F. B Place concrete within 60 minutes of mixing. Remove and dispose of concrete not placed within this period. C Concrete slump during placement shall be 2 to 5 inches, except when using traveling - form paver slump shall be maximum of 3 inches. D Deposit concrete rapidly and continuously on subgrade or subbase in successive batches. Distribute concrete to required depth and for entire width of placement in manner that will require as little rehandling as possible. Where hand spreading is necessary, distribute concrete with shovels or by other approved methods. Use only concrete rakes in handling concrete. At end of day or in case of unavoidable interruption of more than 30 minutes place transverse construction joint at point of stopping work. Remove and replace sections less than 10 feet long. E Take special care in placing and spading concrete against fauns and at longitudinal and transverse joints to prevent honeycombing. Voids in edge of finished pavement will be cause for rejection. Wagon Wheel 02751- 10 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.07 COMPACTION A Consolidate the concrete using mechanical vibrators as specified herein. Extend a vibratory unit across the pavement, not quite touching side forms. Space individual vibrators at close enough intervals to vibrate and consolidate entire width of pavement uniformly. Mount mechanical vibrators to avoid contact with forms, reinforcement, transverse or longitudinal joints. B Furnish enough hand -manipulated mechanical vibrators for proper consolidation of concrete along forms, at joints and in areas not covered by mechanically controlled vibrators. Stand-by operational vibrator is required before start of pour. 3.08 FINISHING A Finish concrete pavement with power -driven transverse finishing machines or by hand finishing methods. 1. Use transverse finishing machine to make at least two trips over each area. Make last trip continuous run of not less than 40 feet. After transverse screeding, use hand -operated longitudinal float to test and level surface to required grade. 2. Hand finish with mechanical strike and tamping template as wide as pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. Move strike template forward in direction of placement, maintaining slight excess of material in front of cutting edge. Make at least two trips over each area. Screed pavement surface to required section. Work screed with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing. Maintain screed in contact with forms. Use longitudinal float to level surface. B On narrow strips and transitions, finish concrete pavement by hand. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Strike off concrete with strike -off screed. Move strike -off screed forward with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing, maintaining screed in contact with forms, and maintaining slight excess of materials in front of cutting edge. Tamp concrete with tamping template. Use longitudinal float to level surface. C While concrete is still workable, give surface final belting to produce a uniform surface of gritty texture. Perfoini belting with short rapid transverse strokes having sweeping longitudinal motion. 3.09 JOINTS AND JOINT SEALING A When new work is adjacent to existing concrete, place joints at same location as existing joints in adjacent pavement. B If the limit of removal of existing concrete or asphaltic pavement does not fall on existing joint, saw cut existing pavement minimum of 1-1/2 inches deep to provide straight, smooth joint surface without chipping, spalling or cracks. Wagon Wheel 02751- 11 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.10 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A Place transverse construction joint wherever concrete placement must be stopped for more than 30 minutes Place longitudinal construction joints at interior edges of pavement lanes using No. 5 deformed tie bars, 30 inches long and spaced 18 inches on centers. 3.11 EXPANSION JOINTS A Place 3/4-inch expansion joints at locations shown on drawings Use no filler shorter than 6 feet. When pavement is 24 feet or narrower, use not more than 2 lengths of filler. Secure pieces to form straight joint. Shape filler accurately to cross section of concrete slab. Use load transmission devices of type and size shown on Drawings. Seal with joint sealing compound. 3.12 CONTRACTION JOINTS A Place contraction joints at same locations as in adjacent pavement or at spaces indicated on Drawings. Maximum spacing of contraction/construction joints, 20 feet. Seal groove with joint sealing compound. 3.13 LONGITUDINAL WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS A Place longitudinal weakened plane joints at spaces indicated on Drawings. Seal groove with joint sealing compound. 3.14 SAWED JOINTS A Contractor may use sawed joints as an alternate to contraction and weakened plane joints. Circular cutter shall be capable of cutting straight line groove minimum of 1/2 inch wide. Depth shall be one quarter of pavement thickness plus 1/2 inch. Commence sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling or tearing and prior to initiation of cracks. Once sawing has commenced, it shall be continued until completed. Make saw cut with one pass. Complete sawing within 24 hours of concrete placement. Saw Joints at required spacing consecutively in sequence of concrete placement. B Concrete Saw: Provide sawing equipment adequate in power to complete sawing to required dimensions and within required time. Provide at least one standby saw in good working order. Maintain an ample supply of saw blades at work site at all times during sawing operations. Sawing equipment shall be on job at all times during concrete placement. Wagon Wheel 02751- 12 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.15 JOINTS FOR CURB, AND CURB AND GUTTER A Place 3/4-inch preformed expansion joints through curb and gutters at locations of expansion and contraction joints in pavement; at end of radius returns at street intersections and driveways, and at curb inlets. Maximum spacing shall be 60-foot centers. 3.16 JOINTS FOR CONCRETE SIDEWALKS A Provide 3/4-inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM A1751 along and across sidewalk at back of curbs, at intersections with driveways, steps, and walls; and across walk at intervals not to exceed 36 feet. Provide expansion joint material conforming to ASTM D994 for small radius curves and around fire hydrants and utility poles Extend the expansion joint material full depth of the slab. Reinforcing bars shall extend 10 inches beyond the expansion joint and then shall be wrapped with building paper, or approved sleeves, so that the 10 inches shall not be bonded to the concrete. 3.17 JOINTS FOR CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS A Provide 3/4-inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D1751 across driveway in line with street face of sidewalks at existing concrete driveways, and along intersections with sidewalks and other structures Extend expansion joint material full depth of slab. Where dowels are used, wrap or sleeve one end. 3.18 JOINT SEALING A Seal joints only when surface and joints are dry, ambient temperature is above 50 degrees F and less than 85 degrees F, and weather is not foggy or rainy. B Joint sealing equipment shall be in first-class working condition, and be approved by the Engineer. Use concrete grooving machine or power -operated wire brush and other equipment such as plow, brooms, brushes, blowers or hydro or abrasive cleaning as required to produce satisfactory joints. C Clean joints of loose scale, dirt, dust and curing compound. Term joint includes wide joint spaces, expansion joints, dummy groove joints or cracks either preformed or natural. Remove loose material from concrete surfaces adjacent to joints D Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to depth shown. Pour sufficient joint sealer into joints so that, upon completion, surface of sealer within joint will be 1/4 inch below level of adjacent surface or at elevation as directed. 3.19 CONCRETE CURING A Concrete pavement shall be cured by protecting it against loss of moisture for period of not less than 72 hours immediately upon completion of finishing operations. Do not use membrane curing for concrete pavement to be overlaid by asphaltic concrete. Wagon Wheel 02751- 13 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT B Where curing requires use of water, curing shall have prior right to all water supply or supplies. Failure to provide sufficient cover material shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. 3.20 POLYETHYLENE FILM CURING A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply water in the form of a fine spray. Cover surface with polyethylene film so film will remain in intimate contact with surface during specified curing period. B Cover entire surface and both edges of pavement slab. Joints in film sheets shall overlap minimum of 12 inches. Immediately repair tears or holes occurring during curing period by placing acceptable moisture -proof patches or by replacing 3.21 WATERPROOFED PAPER CURING A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply water in form of fine spray. Cover surface with waterproofed paper so paper will remain in intimate contact with surface during specified cunng period. B Prepare waterproofed paper to form blankets of sufficient width to cover entire surface and both edges of pavement slab, and not be more than 60 feet in length. Joints in blankets caused by joining paper sheets shall lap not less than 5 inches and shall be securely sealed with asphalt cement having melting point of approximately 180 degrees F. Place blankets to secure an overlap of at least 12 inches Tears or holes appearing in paper during curing period shall be immediately repaired by cementing patches over defects. 3.22 COTTON MAT CURING A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, completely cover surface with cotton mats, thoroughly saturated before application, in such manner that they will contact surface of pavement equally at all points. B Mats shall remain on pavement for specified curing period. Keep mats saturated so that, when lightly compressed, water will drip freely from them. Keep banked earth or cotton mat covering edges saturated. 3.23 LIQUID MEMBRANE -FORMING COMPOUNDS A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set apply liquid membrane -forming compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Wagon Wheel 02751- 14 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.24 TOLERANCES A Test entire surface before initial set and correct irregularities or undulations. Bring surface within requirements of following test and then finish. Place 10-foot straightedge parallel to center of roadway to bndge any depressions and touch all high spots. Do not permit ordinates measured from face of straight edge to surface of pavement to exceed 1/16 inch per foot from nearest point of contact. Maximum ordinate with 10-foot straightedge shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Grind spots in excess of requirements of this paragraph to meet surface test requirements. Restore texture by grooving concrete to meet surface finishing specifications. 3.25 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be perfoinued under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Flexural Strength Test Specimens: Four test specimens for flexural strength test will be made for each 150 cubic yards or less of pavement that is placed in one day. Two specimens will be tested at 7 days. For failed 7-day tests, remaining two specimens will be tested at 28 days. Specimens will be made, cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C78 (using simple beam with third point loading). Minimum flexural strength (modulus of rupture) shall be 500 pounds per square inch at 7 days and 600 pounds per square inch at 28 days. C Yield test will be made in accordance with ASTM C138 for cement content per cubic yard of concrete. If such cement content is found to be less than that specified per cubic yard, reduce batch weights until amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to requirements. D At the Engineer's direction a minimum of one 4-inch core may be taken at random locations per 1,000 feet per lane or 500 square yards of pavement to measure in -place depth Each core may be tested for 28-day compressive strength according to methods of ASTM C42. The 28-day compressive strength of each core tested shall be a minimum of 3000 pounds per square inch. Compressive strength shall not be utihzed to satisfy the flexural strength requirements. E Contractor may, at his own expense, request three additional cores in vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in -place depths. In -place depth at these locations shall be the average of depth of four cores. F Fill cores and density test sections with new concrete paving or non shrink grout. Wagon Wheel 02751- 15 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.26 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A Remove and replace areas of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 10 percent, or that fail flexural strength tests, with concrete of thickness shown on Drawings unless accepted by the Engineer. B Nonconforming pavement sections shall be replaced at no cost to Owner. 3.27 UNIT PRICE ADJUSTMENT A Unit price reductions shall be made for in -place depth determined by cores as follows: 1 Adjusted Unit Price shall be ratio of deficient average thickness as determined by cores to thickness bid upon, times unit price bid. 2. Adjustment shall apply to lower limit of 90 percent of unit price bid. 3. No adjustment will be made for excess thickness. 3.28 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A Restore pavement markings to match those existing in accordance with City of Victoria standard specifications and details and the Engineer's requirements. 3.29 PROTECTION A Barricade pavement section from use until concrete has attained minimum design strength. B On those sections of pavement to be opened to traffic, seal joints, clean pavement and place earth against pavement edges before permitting use by traffic. Such opening of pavement to traffic shall not relieve Contractor from his responsibility for Work. C Maintain concrete paving in good condition until completion of Work. D Repair defects by replacing concrete to full depth. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02751- 16 of 16 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL Section 02910 TOPSOIL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Furnishing and placing Topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding and planting. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 02316 - Excavation and Backfill for Roadways 3. Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Topsoil under this Section. Include cost in Section 02921 Hydromulch Seeding or Section 02922 - Sodding. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural sandy loam surface soil obtained from excavation or borrow operations having the following characteristics: 1. pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5. 2. Liquid limit. topsoil not exceed 50 3. Plasticity index: 10 or less. 4. Gradation: maximum of 40 percent with a passing the #280 sieve. B Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil clay lumps, weeds, non -soil materials and other litter or contamination. Topsoil shall not contain roots, stumps, or stones. C Obtain topsoil from the top material from naturally well drained areas where topsoil occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar characteristics to that found at the placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with a growth of, or reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify that excavation and embankment operations have been completed to correct lines and grades. Wagon Wheel 02910 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL 3.02 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION A Conform to excavation and stockpiling requirements of Section 02316 — Excavation and Backfill for Roadways. 3.03 PLACEMENT A For areas to be seeded or sodded, scarify or plow existing surface material to a minimum depth of 4 inches, or as indicated on the Plans Remove any vegetation and foreign inorganic material. Place 4 inches of topsoil on the loosened material and roll lightly with an appropriate lawn roller to consolidate the topsoil. B Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches when placed over sand bedding and backfill materials specified in Section 02316 — Excavation and Backfill for Roadways. C For areas to receive bushes or trees, excavate existing material and place Topsoil to the depth and dimensions shown on the Plans. D Remove spilled Topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess Topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. 3.04 PROTECTION A Protect Topsoil from wind and water erosion until planting is completed. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02910 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING Section 02921 HYDROMULCH SEEDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Seeding, fertilizing mulching, and maintaining areas of commercial, industrial, or undeveloped land disturbed during construction and not paved or designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans. B References to Technical Specifications 1. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 02910 - Topsoil 4. Section 02318 - Fxcavation and Backfill for Utilities 5. Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for Hydromulch Seeding is on a per acre basis, measured and complete in place. B Payment for Hydromulch Seeding shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and preparation necessary for application and maintenance. C No payment shall be made for Hydromulch Seeding used in restoration of areas disturbed by Contractor outside the limits of construction. D Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit certification from supplier that each type of seed conforms to these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Certification shall accompany seed delivery. C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil: Conform to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil, "Products". Wagon Wheel 02921 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING B Bank Sand: Conform to requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, "Products". C Seed: Conform to U.S. Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law. Seed shall be certified 90 percent pure and furnish 80 percent germination and meet the following requirements. 1. Rye: Fresh, clean, Italian rye grass seed (lollium multi-florum), mixed in labeled Proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled. Deliver in original unopened containers. 2. Bermuda: Extra -fancy, treated, lawn type common bermuda (Cynodon dactylon). Deliver in original, unopened container showing weight analysis, name of vender, and germination test results. 3. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. D Fertilizer: Dry and free flowing, inorganic, water soluble commercial fertilizer, which is uniform in composition. Deliver in unopened containers which bear the manufacturers guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged, or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. Fertilizer shall contain minimum percentages of the following elements: Nitrogen: 10 Percent Phosphoric Acid: 20 Percent Potash: 10 Percent E Mulch Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having a minimum of 20 percent fibers 0.42 inches (10.7 mm) in length and 0.01 inches (0.27 mm) in diameter. Mulch shall be dyed green for coverage verification purposes. F Soil Stabilizer: "Terra Tack" 1 or approved equal. G Weed control agent. Pre -emergent herbicide for grass areas, "Benefin" or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A After the areas to receive Hydromulch Seeding have been brought to grade, completely rake out any foreign organic or inorganic material, including rocks, hard clay lumps, and other debris. B Level with Bank Sand conforming to Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, or Topsoil conforming to Section 02910 - Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer. C Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation during topsoil placement operations. D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches. Wagon Wheel 02921 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING E Do not start or perform work under conditions that are not satisfactory to perform tasks due to inclement or impending inclement weather. F Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 Topsoil, ` Placement' . G Surface of Topsoil shall be smooth and free of weeds, rocks, and other foreign material immediately before applying Hydromulch Seeding. 3.02 APPLICATION A Seed: Apply uniformly at the following rates for type of seed and planting date. TYPE APPLICATION POUNDS/A RATE pLANTING DATE Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Jan 1 to Mar 31 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Apr 1 to Sep 30 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Oct 1 to Dec 31 Annual Rye Grass (Gulf) 30 B Fertilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 500 pounds per acre. C Mulch: Apply uniformly at a rate of 50 pounds per 1000 square feet. D Soil stabilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 40 pounds per acre. E Weed control agent: Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate prior to Hydromulching. F Suspend all operations under conditions of drought, excessive moisture, high winds, or extreme or prolonged cold. Obtain the Engineer's approval before resuming operations. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A Maintain grassed areas a minimum of 90 days, or as required to establish an acceptable lawn. For areas seeded in the fall, continue maintenance the following spring until an acceptable lawn is established. Acceptable coverage will require a minimum of one healthy plant for any one 9"x9" square area. B Maintain grassed areas by watering, fertilizing, weeding, and trimming. C Repair areas damaged by erosion, re -grading, rolling, and replanting. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02921 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING Section 02922 SODDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Sodding areas of residential lawns disturbed during construction and not paved or designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 02910 - Topsoil 4. Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 5. Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation C Definitions: 1. Lawn. Ground covered with fine textured grass kept neatly mowed. 2. Sod. Blocks, squares strips of turf grass, and adhering soil used for vegetative planting. To be placed edge to edge for complete coverage. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for utility and /or paving. B If Sodding is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. C No payment shall be made for Sodding of restoration areas disturbed by Contractor outside the limits of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit material sources and product quality information in accordance with this Section. C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. Wagon Wheel 02922 - I of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil: Conform to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil, "Products". B Bank Sand: Conform to requirements of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, "Products". C Fertilizer: Available nutrient percentage by weight: 12 percent nitrogen, 4 percent phosphoric acid, and 8 percent potash; or 15 percent nitrogen, 5 percent phosphoric acid, and 10 percent potash. D Weed and Insect Treatment: Provide acceptable treatment to protect sod from weed and insect infestation. Submit treatment method to the Engineer for approval. All insect and disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas E Water: Potable, available on -site through Contractor's water trucks. Do not use private resident s water. 2.02 SOD A Species: Bermuda (Cynodon Dactylon), Buffalo (Buchloe Dactyloides), or St. Augustine to match existing or as directed. B Contents: 95 percent permanent grass suitable to climate in which it is to be placed; not more than 5 percent weeds and undesirable grasses; good texture, free from obnoxious grasses, roots, stones and foreign materials. C Size: 12 inch wide strips, uniformly thick (2 inch minimum), with clean-cut edges. D Sod is to be supplied and maintained in a healthy condition as evidenced by the grass being a normal green color. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A After the areas to be sodded have been brought to grade, completely rake out any foreign organic or inorganic material, including rocks, hard clay lumps and other debris. B Level with Bank Sand conforming to Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, or Topsoil conforming to Section 02910 - Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer. C Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation during topsoil placement operations. Wagon Wheel 02922 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches. E Do not start or perform work under conditions that are not suitable to perform tasks due to inclement or impending inclement weather. F Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil, `Placement" which shall be free of weeds, rocks, and foreign material. G Spread 2-inch (±1") layer of Bank Sand over prepared Topsoil. H Prior to placing sod, rake areas smooth, free from unsightly variations, bumps, ridges, or depressions, and free from rocks, hard clay lumps and other debris. I Apply fertilizer at a rate of 251bs/1000 SF. Apply after raking soil surface and not more than 48 hours prior to laying sod. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of soil. Lightly water to aid in dissipation of fertilizer. 3.02 APPLICATION A Lay sod with closely fitted joints leaving no voids and with ends of sod strips staggered. Sod shall be laid within 24 hours of harvesting. B After sod is laid, irrigate thoroughly to secure 6-inch minimum penetration into soil below sod. C Tamp and roll sod with approved equipment to eliminate minor irregularities and to foi in close contact with soil bed immediately after planting and watering Submit type of tamping and rolling equipment to be used to the Engineer for approval, prior to construction. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A Maintenance Period: 1. Begin maintenance immediately after each section of grass sod is installed and continue for a 30-day period from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Re -sod unacceptable areas. 3. Water, fertilize, control disease and insect pests, mow, edge, replace unacceptable materials, and perform other procedures consistent with good horticultural practice to ensure normal, vigorous and healthy growth. All disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas. B Notify Engineer 10 days before end of maintenance period for inspection. C Watering: 1. Water lawn areas once a day with minimum 1/2 inch water for the first 3 weeks after area is sodded. 2. After 3-week period, water twice a week with 3/4 inch of water each time unless comparable amount has been provided by rain. Wagon Wheel 02922 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING 3. Make weekly inspections to determine moisture content of soil unless soil is in frozen condition. 4. Water in the morning to enable soil to absorb maximum amount of water with minimum evaporation. D Mowing: 1. Mow sod at intervals which will keep grass height from exceeding 3-1/2 inches. 2. Set mower blades at 2-1/2 inches 3. Do not remove more than one-half of grass leaf surface. 4. Sodded areas requiring mowing within 1 month after installation, shall be mowed with a light -weight rotary type mower. The sod shall be mowed only when dry and not in a saturated or soft condition. 5. Remove grass clippings during or immediately after mowing. E Fertilizer and Pest Control 1. Evenly spread fertilizer composite at a rate of 40 pounds per 5,000 square feet or as recommended by manufacturer. Fertilizer shall not be placed until 2 weeks after placement of sod 2. Restore bare or thin areas by topdressing with a mix of 50 percent sharp sand and 50 percent sphagnum peat moss. 3. Apply mixture 1/4 to 1/2 inch thick. 4. Treat areas of heavy weed and insect infestation as recommended by treatment manufacturer. 3.04 CLEANUP A During course of planting, remove excess and waste materials; keep lawn areas clean and take precautions to avoid damage to existing structures, plants, grass and streets. B Remove barriers signs and all other material and equipment from Project Site at termination of establishment period. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02922 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING SECTION 02931 LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Furnishing all plants and trees, labor, equipment, appliances and materials for landscape and tree planting. Rough and finish grading is part of the landscape work. 1.02 PRICES A Measurement for Landscape Planting is on a Lump Sum. B Payment for Tree Planting is on unit price basis for each tree planted. C Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 REFERENCES A ANSI Z 60.1 - Nursery Stock. B Federal Specification Q-P-166E - Peat, Moss; Peat, Humus; and Peat, Reed -Sedge. 1.04 SCHEDULE A The plant schedule gives quantities, scientific names, common names, sizes, and special remarks. B The plant list confoxnis with Standardized Plant Names, 1942, and American Standard for Nursery Stock 1949, revised January 2, 1969, as prepared by the American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature and the American Association of Nurserymen, Inc. C In case of discrepancies between the plant list and drawings, the working drawings shall govern. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A Submit samples of the plants and grasses to be used for approval prior to installation. Inspection will be done on the project site. B Provide materials from the same source and of the same quality and variety as those inspected and approved. C Soils and/or compost materials must be approved at their source prior to delivery. Wagon Wheel 02931- 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS A Pack all plant material to provide protection against damage from wind, weather or other possible sources. Tie plants to prevent whipping when shipment is made by truck. B When shipment is made by rail, pack plants and ventilate cars as required to prevent sweating. C Provide a platform from all B&B root balls over 24 inches in diameter. D Store plants on the site as directed. E Spray with antitranspirant at time of delivery in warm season months. Apply at rates in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. F Ship trees with Certificates of Inspection as required by governing authorities. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. Do not remove container grown stock from containers before time of planting. G Deliver packaged materials in fully labeled original containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery, and while stored at Site. H Materials shall not be pruned prior to installation unless approved by the Engineer in writing. Do not bend or bind -tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches, or destroy natural shape. Use protective covering during delivery. 1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS A Substitution of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed, but with no increase in unit cost. B Substitution of an alternate species may be accepted upon written approval from the Engineer. 1.08 ACCEPTANCE AND APPROVAL A There will be no partial acceptance of grasses. B Upon Contractor's request, final approval will be made within 15 working days of date of notice to the Engineer if contracted work has been satisfactorily completed. C Final approval of grasses will be given when the following conditions are met. 1. There are no bare spots larger than 9 inches square. 2. The total area of bare spots does not exceed 5 percent of the entire grass area. Wagon Wheel 02931- 2 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 1.09 WARRANTY A Provide 1-year warranty on all plants and grasses. The warranty period commences after final completion. B Replace plants that fail during the warranty period according to the specifications governing the original plants. C Periodically inspect plants for proper watering and spraying, during warranty period. D Damage caused by natural hazards such as hail, high winds or storm is not covered by the warranty. E Plant materials and grasses which die due to normal insects or diseases are included in the warranty. F Existing in situ plant material required to be moved on the site will be protected under the warranty. G Contractor shall warrant trees against defects including death, unsatisfactory growth, or loss of shape due to improper pruning, maintenance, or weather conditions, for 1 year after completion of planting. Contractor shall plumb leaning trees during warranty period. H Remove and replace trees found to be dead during warranty period. Remove and replace trees which are in doubtful condition at end of warranty period, or if approved by the Engineer, extend warranty period for such trees for a full growing season. 1.10 SOIL ANALYSIS A Submit for approval an analysis of all soils obtained from off -site sources prior to delivery. B Analysis of existing soil is not required. 1.11 PLANT CERTIFICATES A Submit inspection certificates approved by the Engineer as required by law with the invoice for each shipment or order of stock: 1. Submit certificates to the Engineer for review in ample time to be reviewed and meet installation schedule. 1.12 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A Take all reasonable precautions to prevent injury to people and to avoid damage to existing structures, plants and grasses. Keep the area free of hazardous obstructions. Wagon Wheel 02931- 3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING B Construct barricades where necessary for the protection of persons and property. Mark all barricades with red and white paint and with red reflectors. Erect barricades in the following locations: 1. Areas dangerous to workmen and passersby. 2. Along adjoining property that requires protection. 3. Across streets and walks that are temporarily closed or rerouted. 4. Around plants and trees to be protected. C Excavations larger than 1 foot deep and 1 foot wide must be covered when not attended. D Existing trees which may be subject to damage must be protected by fencing or boxing. E During the course of planting operations, protect all installed plants and lawns from damage. If heavy equipment or materials must be moved across lawns, use planks or pontoons to protect the turf. Similarly protect walks across which heavy equipment must pass. 1.13 DEFINITIONS A In situ refers to any soil which is existing and in place on the project site at the time landscape work commences. B Establishment period refers to a period of 45 days after installation during which time 5 percent of the construction costs will be withheld. 1.14 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Landscaper shall be a firm specializing in landscape and planting work. B Do not make substitutions of approved trees unless approved in writing by the Engineer. If specified planting material is not obtainable, submit proof of non -availability together with proposal for use of equivalent material. Substitutions of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed, but with no increase in unit price. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A Topsoil: Conform to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. B Peat moss, bark and fertilizer: Use material recommended by nursery for establishment of healthy stock after replanting. Moss shall confoiin to requirements of Federal Specification Q-P-166E Wagon Wheel 02931- 4 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 2.02 FERTILIZER A Provide an inorganic commercial fertilizer which is uniform in composition, dry and free flowing, in original unopened containers, each bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. 1. For lawns: 12-24-12. 2. For ground cover areas, shrub beds and tree holes: 20-10-5. 2.03 ADDITIVES A Adjustment of pH. For topsoil to attain the specified pH level, furnish raw, ground agricultural limestone containing not less than 85 percent calcium carbonate of which 50 percent will pass through a 100-mesh sieve and 90 percent through a 70-mesh sieve. Wait 2 months after planting before application of fertilizer. 1. following table is a guideline to establish the pounds of limestone needed per 1000 square feet of turf LIMESTONE NEEDED PER 1000 SQUARE FEET SOIL PH CLAY LOAM, CLAY SANDS, LOAMY SANDS SANDY LOAM 5.1 >6.0 - <5.0 6.0 100 50 0 125 75 0 100 175 0 B Humus. Provide a rich humus material free of sticks, stones, weedy roots, or other foreign matter. Humus must have ample water holding capacity and plant food retention. Use a humus with a dark brown to black color. C Dressing Mulch. Provide pine or redwood bark that is evenly shredded, consisting of 90 percent organic matter, brown in color, and free of harmful minerals. Maximum particle size not to exceed 3 inches in diameter. D Sharp Sand. Obtain clean sharp sand of hard durable grains, free from dirt, organic matter or other impurities. Use sand with a grade between 0.05 mm and 2 mm. E Concrete Gravel. Provide clean, crushed stone consisting of hard, durable, uncoated particles free from injurious amounts of soft friable, thin or laminated pieces. Use gravel which conforms to ASTM C 33. The sieve size will be 3/4 inch, 90 to 100 percent passing. 2.04 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS A Tree Guys: 1. Guy Wires. Use 10-gauge galvanized annealed iron wire. 2. Hose will be 2-ply, fiber -reinforced dull green rubber at least 3/4-inch diameter. Wagon Wheel 02931- 5 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 3. Turnbuckles will be galvanized, with a 3-inch minimum lengthwise opening and fitted with screw eyes. B Stakes: 1. For use in identifying tree and shrub locations. a. Use 1-inch x 2-inch pine, or equivalent, 18 inches long. b. Use waterproof marker for identification. 2. Where applicable for anchoring trees, use wood deadmen of at least 2 inches x 4 inches stock, 36 inches long and buried 3 feet. 3. For supporting guyed trees, use stakes that are of at least 2 inches x 4 inches stock, 36 inches long. Notch stakes for guy wires 2 inches from the top. 4. Use tree stakes that are of sound and durable quality capable of withstanding aboveground and underground conditions either "T" Post or Treated Lodge Poles. C Edging: 1. Provide 1/2-inch x 4 inches, Cypress or Treated Lumber headerboard. 2. Provide 1 inch x 2 inches x 12 inches, Cypress or Treated Lumber stakes. D Cloth for Balling Trees. Use burlap of jute weighing at least 7.2 ounces per square yard. Secure balled plants with 2-ply twine made of jute. E Paper for Wrapping Trees. Use first quality, 4-inch-wide bituminous impregnated tape, corrugated or crepe paper, specifically manufactured for tree wrapping and having qualities to resist insect infestation. F Materials for Flagging Trees: 1. Mark guyed trees with surveyors white plastic tape. 2. Use surveyors plastic tape for marking as follows. a. Red to be removed. b. Yellow to be transplanted. c. Green to remain. d. Blue to identify special handling. G Labels Legibly label plants with durable labels that identify the plant by scientific and common name. Use waterproof ink. H Tree Seal. All pruning cuts, bruises, or scars over 3/4 inch in diameter on trees will be treated with a commercial tree wound dressing. I Polyethylene. Use virgin base, resin blended polyethylene sheeting with carbon black concentrate of 2.5 percent. 2.05 SPRAYS A Sterilization: 1. Use approved solution of Dyclomec 4G, or equal, for areas to be planted. 2. Use Pramitol, or equal, for areas to be paved. Wagon Wheel 02931- 6 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING B Herbicides: 1. Use an approved systemic non -selective, post emergent herbicide on specified areas to kill all vegetation. 2. Use Confront, or equal for general control of broadleaf weeds in lawns. 3. Use Preemerg, Eptam, Dryclomec, or equal for ground cover. 4. Use an approved pre -emergent to control seed germination in specified areas. C Antitranspirant: 1. Use approved antitranspirant for all plant material that is stored and/or heeled -in on the site. 2. Use approved antitranspirant on all planted trees and shrubs. D Root Stimulant. Use approved root stimulant on all newly planted trees, shrubs, vines and/or ground cover areas. 2.06 PLANT CHARACTERISTICS A Provide plants which are true to type and name, and typical of their species or variety. Plants must have a nouual, well -developed branch structure, with a vigorous root system, and must be generally sound and healthy. Use plants which are free from defects, including: 1. Disfiguring knots. 2. Sun scald. 3. Injuries. 4. Bark abrasions. 5. Plant diseases. 6. Insect eggs. 7. Borers 8. Infestations. B Select well -formed plants balanced between height and spread typical of the species or variety with branches in normal position. Heading back plants to meet size limits will not be permitted. C Unless otherwise specified, all plants will be nursery grown and at least twice transplanted. Use plants which have been growing under similar climatic conditions to those of the project for at least 2 years prior to the date of the contract. Recently stepped - up plants will not be acceptable. All B&B or bare root plants must be freshly dug; heeled -in or cold storage plants will not be accepted. D Balled, bare root, and container -grown plants will confoiui to the definitions given in American Standards for Nursery Stock. E No tree will be accepted which has had leaders cut or damaged, or which has a thin, weak trunk and/or poorly formed tops. F Regardless of sample selection, a plant may be rejected at the site by the Engineer. Wagon Wheel 02931- 7 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 2.07 NURSERY STOCK A Deciduous Trees. Provide trees which are straight and symmetrical and have a persistently preferred main leader. The crown must be in good overall proportion to the entire height of the tree. Where a clump is specified, a plant having a minimum of three stems originating from a common base at the ground line will be furnish. Measure trees by average caliper of trunk. 1. For trees up to 4 inches in diameter, measure caliper 6 inches above ground. 2. For trunks larger than 4 inches, measure caliper 12 inches above ground. B Evergreen Trees. Form of the top will be typical of the species and not unnaturally sheared or color -treated. Measure by average caliper. Capper will be taken 6 inches above the ground on trees up to 4 inches in diameter and 12 inches above the ground on trees larger than 4 inches. C Vines and Ground Cover. Provide plants which are container -grown for sufficient time to ensure adequate root growth to hold the soil in place and retain the original shape when removed from the container. 2.08 FIELD -COLLECTED PLANTS A Field -collected plants must be grown in favorable locations that ensure fibrous roots and vigorous growth. Such plants will be selected on site by the Landscape architect. B Provide balls at least 1/3 greater in diameter than those specified for nursery stock. C If dug in dormant season and bare root is acceptable, the spread of roots must be at least 1/3 greater than the spread of roots for bare root nursery stock. 2.09 SEED A Seasonal Limitations: 1. Bermuda: a. Hulled seeds may be planted between October and March. b. Unhulled seeds may be planted between April and September. 2. Rye: a. Plant between October and February. B Bermuda. Provide common Bermuda seed that is extra -fancy, treated, lawn type. Deliver in original, unopened container showing weight, analysis, name of vendor and germination test results. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. C Rye. Deliver annual Winter Rye seed in original unopened containers. Seed must be fresh, clean, and mixed in labeled proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled. Wagon Wheel 02931- 8 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 2.10 HYDROMULCH A Provide hydromulch seeding as noted in Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding. 2.11 GRASS A Obtain certified sod from an approved source. B Provide material which is true to type and name, and is typical of the species or variety. C Delivery: 1. Identify and tag sods with correct scientific and common name for each species. 2. Do not deliver more sods than can be planted within 8 hours. 3. Transport and deliver sods in/on pallets. 4. Protect sods against dehydration, overheating or contamination during transportation and delivery. 5. Cover unplanted sods with moistened burlap to prevent dehydration or overheating while awaiting installation. 6. Sods must be harvested within 12 hours of planting and arrive at the project site in a moist condition. D Products: 1. Material to be uniform in color, leaf texture and density. 2. Material to be graded No. 1, or better. 3. Uniform mowed height at time of harvesting material: 1-1/2 inches. 4. Inspected and certified free of diseases, nematodes, and undesirable insects by authonzed representative of State Department of Agriculture 5. Material will not be acceptable if it contains any quack grass, Johnson grass, poison ivy, nut grass, thistle, common bent grass, wild garlic, morning glory, perennial sorrell, or brome grass. 6. Turf will be considered weed free when found to contain less than 1 percent of dandelion, jimson weed, mustard, chickweed, per 100 square feet. 2.12 TREES A Provide container grown trees which are straight and symmetrical and have a persistently preferred main leader. The crown shall be in good overall proportion to the entire height of tree with branching configuration as recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and species specified. Where a clump is specified, a plant having a minimum of three stems originating from a common base at the ground line shall be furnished. Measure trees by average caliper of trunk as follows: 1. For trunks up to 4 inches or less in diameter, measure caliper 6 inches above top of root ball. 2. For trunks more than 4 inches, measure caliper 12 inches above top of root ball. 3. Caliper measurements shall be by diameter tape measure. Indicated calipers on plans are minimum. Averaging of plant calibers will not be allowed. Wagon Wheel 02931- 9 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING B Trees shall conform to following requirements: 1. Healthy, vigorous stock, grown in a recognized nursery. 2. Free of disease, insects eggs, larvae; and free of defects such as knots, sun -scald, injuries, abrasions, disfigurement, or borers and infestations. 2.13 WATER A Water shall be potable from municipal water supplies. 2.14 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A Notify Engineer, prior to installation, of location where trees that have been selected for planting may be inspected. Plant material will be inspected for compliance with following requirements. 1. Genus, species, variety, size and quality. 2. Size and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries and latent defects. 2.15 WORK CONDITIONS A Site Availability. Begin no landscape work where conflicting site work is incomplete or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. B Weather Restrictions. Stop all work during inclement weather such as drought, high winds, excessive rain, extreme heat, cold, or freeze. Obtain authorization before resuming work. 2.16 PLANTING PROCEDURES A Temporary Nursery. A temporary nursery may be used to store plants, but no more than 5 days before planting. Keep plants well watered and protected. 1. Immediately upon delivery, heel -in balled and burlapped (B&B) plants and spray all plants with an antitranspirant. Apply spray from top to bottom. Thoroughly cover plants, but not to the point of run-off. Spray block units and not individual plants Use a low-pressure fine -mist applicator. Spray at rates recommended in the manufacturer's directions. 2. Handle all balled and burlapped plants by the ball only. 3. Upon delivery, immediately heel -in bare root plants. Open bundles, separate plants, set roots in trenches, and cover with topsoil. Water plants with an approved root stimulant containing vitamin B. 4. Handle container plants by the container. 5. Handle ground cover plants in flats. Pack flats tightly together and sprinkle plants everyday. 6. Special plants so designated must be kept in an approved enclosure or planted the day of delivery. 7. Store soils and additives on approved platforms. B Digging and Handling: Wagon Wheel 02931- 10 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 1. The actual planting operation must proceed without delay and in a manner to avoid undue drying of the in -situ soil or roots because of exposure to air and sun. Keep an ample supply of sawdust available to cover the roots of B&B stock arriving from the storage nursery. Keep the roots well covered and moist until the plants can be placed in the final location and permanently planted. 2. Handle all plant stock with care to prevent injuries to the trunk, branches and roots. 3. Dig bare root plants when fully dormant. Keep all of the root system intact; do not prune the root system. However, any roots that are broken, crushed, or bruised must be cleanly cut back to sound wood. Make the cut on an angle so that the exposed end faces downward. Seal any cut root exceeding 3/4 inch in diameter with an approved tree wound dressing. 4. Balled and burlapped plants must have the root system encased in a film, solid ball of natural earth, wrapped in burlap and tightly bound Each ball must be of sufficient size to encompass all the fibrous feeding roots and not smaller than required by American Standards for Nursery Stock. The ball must remain firm and compact throughout the planting operations. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SITE PREPARATION A Schedule work so that planting can proceed rapidly as portions of site become available. Plant trees after final grades are established and prior to planting of lawns, unless otherwise approved by Engineer in writing. If planting of trees occurs after seeding work, protect lawn areas and promptly repair damage to lawns resulting from tree planting operations. B Layout individual trees at locations shown on Drawings In case of conflicts, notify Engineer before proceeding with Work. Trees shall be staked and approved by Engineer prior to planting C Existing Trees: 1. Protection: Protect tops, trunks and roots of trees to remain on the site. Before starting work, box, fence or otherwise protect trees subject to construction damage. Remove boxing when directed. Permit no stockpiles of heavy equipment within the branch spread of trees. 2. Removal: Remove trees marked for removal. Do not remove any tree without proper authorization. Stumps within 36 inches of final grade must also be removed. 3. Pruning and Surgery: Cut and trim trees only as directed; do not cut any tree without proper authorization. Trim existing trees of dead or diseased limbs. Cut limbs close to the trunk. Cover cuts over 3/4 inch in diameter with an approved tree would dressing. Wagon Wheel 02931- 11 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING D Grading Around Trees. As required, fill or grade within the branch spread of trees to remain, observing the following requirements. 1. For trenching beneath trees tunnel under the tree roots with careful hand digging. Where possible, avoid cutting or injuring roots. 2. Do not raise or lower the grade around an existing tree in any way unless so directed. E Placing Topsoil: 1. Disk, drag, harrow, or handrake subgrade. Scarify the subgrade to a depth of 1- 1/2 inches. Before placing topsoil, rake the subsoil surface clear of stones, wood, rubbish and other debris. Place no topsoil until the subgrade preparation has been approved. 2. Spread, rake, and compact topsoil to form a layer with a minimum depth of 4 inches in lawn areas and 6 inches in shrub areas. Place topsoil to conform to finished gradients as shown on the grading plan. 3. Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. F In Situ Soil Preparation: 1. Cross -till in two directions all existing soil in designated areas to be planted, as follows a. In lawn areas to a minimum depth of 6 inches. b. In shrub areas to a minimum depth of 10 inches. 2. Evenly broadcast fertilizers and soil additives and thoroughly work into soil. a Smooth all tilled and amended areas to establish a rough gradient. b. Deeply irrigate all tilled and amended areas to thoroughly wet soil particles and promote settlement. c. After a settlement period of not less than 5 days, and before proceeding with any planting, smooth and rake as necessary to establish finish gradient as required. 3. In all areas which have been utilized for parking, storage or construction lots and/or where heavy equipment has been used, cross -rip the entire compacted areas in two directions to a depth of 10 inches before tilling and amending the soil as specified. A heavy float or drag harrow should be used to smooth all surface areas. a. Verify location of all underground utilities before ripping. b. Ripping teeth should not be set at more than 10-inch spacing. G Fertilizer. Evenly broadcast and work fertilizer into soil at the following rates: 1. Lawns: 1-1/2 N pounds per 1000 square feet. 2. Ground Cover, Shrub, and Tree Areas: 1-1/2 N pounds per 1000 square feet. H Additives: 1. Humus Evenly broadcast and work into in situ soil at a rate of 1 cubic yard per 200 square feet. Wagon Wheel 02931- 12 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 2. Sharp Sand. Evenly broadcast and work into in situ soil at a rate of 1 cubic yard per 200 square feet. 3. Concrete Gravel. Utilize as a drainage course as shown on construction drawings. 3.02 PREPARATION OF PLANTING SOIL A Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful or toxic to plant growth. B Strip and utilize 4-inch layer of top soil, placed on esplanades under Section 02921 Hydromulch Seeding, for planting soil mixture C Mix recommended soil amendments with topsoil at following rates: 1. Top soil 50 percent. 2. Peat rnoss: 25 percent. 3. Well rotted Bark: 25 percent. 4. Fertilizer: Rate recommended by nursery. D Delay mixing of fertilizer if planting will not follow placing of planting soil within 48 hours, unless otherwise directed. E Incorporate amendments into the soil as a part of the soil preparation process prior to fine grading, fertilizing and planting. Broadcast or spread amendments evenly at the specified rate over the planting area. Thoroughly incorporate amendments into the top 3 or 4 inches of soil until amendments are pulverized and have become a homogeneous layer of topsoil ready for planting. 3.03 PLANTING A Excavate pits, beds, or trenches with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation raised a minimum of 6 inches at center for proper drainage. Provide following minimum widths: 1. 15-gallon containers or larger, 2 feet wider than diameter of root ball. 2. 1- and 5-gallon containers, 6 inches wider than diameter of root ball. B When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as unsatisfactory soil, obstructions, or adverse drainage conditions, notify the Engineer of such conditions before planting. C Deliver trees after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after deliver set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist by covering with mulch, burlap, or other acceptable means of retaining moisture, and water as needed. Wagon Wheel 02931- 13 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING D Set root ball on undisturbed soil in center of pit or trench and plumb plant. Place plants at such a level that, after settlement, a natural relationship of plant crown with ground surface will be established. E When set, place additional backfill around base and sides of ball, and work each layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. When excavation is approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. F Dish top of backfill to allow for mulching. Mulch pits, trenches and planted areas. Provide not less than 4-inch thickness of mulch, work into top of backfill, and finish level with adjacent finish grades. Cover entire root ball. G Prune, thin out and shape trees in accordance with standard horticultural practice. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Unless otherwise directed in writing, do not cut tree leaders, and remove only injured and dead branches from flowering trees. Remove and replace excessively pruned or misformed stock resulting from improper pruning. H Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning and insect infestation and take corrective measures. I Guy and stake trees immediately after planting. J Control dust caused by planting operations. Dampen surfaces as required. Comply with pollution control regulations of governing authorities. 3.04 PLANTING GRASS A Preparation. Prepare imported topsoil and/or in situ soil. Hand rake to remove all sticks, stones and clods larger than 1 inch. Apply the final grade but do not mechanically compact the soil. B Seed: 1. Evenly broadcast seed specified in 2.09 at the following rates: a. Bermuda: 1 pound per 1000 square feet b. Rye: 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet 2. Roll the entire seeded area in two directions with a dry/weighted roller. 3. Evenly top dress the entire seeded area with an approved sterilized commercial steer manure. Apply at 2 cubic feet per 100 square feet. 4. Lightly but thoroughly sprinkle the entire seeded area with water after top dress application. C Sod: 1. Use Bermuda, Buffalo, or St. Augustine sod in accordance with 2.11A. 2. Prepare soil in accordance with 3.03. Wagon Wheel 02931- 14 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 3. Apply eptam (or approved equal) to all areas to be sodded. Follow manufacturer's recommended rates and apply during soil preparation period. 4. Lay sod in a running bond pattern. Pieces should be consistently cut with joints tightly butted together. Water the in -place sod liberally and roll it in two direction with a heavy roller. Areas not level due to fluctuations in the sod depth should be covered and leveled with a 50/50 mix of sharp sand and topsoil. Fertilize in 6 weeks as directed by landscape Architect. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A The Engineer may reject unsatisfactory or defective material at anytime during progress of Work. Contractor shall remove rejected trees immediately from site and replace with specified materials. Plant material not installed in accordance with these Specifications will be rejected. B An inspection to determine final acceptance will be conducted by the Engineer at the end of the 12 month maintenance period. Additional inspections will be conducted for extended warranty periods provided for in paragraph 1.07B. 3.06 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE A Contractor shall maintain trees during planting operations and for a period of 12 months after completion of planting. B Water trees to full depth a minimum of once each week, or as required to maintain a healthy vigorous growth. C Prune, cultivate, and weed as required for healthy growth. Restore planting saucers. Tighten and repair stake and guy supports, and reset trees and shrubs to proper grades or vertical position as required. Restore or replace damaged wrappings. Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. 3.07 PROTECTION A During planting work, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. B Protect planting work and materials from damage due to planting operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance period. Treat, repair or replace damaged planting work as directed by the Engineer. C Dispose of excess soil and waste in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. On -site burning of combustible cleared materials will not be permitted. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02931- 15 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING Section 02980 PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Repairing streets, highways, driveways, sidewalks, and other pavements that have been cut, broken, or otherwise damaged during construction. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 02318- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 2. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures 3. Section 01350 - Submittals 4. Section 02316 - Excavation and Backfill for Roadways 5. Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures 6. Section 02330 - Embankment 7. Section 02335 - Subgrade 8. Section 02710 - Base Course for Pavement 9. Section 02741 - Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 10. Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement 11. Section 02200 - Site Preparation 12. Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Pavement Repair under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If Pavement Repair is included as a Bid Item, measurement is on a square yard basis. Payment limits are as follows: 1. Trench width plus 48 inches for utilities. 2. Trench width plus 10 feet for structures. 3. If provisions of this Section, 3.01D, require the limits of pavement repairs to be increased, then the payment limits shall be increased to the same extent. C No payment will be made for work outside payment limits, or in areas removed or replaced for Contractor's convenience. D Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 Submittals. Wagon Wheel 02980 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING A Subgrade: 1. Provide new backfill material as required by applicable portions of Section 02316 — Excavation and Backfill for Roadways Section — 2317 Excavation and Backfill for Structures, Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, and/or Section 02330 Embankment. 2. Provide material for stabilization as required by applicable portions of Section 02335 - Subgrade. B Base: Provide new base material as required by applicable portions of Section 02710 — Base Course for Pavement. C Pavement: Provide new paving materials as required by applicable portions of Section 02741- Asphaltic Concrete Pavement and Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Conform to requirement of Section 02200 - Site Preparation, for removals. B Saw cut and remove pavement (including base material for asphalt paving) 24 inches beyond the width of excavation for utility and utility appurtenance installation, unless otherwise indicated on Plans. C Saw cut and remove pavement (including base material for asphalt paving) 5 feet beyond the width of excavation for installation of structures, unless otherwise indicated on Plans. D If removed pavement is greater than one-half of pavement lane width, or within 18 inches of a longitudinal joint, on concrete pavement, replace pavement for full lane width or to nearest longitudinal joint as approved by the Engineer. E Protect edges of existing pavement to remain from damage during removals, utility placement, backfill, and paving operations. For concrete pavement, leave and protect minimum of 18 inches of undisturbed subgrade on each side of trench to support replacement slab. 3.02 INSTALLATION A Parking areas, service drives, driveways, and sidewalks: Replace with material equal to or better than existing or as indicated on Plans. Conform to applicable requirements referenced in this Section, 2.01 "Materials". Wagon Wheel 02980 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING B Street pavements and curbs, curbs and gutters: Replace subgrade, base, and surface course with like materials or as indicated on Plans. Curbs and curbs and gutters shall match existing. Conform to requirements referenced in this Section, 2.01 "Materials". C For concrete pavement, install size and length of reinforcing steel and pavement thickness indicated on Plans. Place types and spacing of joints to match existing or as indicated on Plans. D Where existing pavement consists of concrete pavement with asphaltic surfacing, resurface with minimum 2-inch depth asphaltic pavement. E Repair state highway crossings in accordance with highway department permit and within 1 week after utility work is installed. 3.03 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL A Dispose of waste material in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. 3.04 PROTECTION A Maintain all pavements in good condition until completion of Work. B Replace pavement damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 02980 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Wagon Wheel 03000 - I of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.0 GENERAL Section 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Cast -in -place concrete building frame members, floors, shear walls, foundation walls, and supported slabs, vaults, manholes and wet wells. B Cast -in -place concrete work for utility construction or rehabilitation, such as slabs on grade, small vaults, site -cast bases for precast units, cast -in -place manholes, including headwalls and miscellaneous small structures. C Floors and slabs on grade. D Concrete seal slabs. E Control, and expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete work, including joint sealants. F Design, construction, erection, and removal of structural concrete formwork. G Equipment pads, light pole base, thrust blocks. H References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3. Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings 4. Section 03600 - Structural Grout 5. Section 03310 - Structural Concrete 6. Section 03100 — Concrete Formwork 7. Section 01440 — Inspection Services 8. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services Referenced Standards: 1. Amencan Concrete Institute (ACI) 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 4. American Welding Society (AWS) 5. Wire Reinforcement Institute (WRI) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for cast -in -place concrete is on lump -sum basis for each aforementioned item as bid. Payment includes related work performed on these items in accordance with related sections of these Technical Specifications. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 1 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE B Measurement for extra cast -in -place concrete is on cubic -yard basis. Payment includes related work performed in accordance with related sections. C Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Hot Weather: Any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity and wind velocity tending to impair quality of fresh or hardened concrete or otherwise resulting in abnormal properties. B Cold Weather: Period when, for more than 2 successive days, mean daily temperature is below 40 degrees F. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Shop Drawings: 1. Submit Shop Drawings detailing reinforcement fabrication, bar replacement location, splices, spacing, bar designation, bar type, length, size bending, number of bars, bar support type, and other pertinent information, including dimensions. Provide sufficient detail for placement of reinforcement without use of Plans. Infoiniation shall correspond directly to data listed on bill of materials. 2. Use of reproductions of Plans by Contractor, Subcontractor, erector, fabricator or material supplier in preparation of Shop Drawings (or in lieu of preparation of Shop Drawings) signifies acceptance by that party of information shown thereon as correct, and acceptance of obligation to pay for any job expense, real or implied, arising due to errors that may occur thereon. Remove references to Design Engineer, including seals, when reproductions of Plans are used as Shop Drawings. 3. Detail Shop Drawings in accordance with ACI 315, Figure 6. 4. Submit Shop Drawings showing location of proposed additional construction joints, and obtain approval of the Engineer, prior to submitting reinforcing steel Shop Drawings. C Bill of Materials: Submit with Shop Drawings. D Product Data: 1. Mechanical Bar Splices Submit manufacturer's technical literature, including specifications and installation instructions. 2. Epoxy grout proposed for anchoring reinforcing dowels to hardened concrete: Submit manufacturer s technical literature including recommended installation procedures. 3. Provide data on joint devices, attachment accessories and admixtures. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 2 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE E Certificates: 1. Submit steel manufacturer's certificates of mill tests giving properties of steel proposed for use List of manufacturer's test number, heat number, chemical analysis, yield point, tensile strength, and percentage of elongation. Identify proposed location of steel in work. 2. Foreign -manufactured reinforcing bars shall be tested for conformance to ASTM requirements by a certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Submit test reports for review. Do not begin fabrication of reinforcement until material has been approved. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Submit under provisions of Section 01350-Submittals. B Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components which are concealed from view. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301-99:Specifications for Structural Concrete - IP B Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. C Conform appropriately to ACI 305R-99:Hot Weather Concreting or ACI 306R.1- 90:Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. 1.07 COORDINATION A Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01310 — Coordination and Meetings. B Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I - Noxnial Portland. Type II - Moderate Sulphate resistance Portland type. B Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33. C Use coarse limestone aggregate and crushed limestone for fine aggregate. The product of concrete alkalinity (A, as equivalent calcium carbonate) times the thickness of cover over the reinforcing steel (Z, in inches) shall not be less than 0.54, i.e. concrete shall have an AZ factor greater than or equal to 0.54. Provide a minimum concrete cover of 2" over reinforcing steel on the inside of the structures. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 3 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE D Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 ADMIXTURES A Air Entrainment: ASTM C 260. B Chemical: ASTM C 494, Type A - Water Reducing Type D - Water Reducing and Retarding Type E - Water Reducing and Accelerating admixture. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A Bonding Agent: Two component modified epoxy resin. B Vapor Barrier. 6 mil clear polyethylene film type recommended for below grade application. C Non -Shrink Grout Premixed compound consisting ofnon-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days. 2.04 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS A Joint Filler Type C: ASTM D 1752; Premolded sponge rubber, fully compressible with recovery rate of minimum 95 percent. B Sealant: ASTM D 1190; synthetic rubber. 2.05 CONCRETE MIX A Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C 94, Alternative No. 3. A minimum of 5.75 bags of cement per cubic yard of concrete shall be used. For Concrete in Contact with sewage use Portland Type II, ASTM C 150, Cement. B Provide concrete to the following criteria: 1. Compressive Strength 7 days 2400 psi 2. Compressive Strength 28 days: 4000 psi 3. Slump: 3 to 4 inches for concrete cast against earth in slabs and footings and where used as a topping. 5 to 6 inches for concrete in supported slabs, beams, columns and walls. 4. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio: 0.50. C Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. D Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Engineer. E Add air entraining agent to noiinal weight concrete mix for work exposed to temperature lower than 40 degrees F. Air content shall be 3 percent maximum for concrete with trowel finished surfaces and 3-5 percent for other concrete. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 4 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2.06 FORM MATERIAL A Smooth Forms. New plywood, metal, plastic, tempered concrete -form hardboard, dressed lumber faced with plywood or lining, or metal -framed plywood -faced panel material, to provide continuous, straight, smooth surfaces. Form material shall be free of raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects. Furnish material in largest practical sizes to minimize number of joints and, when indicated on Plans, conform to joint system indicated. Form material shall have sufficient strength and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection. B Rough Forms: Plywood, metal, dressed or undressed lumber free of knots, splits or other defects, or other material acceptable to the Engineer of sufficient strength and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection. C Plywood: Conform to PS 1, Class 1. D Lumber: Conform to PS 20. E Edge Forms and Intermediate Screed Strips: Type and strength compatible with the screed equipment and methods used. F Plastic Forms: One-piece forms for domes, beams and pan joists. Single lengths for columns not exceeding height of 7'-6' . For columns over 7 -6", use 7'-6" sections and filler sections as needed. To facilitate removal of pan joist forms, taper sides 1 inch per foot. G Metal Pan Joist Forms: Removable type, fabricated of minimum 14-gage steel; one piece between end closures. Adjustable foiuis not allowed. Taper sides 1 inch per foot to facilitate removal. H Earth Cuts for Forms: 1. Use earth cuts for forming unexposed sides of grade beams cast monolithically with slabs on grade. 2. Where sides of excavations are stable enough to prevent caving or sloughing, following surfaces may be cast against neat -cut excavations: a. Sides of footings. b. Inside face of perimeter grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade. When inside face is cast against earth, increase beam width indicated on Plans by 1 inch. c. Both faces of interior grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade. When grade beam is cast against earth, increase beam width indicated on Plans by 2 inches. 1 Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Foiins: 1. Corrugated fiberboard carton foiiiis, when called for, are intended to form a void space beneath pile -supported and pier -supported slabs and other structural elements as shown. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 5 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2. Provide products of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in commercial production of double-faced corrugated fiberboard carton forms, constructed of waterproof paper and laminated with waterproof adhesive. 3. Fiberboard forms. Capable of supporting required dead load plus construction loads, and designed to lose their strength upon prolonged contact with moisture and soil bacteria. 4. Seal cuts and ends of each form section by dipping in waterproof wax, unless liners and flutes are completely impregnated with waterproofing. 5. Size founts as indicated on Plans. Assemble as recommended by manufacturer, either with steel banding at 4'-0" maximum on centers, or, where liners and flutes are impregnated with waterproofing, with adequate stapling. J Circular Forms. 1. Form round -section members with paper or fiber tubes, constructed of laminated plies using water-resistant adhesive with wax -impregnated exterior for weather and moisture protection. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist loads imposed by wet concrete without deformation. Provide manufacturer's seamless units to minimize spiral gaps and seams. 2. Fiberglass or steel forms may be used for round -section members. K Shores: Wood or adjustable metal, with bearing plates; with double wedges at lower end. L Form Ties: 1. Use commercially -manufactured ties, hangers and other accessories for embedding in concrete. Do not use wire not commercially fabricated for use as a form accessory. 2. Fabricate ties so ends or end fasteners can be removed without causing spalling of concrete faces. Depth from formed concrete face to the embedded portion: At least 1 inch, or twice the minimum dimension of tie, whichever is greater. 3. Provide waterstop feature for foiru ties used on liquid -containing structures and on concrete walls which will have earth backfill on one side. 4. Removable ties: Taper ties may be used when approved by the Engineer. In the hole left by the removal of the taper tie, insert a preformed neoprene or polyurethane plug sized to seat at the center of the wall. M Fowl Coating: Commercial formulation of form oil or form -release agent having proven satisfactory performance. Coating shall not bond with, stain or otherwise adversely affect concrete surfaces, or impair their subsequent treatment, including application of bonding agents, curing compounds, paint, protective liners and membrane waterproofing. N Coating for Plastic Forms: Alkali -resistant gel -coat. 0 Chamfer Strips: Unless otherwise indicated on Plans, provide 3/4 inch chamfer strips in corners of forms to produce beveled edges where required by this Section, 3.0 "Execution". Wagon Wheel 03300 - 6 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE P Form Gaskets: Polyethylene rod, closed cell, 1-inch diameter. 2.07 DESIGN OF FORMWORK A Conform to ACI 117, ACI 347 and building codes, unless more restrictive requirements are specified or shown on Plans. Contractor shall design and engineer concrete formwork, including shoring and bracing. Design formwork for applicable gravity loads, lateral pressure, wind loads and allowable stresses. Camber formwork to compensate for anticipated deflection dunng placement of concrete required to maintain specified tolerances. Design formwork to be readily removed without impact, shock or damage to concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. B Slip Forming: Permitted on written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall demonstrate suitability of method proposed. 2.08 REINFORCING MATERIAL A Reinforcing Bars: Deformed bars conforming to ASTM A 615, grade as indicated on Plans, except column spirals and those shown on Plans to be smooth bars. Where grade is not shown on Plans, use Grade 60. B Smooth Bars: Where indicated on Plans, use smooth bars conforming to ASTM A 36; ASTM A 615, Grade 60 or ASTM A 675, Grade 70. C Column Spirals: Bars conforming to ASTM A 15, Grade 60, or wire conforming to ASTM A 82. D Lpoxy-Coated Deformed Bars, Column Spirals and Smooth Bars: Conform to ASTM A 775/A 775M. E Welded Wire Fabric: 1. Welded Smooth Wire Fabric. Conform to ASTM A 185. 2. Welded Deformed Wire Fabric. Conform to ASTM A 497. 3. Provide wire size, type and spacing as shown. Where type is not shown on Plans, use welded smooth wire fabric. 4. Furnish welded wire fabric in flat sheets only. F Tie Wire: 16-1/2 gage or heavier annealed steel wire. Use plastic -coated tie wire with epoxy -coated reinforcing steel. G Bar Supports: Provide chairs. Use bar supports and accessories of sizes required to provide required concrete cover. Where concrete surfaces are exposed to weather, water or wastewater, provide plastic accessories only do not use galvanized or plastic - tipped metal in such locations. Provide metal bar supports and accessories rated Class 1 or 2 conforming to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Use epoxy -coated bar supports with epoxy -coated reinforcing bars. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 7 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE H Slabs on Grade: Provide chairs with sheet metal bases or provide precast concrete bar supports 3 inches wide, 6 inches long, and thick enough to allow required cover. Embed tie wires in 3-inch by 6-inch side. I Mechanical Bar Splices: 1. Confoirn to ACI 318-05:Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; use where indicated on Plans. a. Compression splices shall develop ultimate stress of reinforcing bar. b. Tension splices shall develop 125 percent of minimum yield point stress of reinforcing bar. 2. Regardless of chemical composition of steel, any heat effect shall not adversely affect perfonnance of reinforcing bar. J Welded Splices: 1. Provide welded splices where shown and where approved by the Engineer. Welded splices of reinforcing steel shall develop a tensile strength exceeding 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcing bars connected. 2. Provide materials for welded splices conforming to AWS D1.4 — Structural Welding Code -Reinforcing Steel. K Epoxy Grout: High -strength rigid epoxy adhesive, confoii ling to ASTM C 881, Type IV, manufactured for purpose of anchoring dowels into hardened concrete and the moisture condition, application temperature and orientation of the hole to be filled. Unless otherwise shown, depth of embedment shall be as required to develop the full tensile strength (125 percent of yield strength) of dowel, but not less than 12 diameters. 2.09 FABRICATION OF REINFORCING A Bending: Fabricate bars to shapes indicated on Plans by cold bending. Bends shall conform to minimum bend diameters specified in ACI 318-05:Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. Do not straighten or rebend bars. Fabricate epoxy -coated reinforcing steel to required shapes in a manner that will not damage epoxy coating. Repair any epoxy coating with patching material conforming to Item 4.4 of ASTM A 775/A 775M. B Splices: 1 Locate splices as indicated on Plans. Do not locate splices at other locations without approval of the Engineer. Use minimum number of splices located at points of minimum stress. Stagger splices in adjacent bars. 2. Length of lap splices: As shown on Plans. 3. Prepare ends of bars at mechanical splices in accordance with splice manufacturer's requirements. C Construction Joints: Unless otherwise shown, continue reinforcing through construction joints. D Bar Fabrication Tolerances: Confouu to tolerances listed in ACI 315, Figures 4 and 5. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 8 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE E Standard Hooks: Conform to the requirements of ACI 318-05:Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. F Marking: Clearly mark bars with waterproof tags showing number of bars, size, mark, length, and yield strength. Mark steel with same designation as member in which it occurs. 2.10 FINISHING MATERIALS A Sealer/Dustproofer (VOC Compliant): Water -based acrylic sealer; non -yellowing under ultraviolet light after 200-hour test in accordance with ASTM D 4587. Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. B Epoxy Floor Topping: Two -component epoxy resin meeting ASTM C 881 Type III, resistant to wear, staining and chemical attack, blended with granite, sand, trap rock or quartz aggregate, trowel -applied over concrete floor. Topping thickness shall be 1/8 inch. Color shall be gray. C Abrasive Aggregate for Nonslip Finish: Fused aluminum oxide grit, or crushed emery aggregate containing not less than 40 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 25 percent ferric oxide. Material shall be factory graded, packaged, rustproof and nonglazing, and unaffected by freezing, moisture and cleaning materials. D Epoxy Penetrating Sealer Low -viscosity, two -component epoxy system designed to give maximum penetration into concrete surfaces. Sealer shall completely seal concrete surfaces from penetration of water oil and chemicals; prevent dusting and deterioration of concrete surfaces caused by heavy traffic, and be capable of adhering to floor surfaces subject to hydrostatic pressure from below. Color shall be transparent amber or gray. Surface shall be non -slip. E Latex Bonding Agent. Non-redispersable latex base liquid confoxnuing to ASTM C 1059. When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, bonding agent shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. F Bonding Grout: Prepare bonding grout by mixing approximately one part cement to one part fine sand meeting ASTM C 144 but with 100 percent passing No. 30 mesh sieve. Mix with water to consistency of thick cream. At Contractor s option, a commercially -prepared bonding agent used in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions may be used. When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, bonding agent shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. Submit manufacturer's technical info uiation on proposed bonding agent. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 9 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE G Patching Mortar: 1. Make patching mortar of same materials and of approximately same proportions as concrete, except omit coarse aggregate. Substitute white Portland cement for part of gray Portland cement on exposed concrete in order to match color of surrounding concrete. Determine color by making trial patch. Use minimum amount of mixing water required for handling and placing. Mix patching mortar in advance and allow to stand. Mix frequently with trowel until it has reached stiffest consistency that will permit placing. Do not add water. 2. Proprietary compounds for adhesion or specially formulated cementitious repair mortars may be used in lieu of or in addition to foregoing patching materials provided that properties of bond and compressive strength meet or exceed the foregoing and color of surrounding concrete can be matched where required. Use such compounds according to manufacturer's recommendations. When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, material shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. H Epoxy Adhesive: Two -component, 100 percent solids, 100 percent reactive compound developing 100 percent of strength of concrete suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces Epoxy used to inject cracks and as a binder in epoxy mortar shall meet ASTM C 881, Type VI Epoxy used as a bonding agent for fresh concrete shall meet ASTM C 881, Type V. I Non -shrink Grout: See Section 03600 - Structural Grout. J Spray -Applied Coating: Acceptable products are Thoro System Products "Thoroseal Plaster Mix" or approved equal. Color: Gray. K Concrete Topping: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size, as specified in this Section. L Concrete Fill: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size, (Class C where fill thickness exceeds 3 inches throughout a placement), as specified in Section 03310 - Structural Concrete. M Evaporation Retardant: Confilm, manufactured by Master Builders; Eucobar, manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company; or equal. 2.11 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A Membrane -forming Curing Compound: Conform to ASTM C 309, Type 1D, and following requirements. 1. Minimum solids content: 30 percent. 2. Compound shall not peuuanently discolor concrete. When used for liquid - containing structures, curing compound shall be white -pigmented. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 10 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3. When used in areas that are to be coated, or that will receive topping or floor covering, material shall not reduce bond of coating, topping, or floor covering to concrete. Curing compound manufacturer's technical information shall state conditions under which compound will not prevent bond. 4. Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. B Clear Curing and Sealing Compound (VOC Compliant): Confoimu to ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, and the following requirements: 30 percent solids content minimum; non -yellowing under ultraviolet light after 500-hour test in accordance with ASTM D 4587. Sodium silicate compounds are not permitted. Confoimmi to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. C Sheet Material for Curing Concrete: ASTM C 171; waterproof paper, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheeting. D Curing Mats (for use in Curing Method 2): Heavy shag rugs or carpets, or cotton mats quilted at 4 inches on center; 12 ounce per square yard minimum weight when dry. E Water for curing: Clean and potable. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement. B Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 3.02 PREPARATION A Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B In locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non -shrink grout. 3.03 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING A Earth Surfaces: 1. Under interior slabs on grade, install vapor barrier Lap joints at least 6 inches and seal watertight with tape, or sealant applied between overlapping edges and ends. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of reinforcing and inserts with vapor barrier material, lap over damaged areas at least 6 inches and seal watertight. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 11 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2. Other Earth Surfaces: Thoroughly wet by sprinkling prior to placing concrete, and keep moist by frequent sprinkling up to time of placing concrete thereon. Remove standing water. Surfaces shall be free from standing water, mud and debris at the time of placing concrete. B Construction Joints: 1. Definition Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed, where the placement of the concrete has been interrupted so that, in the Judgment of the Engineer, new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with that previously placed. 2. Interruptions• When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for the concrete to take a set, use forms or other means to shape the working face to secure proper union with subsequent work. Make construction joints only where acceptable to the Engineer. 3. Preparation: Give horizontal joint surfaces a compacted, roughened surface for good bond Except where the Plans call for joint surfaces to be coated, clean joint surfaces of laitance, loose or defective concrete and foreign material by hydroblasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate), roughen surface to expose aggregate to a depth of at least 1/4 inch and wash thoroughly. Remove standing water from the construction joint surface before new concrete is placed. 4. After surfaces have been prepared cover approximately horizontal construction joints with a 3-inch lift of a grout mix consisting of Class A concrete batched without coarse aggregate; place and spread grout uniformly. Place wall concrete on the grout mix immediately thereafter. C Set and secure reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts and similar embedded items in the foiiiis where indicated on Plans, Shop Drawings and as otherwise required. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance before concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. D Place no concrete until at least 4 hours after formwork inserts, embedded items, reinforcement and surface preparation have been completed and accepted by the Engineer. Clean surfaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted with grout or previously -placed concrete before placing adjacent concrete. E Casting New Concrete Against Old: Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (any concrete which is greater than 60 days of age), thoroughly clean and roughen the surface of the old concrete by hydro -blasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate). Coat joint surface with epoxy bonding agent following manufacturer's written instructions, unless indicated otherwise. Unless noted otherwise, this provision does not apply to vertical wall joints where waterstop is installed. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 12 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE F Protection from Water: Place no concrete in any structure until water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or diverted and carried out of the forms, clear of the work. Deposit no concrete underwater. Do not allow still water to rise on any concrete until concrete has attained its initial set. Do not allow water to flow over the surface of any concrete in a manner and at a velocity that will damage the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping, dewatering and other necessary operations for removing ground water, if required, are subject to the Engineer's review. G Corrosion Protection. Position and support pipe, conduit, dowels and other ferrous items to be embedded in concrete construction prior to placement of concrete so there is at least a 2 inch clearance between them and any part of the concrete reinforcement. Do not secure such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement. H Where practicable, provide for openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and brackets, and setting of anchors during placing of concrete. I Accurately set anchor bolts and maintain in position with templates while they are being embedded in concrete. J Cleaning: Immediately before concrete is placed, thoroughly clean dirt, grease, grout, mortar, loose scale, rust and other foreign substances from surfaces of metalwork to be in contact with concrete. 3.04 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A Formwork Construction 1. Construct and maintain formwork so that it will maintain correct sizes of members, shape, alignment, elevation and position during concrete placement and until concrete has gained sufficient strength. Provide for required openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, anchorages, and inserts. 2. Construct forms for easy removal without damage to concrete surfaces. 3. Make formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement Solidly butt joints and provide backup material at joints as required to prevent leakage and fins. Provide gaskets for wall 'buns to prevent concrete paste leakage at their base. 4. Place chamfer strips in forms to bevel edges and comers permanently exposed to view, except top edges of walls, and slabs which are indicated on Plans to be tooled. Do not bevel edges of formed joints and interior comers unless indicated on Plans. Form beveled edges for vertical and horizontal corners of equipment bases. Unless otherwise indicated on Plans, make bevels 3/4 inch wide. 5. Provide temporary openings at bases of column and wall forms and other points as required for observation and cleaning immediately before concrete is placed. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 13 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 6. Where runways are required for moving equipment, support runways directly on the foiniwork or structural members. Do not allow runways or supports to rest on reinforcing steel. 7. Use smooth forms on formed concrete surfaces required to have smooth form finish or rubbed finish. 8. Rough forms may be used on formed concrete surfaces indicated to have rough form finish. B Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish: 1. Drill forms to suit ties used and to prevent leakage of concrete mortar around tie holes. Uniformly space form ties and align in horizontal and vertical rows. Install taper ties, if used, with the large end on the wet face of the wall. 2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible edges or offsets. Back up joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square intersections. 3. Form molding shapes, recesses and projections with smooth -finish materials and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent displacement. 4. Form exposed corners of beams and columns to produce square, smooth, solid, unbroken lines. 5. Provide exterior exposed edges with 3/4-inch chamfer or 3/4-inch radius. 6. Arrange facing material in orderly and symmetrical fashion. Keep number of joints to practical minimum. Support facing material adequately to prevent deflection in excess of allowable tolerances. 7. For flush surfaces exposed to view in completed structure, overlap previously - placed hardened concrete with form sheathing by approximately 1 inch. Hold founts against hardened concrete to maintain true surfaces, preventing offsets or loss of mortar. C Forms for Surfaces Requiring Rubbed Finish: Provide forms as specified in this Section, 3.04B "Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish '. Use smooth plywood linings or forms, in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. D Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in finished slab surface. Provide and secure supports for types of screeds required. E Circular Forms: Set forms in one piece for full height of member. F Surfaces to Receive Membrane Waterproofing: Coordinate surface finish, anchors, reglets, and similar requirements with membrane waterproofing applicator. G Fireproofing Steel Member: Construct forms to provide not less than the concrete thickness necessary, measured from face of steel member, to provide the required fire rating. Forms for concealed surfaces may be unlined. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 14 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Tolerances: 1. Unless noted otherwise on Plans, construct formwork so concrete surfaces will conform to tolerance limits listed in Tables 03300A and 03300B at end of this Subsection. 2. Establish sufficient control points and bench marks as references for tolerance checks. Maintain these references in undisturbed condition until final completion and acceptance of the Work. Adjustment of Formwork: 1. Use wedges or jacks to provide positive adjustment of shores and struts. After final inspection and before concrete placement, fasten in position wedges used for final adjustment of forms. 2. Brace forms securely against lateral deflections. Prepare to compensate for settling during concrete placement. 3. For wall openings, construct wood forms that facilitate necessary loosening to counteract swelling of forms. J Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Fauns: 1. Place on smooth firm bed of suitable material to prevent vertical displacement; set tight to prevent horizontal displacement. Exercise care to avoid buckling of forms. Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions and recommendations. 2. Fit carton forms tightly around piles and piers; completely fill the space between subgrade and concrete placement with carton forms to form a void space. 3. Protect carton forms from moisture and maintain in a dry condition until concrete is placed on them. If they become wet before placement of concrete, allow them to dry and carefully inspect for strength before concrete is placed. 4. Before concrete placement, replace damaged or deteriorated forms which are incapable of supporting concrete dead load plus construction live loads. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 15 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03300A TOLERANCES FOR FORMED SURFACES CONCRETE IN BUILDINGS** Variation Variation In foot For any length any bay 20- or Maximum for For 10-foot length any Dimension Entire From Plumb or 1/4' - - - 1" Lines Surfaces Columns, and of Piers, Walls and Arrises Specified Batter Exposed Joint Comer Grooves, Columns, and Control Other - - - 1/4" 1/2" Conspicuous Lines LEVEL OR Slab Soffits, Ceilings, Beam Soffits, 1/4" 3/8" 3/4" and removal Anises of shores), (measured before SPED} 1113 - - - 1/4" 1/2" Exposed Lintels, Sills, Parapets, GRADE Horizontal Conspicuous Grooves and Lines Other - - - 1/2" 1" DRAWING DIMENSIONS Position Columns, of Walls Linear and Building Partitions Lines, Size and Location of Sleeves, Floor - - - - - - 11/4" Openings and Wall Openings Cross Section Columns, Beams, - - - - - - +1/2", -1/4" Slabs, and Walls of - - - - - - +2", -1/2" Footings* in Plan - - - - - - 2% of or Width 2" Footing Misplacement or Eccentricity in Direction Error lesser of (the of) - - - - - - 5% Footing Thickness Decrease - - - - - - No Limit Footing Thickness Increase Step Rise in Flight of Stairs - - - - - - +1/8" Step Tread in Flight of Stairs - - - - - - +1/4" Consecutive Step Rise - - - .. - +1/16" Consecutive Step Tread - - - - - - +1/8" *Footing tolerances apply to concrete dimensions only, not to positioning of vertical reinforcing steel, dowels, or embedded items **Includes water and wastewater process structures Wagon Wheel 03300 - 16 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03300B TOLERANCE FOR FORMED SURFACES VARIATION VARIATION IN MAXIMUM FROM PLUMB OR Surfaces of columns, piers and walls 1/2" in 10' SPECIUWD BATTER LEVEL OR Top surfaces of slabs See Section 03345 SPECIFtt-4D Top surfaces of curbs and railings 3/16" in 10' GRADE 2% +1/2", +1/4", of +2, No ±1/2" ±1/16" width '1/8" +1/4" + 5% -1/2" limit 1 /8" -1/4" -1/8" or 2" DRAWING DIMENSIONS Cross section of columns, caps, walls, beams, and similar Thickness Size and members of location deck slabs of slab and wall openings Footings in plan Footing in direction misplacement or eccentricity of error (the lesser of) Footing thickness decrease Footing thickness increase Step Step rise in tread flight in flight of of stairs stairs Consecutive Consecutive step step rise tread Wagon Wheel 03300 - 17 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.05 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A Clean surfaces of founts and embedded materials before placing concrete. Remove accumulated mortar, grout, rust and other foreign matter. B Coat forms for exposed or painted concrete surfaces with form oil or form -release agent before placing reinforcement. Cover form surfaces with coating material in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not allow excess coating material to accumulate in forms or to contact hardened concrete against which fresh concrete will be placed. Remove coating material from reinforcement before placing concrete. C Forms for unexposed surfaces, other than retained -in -place metal forms, may be wet with water immediately before concrete placement in lieu of coating. When possibility of freezing temperatures exists, however, the use of coating is mandatory. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT A Placement Tolerances: Place reinforcement within tolerances of Table 03300C at the end of this Subsection. Bend tie wire away from forms to maintain the specified concrete coverage. B Interferences Maintain 2-inch clearance from embedded items. Where reinforcing interferes with location of other reinforcing steel, conduit or embedded items, bars may be moved within specified tolerances or one bar diameter, whichever is greater. Where greater movement of bars is required to avoid interference, notify the Engineer. Do not cut reinforcement to install inserts, conduit, mechanical openings or other items without approval of the Engineer. C Concrete Cover: Provide clear cover measured from reinforcement to face of concrete as listed in Table 03300D at the end of this Subsection, unless otherwise indicated on Plans. D Placement in Forms: Use spacers, chairs, wire ties and other accessory items necessary to assemble, space and support reinforcing properly. Provide accessories of sufficient number, size and strength to prevent deflection or displacement of reinforcement due to construction loads or concrete placement. Use appropriate accessories to position and support bolts, anchors and other embedded items. Tie reinforcing bars at each intersection, and to accessories. Blocking reinforcement with concrete or masonry is prohibited. E Placement for Concrete on Ground Support bar and wire reinforcement on chairs with sheet metal bases or precast concrete blocks spaced at approximately 3 feet on centers each way. Use minimum of one support for each 9 square feet. Tie supports to reinforcing bars and wires. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 18 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE F Vertical Reinforcement in Columns: Offset vertical bars by at least one bar diameter at splices. Provide accurate templates for column dowels to ensure proper placement. G Splices: 1 Do not splice bars, except at locations indicated on Plans or reviewed Shop Drawings, without approval of the Engineer. 2. Lap Splices. Unless otherwise shown or noted Class B, conforming to ACI 318-89, Section 12.15.1. Tie securely with wire prior to concrete placement, to prevent displacement of splices during concrete placement. 3. Mechanical Bar Splices: Use only where indicated on Plans or approved by the Engineer. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions a. Couplers located at a joint face shall be of a type which can be set either flush or recessed from the face as shown. Seal couplers prior to concrete placement to completely eliminate concrete or cement paste from entering. b. Couplers intended for future connections: Recess 1/2 inch minimum from concrete surface. After concrete is placed plug coupler and fill recess with sealant to prevent contact with water or other corrosive materials. c. Unless noted otherwise, match mechanical coupler spacing and capacity to that shown for the adjacent reinforcing. H Construction Joints: Place reinforcing continuous through construction joints, unless noted otherwise. I Welded Wire Fabric: Install wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Unless otherwise indicated on Plans, lap adjoining pieces at least 6 inches or one full mesh plus 2 inches, whichever is larger. Lace splices with wire. Do not make end laps midway between supporting beams, or directly over beams of continuous structures. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps. Conform to WRI - Manual of Standard Practice for Welded Wire Fabric. J Field Bending Shape reinforcing bent during construction operations to conform to Plans. Bars shall be cold -bent, do not heat bars. Closely inspect reinforcing for breaks. When reinforcing is damaged, replace, Cadweld, or otherwise repair, as directed by the Engineer. Do not bend reinforcement after it is embedded in concrete. K Epoxy -coated Reinforcing Steel: Install in accordance this Section, 3.06J "Field Bending", and in a manner that will not damage epoxy coating. Repair damaged epoxy coating with patching material as specified in Paragraph 2.02A, Bending. L Field Cutting: Cut reinforcing bars by shearing or sawing. Do not cut bars with cutting torch. M Welding of reinforcing bars is prohibited, except where shown on Plans. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 19 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03300C REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT TOLERANCES Placement Tolerances (in inches) Clear To To formed other Distance formed - soffit: surfaces: -1/4 ±1/4 Minimum spacing between bars -1/4 Clear distance from unfoxmiied surface to top reinforcement - Members 8 inches deep or less: ±1/4 Members more than 8 inches deep but less than 24 inches deep: -1/4, +1/2 Members 24 inches deep or greater: -1/4, +1 Uniform the spacing of bars bars +2 (but required number of shall not reduced): Uniform spacing of stirrups and ties +1 (but the required number of stirrups and ties shall not be reduced): Longitudinal locations of bends and ends of reinforcement - General: +2 Discontinuous Length of bar laps: ends of members: +1/2 -1 1/2 Embedded length - For bar sizes No. 3 through 11: -1 For bar sizes No. 14 and 18: -2 Wagon Wheel 03300 - 20 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03300B MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCEMENT Surface Minimum (in inches) Cover Slabs and Joists - and bottom bars for dry conditions Top — No. 14 and No. 18 bars: 1 1/2 No. 11 bars and smaller: 1 concrete surfaces exposed to earth, water, or weather, over, or in Formed contact supporting with, sewage; earth and cover - for bottoms bearing on work mat, or slabs No. 5 bars and smaller: 1 1/2 No. 6 through No. 18 bars: 2 Beams and Columns - For dry conditions - Stirrups, spirals and ties: 1 1/2 Principal reinforcement: to earth, water, sewage or weather 2 Exposed Stirrups and ties: 2 Principal reinforcement: 2 1/2 Walls - dry conditions - For No. 11 bars and smaller: 1 No. 14 No. ground 18 surfaces bars: exposed - to earth, water, sewage or weather, or in 1 1/2 and concrete with Fanned contact Circular tanks with tension: 2 ring All others: 2 and Base Slabs - Footings At formed surfaces and bottoms bearing on concrete work mat: 2 At unformed surfaces and bottoms in contact with earth: 3 Over top of piles: 2 Top of footings - - same as slabs Wagon Wheel 03300 - 21 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.07 GROUTING OF REINFORCING AND DOWEL BARS A Use epoxy grout for anchoring reinforcing and dowel steel to existing concrete in accordance with epoxy manufacturer s instructions. Drill hole not more than 1/4 inch larger than steel bar diameter (including height of deformations for deformed bars) in existing concrete. Just before installation of steel, blow hole clean of all debris using compressed air. Partially fill hole with epoxy, using enough epoxy so when steel bar is inserted, epoxy grout will completely fill hole around bar. Dip end of steel bar in epoxy and twist bar while inserting into partially -filled hole. 3.08 HANDLING, TRANSPORTING AND PLACING CONCRETE A Conform to applicable requirements of this Section and Chapter 8 of ACI 301- 99:Specifications for Structural Concrete — IP, Chapter 8. Use no aluminum materals in conveying concrete. B Rejected Work: Remove concrete found to be defective or non -conforming in materials or workmanship. Replace rejected concrete with concrete meeting requirements of Contract Documents, at no additional cost to the Owner. C Unauthorized Placement: Place no concrete except in the presence of the Engineer. Notify the Engineer in writing at least 24 hours before placement of concrete. D Placement in Wall Forms: 1. Do not drop concrete through reinforcing steel. 2. Do not place concrete in any form so as to leave an accumulation of mortar on form surfaces above the concrete. 3. Pump concrete or use hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas, rubber or metal (other than aluminum) for placing concrete in founts so it reaches the place of final deposit without separation. Free fall of concrete shall not exceed 4 feet below the ends of pump hoses, ducts, chutes or buggies Unifoimly distribute concrete during depositing. 4. Do not displace concrete in forms more than 6 feet in horizontal direction from place where it was originally deposited 5. Deposit in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2 feet; take care to avoid inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where required for sloping members 6. Place each layer while the previous layer is still soft. 7. Provide sufficient illumination in form interior so concrete at places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 22 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE E Conveyors and Chutes: Design and arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates and other points of concrete discharge in the conveying, hoisting and placing system so concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyors, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the Engineer. Do not use chutes longer than 50 feet. Slope chutes so concrete of specified consistency will readily flow. If a conveyor is used, it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyors and chutes shall be covered. F Placement of Slabs: hi hot or windy weather, conducive to plastic shrinkage cracks, apply evaporation retardant to slab after screeding in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Do not use evaporation retardant to increase water content of the surface cement paste. Place concrete for sloping slabs uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As work progresses, vibrate and carefully work concrete around slab reinforcement. Screed the slab surface in an up -slope direction. G When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete, postpone concrete placement. Do not mix concrete when the air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F and falling. Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising. Take temperature readings in the shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete from temperatures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured for a minimum of 3 days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F. When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre -cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed, below 90 degrees F. 3.09 PUMPING OF CONCRETE A If pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory results, in the judgment of the Engineer, discontinue pumping operations and proceed with the placing of concrete using conventional methods. B Pumping Equipment: Use a 2-cylinder pump designed to operate with only one cylinder if one is not functioning, or have a standby pump on site during pumping. C The minimum hose (conduit) diameter: Comply with ACI 304.2R-96:Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods. D Replace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits) that do not function properly. E Do not use aluminum conduits for conveying concrete. F Field Quality Control• Take samples for slump, air content and test cylinders at the placement (discharge) end of the line. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 23 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT SEQUENCE A Place concrete in a sequence acceptable to the Engineer. To minimize effects of shrinkage, place concrete in units bounded by construction joints shown Place alternate units so each unit placed has cured at least 7 days for hydraulic structures, or 3 days for other structures, before contiguous unit or units are placed, except do not place corner sections of vertical walls until the 2 adjacent wall panels have cured at least 14 days for hydraulic structures and 7 days for other structures. B Level the concrete surface whenever a run of concrete is stopped. To ensure straight and level joints on the exposed surface of walls, tack a wood strip at least 3/4-inch thick to the forms on these surfaces. Carry concrete about 1/2 inch above the underside of the strip. About one hour after concrete is placed, remove the strip, level irregularities in the edge formed by the strip with a trowel and remove laitance. 3.11 TAMPING AND VIBRATING A Thoroughly settle and compact concrete throughout the entire depth of the layer being consolidated, into a dense homogeneous mass; fill corners and angles, thoroughly embed reinforcement, eliminate rock pockets and bring only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete during placement. Use ACI 309R-96:Guide for Consolidation of Concrete, Group 3, immersion -type high-speed power vibrators (8,000 to 12,000 rpm) in sufficient number and with sufficient (at least one) standby units. Use Group 2 vibrators only when accepted by the Engineer for specific locations. Do not transport concrete by vibrating B Use care in placing concrete around waterstops. Carefully work concrete by rodding and vibrating to make sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat -strip type waterstops are placed horizontally, work concrete under waterstops by hand, making sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Give concrete surrounding the waterstops additional vibration beyond that used for adjacent concrete placement to assure complete embedment of waterstops in concrete. C Concrete in Walls: Internally vibrate, ram, stir, or work with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels or forked tools until concrete completely fills forms or excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Do not place subsequent layers of concrete until previously -placed layers have been so worked. Provide vibrators in sufficient numbers, with standby units as required, to accomplish the results specified within 15 minutes after concrete of specified consistency is placed in the forms. Keep vibrating heads from contact with form surfaces. Take care not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents. 3.12 PLACING MASS CONCRETE A Observe the following additional restrictions when placing mass concrete. 1. Use specified superplasticizer. 2. Maximum temperature of concrete when deposited: 70 degrees F. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 24 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3. Place in lifts approximately 18 inches thick Extend vibrator heads into previously -placed layer. 3.13 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES A Unfinished Surfaces: Finish is not required on surfaces concealed from view in completed structure by earth, ceilings or similar cover, unless indicated otherwise on Plans. B Rough Form Finish: 1. No form facing material is required on rough foil u finish surfaces. 2. Patch tie holes and defects. Chip off fins exceeding 1/4 inch in height. 3. Rough form finish may be used on concrete surfaces which will be concealed from view by earth in completed structure, except concealed surfaces required to have smooth form finish, as shown on Plans C Smooth Form Finish: 1. Form facing shall produce smooth, hard, uniform texture on concrete. Use plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. 2. Patch tie holes and defects. Rub fins and joint marks with wooden blocks to leave smooth, unmarred finished surface. 3. Provide smooth form finish on the wet face of formed surfaces of water - holding structures, and of other formed surfaces not concealed from view by earth in completed structure except where otherwise indicated on Plans. Walls that will be exposed after future construction, at locations indicated on Plans, shall have smooth form finish. Smooth form finish on exterior face of exterior walls shall extend below final top of ground elevation. Exterior face of all perimeter grade beams shall have smooth form finish for full depth of grade beam. D Rubbed Finish: 1. Use plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. 2. Remove foin,is as soon as practicable, repair defects, wet surfaces, and rub with No. 16 carborundum stone or similar abrasive. Continue rubbing sufficiently to bring surface paste, remove form marks and fins, and produce smooth, dense surface of uniform color and texture Do not use cement paste other than that drawn from concrete itself. Spread paste uniformly over surface with brush. Allow paste to reset, then wash surface with clean water. 3. Use rubbed finish at locations indicated on Plans, except where rubbed finish is indicated for a wall which will be containing a liquid, use spray -applied coating. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 25 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE E Spray -applied Coating: At Contractor's option, in lieu of rubbed finish, spray -applied coating may be applied after defects have been repaired and fins removed. Remove form oil, cunng compound and other foreign matter that would prevent bonding of coating. Apply coating in uniform texture and color in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. F Related Unformed Surfaces: Tops of piers, walls, bent caps, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed. Float unformed surfaces to texture reasonably consistent with that of formed surfaces. Continue final treatment on fanned surfaces uniformly across unformed surfaces. 3.14 HOT WEATHER FINISHING A When hot weather conditions exist, as defined in the Section 1 03A "Hot Weather", and as judged by the Engineer, apply evaporation retardant to the surfaces of slabs, topping and concrete fill placements immediately after each step in the finishing process has been completed. 3.15 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO CLASS A, B AND C TOLERANCES A Apply Class A, B and C finishes at locations indicated on Plans. Class B or better finish shall be applied if not shown otherwise by the Plans. B Shaping to Contour* Use strike -off templates or approved compacting -type screeds riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour See Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork for edge founts and screeds C Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as stiff as practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved means. After consolidation and leveling, do not permit manipulation of surfaces prior to finishing operations. Straightedge Tolerance Class Length in Feet in Inches A 10 1/8 B 10 1/4 C 2 1/4 D Tolerances for Finished Surfaces: Check tolerances by placing straightedge of specified length anywhere on slab. Gap between slab and straightedge shall not exceed tolerance listed for specified class. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 26 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE E Raked Finish: After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled to Class C tolerance, roughen surface before final set. Roughen with stiff brushes or rakes to depth of approximately 1/4 inch. Notify the Engineer prior to placing concrete requiring initial raked surface finish so that acceptable raked finish standard may be established for project. Protect raked base -slab finish from contamination until time of topping. Provide raked finish for following: 1. Surfaces to receive bonded concrete topping or fill. 2. Steep ramps, as noted on Plans. 3. Additional locations as noted on Plans. F Float Finish: 1. After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared, or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation of power -driven float. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats. Use hand floating with wood or cork -faced floats in locations inaccessible to power - driven machine and on small isolated slabs. 2. After initial floating, re -check tolerance of surface with 10-foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to Class B tolerance. Immediately re -float slab to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 3. Provide float finish at locations not otherwise specified and not otherwise indicated on Plans. G Trowel Finish: 1. Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating, use power trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which may still contain some trowel marks. Do additional troweling by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently. Do final troweling when ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling operations. 2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and confouuniing to Class A tolerance. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings, remove defects which might show through covering by grinding. 3. Provide trowel finish for floors which will receive floor covering and additional locations indicated on Plans. H Broom or Belt Finish: 1. Apply float finish as previously specified. Immediately after completing floated finish, draw broom or burlap belt across surface to give coarse transverse scored texture. 2. Provide broom or belt finish at locations indicated on Plans. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 27 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.16 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO "F-NUMBER SYSTEM" FINISH A Shaping to Contour: Use strike -off templates or approved compacting -type screeds riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour Edge forms and screeds: Conform to Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. B Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as dry as practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level slabs and floors with vibrating bndge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved means. After consolidation and leveling, do not manipulate surfaces prior to finishing operations. C Tolerances for Finished Surfaces: Independent testing laboratory will check floor flatness and levelness in accordance with this Section, 3.11F "Field Quality Control". D Float Finish: 1. After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared, or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation of power -driven float. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats. Use hand floating with wood or cork -faced floats in locations inaccessible to power - driven machine and on small, isolated slabs. 2. Check tolerance of surface after initial floating with a 10-foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Immediately refloat slab to uniform, smooth, granular texture to FF20/FL17 tolerance, unless shown otherwise on Plans. 3. Provide "F-Number System" float finish at locations indicated on Plans. E Trowel Finish: 1. Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating, use power trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which may still contain some trowel marks Do additional trowelings by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently. Do final troweling when ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling operations. 2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and confoi piing to an FF25/FL20 tolerance for slabs on grade and FF25/FL17 for elevated slabs, unless shown otherwise on Plans. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings, remove defects, which might show through covering, by grinding. 3. Provide "F-Number System" trowel finish at locations indicated on Plans. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 28 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.17 BONDED CONCRETE TOPPING AND FILL A Surface Preparation: 1. Protect raked, base -slab finish from contamination until time of topping. Mechanically remove oil, grease, asphalt, paint, clay stains or other contaminants, leaving clean surface. 2. Prior to placement of topping or fill, thoroughly dampen roughened slab surface and leave free of standing water. Immediately before topping or fill is placed, scrub coat of bonding grout into surface. Do not allow grout to set or dry before topping or fill is placed. B Concrete Fill: 1. Where concrete fill intersects a wall surface at an angle steeper than 45 degrees from vertical, provide a 1.5-inch deep keyway in the wall at the point of intersection; size keyway so that no portion of the concrete fill is less than 1.5 inches thick. Form keyway in new walls; create by saw cutting the top and bottom lines and chipping in existing walls. 2. Apply wood float finish to surfaces of concrete fill. 3. Provide concrete fill at locations shown on Plans. C Bonded Concrete Topping in Bottom of Clarifiers and Thickeners: 1. Minimum thickness of concrete topping: 1 inch. Maximum thickness when swept in by clarifier and thickener equipment: 3 inches. 2. Compact topping and fill by rolling or tamping, bring to established grade, and float. Topping grout placed on sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. Coat surface with evaporation retardant as needed between finishing operations to prevent plastic shrinkage cracks. 3. Screed topping to true surface using installed equipment. Protect equipment from damage during sweeping -in process. Perform sweeping -in process under supervision of equipment manufacturer's factory representative. After topping has been screeded, apply wood float finish. During finishing, do not apply water, dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand to the surface. 4. As soon as topping or fill finishing is completed coat surface with curing compound. After the topping is set and sufficiently hard in clarifiers and where required by the Engineer fill the tank with sufficient water to cover the entire floor for 14 days. 5. Provide bonded concrete topping in bottom of all clarifiers and thickeners. 3.18 EPDXY PENETRATING SEALER A Surfaces to receive epoxy penetrating sealer: Apply wood float finish. Clean surface and apply sealer in compliance with manufacturer s instructions. B Rooms with concrete curbs or bases: Continue application of floor coating on curb or base to its Juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots: Apply minimum 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 29 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE C Mask walls, doors, frames and similar surface to prevent floor coating contact. D When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs, bases or wainscots, use masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove. E Provide epoxy penetrating sealer at locations indicated on Plans. 3.19 EPDXY FLOOR TOPPING A Surfaces to receive epoxy floor topping: Apply wood float finish unless recommended otherwise by epoxy floor topping manufacturer. Clean surface and apply epoxy floor topping in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Thickness of topping: 1/8 inch. B Rooms with concrete curbs or bases: Continue application of floor coating on curb or base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots: apply 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface. C Mask walls, doors, frames and similar surfaces to prevent floor coating contact. D When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs, bases or wainscots, use masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove. E Finished surface shall be free of trowel marks and dimples. F Provide epoxy floor topping at locations indicated on Plans. 3.20 SEALER/DUSTPROOFER A Where sealer or sealer/dustproofer is indicated on Plans, just prior to completion of construction, apply coat of specified clear sealer/dustproofing compound to exposed interior concrete floors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.21 NONSLIP FINISH A Apply float finish as specified. Apply two-thirds of required abrasive aggregate by method that ensures even coverage without segregation and re -float. Apply remainder of abrasive aggregate at right angles to first application, using heavier application of aggregate in areas not sufficiently covered by first application. Re -float after second application of aggregate and complete operations with troweled finish. Perform finishing operations in a manner that will allow the abrasive aggregate to be exposed and not covered with cement paste. B Provide nonslip finish at locations indicated on Plans. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 30 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.22 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301- 99:Specifications for Structural Concrete - IP and under provisions of Sections 01440 — Inspection Services and Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. B Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm. C Submit proposed mix design to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of Work. D Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements. E Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 50 cu yds or less of concrete. F One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. G One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. Provide the results of alkalinity tests of concrete used in sanitary structures. Provide one test for each structure. These tests shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory. Perfoi ni the test on the concrete covering reinforcing steel on the inside of the pipe or structure. Alkalinity tests are to be in accordance with Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis, Vol. 15, Page 230, Interscience Publishers Division, John Wiley and Sons. 3.23 PATCHING A Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. B Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Engineer upon discovery. C Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301-99:Specifications for Structural Concrete - IP 3.24 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. B Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be deteimnined by the Engineer. C Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Engineer for each individual area. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 31 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.25 CURING A Comply with ACI 308.1-98:Standard Specifications for Curing Concrete. Cure by preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature change and mechanical injury for a period of 7 curing days when Type II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days when Type III cement has been used. Start curing as soon as free water has disappeared from the concrete surface after placing and finishing. A curing day is any calendar day in which the temperature is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours. Colder days may be counted if air temperature adjacent to concrete is maintained above 50 degrees F. In continued cold weather when artificial heat is not provided, removal of forms and shoring may be perrnitted at the end of calendar days equal to twice the required number of curing days. However, leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. B Cure formed surfaces not requiring rub -finished surface by leaving forms in place for the full curing period. Keep wood forms wet during the curing period. Add water as needed for other types of forms. Or, at Contractor's option, forms may be removed after 2 days and curing compound applied. C Rubbed Finish: 1. At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon as practicable without damaging the surface. 2. After rub -finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by using either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until normal curing period is complete. D Unformed Surfaces: Cure by membrane curing compound method. 1. After concrete has received a final finish and surplus water sheen has disappeared, immediately seal surface with a uniform coating of approved curing compound, applied at the rate of coverage recommended by manufacturer or as directed by the Engineer. Do not apply less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. Provide satisfactory means to properly control and check rate of application of the compound. 2. Thoroughly agitate the compound during use and apply by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers equipped with atomizing nozzles. For application on small miscellaneous items, hand -powered spray equipment may be used. Prevent loss of compound between nozzle and concrete surface during spraying operations. 3. Do not apply compound to a dry surface. If concrete surface has become dry, thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to application. At locations where coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on a newly coated surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, apply an additional coat of compound at the specified rate of coverage. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 32 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.26 CURING MASS CONCRETE A Observe the following additional restrictions when curing mass concrete. 1. Minimum curing period: 2 weeks. 2. When ambient air temperature falls below 32 degrees F, protect surface of concrete against freezing. 3. Do not use steam or other curing methods that will add heat to concrete. 4. Keep forms and exposed concrete continuously wet for at least the first 48 hours after placing, and whenever surrounding air temperature is above 90 degrees F during final curing period. 5. During 2-week curing period provide necessary controls to prevent ambient air temperature immediately adjacent to concrete from falling more than 30 degrees F in 24 hours. 3.27 REMOVAL OF FORMS A Time Limits: 1. When repair of surface defects or finishing is required before concrete is aged, forms on vertical surfaces may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations. 2. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging Loosen wood forms for wall openings as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to concrete. Leave formwork for water -retaining structures in place for at least 2 days. Formwork for non -water -retaining columns, walls, sides of beams and other formwork components not supporting weight of concrete may be removed after 12 hours, provided concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations, and provided removal of forms will not disturb members supporting weight of concrete. 3. Forms and shoring supporting weight of concrete or construction loads• Leave in place until concrete has reached minimum strength specified for removal of forms and shoring. Do not remove such forms in less than 4 days. B Circular Paper or Spiral Tube Forms: Follow manufacturer's directions for form removal. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to concrete surface. When removal is done before completion of curing time, replace form, tie in place, and seal to retard escape of moisture C Removal Strength: 1. Control Tests: Suitable strength -control tests will be required as evidence that concrete has attained specified strength for removal of formwork or shoring supporting weight of concrete in beams, slabs and other structural members. Furnish test cylinders and data to verify strength for early form removal. Wagon Wheel 03300 - 33 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE a. Field -cured Test Cylinders: When field -cured test cylinders reach specified removal strength, formwork or shoring maybe removed from respective concrete placements. b. Laboratory -cured Test Cylinders: When concrete has been cured as specified for structural concrete for same time period required by laboratory -cured cylinders to reach specified strength, formwork or shoring may be removed from respective concrete placements. Deteiniine length of time that concrete has been cured by totaling the days or fractions of days, not necessarily consecutive, during which air temperature surrounding concrete is above 50 degrees F and concrete has been damp or thoroughly sealed against evaporation and loss of moisture. 2. Compressive Strengths: The minimum concrete compressive strength for removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete is 75 percent of specified minimum 28-day strength for class of concrete involved. 3.28 RESHORING A When reshoring is permitted, plan operations in advance and obtain the Engineer's approval of such operations. While reshoring is under way, keep live load off new construction. Do not permit concrete in any beam, slab, column or other structural member to be subjected to combined dead and construction loads in excess of loads permitted for developed concrete strength at time of reshoring. B Place reshores as soon as practicable after form -stripping operations are complete but in no case later than end of day on which stripping occurs. Tighten reshores to carry required loads without over stressing construction Leave reshores in place until tests representative of concrete being supported have reached specified strength at time of removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete. C Floors supporting shores under newly -placed concrete* Leave original supporting shores in place, or re -shore. Locate reshores directly under shore position above. Extend reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute weight of newly - placed concrete, forms and construction live loads in such manner that design superimposed loads of floors supporting shores are not exceeded. 3.29 FORM REUSE A Do not reuse foams that are worn or damaged beyond repair. Thoroughly clean and recoat forms before reuse. For wood and plywood forms to be used for exposed smooth finish, sand or otherwise dress concrete contact surface to original condition or provide folni liner facing material. For metal forms, straighten, remove dents and clean to return forms to original condition. Wagon Wheel 03300 34 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.30 PROTECTION A Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the Owner. B Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet or snow Provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever such precipitation is imminent or occurring. C Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until all components of the structure needed to resist the loading are complete and have reached the specified 28-day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the Engineer. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 03300 - 35 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND SEAL SLABS Section 03311 SEAL SLABS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Concrete seal slabs. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for seal slabs is on a cubic -yard basis, calculated from the measured surface area of slabs, in place, multiplied by slab depths indicated on the Drawings. B Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Conform to Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit design mix and test data prepared by a certified independent testing laboratory employed and paid by the Contractor, for each type and strength of concrete in the project. Include manufacturer's technical information for each type of admixture proposed for use on the project. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Concrete: Class B concrete with a minimum compressive strength at 28 days of 1500 psi, conforming to Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete, or 03310 - Structural Concrete. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT OF SEAL SLABS A Place seal slabs at locations indicated on Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. B Excavate trench or other excavation to depth required for pipe or other installation, plus depth of seal slab. Do not over -excavate C Place seal slabs within 4 hours of excavation to final grade. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 03311-1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND INTERLOCKING FLEXIBLE REVETMENT SYSTEM FOR SLOPE STABILIZATION Section 03315 INTERLOCKING FLEXIBLE REVETMENT SYSTEM FOR SLOPE STABILIZATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A This item consists of furnishing and installing an interlocking flexible revetment system (cellular concrete blocks) in accordance with the lines, grades, design and dimensions shown on the plans and drawings and specified herein. 1.02 REFERENCES A The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designations only. ASTM C 33-92 Concrete Aggregates ASTM C 140 91 Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units ASTM D 4268-93 Testing Fiber Ropes FHWA RD-89-199 Hydraulic Stability of Articulated Concrete Block Revetment Systems During Overtopping Flow. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS A Materials delivered to the site shall be inspected for damage, unloaded and stored with the minimum of handling. Materials shall not be stored directly on the ground and shall be kept free of dirt and debris. B Materials shall be so handled as to ensure delivery to the site in sound undamaged condition. Synthetic geotextiles that are not to be installed immediately shall be protected from the direct sunlight and in accordance with the manufacturer=s recommendations. 1.04 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A There will be no separate payment for interlocking flexible revetment system for slope stabilization. Include payment in unit price for storm sewer outfall structures. Wagon Wheel 03315 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INTERLOCKING FLEXIBLE REVETMENT SYSTEM FOR SLOPE STABILIZATION 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 DESIGN CRITERIA A The interlocking flexible revetment system shall be as described herein known as Channel Lock, or an approved equal design by the Engineer. Hydraulic test data and block performance according to FHWA-RD-89-199 will be required to be submitted for approval by the Contractor. The concrete blocks shall be a minimum of 32 lbs. PSF (per square foot) or 45 lbs PSF (see plan drawings) and shall withstand water flow velocities of 14 feet per second and shear stress values of 8.1 lbs. PSF. 2.02 CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS A The cellular concrete blocks shall be octagonal shaped with interlocking components four directional Each component shall resist honzontal movement when interlocking into adjacent blocks. (Interlocking is hereby defined as the inability to pull apart or separate when one component is placed in conjunction with another component). Any block system which does not meet the interlock criteria must utilize polyester revetment cables both longitudinally and laterally to secure the block revetment system together. The assembled blocks shall be the open -cell type and have a void space of approximately 18 to 23% to allow for re -vegetation. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A The compressive strength of the concrete shall be a minimum of 4000 PSI at 28 days. The core compressive strength shall not be less than the minimum and test cores shall be tested at the engineers option. Test procedures shall be in accordance with ASTM C 140 91. Cores failing to meet the minimum compressive strength requirements shall be cause for rejection of the represented lot by the engineer. 2.04 AGGREGATE A The aggregate shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 33-92, except for grading. Aggregate grading shall be reasonable consistent and shall be well -graded from the maximum size which can be conveniently handled with available equipment. 2.05 GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRIC A The geotextile filter fabric used for cellular concrete blocks shall be Mirafi 170N or equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 FOUNDATION PREPARATION A Do not place blocks on soft, loose, or muddy subgrade or on subgrade containing loose, uncompacted materials or standing water. Wagon Wheel 03315 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INTERLOCKING FLEXIBLE REVETMENT SYSTEM FOR SLOPE STABILIZATION B Areas on which filter fabric and cellular concrete blocks are to be placed shall be constructed to the lines and grades shown. The subgrade for the cellular concrete blocks shall be free of voids, pits and depressions, Voids, pits and depressions shall be brought to grade by backfilling in accordance with the Section 02221 - Embankment. Obstructions, such as roots and projecting stones larger than 1 inch remaining on the surface, shall be removed and the soft or low density pockets of material removed shall be filled with selected material and compacted to plus or minus 95% proctor density. C Excavation and preparation for anchor trenches, side trenches, toe trenches and aprons shall be done in accordance to the hnes, grades and dimensions shown on the plans. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS A Placement of filter fabric shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and requirements. B Cellular concrete blocks shall be placed within the limits shown. The blocks shall be interlocked in a manner which discourages any vertical displacement or honzontal movement. The cellular concrete blocks shall be placed on the filter fabric in such a manner as to produce a level surface. No more than 200 lineal feet of filter fabric shall be laid before covered with concrete blocks. Fabric installed more than two (2) days not covered by blocks shall be lifted and the surface of the slope inspected for slope defects. The Contractor will lift uncovered fabric after heavy rainfall to inspect for slope damage. The manufacture of the cellular concrete blocks shall be available during block placement to assist the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish a certificate from the manufacturer or an authorized representative thereof stating that the blocks were installed correctly. Final acceptance and approval of the installation will be made by the Engineer. 3.03 QUALITY CONTROL A Equipment shall not be allowed on the installed concrete blocks until topsoil is placed over the revetments system to refrain from breaking or damaging any blocks. 3.04 FINISHING A The voids of the cellular concrete blocks for the limits shown shall be filled with topsoil, seed and fertilizer in accordance with Section 02932 - Hydromulch Seeding. At no time shall more than 500 lineal feet of blocks be exposed unturfed. Prior to turf placement the blocks surface shall be inspected for damage. Individual blocks which are cracked shall be replaced prior to the placement of turf. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 03315 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION Section 03700 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Repair of cracks, holes and surface defects, and repair of deteriorated concrete surfaces. B Installation of embedded items into existing concrete. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for repair materials is on a lump -sum basis for each structure as bid. Payment includes work performed on these structures in accordance with related sections included in the Contract Documents. B Measurement for extra removal of deteriorated concrete and placement of repair mortar is on a cubic -foot basis. Measurement for other repair materials is as defined in the appropriate related sections. Payment includes associated work performed in accordance with related sections included in the Contract Documents. C Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals, submit manufacturer's product information, installation instructions and recommendations, and certification of compliance with required properties for all repair materials. 1.04 REPAIR SCOPE A Patch and fill openings in existing concrete indicated to be patched or filled. B Patch, fill holes in and otherwise repair damage to concrete and concrete surfaces resulting from removal of penetrating pipes and other embedded items, from installation of pipes or other items embedded in or passed through concrete, and from other construction activities. C Crack Repair: Repair the full length of cracks in concrete members in new structures, and in existing structures as follows: D Deteriorated Concrete: 1. Repair interior concrete surfaces showing signs of deterioration in the following existing structures: Wagon Wheel 03700-1 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION 2. The level of deterioration of the concrete varies within each of the listed structures. For bidding purposes, average depth of deteriorated concrete walls and undersides of top slabs is assumed to be one inch. Repair for the portion exceeding one inch in depth, as measured from the existing wall surface, will be paid as extra work as defined above. E Make other repairs to existing structures as follows: 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Field Tests of Cement -based Grouts: 1. Compression test specimens will be prepared during construction by the Engineer, or Engineer's authorized representative, from the first placement of each type of mortar or grout and at intervals thereafter as determined by the Engineer, to ensure continued compliance with these specifications. 2. Specimen preparation and compression testing for repair mortar and non -shrink grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C109. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at 7 days, 28 days, and additional testing as appropriate. 3. Material failing to meet Contract requirements is subject to removal and replacement with new material meeting requirements, at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Cost of laboratory tests on mortar and grout will be borne by the Owner except Contractor shall pay for tests failed and additional testing and investigation work performed because of work not meeting Contract requirements. 5. Contractor shall supply all materials necessary for fabricating test specimens and assist the Engineer in obtaining specimens for testing. B Repair concrete shall be tested as required in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. C Epoxy grout shall be tested as required in Section 03600 - Structural Grout. D Chemical Grout: 1. Installer: A waterproofing contractor with a minimum of 3 years experience in the installation of chemical grout systems as specified herein, and shall be certified or approved by the manufacturer. 2. Waterproofing contractor shall submit a list of 5 previous jobs successfully completed by that firm that successfully utilized the specified chemical grout system. F Construction Tolerances: As specified in Section 03300. Wagon Wheel 03700-2 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 REPAIR MORTAR CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION A Repair Mortar: Prepackaged polymer -modified cement -based product specifically formulated for repair of surface defects in concrete, having the following properties: Physical Property Value ASTM Standard Compressive Strength (minimum) C109 1 day 2000 psi 28 day 6000 psi Bond Strength (minimum) C882 (modified) 1 day 1200 psi 7 day 2000 psi B Manufacturer and Product Emaco by Master Builders, SR93 by Euclid Chemical Company, Sikacem by Sika Corporation, Five Star Structural Concrete by Five Star Products, Inc , or equal Where the manufacturer offers products in formulations intended for specific application conditions such as overhead and shotcrete application, use the formulation recommended by the manufacturer for the condition required. C Minimum Repair Thickness: 0.50 inch. 2.02 NON -SHRINK GROUT A Non -shrink Grout: Comply with requirements of Section 03600 - Structural Grout. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A Cement: Type II portland cement, unless indicated otherwise. Where repairs are made on wall surfaces exposed to view and above normal water surface elevation, blend white Portland cement with Type II cement as needed to match the color of adjacent existing concrete surface. B Repair Concrete: Class A (4000 psi) concrete with one -inch maximum coarse aggregate, complying with Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete; minimum repair thickness, 2 inches. C Cement Grout Comply with Section 03600 - Structural Grout; minimum repair thickness, one inch. D Curing Materials, Bonding Agents and other Miscellaneous Materials: Comply with Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. Wagon Wheel 03700-3 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION 2.04 AGGREGATE A Aggregate for Extending Repair Mortar and Non -shrink Grout Products: 3/8 inch clean, washed gravel or crushed stone complying with Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.05 CHEMICAL GROUT A Chemical Grout: Hydrophobic urethane or polyurethane material of low viscosity suitable for pumped injection into cracks, which reacts with water to form a closed -cell foam material that completely fills and seals all cracks against leakage. Cured material shall remain elastic and maintain an expansive pressure through repeated wet -dry cycles. B Manufacturer and Product: Scotch Seal 5600 by the Adhesives, Coatings, and Sealers Division of 3M Products; Flex LV by De Neef America, Inc.; SikaFix by Sika Corporation; or equal. Use different formulations in the same family of materials, accelerators, and other materials necessary for installation where recommended by the manufacturer for specific application conditions. C Reacted and cured chemical grout shall be resistant to organic solvents, mild acids, alkali and micro-organisms. Cured matenal shall be approved for use with potable water by the appropriate federal, state or local government agency. 2.06 EPDXY PRODUCTS A Epoxy Grout: Comply with Section 03600 - Structural Grout, modified as specified herein. B Epoxy for Crack Injection: ASTM C881, Type IV; low viscosity, moisture -insensitive material specifically formulated for that use; 2500 psi minimum bond strength when tested in accordance with ASTM C882 at 14 days, moist cured. 2.07 SEALANT A Sealant: 2-part polyurethane complying with Section 03300.. 2.08 FORMWORK A Formwork, Where Needed: Comply with Section 03300. 2.09 REINFORCEMENT A Reinforcement, Where Required: Comply with Section03300. 2.10 RESILIENT WATERSTOP A Resilient Waterstop: Comply with Section 03300. Wagon Wheel 03700-4 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND CURING CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION A Where repairs are made on wall surfaces exposed to view and above normal water surface elevation, installed repair material shall match adjacent concrete surface in color. B Surface Preparation: 1. Clean entire area to be repaired of laitance, foreign material and loose or deteriorated concrete by chipping, hydroblasting or sandblasting; further roughen surfaces as specified herein. Where non -shrink grout or repair mortar is used, perform any additional surface preparation steps recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Where cementitious repair materials are used maintain surfaces to be repaired in a saturated surface dry condition and prevent concrete from drying until repair operations are completed. Re -wet surfaces to be repaired by water spray on at least a daily basis. Remove standing water in areas to be repaired prior to placement of repair material. Provide means to remove excess water from the structure 3. Where repair material manufacturer recommends use of an epoxy bonding agent, follow recommendations of both the repair material and epoxy bonding agent manufacturers. C Fully consolidate repair material, completely filling all portions of areas to be filled. D Bring repair surfaces into alignment with adjacent existing surfaces to provide uniform, even surfaces. Unless indicated otherwise, repair surfaces shall match adjacent existing surfaces in texture and receive coatings or surface treatments provided for adjacent existing surfaces. E Curing: 1. Cure repair mortar and non -shrink grout according to manufacturer's recommendations, except that minimum cure period shall be 3 days. 2. Cure other materials in accordance with Section 03370 - Concrete Curing. 3. If manufacturer recommends use of a curing compound, use no material that would interfere with the bond of any coating or adhesive required to be apphed to the surface. 3.02 TREATMENT OF SURFACE DEFECTS A Definition - Surface Defects: Depressions in concrete surfaces not extending all the way through a member caused by physical damage, unrepaired rock pockets created during original placement, spalling due to corroded reinforcing steel or other embeds, or removal of embedded items or intersecting concrete members. B Preparation: 1. Remove loose, damaged concrete by chipping to sound material. Wagon Wheel 03700-5 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION 2. Where existing reinforcing bars are exposed, remove concrete at least one inch deep all around the exposed bars. If the existing bars are cut through, cracked, or cross -sectional area is reduced by more than 25 percent, notify the Engineer immediately. C Repair Material: 1. Use only repair mortar to repair surface defects in members normally in contact with water or soil, and defects in intenor surfaces of structures which are intended to contain water. 2. Repair of other surface defects may be by application of repair mortar, repair concrete or cement grout, as appropriate. 3.03 PATCHING OF HOLES IN CONCRETE A General: 1. Definition - Holes: For the purposes of this section, holes are defined as penetrations completely through a concrete member, with interior surfaces approximately perpendicular to the surface of the existing member. Chip interior surface areas which are inclined and do not meet this criterion as necessary to meet this requirement. 2. Perimeter of holes at the surface shall form a regular shape composed of curved or straight line segments. Provide at least the minimum placement depth specified for the material used at all locations. Score existing concrete by sawcutting and chip as needed to meet this requirement. 3. Roughen the interior surface of holes less than 12 inches in diameter to at least 0.125 inch amplitude. Roughen larger holes to at least 0 25 inch amplitude. 4. At holes not filled with repair mortar or non -shrink grout, and where otherwise recommended by the repair material manufacturer, coat existing surfaces to be repaired with epoxy bonding agent 5. Where a surface of a member is exposed to view and the repair material cannot be adjusted to match the color of the existing concrete, hold back the repair material 2 inches from the surface. Fill the remaining 2 inches with color - adjusted cement grout. Roughen the surface of the repair material when placed to improve bond with the cement grout. B Patching Small Holes: 1. Fill holes less than 12 inches in least dimension and extending completely through concrete members with repair mortar or non -shrink grout 2. Fill holes in members normally in contact with water or soil with Class I non - shrink grout in accordance with Section 03600 - Structural Grout. C Patching Large Holes: 1. Fill holes larger than 12 inches in least dimension with repair concrete, repair mortar or non -shrink grout. Wagon Wheel 03700-6 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION 2. Provide large holes normally in contact with water or soil and not filled with Class I non -shrink grout with resilient waterstop placed in a groove approximately 0.25 inch deep ground into the interior edge of the hole at the center of the wall providing a smooth surface in which to place the resilient waterstop. Alternatively, bond bentonite waterstop to the surface using an epoxy grout which completely fills all voids and irregularities beneath the waterstop material. Install waterstop in accordance with Section 03320 - Joints in Concrete Structures. 3. Provide reinforcing steel in layers matching existing reinforcement locations, except provide concrete cover required by the Contract Documents for the applicable service condition. 4. For holes smaller than 48 inches, reinforcement shall be at least #5 bars on 12 inch centers in each layer required. At all holes larger than 30 inches, drill and grout the reinforcement into the existing concrete. 5. For holes larger than 48 inches, see the drawings for reinforcement details. 3.04 PATCHING OF LINED HOLES A These provisions apply to openings which have embedded material over all or a portion of the inside edge. Requirements for repairing holes in concrete specified above shall apply as modified herein. The Engineer will determine when the embedded material is allowed to remain. B Where embedded material is allowed to remain, trim it back a minimum of 2 inches from the concrete surface. Roughen or abrade the embedded material to promote good bonding to the repair material. Completely remove any substance that interferes with good bonding. C Completely remove embedded items not securely and permanently anchored in the concrete. D Completely remove embedded items larger than 12 inches in least dimension unless composed of a metal to which reinforcing steel can be welded. Where reinforcement is required, weld it to the embedded metal. E The following additional requirements apply to concrete in contact with water or soil. 1. Fill lined openings less than 4 inches in least dimension with epoxy grout. 2. Coat lined openings greater than 4 inches but less than 12 inches in least dimension with an epoxy bonding agent prior to filling with Class I non -shrink grout. 3. Coat lined openings greater than 12 inches in least dimension with an epoxy bonding agent and bond bentonite waterstop to the interior of the opening pnor to filling with approved repair material. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF PIPES AND FRAMES A The following applies to installation of permanent pipes and frames in openings cut into existing concrete members. Wagon Wheel 03700-7 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION B Cut opening to a size which is a minimum of one inch and a maximum of 3 inches larger than the outside edge of the embedded item. At openings with sharp corners, take care not to sawcut beyond the opening so as to damage existing reinforcing bars. At openings which are greater than 24 inches in least dimension, chip a keyway into the center of the wall. Keyway shall be at least 1.5 inches in depth and from 3 inches to 1/3 the member thickness in width. All surfaces except at the keyway shall be perpendicular to the member surface as specified herein for patching holes. C Provide embedded items with a flange or other positive means of anchorage to repaired members. At members in contact with soil or water, provide continuous waterstop flanges around embeds Where concrete pipe will be embedded, provide resilient waterstop around pipe at wall centerline. D Roughen the interior surface of openings to at least 1/4 inch amplitude. Sandblast the embed surface to be in contact with concrete clean to promote good bonding to the repair material. E Fill the space between the frame and the existing concrete with Class I non -shrink grout. F Where surface of a member is exposed to view and the repair material cannot be adjusted to match the color of the existing material, hold back the repair material 2 inches from the surface. Fill the remaining 2 inches with color -adjusted cement grout. 3.06 NON -FIXED INSTALLATION OF PIPES A The following applies to installation through existing concrete of piping to be sealed with adjustable linked seals, resilient connectors or packing and sealant. When more appropriate, the Engineer may require installation of a sleeve instead of the core -drilled hole specified herein. B Size core -drilled opening to peitnit installation of the required seal; locate to minimize cutting of existing reinforcing steel. C Where linked or resilient seals are to be installed, coat the interior surface of the opening with epoxy at least 1 /8 inch thick for a smooth and even surface promoting a good seal. D Where packing and sealant are required, seal exposed reinforcing bars with at least an 1 /8-inch thick layer of epoxy extending 1 /2 inch beyond the bars on all sides. Prepare the surface of the cut concrete and the pipe as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 3.07 GENERAL CRACK REPAIR A Repair cracks identified by the Engineer as caused by shrinkage or thermal movement by injection with chemical grout as specified herein. B Repair cracks not caused by shrinkage or theil,ial movement by epoxy injection or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. Wagon Wheel 03700-8 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION 3.08 CHEMICAL GROUT CRACK REPAIR A Inject chemical grout into all cracks as directed by the Engineer in those structures included in the scope of work listed herein in accordance with the chemical grout manufacturer s installation instructions and recommendations. B Location of Injection Ports* Locate injection ports as recommended by the chemical grout manufacturer and as needed to insure complete penetration of the joint or crack with the grout. Spacing of injection ports shall not exceed 2 feet. C Drilling Ports: Drill holes for injection ports to the depth needed for proper distribution of the chemical grout. Take care to not damage any reinforcing steel. D Port preparation: Clean holes for injection ports of all debris and fit with an injection fitting as provided by the manufacturer of the chemical grout, or equal. Install injection fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions' allow fittings to remain in place until chemical grout injection work is complete in that area Install caps or valves at injection ports to prevent back flow of uncured chemical grout after it has been injected. E Chemical Grout Injection: 1. Follow instructions and recommendations of the chemical grout manufacturer and its representatives for chemical grout mixing and injection procedures. 2. Seal cracks at the surface where needed to assure complete penetration of injected chemical grout and prevent loss of material. 3. Prior to chemical grout injection, inject water into ports to provide water for the reaction process, flush out foreign matter and verify continuity between adjacent ports. Inject water into each port until it begins to flow from an adjacent or nearby port. 4. If the water injection procedure indicates the potential presence of voids within members or behind members resting against soil, notify the Engineer immediately. 5. Beginning at the lowest injection port, inject chemical grout until the grout begins to flow from an adjacent or nearby port Repeat the process until the crack is completely filled. In general, port -to -port travel of the injection process will be from low to high in a continuous operation. 6. If port -to -port continuity does not occur at locations where continuity was verified through water injection, mark location and notify the Engineer. 7. Avoid sudden application of high pressure during the injection process. 8. After completion of the grouting operation, remove all ports and surface sealing materials leaving an undamaged surface. 3.09 EPDXY CRACK REPAIR A Inject epoxy into all cracks in damaged concrete as indicated by the Engineer in structures included in the scope of work listed herein. Follow installation instructions and recommendations of the epoxy manufacturer. Wagon Wheel 03700-9 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION B Inject cracks with sufficient pressure to ensure full penetration of epoxy but without causing further damage. C Location, drilling and preparation of ports for injection: As specified for chemical grout herein. D Epoxy Injection: 1. Follow instructions of the epoxy manufacturer and its representatives for all mixing and injection procedures. 2. Seal all cracks at the surface where needed to provide for complete penetration of the injected epoxy and to prevent loss of material. 3. Beginning at the lowest injection port inject the epoxy until it begins to flow from an adjacent or nearby port. Repeat the process until the crack is completely filled. 4. If port -to -port continuity does not occur, mark the location and notify the Engineer. 5. Avoid sudden application of high pressure during the injection process. 6. After completion of injection operations, remove all ports and surface sealing materials to leave an undamaged surface. 3.10 REPAIR OF DETERIORATED CONCRETE A These provisions pertain to concrete damaged by abrasion, chemical attack or corrosion of reinforcing steel. The only material acceptable for surface repair is repair mortar as specified herein. Where the repaired surface is to be subsequently covered with a PVC liner or other protective material, coordinate finishing details with the liner material manufacturer. B Surface Preparation: 1. Remove loose, broken, softened and acid -contaminated concrete to sound, uncontaminated concrete. 2. Notify the Engineer when removal of deteriorated concrete is complete. Schedule two weeks for the Engineer to inspect the surface, perform testing for acid contamination determine if additional concrete must be removed, and to develop any special repair details that may be needed. Should it be determined that additional concrete must be removed to reach sound, uncontaminated material, schedule another two week period for further evaluation after completion of the additional removal. 3. Follow repair mortar manufacturer's instructions for additional surface preparation. C Repair Mortar Placement: 1. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for mixing and placement of repair mortar. After the initial mixing of the repair mortar, do not add additional water to change the consistency should the mix begin to stiffen. Wagon Wheel 03700-10 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION 2. Place repair mortar to the minimum thickness recommended by manufacturer but not less than 2 inch. Should there be areas where less than the minimum repair mortar depth of concrete is removed, Contractor may remove additional concrete to attain the minimum repair mortar thickness or may place repair mortar so as to increase the original thickness of the member. In any case, add repair mortar so that minimum cover over existing reinforcing steel is 2 inches. Do not place repair mortar so as to create locally raised areas. Where there is a transition with wall surfaces which are not in need of repair, do not feather the repair mortar at the transition. Sawcut a score line to not less than the minimum repair mortar depth and chip concrete out to it to form the transition. Take care not to cut or otherwise damage reinforcing steel. 3. Finish repair mortar in an even, uniform plane to restore the member to its original surface. Out -of -plane tolerance: No localized depressions or projections; 0.25 inch maximum gap between repair mortar surface and a 10-foot straight edge in any orientation at any location. D Finishing: 1. Apply a smooth magnesium float finish to repair mortar. 2. When completed: No sharp edges. Exterior corners, such as at penetrations: One - inch radius. Interior corners: Square, except 2-inch repair mortar fillet at corners to receive PVC lining. ,END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 03700-11 of 11 CITY OFPEARLAND METALS DIVISION 5 DIVISION 5 METALS Wagon Wheel 05000 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND METAL FABRICATIONS Section 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Bolts, anchors, nuts, sleeves, concrete anchors, scheduled items, and other miscellaneous metal items not specifically included under other Technical Specifications. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 - Submittals 2. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A 36, "Structural Steel" b. ASTM A 53, "Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated Welded and Seamless" c. ASTM A 123, "Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products" d. ASTM A 153, "Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware" e. ASTM A 276, "Stainless and Heat -Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes" f. ASTM A 307, ` Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength" ASTM A 500, "Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes' h. ASTM A 501, "Hot -Formed Welded and Structural Tubing" i. ASTM F 593, "Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap j. ASTM F594, "Stainless Steel Nuts" 2. American Welding Society (AWS) a. AWS A2.0, "Standard Welding Symbols" b. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code" 3. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) g. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Seamless Carbon Steel Screws, and Studs" A Unless indicated in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Metal Fabrications under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If Metal Fabrication is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be on a Lump Sum basis. C Payment shall be based on the Schedule of Values submitted for Metal Fabrication under the provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals. D Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. Wagon Wheel 05500 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND METAL FABRICATIONS 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit Shop Drawings indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.0 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. C Submit manufacturers' technical literature and test reports showing certified capacities for concrete anchors. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A Prepare Shop Drawings under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State of Texas. B Welders' Certificates: Submit under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals, certifying welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. 1.05 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Plans. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Steel Shapes and Plate: ASTM A36. B Stainless Steel Sections: ASTM A276, Type 316 for non -welded items and Type 316L for welded items. C Steel Tubing: ASTM A500 or A501, Grade B. D Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B Schedule 40. E Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 galvanized to ASTM A153 for galvanized components. F Stainless Steel Bolts and Nuts. Bolts per ASTM F593, Type 316; nuts per ASTM F594, Type 316; UNC coarse threads Wagon Wheel 05500 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND METAL FABRICATIONS G Concrete Anchors: Concrete anchors are inserted into holes drilled in hardened concrete and shall be one of the following types: 1. Adhesive Anchors Concrete anchors which are submerged, in splash zones, in enclosed spaces over liquids, or anchoring vibrating equipment shall be epoxy adhesive anchors. Adhesive anchors may be used at all locations where concrete anchors are required Epoxy systems shall be Sika/FI System with Sikadur Injection Gel Epoxy, Master Builders Concresive Epoxy Cartridge Dispensing System and Concresive Paste LPL, or equal. Threaded rods shall be ASTM F593, Type 316 studs. Where adhesive anchors, or connected metal, are exposed to direct sunlight, the anchors shall be certified to maintain at least 90 percent of their rated strength (tested at 73 degrees F) when tested at 160 degrees F. 2. Expansion Anchors. Where concrete anchors are indicated and adhesive anchors are not required, wedge type anchors made with ASTM A276, Type 316 Stainless Steel shall be used Anchors shall be KWIK Bolt II By Hilti, Inc. or approved equal. H Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. 2.02 FABRICATION A Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. D Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise. E Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.03 FINISHES A Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC SP 2. B Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with concrete or where field welding is required. C Galvanize, after completion of welded fabrication, in accordance with ASTM A123, structural steel members. Provide minimum 1.25 oz/sq ft galvanized coating. Wagon Wheel 05500 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND METAL FABRICATIONS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates, to appropriate sections. C All stainless steel threads to be coated with an anti -seizing compound prior to installing the nuts. 3.03 INSTALLATION A Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C Field weld components indicated on Shop Drawings. D Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. E Obtain Engineer approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. F After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A Maximum Variation From Plumb. 1/4 inch per story, non -cumulative. B Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION Wagon Wheel 05500 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND APPENDIX A APPENDIX A Wagon Wheel Appx A_00000 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN This Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) is prepared in accordance with the TPDES General Permit for Storm Water Discharges from Construction Sites. A copy of this page shall be posted at the project site in addition to the Notice of Intent: PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, & Paving Improvements (Project Name) Topography is relatively flat with a down slope in a southeasterly direction. The Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, & Paving Improvement project will install new 8" water lines and roadside ditch culverts along Becky Lane, Jerrycrest, Larrycrest, Patridge, Willow, Cottonwood, Raza, and Aubrell streets in the Wagon Wheel and Casecon subdivisions. Existing drainage is roadside ditches. Project Name and Location Name. Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, & Pavmg Improvements Location: Latitude: 29°32' 17' Longitude: 95 ° 18' 42" Brazoria County, Texas Owner Name and Address The City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive, 3rd Floor Pearland, Texas 77581 Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, & Paving Improvements (Project Name) SWPPP PLAN Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 2 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 1. SITE DESCRIPTION: A. Description of Construction Activity The work to be furnished for this project consists of installation of 8" waterline; removal of existing culvert pipe and installation of 18 ' to 66" storm sewer; in place rehabilitation of some existing storm sewer; resurfacing roadway; and regrading roadside ditches. B. Sequence of Major Activities The project is expected to take approximately nine (9) months, depending on weather conditions. The stabilized construction access, staging, field office, and parking will be designated first. 1) Locate proposed waterline, storm sewer, existing utilities, and existing structures at the site. 2) Install proposed storm sewer. 3) Install proposed waterline. 4) Fill & compact soil to match existing grade. 5) Resurface roadways with a single course surface treatment. 6) Repair/Replace driveways and sidewalks. 7) Seed/Repair and replace pavement C. Estimated Total Site, Disturbed Area: The total project site is approximately 13.1 acres. The disturbed portion of this project includes existing vegetated areas that will be seeded to match that of original condition. The total disturbed area is 8.3 acres. The total 13.1 acre project site will drain to the existing roadside drainage system. D. Runoff Coefficient: 1) The runoff coefficient "C" prior to beginning construction of the proposed project is approximately 0.57. See calculations below. Runoff Coefficient Description Percentage of Land 0.95 Asphalt 4.8 Ac. = 37% 0.35 Grass lined ditches 8.3 Ac. = 63% 37%(0.95) + 63%(0.35) = 0.57 Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 2) There will be a net export of excavated soils from the site, due to installation of waterline and storm sewer below natural ground. Since the topography will not be altered, the runoff coefficient will remain the same. E Site Map: Site Construction Plans. F. Name of Receiving Water and Extent of Wetlands: The site drains to Clear Creek. There are no wetlands on this project. 2. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS Major erosion and sediment controls used on this project. A. Stabilization Practices 1) The on -site staging and parking area will be stabilized using crushed stone. 2) At the completion of work, all disturbed areas that are not paved will be hydromulch seeded or sodded 3) All disturbed areas which are to be free from construction activity for 21 days or more shall be stabilized with temporary seeding within 14 days of the end of the construction activity. B. Structural Practices 1) Reinforced Filter Fabric Barriers will be placed across and perpendicular to the roadside ditchs at intervals not to exceed 1,000' to collect sediment. 2) Filter fabric fences shall be constructed along disturbed that slope away from the construction area to collect sediment before runoff enters drainage ditches. 3) Water pumped from trenches during dewatering operations will be discharged into a sediment pit or trap with eventual discharge into the drainage swales or storm sewer. 4) Trench excavation spoils not immediately hauled off will be backfilled into the trenches in a continuous operation Excavated material required for backfilling will be placed next to the trenches, but no closer than half the depth of the trench, for safety reasons. C. Storm Water Management 1) Reinforced Filter Fabric Barriers will be placed across and perpendicular to the roadside ditches where ditches enter/leave the project site to collect sediment to the extent practicable. D. Other Controls Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 4 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 1) Waste Materials - All waste materials will be collected and stored in the dumpsters meeting all local and state solid waste management regulations prior to removal from site. The trash and debris will be hauled to an approved landfill site and no construction debris will be buried on site. 2) Street sweeping will be done on a daily basis during the construction period on all paved street surfaces adjacent to the project site, and to the extent necessary to keep adjacent streets clean of construction debris and soils as per specification Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation. 3) The proposed project will be in compliance with applicable state and local waste disposal and sanitary sewer regulations. 4) Wash water/concrete truck wash water, if used, will be directed to a sediment pit or trap with eventual discharge into drainage swales or storm sewers. There is no approved state or local site plan requirement for storm water management or erosion and sediment control. 3. MAINTENANCE• A. Maintenance and repair for all stabilization erosion and sediment control measures will be conducted within 24 hours of inspection report (see Paragraph 4 below). B. Sediment will be removed from behind the filter fabric fences when it becomes about 1/3 the height of device. C. Sediment will be removed from sediment traps or basin when storage capacity has been approximately 50% filled. D. All temporary controls will be removed after the disturbed areas have been stabilized and a vegetative cover density of 70% is established. E Any sediment in the storm sewer inlets will be removed. 4. INSPECTIONS: A. Each Contractor will designate a qualified person or persons to perform the following inspections: 1) Disturbed areas and areas used for storage of materials that are exposed to precipitation will be inspected for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants entering the drainage system. 2) Erosion and sediment control measures identified in the plan will be observed to ensure that they are operating correctly. 3) Where discharge locations or points are accessible, they will be inspected to ascertain whether erosion control measures are effective in preventing significant impacts to receiving waters. Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 5 of 15 CITY OFPEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 4) Locations where vehicles enter or exit the site will be inspected for evidence of off -site sediment tracking. This inspection will be conducted by the responsible person at least once every 7 calendar days and within 24 hours after storm of 0.5 inch or greater. After a portion of the site is finally stabilized, inspection will be conducted at least once every month. Based on the results of the inspection, the site description (Section 1) and control measures (Section 2) of the SWPPP will be revised as appropriate, but in no case later than 7 calendar days following the inspection. C. A report summarizing the scope of the inspection, names(s) and qualifications of personnel making the inspection, the date(s) of the inspection, major observations relating to the implementation of the storm water pollution plan, and actions taken in accordance with item "B" above will be made and retained as part of the storm water pollution prevention plan for at least three years from the date of the site is finally stabilized The report will be signed in accordance with Part VI. G. of the TPDES General Permit. Copies of the forms to be used for the Inspection and Maintenance report are included herein as a part of this SWPPP. 5. NON -STORM WATER DISCHARGES• A. All water discharged from fire hydrants and water lines will be discharged onto a impervious material (i.e., concrete pavement) and routed through an inlet protection barrier prior to entering stoini sewer. B. Excess water from vehicle cleaning areas will be routed to sediment pit or traps prior to entrance into storm sewer. C. All excess water from dust control, temporary or permanent seeding, sodding, and landscaping will be routed to sediment traps or inlet protection barriers prior to routing into storm sewer. 6. CONSTRUCTION SITE HOUSEKEEPING BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMP'S): Spill Prevention The following are the material management practices that will be used to reduce the risk of spills or other accidental exposure of materials and substances to storm water runoff. Good Housekeeping Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 6 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN The following good housekeeping practices will be followed on -site during the construction project. A. An effort will be made to store only enough product required to do the job. B. All materials stored on -site will be stored in a neat, orderly manner in the appropnate containers and, if possible, under a roof or other enclosure. C. Products will be kept in their original containers with the original manufacturer's label. D. Substances will not be mixed with one another unless recommended by the manufacturer. E Whenever possible, all of a product will be used up before disposing of the container. F. Manufacturers recommendations for proper use and disposal will be followed. G. The site superintendent will inspect daily to ensure proper use and disposal of materials on -site. H. All spills, regardless of size, will be cleaned -up expediently and within the regulations of state and local rules and regulations. I. Reportable quantity spills will be reported to the State of Texas and the EPA immediately. All materials used to clean-up spills of fuels, lubricants, solvents, fertilizers, herbicides, and other related items will be disposed of off -site in appropriate hazardous waste landfill. K. Separate areas to be used for equipment fueling, maintenance, and lubrication will be designated. Area will contain within a berm to prevent the flow of material to storm water. L On -site storage of raw or bulk material will be kept to a minimum. Any such materials will be surrounded with a filter fabric fence 7. CERTIFICATIONS: Certification forms required to be executed by the Contractor as required in the General Permit are provided herein. The Contractor and the City of Pearland are listed as co- permittees for the General Permit and each will be required to execute a Notice of Intent (NOI) form. Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 7 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN The Contractor shall complete and submit to the City of Pearland a Contractor/Sub-Con- tractor list of names and addresses which will identify the responsibilities for construction activity during the contract. Each sub -contractor's responsibility with regard to the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan will be identified. A copy of the names and address list is included herein. 8. TERMINATION OF COVERAGE' Upon completion of the construction and after site stabilization has met all requirements and storm water discharges authorized by permit are eliminated, the City of Pearland and Contractor shall submit a Notice of Termination (NOT). A copy of the NOT form is included herein. Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 8 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN OPERATOR'S INFORMATION Owner's Name and Address: City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas Telephone: Contractor's Names and Addresses: General Contractor: Telephone: Site Superintendent: Telephone: Erosion Control and Maintenance Inspection: Telephone: Subcontractor's Names and Addresses: Telephone: Telephone: Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 9 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN CERTIFICATION FOR TPDES PERMITTING I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature: Name. (printed or typed) Title: Date: City of Pearland Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 10 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN CONTRACTOR'S / SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) permit that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site identified as part of this certification.. Signature: Name. (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: Signature: Name. (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: Signature: Name. (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 11 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN EROSION CONTROL CONTRACTOR'S INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATION I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) permit that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site identified as part of this certification. Signature: Name. (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: Date: Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 12 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN AUTHORIZATIION TO INSPECT CONSTRUCTIONPROJECT FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF TPDES CONSTRUCTION GENERAL PERMIT (TXR150000) FOR STORM WATER DISCHARGES FROM CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES PROJECT DESCRIPTION Project Name. Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, & Paving Improvements Address: 3200 Harkey Road City: Pearland State: Texas Code: 77581 Latitude: 29° 32' 17' Longitude: 95° 18' 42" STATEMENT OF AUTHORIZATION I, , as the of (print name) (print title) (print company) and authorized signatory under the provisions of paragraph VI.G.1 of the TPDES General Permit for Stalin Water Discharges from Construction Activities to execute the certifications for the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), Notice of Intent (NOI), Notice of Termination (NOT), and any other documentation required by the General Permit; and as the operator (General Contractor) with day-to-day operational control over the site activities for the above described construction project; in accordance with paragraph VI.G.2 of the General Permit, do hereby designate and authorize: , the , for the project, (print name) (title or position) as the individual responsible for performing the required site inspections for compliance with the provisions of the SWPPP, completing and maintaining the associated inspection reports, and executing the required inspection certifications. Signature: Date: Attachment: Qualifications of Inspector Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 13 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN REPORT OF INSPECTION [Page One] Project: Type of Inspection: (check all that apply) Results of Inspection: (check all that apply) Next Inspection Date / Type. (check one) Regular (7-day) Permanently Stabilized Areas (30-day) Storm Related (24-hour) Special: Initial Inspection Routine Maintenance Follow -Up Storm Repair Follow -Up SWPPP Modification Implementation Follow -Up SWPPP Non -Compliance Follow -Up Final Inspection No Action Required Routine Maintenance Required Storm Related Repairs Required SWPPP Modifications Required Remarks: Scheduled Inspection (7-day or 30-day) Routine Maintenance Follow -Up Storm Repair Follow -Up SWPPP Modification Implementation Follow -Up SWPPP Non -Compliance Follow -Up Signature: Date: Attachment: Individual Inspection Forms Note: This Report Totals Pages. Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 14 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN REPORT OF INSPECTION [Final Page] Project: DETERMINATION OF COMPLIANCE Determination of the Inspection; the Project Site is in: (check one) Compliance with the SWPPP Non -Compliance with the SWPPP Remarks: NOTE• For guidance in completing this section: If, for example, the site Erosion and Sedimentation Controls require only routine maintenance or storm related repairs, the Project is still in Compliance as long as these items are addressed per the appropriate provisions of the SWPPP. However, if for example, the SWPPP has not been implemented as scheduled on a portion of the site or if violations of Construction Site Housekeeping Best Management Practices are occurring, the Project is in Non -Compliance. STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature: Date: Wagon Wheel Appx A_SWPPP - 15 of 15 City of Pearland B2006-039 Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, & Paving Improvements Inspector: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Inspection and Maintenance Report Date: Since Last Rainfall: Amount of Last Rainfall Inches Stabilization Measures Location Date since Last Disturbed Date of Next Disturbance Stabilized? Stabilized With? Condition Page of City of Pearland B2006-039 Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, & Paving Improvements Stabilization Required: Inspection Performed By: On Or Before: Page of City of Pearland B2006-039 Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, & Paving Improvements Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Inspection and Maintenance Report Structural Controls Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier Location Bottom of Fabric Fabric Tom Or Still Buried? Sagging? Posts Tipping Over? How Deep Is The Sediment? Page of City of Pearland B2006-039 Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, & Paving Improvements Maintenance Required For Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier: Inspection Performed By: On Or Before: Page of City of Pearland B2006-039 Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, & Paving Improvements Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Inspection and Maintenance Report Structural Controls Inlet Protection Barriers Location In Place/ Condition? Depth Of Sediment Condition Of Inlet Page of City of Pearland Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, & Paving Improvements Maintenance Required For Inlet Protection Barrier: B2006-039 Inspection Performed By: On Or Before: Page of City of Pearland B2006-039 Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, & Paving Improvements Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Inspection and Maintenance Report Changes Required For the Pollution Prevention Plan: Inspection Performed By: On Or Before: Page of City of Pearland B2006-039 Wagon Wheel Water, Drainage, & Paving Improvements Reasons For Changes: Inspection Performed By: On Or Before: Page of CITY OF PEARLAND APPENDIX B APPENDIX B Wagon Wheel Appx B_00000 - 1 of 1 AVILES ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PAVEMENT REHABILITATION WAGONWHEEL SUBDIVISION PEARLAND, TEXAS REPORTED TO KIRST KOSMOSKI, INC. HOUSTON, TEXAS by Aviles Engineering Corporation 5790 Windfern Houston, Texas 77041 713-895-7645 REPORT NO. G233-04 DECEMBER 2004 AVILES ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PAVEMENT REHABILITATION WAGONWHEEL SUBDIVISION PEARLAND, TEXAS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 2.0 AUTHORIZATION 1 3.0 PURPOSE 1 4.0 PAVEMENT STUDY, SAMPLING AND LABORATORY TESTING 1 4 1 Field Investigation and Sampling 1 4.2 Laboratory Testing 2 5.0 SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE AND SITE CONDITIONS 2 5.1 Surface Conditions 2 5.2 Subsurface Conditions 2 6.0 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 3 6.1 General 3 6.2 Design Parameters 3 6.3 Recommended Overlay Thickness 4 6.4 Recommendations for Rehabilitation 4 7.0 CONCLUSIONS 4 8.0 LIMITATIONS 6 AVILES Mi ENGINEERING CORP. PLATES Plate 1 Vicinity Map Plate 2 Plan of Borings Plates 3 through 24 Boring Logs Plate 25 Key to Symbols Plate 26 Classification of Soils for Engineering Plate 27 Terms Used on Boring Logs Plate 28 ASTM and TxDOT Soil Designations AVILES ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PAVEMENT REHABILITATION WAGONWHEEL SUBDIVISION PEARLAND, TEXAS 1.0 INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of the Pavement and Subgrade Investigation of selected residential streets in Wagonwheel Subdivision, Pearland, Texas. The project area is bounded by Becky Lane on the north, Aubrell on the east, Raza Drive on the south, and Harkey Road on the west. A vicinity map is presented on Plate 1. 2.0 AUTHORIZATION Mr Eddie Kirst, PE , Principal, with Kirst Kosmoski (KKI), Inc authorized this investigation on August 9, 2004 via acceptance of Aviles Engineering Corporation's (AEC) May 13, 2004 Proposal No. G2004-05-05. 3.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this investigation is to develop recommendations for pavement rehabilitation The selected streets for our investigation and sampling locations were provided to us by KKI 4.0 PAVEMENT STUDY, SAMPLING AND LABORATORY TESTING 4.1 Field Investigation and Sampling As requested, AEC drilled and sampled 22 borings to a depth of about 6 feet at the approximate locations shown on the boring location plan, Plate 2, provided by KKI The borings were drilled using a truck - mounted rig. Undisturbed samples of cohesive soils were obtained from the borings using 3-inch-diameter, thin -wall, seamless steel, Shelby tube samplers in general accordance with ASTM D-1587. The relative strength of the cohesive soils was estimated in the field using a pocket penetrometer. The recovered samples were removed from the samplers wrapped in aluminum foil, and sealed in plastic bags to reduce moisture loss and disturbance. The samples were then placed in core boxes and transported to our laboratory for testing and further study. 1 AVILES ENGINEERING CORP. 4.2 Laboratory Testing The soil samples from the borings were examined and classified in the laboratory by a geotechnical engineering technician. AEC's project engineer selected soil samples for laboratory testing. The tests were performed using applicable ASTM standards to evaluate the engineering properties of the subsurface soils. The test results are summarized on the boring logs on Plates 3 through 24. The key to symbols, classification of soils for engineering purposes, terms used on boring logs and ASTM designations for soil laboratory testing are presented on Plates 25 through 28, respectively. Atterberg limits, percent finer than No. 200 sieve and moisture content tests were performed on typical samples to establish the index properties and confirm field classification of the subgrade soils. Strength properties of the soils were determined by performing unconfined compression (UC) tests on selected undisturbed samples. Unit dry weights and moisture contents were determined as part of the UC tests. 5.0 SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE AND SITE CONDITIONS 5.1 Surface Conditions The streets investigated have an asphalt concrete (AC) surface course. Drainage ditches along the roadway are mostly V-shaped, in some locations drainage was poor due to overgrown vegetation. Distress noted in the surface course consists mostly of Alligator Cracking Block Cracking, Edge Cracking, Longitudinal Cracking, Patching, Potholes, and Weathering/Raveling. The most predominant distress type is Longitudinal Cracking located along the edge of the pavement. The pavement interior appears to be in relatively good condition. 5.2 Subsurface Conditions Two main soil types were encountered in the shallow borings; they consist of: • a top layer of fill soils which extended to a depth of about one to three feet; in Borings B-13 and B- 19, the fill extended to the 6-foot teen nnation depth of the borings. The fill soil consisted of sand with gravel and shell (stabilized at some locations) and stiff Fat Clay. • A bottom layer of stiff Fat Clay (CH) which extended to the bottom of the borings. The thickness of the AC surface course ranged from about 2 to 3 inches. 2 AVILES MEE ENGINEERING CORP. Details of the materials encountered are presented on the boring logs. 6.0 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 6.1 General A deflection survey was not within the scope of this investigation. The Effective Thickness method of the Asphalt Institute was used to estimate the thickness of the overlay. As discussed in Section 5.1, pavement distress was mostly near the pavement edges while the interior of the pavements were generally m relatively good condition Our analysis will be based on pavement condition at the edge of the pavement. Based on our borings, the existing pavement consists of a top layer of asphaltic concrete constructed over a granular base. Accordingly, we have used Method 2 of the Asphalt Institute for layered pavement sections to calculate the effective thickness of the existing pavement and hence, the thickness of the overlay. 6.2 Design Parameters We assumed input parameters based on the results of our laboratory tests and our experience. A Resilient Modulus value of 3,000 psi was estimated for the subgrade clays An equivalent 18-kip single axle (ESAL) value of 40,000 was assumed for the streets. Input parameters and assumptions should be verified prior to final design. The thickness of the overlay was computed from' HOL — HN HE where: HoL is the thickness of the overlay, HN is the required thickness of a new full -depth asphalt pavement, and HE is the effective thickness of the existing pavement The effective thickness, HE, of each layer was computed from the equation: HE = E H, C, where: HI is the thickness of each layer, C1 is the conversion factor, Based on the thickness of the AC and base materials in our borings, we computed an average thickness of 3 MALES ENGINEERING CORP. 2.5 inches for the asphalt and 16 inches for the granular base. 6.3 Recommended Overlay Thickness The required full -depth thickness, effective thickness, and computed thickness of the overlay are presented in the table below. Overlay Thickness (HoL) New Full -Depth Thickness (HN) Effective Thickness (HE) (m) (in) (in) 5.0 2.9 2.1 We recommend that the thickness of the AC overlay be a minimum of 2.0 inches. 6.4 Recommendations for Rehabilitation Pre -overlay repair includes repair of the deteriorated areas If the deteriorated areas are not repaired, the service life of the overlay will be reduced. Details of pre -overlay repair procedures are outlined in "AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures ', Part 111, Chapter 5, Sections 5.4 through 5.7. Hot mix AC should be m accordance with TxDOT Item 340, Type D. The AC should be compacted between 94 and 97 percent of the ASTM D-1559 maximum unit weight. Consideration should be given to widening the shoulders in order to reduce future longitudinal cracking and other distresses that are common along the edge of the pavement. We understand that it is being considered to widen the pavement by about two feet on each side. If this option is selected, we recommend that the top 6 inches of the high -plasticity clay be stabilized with a minimum of 6 percent hydrated lime by dry weight of soil. The actual amount of lime should be verified by laboratory testing prior to construction. Adequate drainage should be provided on the pavement surface and the adjacent ditches regular maintenance of the ditches and pavement surface are essential to extending the pavement service life. 7.0 CONCLUSIONS The condition of the roadways investigated in the Wagonwheel Subdivision are rated from poor to good. 4 AVILES ENGINEERING CORP. All roadways are paved with HMAC surface course. The drainage ditches along the roadway are mostly V- shaped; in some locations drainage is poor due to overgrown vegetation. Distresses noted in the surface course consist mostly of Alligator Cracking, Block Cracking, Edge Cracking, Longitudinal Cracking, Patching, Potholes, and Weathering/Raveling. The most predominant distress types are Longitudinal Cracks located along the edge of the pavement. The observed distress types are most likely due to the following causes: 1) Base failure due to the deterioration of inadequate or unsuitable base materials and/or poor subgrade and lack of adequate lateral support. 2) Surface failure due to the age of the existing AC surface course. 3) Poor drainage due to excessive amount of vegetation In addition to the above probable causes, deterioration of the pavement condition is further aided by deterioration of the base (mentioned above), lack of stabilization of the base and subgrade and lack of roadway shoulders. The pavement condition will continue to deteriorate unless the above conditions are corrected. The high -plasticity subgrade clay under the pavement is not stabilized and is consequently subj ect to differential volumetric changes under varying moisture conditions. 5 AVILES ENGINEERING CORP. 8.0 LIMITATIONS This investigation was performed using the standard level of care and diligence normally practiced by recognized engineering firms in this area, presently performing similar services under similar circumstances. This report has been prepared exclusively for the proj ect and location described herein and is intended to be used in its entirety Pavement section details and subgrade type and conditions can vary significantly from those described based on the borings drilled for this project. If pertinent project details or pavement/subgrade details change or otherwise differ from those described herem, AEC should be notified immediately and retained to evaluate the effect of the changes on the recommendations presented in this report, and revise the recommendations ifnecessary The findings and recommendations in this report should not be used for other streets or roadways without additional investigation. AVILES ENGINEERING CORPORATION A. Chris Onuekwusi, M.S.C.E., P E Proj ect Manager 464 Albert A. Joseph, M.E. (Civil), P.E. Senior Engineer December 13, 2004 ACO/AAJ:cr Copies Submitted: 2 Kirst Kosmoski, Inc 1 File Z \Engineering\reports\2004\G233-04Report.wpd 6 AVILES ai ENGINEERING CORP. ATTACHMENTS S Sam Houston Toltway F S- —o-- -p - — ; 1 .... I' I �q Rd I IX iiiiiiiie iona •` Chnstia • „ Park ! �adrk �: I III r8C5i 131 m. Hau n-n--rnllway ` S'Se g' Houston!,, m !; 318 j !ix i1 .16611 Manuel • • I827 I831r bbb • S�Y 4.... .r.G ... ---1 dlae sider Ira St `:Kna _Saud? Park C ', L ennial Park \Mlliams 1i( If � Q 143j Dr_ .11.19-1111.11. act H Rd '`JohnJ., gadi — '� -I 1.11 • 1.1 ---SBef-Br..- • 1 PEARLAND • 4' • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • elegebeEr s LLLJ Industctai--- P • • • AVILES ENGINEERING CORPORATION VICINITY MAP WAGONVVHEEL SUBDIVISION PAVING PEARLAND TEXAS AEC PROJECT NO G233-04 RATE' 12-08-04 SCALE N.T.S. DRAWN BY. B.P.J. PLATE NO PLATE A-1 uLt J 0 0) COi (M/H .09) INHl NOOVM CC w { CO tori T m, 0 w (M/a .09) OVO8 A3MNH a N T Y1 (M/8 ,09) 1.132113fiy ac to to TERRELL (C.R. 554) • .114 ce 0 z O CO • AVILES ENGINEERING CORPORATION T O 0 K 9 mi m 0 m • 0 3 6 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 Northing. Easting: Station: Elevation: TYPE 4" Auger DESCRIPTION Pavement: 3" asphalt Base: 12" sand with gravel A LES raiENGINEERING CORP. BORING GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS Stiff to very stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with slickensides and ferrous stains - 12 15 - 18 - Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS ! FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, 7 28 29 31 B-1 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DRY DENSITY, PCF 92 A • 0 ■ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF Confined Compression Unconfined Compression Pocket Penetrometer Torvane 9� 92 0 • • SOR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEET WITHOUT bRIL_INC FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. �(b -200 MESH LIQUID LIMIT 72 PLASTIC LIMIT 22 PLASTICITY INDEX 50 LOGGED BY J.H. PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 3 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 DEPTH IN FEET 0 3 6 -J • 12 - 15 - 18 0 in in agia ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING B-2 TYPE 4" Auger LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DESCRIPTION Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: • Fill: 14" stabilized sand with shells Fill: stiff to hard tan, light gray and brown Fat Clay (CH), with calcareous nodules -hard with sand pockets and gravel 14"-2' -stiff, tan and light gray 2'-4' Firm tan and Tight gray Fat Clay w/Sand (CH), with ferrous stains Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT MOISTURE CONTENT, 15 24 33 DRY DENSITY, PCF 98 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer O Torvane 1 AOR`G DRILLED TO 6 FEETVITTER5UT DRILLING FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING ` WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. LOGGED BY -200 MESH 84 J.H. LIQUID LIMIT 66 PLASTIC LIMIT 18 PLASTICITY INDEX 48 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 4 6 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 J 0 CO CO Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: LES n i Ism ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECNNICAL ENGINEERS BORING B-3 TYPE 4" Auger LOCATION . See Boring Location Plan DESCRIPTION Fill: 14" sand with shells Stiff to very stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with ferrous stains -with sand seams 14"-2' -with sand fissures 4'-6' - 12 - 15 - - 18 - Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, 3 20 24 31 DRY DENSITY, PCF 92 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression 0 Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane 1 1 9.' 2 BOF:( NG DRILLED TO 6 FEET WITHOUT 6RIL_INC FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. Uib w w N LOGGED BY J.H. 1- 2 0 D d J 73 PLASTIC LIMIT 22 w w 0 z 0 H m a 51 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 5 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 0 3 - 6 Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: MIN ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING B-4 TYPE 4" Auger LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DESCRIPTION Pavement: 2" asphalt Base: 18" stabilized sand with gravel Fill: stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with sand \seams, shells, and ferrous stains Stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH) with ferrous stains • 12 - - 15 - 18 - Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, % 6 29 30 25 DRY DENSITY, PCF 92 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer O Torvane 9Q_ 1 2 BOR T G DR1LCED TO 6 FEET WITHOUT DRIL _1N6 FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING n WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. OID LOGGED BY -200 MESH J.H. LIQUID LIMIT 70 63 PLASTIC LIMIT 20 18 PLASTICITY INDEX 50 45 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 6 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 1- w u. 2 x 1- a w 0 0 3 - 6 > O } •••••••� •000! •• •! ttt$. •••❖.•. Northing. Easting: Station: Elevation: TYPE 4" Auger DESCRIPTION • ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING Fill: Tight gray sand with shells and gravel Fill: hard dark gray Fat Clay (CH), pockets and abundant shells Stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with stains -tan and Tight gray 4'-6' with sand ferrous - 12 15 - 18 - Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, 3 6 29 29 B-5 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DRY DENSITY, PCF 91 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane LIQUID LIMIT BOR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEET -WITHOUT OREL =ING FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. CJi6 LOGGED BY 59 71 J.H. PLASTIC LIMIT 19 24 PLASTICITY INDEX 40 47 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 7 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 TYPE 4" Auger arra ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING B-6 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DEPTH IN FEET 0 3 6 12 15 - 18 - J 0 m } Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: DESCRIPTION • Fill: light gray sand with gravel and shells Stiff to hard dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with shells at top, and ferrous stains -light gray and tan 4'-6' Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, 6 20 24 31 DRY DENSITY, PCF 92 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane a BOR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEET WITHOUT ORIL_ING FLUID WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS -Tr DRILLED BY J.H. Cf 'HCKED BY Z.Y. LOGGED BY x U) w N J.H LIQUID LIMIT 64 PLASTIC LIMIT 22 PLASTICITY INDEX 42 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 8 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 TYPE 4" Auger AILES nrid ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING B-7 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DEPTH IN FEET 0 6 - 12 - 15 - - 18 - J 0 m 2 >- u) SAMPLE INTFRVAL i Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: DESCRIPTION Fill: 16" gray and tan sand shells Stiff dark gray and tan Fat ferrous stains -with roots 4'-6' with gravel and Clay (CH), with Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, % 6 27 32 DRY DENSITY, PCF 90 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer O Torvane BOR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEET WITHOUT 6RIL_INC FLUID co w 0 LIQUID LIMIT 62 PLASTIC LIMIT 22 PLASTICITY INDEX 40 WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING V WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. LOGGED BY J.H. PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 9 3 6 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: TYPE 4" Auger DESCRIPTION • Pavement: 3" asphalt A LES son a ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING Base: 14" stabilized sand with gravel Stiff to very stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with ferrous stains 12 - 15 - 18 - Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS ( FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, 9 27 28 33 B-8 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DRY DENSITY, PCF 94 A • 0 ■ Q� SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF Confined Compression Unconfined Compression Pocket Penetrometer Torvane 1 1 BORING DRILLED TO 6 FEET WITI-IDUT DRIL_INC FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING ' WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. LOGGED BY -200 MESH J.H. LIQUID LIMIT 66 PLASTIC LIMIT 22 PLASTICITY INDEX 44 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 10 3 6 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: TYPE 4" Auger DESCRIPTION • Pavement: 2" asphalt ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING Base: 17" sand with shells and gravel Stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with slickensides and ferrous stains -gray 4'-6' 12 1- 15 - 18 - Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, % 8 30 30 28 B-9 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DRY DENSITY, PCF 94 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane 1 BOR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEETWITHOUT DRILLING FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS -_ DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. 010 LOGGED BY -200 MESH J.H. LIQUID LIMIT 76 PLASTIC LIMIT 25 PLASTICITY INDEX 51 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 11 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 DEPTH IN FEET b 3 6 - - 12 - - 15 - 18 - 0 m 2 c- m a•••••••• ••••• •••••• ••• • •••••• ••• •••••••• • • ••••••••• :•••••••• a• .•••• .•• ••••• Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: eta ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING B-10 TYPE 4" Auger LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DESCRIPTION • Fill* hard dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with gravel, brick fragments and organics Stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with slickensides and ferrous stains Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, 20 29 28 DRY DENSITY, PCF 93 BOR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEETWITHOUTDRTL_INC FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer Torvane 0� ■ 7 7 .t 3 0110 LOGGED BY -200 MESH J.H. LIQUID LIMIT 66 65 PLASTIC LIMIT 21 21 PLASTICITY INDEX 45 44 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 12 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 DEPTH IN FEET 0 3 6 9 - 12 - 15 - - 18 - 0 m 0) Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: TYPE 4" Auger DESCRIPTION • arra ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING Fill: 12" sand with shells and gravel Stiff to very stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with slickensides and ferrous stains -tan and light gray 2'-6' Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, 2 25 34 34 B-11 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DRY DENSITY, PCF 88 BOR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEET WITHOUT bRTL_INC FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS s DRILLED BY J H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane 0 LIQUID LIMIT C 91 uIB LOGGED BY J.H. PLASTIC LIMIT 24 PLASTICITY INDEX 67 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 13 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 DEPTH IN FEET 3 6 9 - 12 - - 15 18 - Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: TYPE 4" Auger DESCRIPTION • Pavement: 3" asphalt MILAN ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING Base: 15" stabilized crushed limestone Stiff to very stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with slickensides and ferrous stains Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, 7 27 31 30 B-12 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DRY DENSITY, PCF 88 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer O Torvane 1 1 • c BOR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEET WITHOUT DRILLING FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS '=G DRILLED BY J H. CHECKED BY a Z.Y. LOGGED BY -200 MESH J.H. LIQUID LIMIT 79 75 PLASTIC LIMIT 23 21 PLASTICITY INDEX 56 54 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 14 i 0 3 6 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 0 CO r Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: TYPE 4" Auger DESCRIPTION • aqrsy... ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING Fill: 6" crushed limestone with sand Fill: soft to firm gray and tan Fat Clay (CH), with calcareous nodules and ferrous stains -with shells 2'-4' Total depth of boring = 6 feet. - 12 - - 15 - - 18 - S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, <1 27 39 40 B-13 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DRY DENSITY, PCF 77 BOR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEET W1THOUT bRTL_INo FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF aa Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer 0 Torvane 1 2 urn LOGGED BY -200 MESH 89 J.H. LIQUID LIMIT 77 PLASTIC LIMIT 22 PLASTICITY INDEX 55 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PI ATP 1 i DEPTH IN FEET 3 6 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 - 12 - - 15 - 18 - i > Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: TYPE 4" Auger DESCRIPTION • Pavement: 2" asphalt Base: 14" sand with gravel %AIL ENGINEERING CORP. BORING GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS Stiff to very stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with ferrous stains -tan and Tight gray 4'-6' Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, °/ 7 32 30 37 B-14 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DRY DENSITY, PCF 93 BOR I\G DRILLED TO 6 FEET -WITH -OUT 6RIL_INC FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS s DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane r AID u LOGGED BY T 0) w 2 0 N J.H. LIQUID LIMIT 80 89 PLASTIC LIMIT 23 26 PLASTICITY INDEX 57 63 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 16 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 A I.ES ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING B-15 TYPE 4" Auger LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DEPTH IN FEET Q 3 6 - 12 • 15 18 - J 0 m r •••••••• .•••••• • • • • • •••••• • •❖•❖ ••••••••• i• ••••••• SAMPLE INTERVAL Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: DESCRIPTION • Fill: 18" sand with gravel and shells Stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with slickensides and ferrous stains Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS ( FT 1- z w 1- z 0 0 w 1- 3 31 38 DRY DENSITY, PCF 84 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane A r~ • 6OR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEET WITHOUT 6RILINC FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING -' WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. -200 MESH LOGGED BY J.H. LIQUID LIMIT 79 PLASTIC LIMIT 27 PLASTICITY INDEX 52 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 17 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 TYPE 4" Auger A LES ra ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING B-16 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DEPTH IN FEET 3 6 - 12 15 A- - 18 - J 0 m cn SAMPLE IN_T_ERVAL DESCRIPTION Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: • Pavement: 2.5' asphalt Base: 17" stabilized sand with gravel and shells Stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with slickensides and ferrous stains Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, °/ 6 38 42 DRY DENSITY, PCF 83 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane QQ 1 BOIC%G DRILLED TO 6 FEET W1TAOUTDRFL_INC FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z Y. LOGGED BY -200 MESH J.H. LIQUID LIMIT 98 PLASTIC LIMIT 29 PLASTICITY INDEX 69 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 18 0 3 6 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: TYPE 4" Auger DESCRIPTION • aquas ENGINEERING CORP. BORING GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS Fill: stiff to very stiff light gray and tan Fat Clay (CH), with gravel shells, calcareous nodules, and ferrous stains Firm dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with ferrous stains - 12 - - 15 - - 18 - Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT MOISTURE CONTENT, 26 40 41 B-17 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DRY DENSITY, PCF 78 BOR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEET WITHOUT DRTL_INC FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT nla FEET AFTER nla HOURS 'L DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane �(D LOGGED BY -200 MESH J.H. LIQUID LIMIT 72 86 PLASTIC LIMIT 21 26 PLASTICITY INDEX 51 60 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 19 3 6 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 0 m r .....• ••• ••.... •..... ••.•.00• Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: affa ENGINEERING CORP. BORING GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS B-18 TYPE 4" Auger LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DESCRIPTION Fill: hard dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with shells and ferrous stains Stiff tan and Tight gray Fat Clay (CH), with slickensides and ferrous stains 9 12 - 15 - 18 - Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, 20 33 36 DRY DENSITY, PCF 88 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane 1 BOR KG DRILLED TO 6 FEET WITHOU DRILLING FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS s DRILLED BY J H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. w N LIQUID LIMIT 83 PLASTIC LIMIT 23 PLASTICITY INDEX 60 LOGGED BY J.H. ura PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 20 PROJECT Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 DEPTH IN FEET 0 3 6 9 - 12 - 15 - 18 J cn r Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: TYPE 4" Auger DESCRIPTION ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING Fill: hard light gray and tan Fat Clay (CH), with shells, gravel, calcareous nodules and ferrous stains Fill. soft to firm dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with sand seams and ferrous stains Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, 25 38 38 B-19 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DRY DENSITY, PCF 79 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane 12 BOR \G DRILLED TO 6 FEET WITHOUT bRIL_ING FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS s DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. UIb LOGGED BY -200 MESH 94 J.H. n 5 a J 80 PLASTIC LIMIT 21 PLASTICITY INDEX PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 21 0 3 6 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 J 0 CO } N Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: TYPE 4" Auger DESCRIPTION A LES ENGINEERING CORP. BORING GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS Fill: stiff to very stiff tan, brown and dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with calcareous nodules, organics, and ferrous stains Firm to stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with slickensides and ferrous stains 12 r 15 - - 18 - Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, 32 36 40 B-20 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DRY DENSITY, PCF 81 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane 1 1 9� L LIQUID LIMIT 80 Orb 13OR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEETWiTHOUT 6RTLJNC FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING `_' WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. LOGGED BY J.H. PLASTIC LIMIT 27 x w 0 z 0 1- g a 53 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 22 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 DEPTH IN FEET 0 3 6 s - 12 15 - - 18 J 0 m 2 r Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: TYPE 4" Auger DESCRIPTION • A LES own ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS Firm to hard dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with slickensides and ferrous stains -hard with organics 0'-2' -firm to stiff, tan and light gray 2'-6' Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, 25 39 37 BORING B-21 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DRY DENSITY, PCF 85 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane 2 • BOR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEET WITHOUT bRIL_ING FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING `'7 WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS s DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. U(6 LOGGED BY -200 MESH J.H. LIQUID LIMIT 82 81 PLASTIC LIMIT 29 28 PLASTICITY INDEX 53 53 PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 23 6 PROJECT: Wagonwheel Subdivision Paving DATE 08-14-04 1- TYPE 4" Auger DESCRIPTION Northing: Easting: Station: Elevation: • Pavement: 2" asphalt Base: 17" sand with gravel A 1®ES ENGINEERING CORP. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS BORING Stiff dark gray Fat Clay (CH), with slickensides and ferrous stains - 12 r 15 - 18 - Total depth of boring = 6 feet. S.P.T. BLOWS / FT. MOISTURE CONTENT, 7 39 42 B-22 LOCATION See Boring Location Plan DRY DENSITY, PCF 80 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF A Confined Compression • Unconfined Compression O Pocket Penetrometer ❑ Torvane 0 2 fa OR NG DRILLED TO 6 FEET-W1THO it DRILLING FL WATER ENCOUNTERED AT n/a FEET WHILE DRILLING `V WATER LEVEL AT n/a FEET AFTER n/a HOURS . DRILLED BY J.H. CHECKED BY Z.Y. UID -200 MESH LIQUID LIMIT 96 PLASTIC LIMIT 26 PLASTICITY INDEX 70 LOGGED BY J.H. PROJECT NO. G233-04 PLATE 24 ymbol Description Strata symbols Paving Fill High plasticity clay Soil Samplers Auger Shelby Tube sampler KEY TO. SYMBOLS • PLATE 25 CITY OF PEARLAND ATTACHMENT A ATTACHMENT A Wagon Wheel Attch A_00000 - 1 of 1 Attachment A Declaration of Compliance/Variance The undersigned declares compliance and/or variance with/from the attached specification. Due to the nature of the new process related to Hunting Pipeline Services culvert rehabilitation system, an ASTM Specification is not yet available. Hunting's following declaration is based upon our compliance/variance with/from ASTM F 1216. The attached specification has been written for comparison and compliance. We declare that Hunting Pipeline Services, LLC.. will be in strict compliance with any and all requirements of the attached PolySpray specification that the rehabilitation process encompasses. We also declare that any and all variances from ASTM F 1216 specification shall be complied with in strict accordance with our attached specification and all written regulations concerning this specification. Kent Weisenberg Sr. Project Engineer Hunting Pipeline Services, LLC. POLYSPRAY SPECIFICATION FOR PIPELINE REHABILITATION 1. INTENT 1.1 It is the intent of this specification to provide for the rehabilitation of pipelines and conduits by the installation of a formulated structural polyurea liner, which is spray formed to the original conduit by use of a robotic/remote sprayer. The polyurea is a material cure applied using impingement mixing within the tube. The completed system will conform exactly to host pipe. The PolySpray structural polyurea liner shall be referred to hereafter as the "system. ' 2. REFERENCED DOCUMENTS 2.1 This specification references ASTM F1216 (Rehabilitation of pipelines by the inversion and curing of a resin -impregnated tube), ASTM F1743 (Rehabilitation of pipelines by pulled -in -place installation of a cured -in -place thermosetting resin pipe), and ASTM D790 (Test methods for flexural properties of non -reinforced plastics) which are made a part hereof by such reference and shall be the latest edition and revision thereof. In case of conflicting requirements between this specification and these referenced documents, this specification will govern. 2.2 This specification references Avanti International Grout Specifications for AV100,Acrylamide, AV 118 Acrylic, AV 254 GEL SEAL, AV 262 SURESEAL, AV 219 FIBROTITE, and AV 215 RESINROD or other per owner's specifications. 3. PRODUCT, MANUFACTURER/INSTALLER QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Since sewer products are intended to have a 75 year design life, and in order to minimize the Owner's risk currently only Hunting Pipeline Services, LLC shall be considered approved for the installation of this system. Products and Installer seeking approval must meet all of the following criteria to be deemed Commercially Acceptable: 3.1.1 The system is to be considered commercially proven; a minimum four years of successful wastewater/storm water collection system installations in the U.S must be documented to the satisfaction of the Owner to assure commercial viability. In addition, at least 50,000 square feet of the product shall have been in successful service for a minimum of two years. 3.1.2 For installer to be considered as commercially proven, the installer must satisfy all insurance, financial, and bonding requirements of the Owner, and must have had at least 2 (two) years active experience in the commercial installation of the product bid. In addition, the installer must have successfully installed at least 50,000 feet of the system bid in wastewater/storm water collection systems. 3.1.3 Rehabilitation products submitted for approval must provide Third Party Test Results supporting the long term performance and structural strength of the product and such data shall be satisfactory to the Owner. Test samples shall be prepared so as to simulate installation methods and trauma of the product. No product will be approved without independent third party testing verification. 3.1.4 Both the rehabilitation manufacturing and installation processes shall operate under a quality management system which follows 4. MATERIALS 4.1 The system shall consist of one layer and meet or exceed the minimum physical properties referenced in this document. The system will be installed to withstand installation pressures, and conform to irregular pipe sections. 4.1.1 The system shall have a uniform thickness that will meet or exceed the design thickness. 4.1.2 The system shall be sprayed to a size that when installed will exactly conform to the internal circumference and length of the original pipe. 4.1.3 The system shall be installed as an impermeable, semi -flexible or rigid membrane. 4.1.4 The system shall be homogeneous across the entire wall thickness containing voids and be completely monolithic throughout pipeline system. No material shall be included in the Liner that may cause delamination 4.1.5 The wall color of the interior pipe surface after installation shall be a light reflective color so that a clear detailed examination with closed circuit television inspection equipment may be made. 4.1.6 The system shall be seamless. 4.2 Resin/Isocyanate - The system shall be a corrosion/chemical/abrasion resistant polyurea system that when properly cured within the pipeline meets the requirements of physical properties as referenced in this document, the physical properties herein, and those which are to be utilized in the design of the product for this system. The formulation shall produce an applied system which will comply with the structural and chemical resistance requirements of this specification. 1 1 1 5. STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS 5.1 The system shall be designed as per ASTM F1216, Appendix X.1. While the product will bond, to the host conduit, the design shall not consider any bonding to the host pipe wall for structural 1 integrity. The system shall be considered a"stand alone"liner for the full structural rehabilitation of pipeline. 5.2 A percentage of the instantaneous flexural modulus value(as measured by ASTM D-790 testing) will be used in design calculations for external buckling. The percentage, or the long-term creep retention value utilized, will be verified by this testing. Values in excess of 50% will not be applied unless substantiated by qualified third party test data. The materials utilized for the contracted project shall be of a quality equal to or better than the materials used in the long-term test with respect to the initial flexural modulus used in design. 5.3 The Enhancement Factor `K' to be used in `Partially Deteriorated' Design conditions shall be assigned a value of 7. Application of Enhancement(K) Factors in excess of 7 shall be substantiated through independent test data. 5.4 The cured system shall be uniformly bonded. 1 5.5 The cured pipe material shall conform to the structural properties, as listed below. 1 MINIMUM PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Cured Liner - Property Test Method Minimum Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D-790 250,000 psi Tensile Strength ASTM D-638 6,200 psi 1 Elongation ASTM D-638 <20% 1 Shore D Hardness ASTM D-2240 84 Specific Gravity ASTM D-792 1.05 1 Brittleness Point ASTM D-742 20 degrees F. Chemical Resistance, immersion ASTM D-1308 Excellent 1 I w 5.6 The required structural wall thickness shall be based as a minimum, on the physical properties in Section 5.5 and in accordance with the design equations in the appendix of ASTM F 1216, and the following design parameters: Design Safety Factor = 2.0 Retention Factor for Long-Term Flexural Modulus to be used in Design = (as determined by Long-Term tests described in paragraph 5.2) Ovality* = 2% Enhancement Factor,k = See Section 5.3 Groundwater Depth (above invert)* = ft. Soil Depth(above crown)* = ft. Soil Modulus** = Psi Soil Density** = 120 pcf Live Load** = H2O Highway Design Condition (partially or fully deteriorated)*** _ *** * Denotes information which can be provided here or in inspection video tapes or project construction plans.Multiple line segments may require a table of values. ** Denotes information required only for fully deteriorated design conditions. *** Based on review of video logs,conditions of pipeline can be fully or partially deteriorated. (See ASTM F1216 Appendix)The Owner will be sole judge as to pipe conditions and parameters utilized in Design. 5.7 Refer to the attached Dimensional Ratio table for specific pipe section requirements,based on the pipe condition, depth, ovality, etc. as computed for the conditions shown,using ASTM F 1216 Design Equations. 6. TESTING REQUIREMENTS 6.1 Chemical Resistance - The system shall meet the chemical resistance requirements of ASTM F1216, Appendix X2. Product samples for testing shall be of a liner system similar to that proposed for actual construction. It is required that product samples meet these chemical testing requirements. 6.2 Hydraulic Capacity- Overall, the hydraulic profile shall be maintained as large as possible. The system shall have a minimum of the full flow capacity of the original pipe before rehabilitation. Calculated capacities may be derived using a commonly accepted roughness coefficient for the existing pipe material taking into consideration its age and condition. The system is applied at a minimum of 3mm and will result in a reduction of cross-sectional area of the pipe. E E I 6.3 Product Field Samples - When requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall submit test results from field installations in the USA of the same liner system materials as proposed for the actual installation. These test results must verify that the systems physical properties specified in Section 5.5 have been achieved in previous field applications. Samples for this project shall be made and tested as described in Section 10.1. 7. INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITIES FOR INCIDENTAL ITEMS 7.1 It shall be the responsibility of the Owner to locate and designate all access points open and accessible for the work, and provide rights of access to these points. If a street must be closed to traffic because of the orientation of the sewer, the Owner shall institute the actions necessary to do this for the mutually agreed time period. The owner shall also provide free access to water rn hydrants for cleaning, inversion and other work items requiring water. I 7.2 Cleaning of Sewer Lines- The Contractor, shall remove all internal debris out of the line that will interfere with the installation of the system. The Owner shall also provide a dump site for all debris removed from the pipeline during the cleaning operation. Unless stated otherwise, it is assumed this site will be at or near the sewage treatment facility to which the debris would have arrived in absence of the cleaning operation. Any hazardous waste material encountered during this project will be considered as a changed condition. 7.3 Bypassing Sewage-The Contractor, when required, shall provide for the flow of fluids around the 1 section or sections of pipe designated for repair. The bypass shall be made by plugging the line at an existing upstream manhole and pumping the flow into a downstream manhole or adjacent system. The pump and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle the flow. The Owner may require a detail of the bypass plan to be submitted. 7.4 Inspection of Pipelines - Inspection of pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles and service connections by close circuit television. The interior of the pipeline shall be carefully inspected to determine the location of any conditions which may prevent proper installation of the system into the pipelines, and it shall be noted so that these conditions can be corrected. A video tape and suitable log shall be kept for later reference by the Owner. I 1 I 7.5 Line Obstructions - It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clear the line of obstructions such as solids and roots that will prevent the installation of the system. If pre -installation inspection reveals an obstruction such as a protruding service connection, dropped joint, or a collapse that will prevent the inversion process, that was not evident on the pre -bid video and it cannot be removed by conventional sewer cleaning equipment, then the Contractor shall make a point repair excavation to uncover and remove or repair the obstruction. Such excavation shall be approved in writing by the Owner's representative prior to the commencement of the work and shall be considered as a separate pay item. 7.6 Public Notification - The Contractor shall make every effort to maintain service usage throughout the duration of the project. In the event that a service will be out of service, the maximum amount of time of no service shall be 12 hours for any property served by the pipeline. A public notification program shall be implemented, and shall as a minimum, require the Contractor to be responsible for contacting each home or business connected to the sanitary sewer and info wing them of the work to be conducted, and when the pipe will be off -lore. The Contractor shall also provide the following: 7.7 The Contractor shall be responsible for confirming the locations of all branch service connections prior to installing and curing the system. 8. INSTALLATION 8.1 Installation shall be in accordance with but not limited to the General Guideline for Polyurea Elastomeric Coating/Lining Systems as provided by the Polyurea Development Association, and system installation guidelines. 9. REINSTATEMENT OF BRANCH CONNECTIONS (IF APPLICABLE) 9.1 The system shall require no reinstatement of branch connections, as these connections are not sealed during installation. Any temporary plugging of connections shall be re -opened by contractor. 10. INSPECTION 10.1 System samples shall be prepared and physical properties tested in accordance with ASTM D5813, Section 7, ASTM F1216 or ASTM F1743, Section 8, using either method proposed. The flexural properties must meet or exceed the values listed in Table 1 of the applicable ASTM. 10.2 Wall thickness of samples shall be determined as described in paragraph 6.3.3 of ASTM D5813 or paragraph 8.1.6 of ASTM F1743. The minimum wall thickness at any point shall not be less than 871/2% of the design thickness as calculated in paragraph 5.6 of this document. 10.3 Visual inspection of the system shall be in accordance with ASTM F1743, Section 8.6. 11. CLEAN-UP 11.1 Upon acceptance of the installation work and testing the Contractor shall restore the project area affected by the operations to a condition at least equal to that existing prior to the work.